Show More
@@ -1,1458 +1,1461 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | # configitems.py - centralized declaration of configuration option |
|
2 | 2 | # |
|
3 | 3 | # Copyright 2017 Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@octobus.net> |
|
4 | 4 | # |
|
5 | 5 | # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the |
|
6 | 6 | # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version. |
|
7 | 7 | |
|
8 | 8 | from __future__ import absolute_import |
|
9 | 9 | |
|
10 | 10 | import functools |
|
11 | 11 | import re |
|
12 | 12 | |
|
13 | 13 | from . import ( |
|
14 | 14 | encoding, |
|
15 | 15 | error, |
|
16 | 16 | ) |
|
17 | 17 | |
|
18 | 18 | def loadconfigtable(ui, extname, configtable): |
|
19 | 19 | """update config item known to the ui with the extension ones""" |
|
20 | 20 | for section, items in sorted(configtable.items()): |
|
21 | 21 | knownitems = ui._knownconfig.setdefault(section, itemregister()) |
|
22 | 22 | knownkeys = set(knownitems) |
|
23 | 23 | newkeys = set(items) |
|
24 | 24 | for key in sorted(knownkeys & newkeys): |
|
25 | 25 | msg = "extension '%s' overwrite config item '%s.%s'" |
|
26 | 26 | msg %= (extname, section, key) |
|
27 | 27 | ui.develwarn(msg, config='warn-config') |
|
28 | 28 | |
|
29 | 29 | knownitems.update(items) |
|
30 | 30 | |
|
31 | 31 | class configitem(object): |
|
32 | 32 | """represent a known config item |
|
33 | 33 | |
|
34 | 34 | :section: the official config section where to find this item, |
|
35 | 35 | :name: the official name within the section, |
|
36 | 36 | :default: default value for this item, |
|
37 | 37 | :alias: optional list of tuples as alternatives, |
|
38 | 38 | :generic: this is a generic definition, match name using regular expression. |
|
39 | 39 | """ |
|
40 | 40 | |
|
41 | 41 | def __init__(self, section, name, default=None, alias=(), |
|
42 | 42 | generic=False, priority=0): |
|
43 | 43 | self.section = section |
|
44 | 44 | self.name = name |
|
45 | 45 | self.default = default |
|
46 | 46 | self.alias = list(alias) |
|
47 | 47 | self.generic = generic |
|
48 | 48 | self.priority = priority |
|
49 | 49 | self._re = None |
|
50 | 50 | if generic: |
|
51 | 51 | self._re = re.compile(self.name) |
|
52 | 52 | |
|
53 | 53 | class itemregister(dict): |
|
54 | 54 | """A specialized dictionary that can handle wild-card selection""" |
|
55 | 55 | |
|
56 | 56 | def __init__(self): |
|
57 | 57 | super(itemregister, self).__init__() |
|
58 | 58 | self._generics = set() |
|
59 | 59 | |
|
60 | 60 | def update(self, other): |
|
61 | 61 | super(itemregister, self).update(other) |
|
62 | 62 | self._generics.update(other._generics) |
|
63 | 63 | |
|
64 | 64 | def __setitem__(self, key, item): |
|
65 | 65 | super(itemregister, self).__setitem__(key, item) |
|
66 | 66 | if item.generic: |
|
67 | 67 | self._generics.add(item) |
|
68 | 68 | |
|
69 | 69 | def get(self, key): |
|
70 | 70 | baseitem = super(itemregister, self).get(key) |
|
71 | 71 | if baseitem is not None and not baseitem.generic: |
|
72 | 72 | return baseitem |
|
73 | 73 | |
|
74 | 74 | # search for a matching generic item |
|
75 | 75 | generics = sorted(self._generics, key=(lambda x: (x.priority, x.name))) |
|
76 | 76 | for item in generics: |
|
77 | 77 | # we use 'match' instead of 'search' to make the matching simpler |
|
78 | 78 | # for people unfamiliar with regular expression. Having the match |
|
79 | 79 | # rooted to the start of the string will produce less surprising |
|
80 | 80 | # result for user writing simple regex for sub-attribute. |
|
81 | 81 | # |
|
82 | 82 | # For example using "color\..*" match produces an unsurprising |
|
83 | 83 | # result, while using search could suddenly match apparently |
|
84 | 84 | # unrelated configuration that happens to contains "color." |
|
85 | 85 | # anywhere. This is a tradeoff where we favor requiring ".*" on |
|
86 | 86 | # some match to avoid the need to prefix most pattern with "^". |
|
87 | 87 | # The "^" seems more error prone. |
|
88 | 88 | if item._re.match(key): |
|
89 | 89 | return item |
|
90 | 90 | |
|
91 | 91 | return None |
|
92 | 92 | |
|
93 | 93 | coreitems = {} |
|
94 | 94 | |
|
95 | 95 | def _register(configtable, *args, **kwargs): |
|
96 | 96 | item = configitem(*args, **kwargs) |
|
97 | 97 | section = configtable.setdefault(item.section, itemregister()) |
|
98 | 98 | if item.name in section: |
|
99 | 99 | msg = "duplicated config item registration for '%s.%s'" |
|
100 | 100 | raise error.ProgrammingError(msg % (item.section, item.name)) |
|
101 | 101 | section[item.name] = item |
|
102 | 102 | |
|
103 | 103 | # special value for case where the default is derived from other values |
|
104 | 104 | dynamicdefault = object() |
|
105 | 105 | |
|
106 | 106 | # Registering actual config items |
|
107 | 107 | |
|
108 | 108 | def getitemregister(configtable): |
|
109 | 109 | f = functools.partial(_register, configtable) |
|
110 | 110 | # export pseudo enum as configitem.* |
|
111 | 111 | f.dynamicdefault = dynamicdefault |
|
112 | 112 | return f |
|
113 | 113 | |
|
114 | 114 | coreconfigitem = getitemregister(coreitems) |
|
115 | 115 | |
|
116 | 116 | def _registerdiffopts(section, configprefix=''): |
|
117 | 117 | coreconfigitem(section, configprefix + 'nodates', |
|
118 | 118 | default=False, |
|
119 | 119 | ) |
|
120 | 120 | coreconfigitem(section, configprefix + 'showfunc', |
|
121 | 121 | default=False, |
|
122 | 122 | ) |
|
123 | 123 | coreconfigitem(section, configprefix + 'unified', |
|
124 | 124 | default=None, |
|
125 | 125 | ) |
|
126 | 126 | coreconfigitem(section, configprefix + 'git', |
|
127 | 127 | default=False, |
|
128 | 128 | ) |
|
129 | 129 | coreconfigitem(section, configprefix + 'ignorews', |
|
130 | 130 | default=False, |
|
131 | 131 | ) |
|
132 | 132 | coreconfigitem(section, configprefix + 'ignorewsamount', |
|
133 | 133 | default=False, |
|
134 | 134 | ) |
|
135 | 135 | coreconfigitem(section, configprefix + 'ignoreblanklines', |
|
136 | 136 | default=False, |
|
137 | 137 | ) |
|
138 | 138 | coreconfigitem(section, configprefix + 'ignorewseol', |
|
139 | 139 | default=False, |
|
140 | 140 | ) |
|
141 | 141 | coreconfigitem(section, configprefix + 'nobinary', |
|
142 | 142 | default=False, |
|
143 | 143 | ) |
|
144 | 144 | coreconfigitem(section, configprefix + 'noprefix', |
|
145 | 145 | default=False, |
|
146 | 146 | ) |
|
147 | 147 | coreconfigitem(section, configprefix + 'word-diff', |
|
148 | 148 | default=False, |
|
149 | 149 | ) |
|
150 | 150 | |
|
151 | 151 | coreconfigitem('alias', '.*', |
|
152 | 152 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
153 | 153 | generic=True, |
|
154 | 154 | ) |
|
155 | 155 | coreconfigitem('auth', 'cookiefile', |
|
156 | 156 | default=None, |
|
157 | 157 | ) |
|
158 | 158 | _registerdiffopts(section='annotate') |
|
159 | 159 | # bookmarks.pushing: internal hack for discovery |
|
160 | 160 | coreconfigitem('bookmarks', 'pushing', |
|
161 | 161 | default=list, |
|
162 | 162 | ) |
|
163 | 163 | # bundle.mainreporoot: internal hack for bundlerepo |
|
164 | 164 | coreconfigitem('bundle', 'mainreporoot', |
|
165 | 165 | default='', |
|
166 | 166 | ) |
|
167 | 167 | coreconfigitem('censor', 'policy', |
|
168 | 168 | default='abort', |
|
169 | 169 | ) |
|
170 | 170 | coreconfigitem('chgserver', 'idletimeout', |
|
171 | 171 | default=3600, |
|
172 | 172 | ) |
|
173 | 173 | coreconfigitem('chgserver', 'skiphash', |
|
174 | 174 | default=False, |
|
175 | 175 | ) |
|
176 | 176 | coreconfigitem('cmdserver', 'log', |
|
177 | 177 | default=None, |
|
178 | 178 | ) |
|
179 | 179 | coreconfigitem('cmdserver', 'max-log-files', |
|
180 | 180 | default=7, |
|
181 | 181 | ) |
|
182 | 182 | coreconfigitem('cmdserver', 'max-log-size', |
|
183 | 183 | default='1 MB', |
|
184 | 184 | ) |
|
185 | 185 | coreconfigitem('cmdserver', 'max-repo-cache', |
|
186 | 186 | default=0, |
|
187 | 187 | ) |
|
188 | 188 | coreconfigitem('cmdserver', 'message-encodings', |
|
189 | 189 | default=list, |
|
190 | 190 | ) |
|
191 | 191 | coreconfigitem('cmdserver', 'track-log', |
|
192 | 192 | default=lambda: ['chgserver', 'cmdserver', 'repocache'], |
|
193 | 193 | ) |
|
194 | 194 | coreconfigitem('color', '.*', |
|
195 | 195 | default=None, |
|
196 | 196 | generic=True, |
|
197 | 197 | ) |
|
198 | 198 | coreconfigitem('color', 'mode', |
|
199 | 199 | default='auto', |
|
200 | 200 | ) |
|
201 | 201 | coreconfigitem('color', 'pagermode', |
|
202 | 202 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
203 | 203 | ) |
|
204 | 204 | _registerdiffopts(section='commands', configprefix='commit.interactive.') |
|
205 | 205 | coreconfigitem('commands', 'grep.all-files', |
|
206 | 206 | default=False, |
|
207 | 207 | ) |
|
208 | 208 | coreconfigitem('commands', 'resolve.confirm', |
|
209 | 209 | default=False, |
|
210 | 210 | ) |
|
211 | 211 | coreconfigitem('commands', 'resolve.explicit-re-merge', |
|
212 | 212 | default=False, |
|
213 | 213 | ) |
|
214 | 214 | coreconfigitem('commands', 'resolve.mark-check', |
|
215 | 215 | default='none', |
|
216 | 216 | ) |
|
217 | 217 | _registerdiffopts(section='commands', configprefix='revert.interactive.') |
|
218 | 218 | coreconfigitem('commands', 'show.aliasprefix', |
|
219 | 219 | default=list, |
|
220 | 220 | ) |
|
221 | 221 | coreconfigitem('commands', 'status.relative', |
|
222 | 222 | default=False, |
|
223 | 223 | ) |
|
224 | 224 | coreconfigitem('commands', 'status.skipstates', |
|
225 | 225 | default=[], |
|
226 | 226 | ) |
|
227 | 227 | coreconfigitem('commands', 'status.terse', |
|
228 | 228 | default='', |
|
229 | 229 | ) |
|
230 | 230 | coreconfigitem('commands', 'status.verbose', |
|
231 | 231 | default=False, |
|
232 | 232 | ) |
|
233 | 233 | coreconfigitem('commands', 'update.check', |
|
234 | 234 | default=None, |
|
235 | 235 | ) |
|
236 | 236 | coreconfigitem('commands', 'update.requiredest', |
|
237 | 237 | default=False, |
|
238 | 238 | ) |
|
239 | 239 | coreconfigitem('committemplate', '.*', |
|
240 | 240 | default=None, |
|
241 | 241 | generic=True, |
|
242 | 242 | ) |
|
243 | 243 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'bzr.saverev', |
|
244 | 244 | default=True, |
|
245 | 245 | ) |
|
246 | 246 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'cvsps.cache', |
|
247 | 247 | default=True, |
|
248 | 248 | ) |
|
249 | 249 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'cvsps.fuzz', |
|
250 | 250 | default=60, |
|
251 | 251 | ) |
|
252 | 252 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'cvsps.logencoding', |
|
253 | 253 | default=None, |
|
254 | 254 | ) |
|
255 | 255 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'cvsps.mergefrom', |
|
256 | 256 | default=None, |
|
257 | 257 | ) |
|
258 | 258 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'cvsps.mergeto', |
|
259 | 259 | default=None, |
|
260 | 260 | ) |
|
261 | 261 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.committeractions', |
|
262 | 262 | default=lambda: ['messagedifferent'], |
|
263 | 263 | ) |
|
264 | 264 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.extrakeys', |
|
265 | 265 | default=list, |
|
266 | 266 | ) |
|
267 | 267 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.findcopiesharder', |
|
268 | 268 | default=False, |
|
269 | 269 | ) |
|
270 | 270 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.remoteprefix', |
|
271 | 271 | default='remote', |
|
272 | 272 | ) |
|
273 | 273 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.renamelimit', |
|
274 | 274 | default=400, |
|
275 | 275 | ) |
|
276 | 276 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.saverev', |
|
277 | 277 | default=True, |
|
278 | 278 | ) |
|
279 | 279 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.similarity', |
|
280 | 280 | default=50, |
|
281 | 281 | ) |
|
282 | 282 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.skipsubmodules', |
|
283 | 283 | default=False, |
|
284 | 284 | ) |
|
285 | 285 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.clonebranches', |
|
286 | 286 | default=False, |
|
287 | 287 | ) |
|
288 | 288 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.ignoreerrors', |
|
289 | 289 | default=False, |
|
290 | 290 | ) |
|
291 | 291 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.revs', |
|
292 | 292 | default=None, |
|
293 | 293 | ) |
|
294 | 294 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.saverev', |
|
295 | 295 | default=False, |
|
296 | 296 | ) |
|
297 | 297 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.sourcename', |
|
298 | 298 | default=None, |
|
299 | 299 | ) |
|
300 | 300 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.startrev', |
|
301 | 301 | default=None, |
|
302 | 302 | ) |
|
303 | 303 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.tagsbranch', |
|
304 | 304 | default='default', |
|
305 | 305 | ) |
|
306 | 306 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.usebranchnames', |
|
307 | 307 | default=True, |
|
308 | 308 | ) |
|
309 | 309 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'ignoreancestorcheck', |
|
310 | 310 | default=False, |
|
311 | 311 | ) |
|
312 | 312 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'localtimezone', |
|
313 | 313 | default=False, |
|
314 | 314 | ) |
|
315 | 315 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'p4.encoding', |
|
316 | 316 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
317 | 317 | ) |
|
318 | 318 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'p4.startrev', |
|
319 | 319 | default=0, |
|
320 | 320 | ) |
|
321 | 321 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'skiptags', |
|
322 | 322 | default=False, |
|
323 | 323 | ) |
|
324 | 324 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'svn.debugsvnlog', |
|
325 | 325 | default=True, |
|
326 | 326 | ) |
|
327 | 327 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'svn.trunk', |
|
328 | 328 | default=None, |
|
329 | 329 | ) |
|
330 | 330 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'svn.tags', |
|
331 | 331 | default=None, |
|
332 | 332 | ) |
|
333 | 333 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'svn.branches', |
|
334 | 334 | default=None, |
|
335 | 335 | ) |
|
336 | 336 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'svn.startrev', |
|
337 | 337 | default=0, |
|
338 | 338 | ) |
|
339 | 339 | coreconfigitem('debug', 'dirstate.delaywrite', |
|
340 | 340 | default=0, |
|
341 | 341 | ) |
|
342 | 342 | coreconfigitem('defaults', '.*', |
|
343 | 343 | default=None, |
|
344 | 344 | generic=True, |
|
345 | 345 | ) |
|
346 | 346 | coreconfigitem('devel', 'all-warnings', |
|
347 | 347 | default=False, |
|
348 | 348 | ) |
|
349 | 349 | coreconfigitem('devel', 'bundle2.debug', |
|
350 | 350 | default=False, |
|
351 | 351 | ) |
|
352 | 352 | coreconfigitem('devel', 'bundle.delta', |
|
353 | 353 | default='', |
|
354 | 354 | ) |
|
355 | 355 | coreconfigitem('devel', 'cache-vfs', |
|
356 | 356 | default=None, |
|
357 | 357 | ) |
|
358 | 358 | coreconfigitem('devel', 'check-locks', |
|
359 | 359 | default=False, |
|
360 | 360 | ) |
|
361 | 361 | coreconfigitem('devel', 'check-relroot', |
|
362 | 362 | default=False, |
|
363 | 363 | ) |
|
364 | 364 | coreconfigitem('devel', 'default-date', |
|
365 | 365 | default=None, |
|
366 | 366 | ) |
|
367 | 367 | coreconfigitem('devel', 'deprec-warn', |
|
368 | 368 | default=False, |
|
369 | 369 | ) |
|
370 | 370 | coreconfigitem('devel', 'disableloaddefaultcerts', |
|
371 | 371 | default=False, |
|
372 | 372 | ) |
|
373 | 373 | coreconfigitem('devel', 'warn-empty-changegroup', |
|
374 | 374 | default=False, |
|
375 | 375 | ) |
|
376 | 376 | coreconfigitem('devel', 'legacy.exchange', |
|
377 | 377 | default=list, |
|
378 | 378 | ) |
|
379 | 379 | coreconfigitem('devel', 'servercafile', |
|
380 | 380 | default='', |
|
381 | 381 | ) |
|
382 | 382 | coreconfigitem('devel', 'serverexactprotocol', |
|
383 | 383 | default='', |
|
384 | 384 | ) |
|
385 | 385 | coreconfigitem('devel', 'serverrequirecert', |
|
386 | 386 | default=False, |
|
387 | 387 | ) |
|
388 | 388 | coreconfigitem('devel', 'strip-obsmarkers', |
|
389 | 389 | default=True, |
|
390 | 390 | ) |
|
391 | 391 | coreconfigitem('devel', 'warn-config', |
|
392 | 392 | default=None, |
|
393 | 393 | ) |
|
394 | 394 | coreconfigitem('devel', 'warn-config-default', |
|
395 | 395 | default=None, |
|
396 | 396 | ) |
|
397 | 397 | coreconfigitem('devel', 'user.obsmarker', |
|
398 | 398 | default=None, |
|
399 | 399 | ) |
|
400 | 400 | coreconfigitem('devel', 'warn-config-unknown', |
|
401 | 401 | default=None, |
|
402 | 402 | ) |
|
403 | 403 | coreconfigitem('devel', 'debug.copies', |
|
404 | 404 | default=False, |
|
405 | 405 | ) |
|
406 | 406 | coreconfigitem('devel', 'debug.extensions', |
|
407 | 407 | default=False, |
|
408 | 408 | ) |
|
409 | 409 | coreconfigitem('devel', 'debug.peer-request', |
|
410 | 410 | default=False, |
|
411 | 411 | ) |
|
412 | 412 | _registerdiffopts(section='diff') |
|
413 | 413 | coreconfigitem('email', 'bcc', |
|
414 | 414 | default=None, |
|
415 | 415 | ) |
|
416 | 416 | coreconfigitem('email', 'cc', |
|
417 | 417 | default=None, |
|
418 | 418 | ) |
|
419 | 419 | coreconfigitem('email', 'charsets', |
|
420 | 420 | default=list, |
|
421 | 421 | ) |
|
422 | 422 | coreconfigitem('email', 'from', |
|
423 | 423 | default=None, |
|
424 | 424 | ) |
|
425 | 425 | coreconfigitem('email', 'method', |
|
426 | 426 | default='smtp', |
|
427 | 427 | ) |
|
428 | 428 | coreconfigitem('email', 'reply-to', |
|
429 | 429 | default=None, |
|
430 | 430 | ) |
|
431 | 431 | coreconfigitem('email', 'to', |
|
432 | 432 | default=None, |
|
433 | 433 | ) |
|
434 | 434 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'archivemetatemplate', |
|
435 | 435 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
436 | 436 | ) |
|
437 | 437 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'auto-publish', |
|
438 | 438 | default='publish', |
|
439 | 439 | ) |
|
440 | 440 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundle-phases', |
|
441 | 441 | default=False, |
|
442 | 442 | ) |
|
443 | 443 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundle2-advertise', |
|
444 | 444 | default=True, |
|
445 | 445 | ) |
|
446 | 446 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundle2-output-capture', |
|
447 | 447 | default=False, |
|
448 | 448 | ) |
|
449 | 449 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundle2.pushback', |
|
450 | 450 | default=False, |
|
451 | 451 | ) |
|
452 | 452 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundle2lazylocking', |
|
453 | 453 | default=False, |
|
454 | 454 | ) |
|
455 | 455 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundlecomplevel', |
|
456 | 456 | default=None, |
|
457 | 457 | ) |
|
458 | 458 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundlecomplevel.bzip2', |
|
459 | 459 | default=None, |
|
460 | 460 | ) |
|
461 | 461 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundlecomplevel.gzip', |
|
462 | 462 | default=None, |
|
463 | 463 | ) |
|
464 | 464 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundlecomplevel.none', |
|
465 | 465 | default=None, |
|
466 | 466 | ) |
|
467 | 467 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundlecomplevel.zstd', |
|
468 | 468 | default=None, |
|
469 | 469 | ) |
|
470 | 470 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'changegroup3', |
|
471 | 471 | default=False, |
|
472 | 472 | ) |
|
473 | 473 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'cleanup-as-archived', |
|
474 | 474 | default=False, |
|
475 | 475 | ) |
|
476 | 476 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'clientcompressionengines', |
|
477 | 477 | default=list, |
|
478 | 478 | ) |
|
479 | 479 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'copytrace', |
|
480 | 480 | default='on', |
|
481 | 481 | ) |
|
482 | 482 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'copytrace.movecandidateslimit', |
|
483 | 483 | default=100, |
|
484 | 484 | ) |
|
485 | 485 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'copytrace.sourcecommitlimit', |
|
486 | 486 | default=100, |
|
487 | 487 | ) |
|
488 | 488 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'copies.read-from', |
|
489 | 489 | default="filelog-only", |
|
490 | 490 | ) |
|
491 | 491 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'crecordtest', |
|
492 | 492 | default=None, |
|
493 | 493 | ) |
|
494 | 494 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'directaccess', |
|
495 | 495 | default=False, |
|
496 | 496 | ) |
|
497 | 497 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'directaccess.revnums', |
|
498 | 498 | default=False, |
|
499 | 499 | ) |
|
500 | 500 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'editortmpinhg', |
|
501 | 501 | default=False, |
|
502 | 502 | ) |
|
503 | 503 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution', |
|
504 | 504 | default=list, |
|
505 | 505 | ) |
|
506 | 506 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.allowdivergence', |
|
507 | 507 | default=False, |
|
508 | 508 | alias=[('experimental', 'allowdivergence')] |
|
509 | 509 | ) |
|
510 | 510 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.allowunstable', |
|
511 | 511 | default=None, |
|
512 | 512 | ) |
|
513 | 513 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.createmarkers', |
|
514 | 514 | default=None, |
|
515 | 515 | ) |
|
516 | 516 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.effect-flags', |
|
517 | 517 | default=True, |
|
518 | 518 | alias=[('experimental', 'effect-flags')] |
|
519 | 519 | ) |
|
520 | 520 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.exchange', |
|
521 | 521 | default=None, |
|
522 | 522 | ) |
|
523 | 523 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.bundle-obsmarker', |
|
524 | 524 | default=False, |
|
525 | 525 | ) |
|
526 | 526 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.report-instabilities', |
|
527 | 527 | default=True, |
|
528 | 528 | ) |
|
529 | 529 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.track-operation', |
|
530 | 530 | default=True, |
|
531 | 531 | ) |
|
532 | 532 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'maxdeltachainspan', |
|
533 | 533 | default=-1, |
|
534 | 534 | ) |
|
535 | 535 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'mergetempdirprefix', |
|
536 | 536 | default=None, |
|
537 | 537 | ) |
|
538 | 538 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'mmapindexthreshold', |
|
539 | 539 | default=None, |
|
540 | 540 | ) |
|
541 | 541 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'narrow', |
|
542 | 542 | default=False, |
|
543 | 543 | ) |
|
544 | 544 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'nonnormalparanoidcheck', |
|
545 | 545 | default=False, |
|
546 | 546 | ) |
|
547 | 547 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'exportableenviron', |
|
548 | 548 | default=list, |
|
549 | 549 | ) |
|
550 | 550 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'extendedheader.index', |
|
551 | 551 | default=None, |
|
552 | 552 | ) |
|
553 | 553 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'extendedheader.similarity', |
|
554 | 554 | default=False, |
|
555 | 555 | ) |
|
556 | 556 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'format.compression', |
|
557 | 557 | default='zlib', |
|
558 | 558 | ) |
|
559 | 559 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'graphshorten', |
|
560 | 560 | default=False, |
|
561 | 561 | ) |
|
562 | 562 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'graphstyle.parent', |
|
563 | 563 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
564 | 564 | ) |
|
565 | 565 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'graphstyle.missing', |
|
566 | 566 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
567 | 567 | ) |
|
568 | 568 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'graphstyle.grandparent', |
|
569 | 569 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
570 | 570 | ) |
|
571 | 571 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'hook-track-tags', |
|
572 | 572 | default=False, |
|
573 | 573 | ) |
|
574 | 574 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'httppeer.advertise-v2', |
|
575 | 575 | default=False, |
|
576 | 576 | ) |
|
577 | 577 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'httppeer.v2-encoder-order', |
|
578 | 578 | default=None, |
|
579 | 579 | ) |
|
580 | 580 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'httppostargs', |
|
581 | 581 | default=False, |
|
582 | 582 | ) |
|
583 | 583 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'mergedriver', |
|
584 | 584 | default=None, |
|
585 | 585 | ) |
|
586 | 586 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'nointerrupt', default=False) |
|
587 | 587 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'nointerrupt-interactiveonly', default=True) |
|
588 | 588 | |
|
589 | 589 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'obsmarkers-exchange-debug', |
|
590 | 590 | default=False, |
|
591 | 591 | ) |
|
592 | 592 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'remotenames', |
|
593 | 593 | default=False, |
|
594 | 594 | ) |
|
595 | 595 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'removeemptydirs', |
|
596 | 596 | default=True, |
|
597 | 597 | ) |
|
598 | 598 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'revisions.prefixhexnode', |
|
599 | 599 | default=False, |
|
600 | 600 | ) |
|
601 | 601 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'revlogv2', |
|
602 | 602 | default=None, |
|
603 | 603 | ) |
|
604 | 604 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'revisions.disambiguatewithin', |
|
605 | 605 | default=None, |
|
606 | 606 | ) |
|
607 | 607 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'server.filesdata.recommended-batch-size', |
|
608 | 608 | default=50000, |
|
609 | 609 | ) |
|
610 | 610 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'server.manifestdata.recommended-batch-size', |
|
611 | 611 | default=100000, |
|
612 | 612 | ) |
|
613 | 613 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'server.stream-narrow-clones', |
|
614 | 614 | default=False, |
|
615 | 615 | ) |
|
616 | 616 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'single-head-per-branch', |
|
617 | 617 | default=False, |
|
618 | 618 | ) |
|
619 | 619 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'sshserver.support-v2', |
|
620 | 620 | default=False, |
|
621 | 621 | ) |
|
622 | 622 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'sparse-read', |
|
623 | 623 | default=False, |
|
624 | 624 | ) |
|
625 | 625 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'sparse-read.density-threshold', |
|
626 | 626 | default=0.50, |
|
627 | 627 | ) |
|
628 | 628 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'sparse-read.min-gap-size', |
|
629 | 629 | default='65K', |
|
630 | 630 | ) |
|
631 | 631 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'treemanifest', |
|
632 | 632 | default=False, |
|
633 | 633 | ) |
|
634 | 634 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'update.atomic-file', |
|
635 | 635 | default=False, |
|
636 | 636 | ) |
|
637 | 637 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'sshpeer.advertise-v2', |
|
638 | 638 | default=False, |
|
639 | 639 | ) |
|
640 | 640 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'web.apiserver', |
|
641 | 641 | default=False, |
|
642 | 642 | ) |
|
643 | 643 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'web.api.http-v2', |
|
644 | 644 | default=False, |
|
645 | 645 | ) |
|
646 | 646 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'web.api.debugreflect', |
|
647 | 647 | default=False, |
|
648 | 648 | ) |
|
649 | 649 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'worker.wdir-get-thread-safe', |
|
650 | 650 | default=False, |
|
651 | 651 | ) |
|
652 | 652 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'xdiff', |
|
653 | 653 | default=False, |
|
654 | 654 | ) |
|
655 | 655 | coreconfigitem('extensions', '.*', |
|
656 | 656 | default=None, |
|
657 | 657 | generic=True, |
|
658 | 658 | ) |
|
659 | 659 | coreconfigitem('extdata', '.*', |
|
660 | 660 | default=None, |
|
661 | 661 | generic=True, |
|
662 | 662 | ) |
|
663 | 663 | coreconfigitem('format', 'chunkcachesize', |
|
664 | 664 | default=None, |
|
665 | 665 | ) |
|
666 | 666 | coreconfigitem('format', 'dotencode', |
|
667 | 667 | default=True, |
|
668 | 668 | ) |
|
669 | 669 | coreconfigitem('format', 'generaldelta', |
|
670 | 670 | default=False, |
|
671 | 671 | ) |
|
672 | 672 | coreconfigitem('format', 'manifestcachesize', |
|
673 | 673 | default=None, |
|
674 | 674 | ) |
|
675 | 675 | coreconfigitem('format', 'maxchainlen', |
|
676 | 676 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
677 | 677 | ) |
|
678 | 678 | coreconfigitem('format', 'obsstore-version', |
|
679 | 679 | default=None, |
|
680 | 680 | ) |
|
681 | 681 | coreconfigitem('format', 'sparse-revlog', |
|
682 | 682 | default=True, |
|
683 | 683 | ) |
|
684 | 684 | coreconfigitem('format', 'usefncache', |
|
685 | 685 | default=True, |
|
686 | 686 | ) |
|
687 | 687 | coreconfigitem('format', 'usegeneraldelta', |
|
688 | 688 | default=True, |
|
689 | 689 | ) |
|
690 | 690 | coreconfigitem('format', 'usestore', |
|
691 | 691 | default=True, |
|
692 | 692 | ) |
|
693 | 693 | coreconfigitem('format', 'internal-phase', |
|
694 | 694 | default=False, |
|
695 | 695 | ) |
|
696 | 696 | coreconfigitem('fsmonitor', 'warn_when_unused', |
|
697 | 697 | default=True, |
|
698 | 698 | ) |
|
699 | 699 | coreconfigitem('fsmonitor', 'warn_update_file_count', |
|
700 | 700 | default=50000, |
|
701 | 701 | ) |
|
702 | 702 | coreconfigitem('help', br'hidden-command\..*', |
|
703 | 703 | default=False, |
|
704 | 704 | generic=True, |
|
705 | 705 | ) |
|
706 | 706 | coreconfigitem('help', br'hidden-topic\..*', |
|
707 | 707 | default=False, |
|
708 | 708 | generic=True, |
|
709 | 709 | ) |
|
710 | 710 | coreconfigitem('hooks', '.*', |
|
711 | 711 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
712 | 712 | generic=True, |
|
713 | 713 | ) |
|
714 | 714 | coreconfigitem('hgweb-paths', '.*', |
|
715 | 715 | default=list, |
|
716 | 716 | generic=True, |
|
717 | 717 | ) |
|
718 | 718 | coreconfigitem('hostfingerprints', '.*', |
|
719 | 719 | default=list, |
|
720 | 720 | generic=True, |
|
721 | 721 | ) |
|
722 | 722 | coreconfigitem('hostsecurity', 'ciphers', |
|
723 | 723 | default=None, |
|
724 | 724 | ) |
|
725 | 725 | coreconfigitem('hostsecurity', 'disabletls10warning', |
|
726 | 726 | default=False, |
|
727 | 727 | ) |
|
728 | 728 | coreconfigitem('hostsecurity', 'minimumprotocol', |
|
729 | 729 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
730 | 730 | ) |
|
731 | 731 | coreconfigitem('hostsecurity', '.*:minimumprotocol$', |
|
732 | 732 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
733 | 733 | generic=True, |
|
734 | 734 | ) |
|
735 | 735 | coreconfigitem('hostsecurity', '.*:ciphers$', |
|
736 | 736 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
737 | 737 | generic=True, |
|
738 | 738 | ) |
|
739 | 739 | coreconfigitem('hostsecurity', '.*:fingerprints$', |
|
740 | 740 | default=list, |
|
741 | 741 | generic=True, |
|
742 | 742 | ) |
|
743 | 743 | coreconfigitem('hostsecurity', '.*:verifycertsfile$', |
|
744 | 744 | default=None, |
|
745 | 745 | generic=True, |
|
746 | 746 | ) |
|
747 | 747 | |
|
748 | 748 | coreconfigitem('http_proxy', 'always', |
|
749 | 749 | default=False, |
|
750 | 750 | ) |
|
751 | 751 | coreconfigitem('http_proxy', 'host', |
|
752 | 752 | default=None, |
|
753 | 753 | ) |
|
754 | 754 | coreconfigitem('http_proxy', 'no', |
|
755 | 755 | default=list, |
|
756 | 756 | ) |
|
757 | 757 | coreconfigitem('http_proxy', 'passwd', |
|
758 | 758 | default=None, |
|
759 | 759 | ) |
|
760 | 760 | coreconfigitem('http_proxy', 'user', |
|
761 | 761 | default=None, |
|
762 | 762 | ) |
|
763 | 763 | |
|
764 | 764 | coreconfigitem('http', 'timeout', |
|
765 | 765 | default=None, |
|
766 | 766 | ) |
|
767 | 767 | |
|
768 | 768 | coreconfigitem('logtoprocess', 'commandexception', |
|
769 | 769 | default=None, |
|
770 | 770 | ) |
|
771 | 771 | coreconfigitem('logtoprocess', 'commandfinish', |
|
772 | 772 | default=None, |
|
773 | 773 | ) |
|
774 | 774 | coreconfigitem('logtoprocess', 'command', |
|
775 | 775 | default=None, |
|
776 | 776 | ) |
|
777 | 777 | coreconfigitem('logtoprocess', 'develwarn', |
|
778 | 778 | default=None, |
|
779 | 779 | ) |
|
780 | 780 | coreconfigitem('logtoprocess', 'uiblocked', |
|
781 | 781 | default=None, |
|
782 | 782 | ) |
|
783 | 783 | coreconfigitem('merge', 'checkunknown', |
|
784 | 784 | default='abort', |
|
785 | 785 | ) |
|
786 | 786 | coreconfigitem('merge', 'checkignored', |
|
787 | 787 | default='abort', |
|
788 | 788 | ) |
|
789 | 789 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'merge.checkpathconflicts', |
|
790 | 790 | default=False, |
|
791 | 791 | ) |
|
792 | 792 | coreconfigitem('merge', 'followcopies', |
|
793 | 793 | default=True, |
|
794 | 794 | ) |
|
795 | 795 | coreconfigitem('merge', 'on-failure', |
|
796 | 796 | default='continue', |
|
797 | 797 | ) |
|
798 | 798 | coreconfigitem('merge', 'preferancestor', |
|
799 | 799 | default=lambda: ['*'], |
|
800 | 800 | ) |
|
801 | 801 | coreconfigitem('merge', 'strict-capability-check', |
|
802 | 802 | default=False, |
|
803 | 803 | ) |
|
804 | 804 | coreconfigitem('merge-tools', '.*', |
|
805 | 805 | default=None, |
|
806 | 806 | generic=True, |
|
807 | 807 | ) |
|
808 | 808 | coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.args$', |
|
809 | 809 | default="$local $base $other", |
|
810 | 810 | generic=True, |
|
811 | 811 | priority=-1, |
|
812 | 812 | ) |
|
813 | 813 | coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.binary$', |
|
814 | 814 | default=False, |
|
815 | 815 | generic=True, |
|
816 | 816 | priority=-1, |
|
817 | 817 | ) |
|
818 | 818 | coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.check$', |
|
819 | 819 | default=list, |
|
820 | 820 | generic=True, |
|
821 | 821 | priority=-1, |
|
822 | 822 | ) |
|
823 | 823 | coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.checkchanged$', |
|
824 | 824 | default=False, |
|
825 | 825 | generic=True, |
|
826 | 826 | priority=-1, |
|
827 | 827 | ) |
|
828 | 828 | coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.executable$', |
|
829 | 829 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
830 | 830 | generic=True, |
|
831 | 831 | priority=-1, |
|
832 | 832 | ) |
|
833 | 833 | coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.fixeol$', |
|
834 | 834 | default=False, |
|
835 | 835 | generic=True, |
|
836 | 836 | priority=-1, |
|
837 | 837 | ) |
|
838 | 838 | coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.gui$', |
|
839 | 839 | default=False, |
|
840 | 840 | generic=True, |
|
841 | 841 | priority=-1, |
|
842 | 842 | ) |
|
843 | 843 | coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.mergemarkers$', |
|
844 | 844 | default='basic', |
|
845 | 845 | generic=True, |
|
846 | 846 | priority=-1, |
|
847 | 847 | ) |
|
848 | 848 | coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.mergemarkertemplate$', |
|
849 | 849 | default=dynamicdefault, # take from ui.mergemarkertemplate |
|
850 | 850 | generic=True, |
|
851 | 851 | priority=-1, |
|
852 | 852 | ) |
|
853 | 853 | coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.priority$', |
|
854 | 854 | default=0, |
|
855 | 855 | generic=True, |
|
856 | 856 | priority=-1, |
|
857 | 857 | ) |
|
858 | 858 | coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.premerge$', |
|
859 | 859 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
860 | 860 | generic=True, |
|
861 | 861 | priority=-1, |
|
862 | 862 | ) |
|
863 | 863 | coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.symlink$', |
|
864 | 864 | default=False, |
|
865 | 865 | generic=True, |
|
866 | 866 | priority=-1, |
|
867 | 867 | ) |
|
868 | 868 | coreconfigitem('pager', 'attend-.*', |
|
869 | 869 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
870 | 870 | generic=True, |
|
871 | 871 | ) |
|
872 | 872 | coreconfigitem('pager', 'ignore', |
|
873 | 873 | default=list, |
|
874 | 874 | ) |
|
875 | 875 | coreconfigitem('pager', 'pager', |
|
876 | 876 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
877 | 877 | ) |
|
878 | 878 | coreconfigitem('patch', 'eol', |
|
879 | 879 | default='strict', |
|
880 | 880 | ) |
|
881 | 881 | coreconfigitem('patch', 'fuzz', |
|
882 | 882 | default=2, |
|
883 | 883 | ) |
|
884 | 884 | coreconfigitem('paths', 'default', |
|
885 | 885 | default=None, |
|
886 | 886 | ) |
|
887 | 887 | coreconfigitem('paths', 'default-push', |
|
888 | 888 | default=None, |
|
889 | 889 | ) |
|
890 | 890 | coreconfigitem('paths', '.*', |
|
891 | 891 | default=None, |
|
892 | 892 | generic=True, |
|
893 | 893 | ) |
|
894 | 894 | coreconfigitem('phases', 'checksubrepos', |
|
895 | 895 | default='follow', |
|
896 | 896 | ) |
|
897 | 897 | coreconfigitem('phases', 'new-commit', |
|
898 | 898 | default='draft', |
|
899 | 899 | ) |
|
900 | 900 | coreconfigitem('phases', 'publish', |
|
901 | 901 | default=True, |
|
902 | 902 | ) |
|
903 | 903 | coreconfigitem('profiling', 'enabled', |
|
904 | 904 | default=False, |
|
905 | 905 | ) |
|
906 | 906 | coreconfigitem('profiling', 'format', |
|
907 | 907 | default='text', |
|
908 | 908 | ) |
|
909 | 909 | coreconfigitem('profiling', 'freq', |
|
910 | 910 | default=1000, |
|
911 | 911 | ) |
|
912 | 912 | coreconfigitem('profiling', 'limit', |
|
913 | 913 | default=30, |
|
914 | 914 | ) |
|
915 | 915 | coreconfigitem('profiling', 'nested', |
|
916 | 916 | default=0, |
|
917 | 917 | ) |
|
918 | 918 | coreconfigitem('profiling', 'output', |
|
919 | 919 | default=None, |
|
920 | 920 | ) |
|
921 | 921 | coreconfigitem('profiling', 'showmax', |
|
922 | 922 | default=0.999, |
|
923 | 923 | ) |
|
924 | 924 | coreconfigitem('profiling', 'showmin', |
|
925 | 925 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
926 | 926 | ) |
|
927 | 927 | coreconfigitem('profiling', 'sort', |
|
928 | 928 | default='inlinetime', |
|
929 | 929 | ) |
|
930 | 930 | coreconfigitem('profiling', 'statformat', |
|
931 | 931 | default='hotpath', |
|
932 | 932 | ) |
|
933 | 933 | coreconfigitem('profiling', 'time-track', |
|
934 | 934 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
935 | 935 | ) |
|
936 | 936 | coreconfigitem('profiling', 'type', |
|
937 | 937 | default='stat', |
|
938 | 938 | ) |
|
939 | 939 | coreconfigitem('progress', 'assume-tty', |
|
940 | 940 | default=False, |
|
941 | 941 | ) |
|
942 | 942 | coreconfigitem('progress', 'changedelay', |
|
943 | 943 | default=1, |
|
944 | 944 | ) |
|
945 | 945 | coreconfigitem('progress', 'clear-complete', |
|
946 | 946 | default=True, |
|
947 | 947 | ) |
|
948 | 948 | coreconfigitem('progress', 'debug', |
|
949 | 949 | default=False, |
|
950 | 950 | ) |
|
951 | 951 | coreconfigitem('progress', 'delay', |
|
952 | 952 | default=3, |
|
953 | 953 | ) |
|
954 | 954 | coreconfigitem('progress', 'disable', |
|
955 | 955 | default=False, |
|
956 | 956 | ) |
|
957 | 957 | coreconfigitem('progress', 'estimateinterval', |
|
958 | 958 | default=60.0, |
|
959 | 959 | ) |
|
960 | 960 | coreconfigitem('progress', 'format', |
|
961 | 961 | default=lambda: ['topic', 'bar', 'number', 'estimate'], |
|
962 | 962 | ) |
|
963 | 963 | coreconfigitem('progress', 'refresh', |
|
964 | 964 | default=0.1, |
|
965 | 965 | ) |
|
966 | 966 | coreconfigitem('progress', 'width', |
|
967 | 967 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
968 | 968 | ) |
|
969 | 969 | coreconfigitem('push', 'pushvars.server', |
|
970 | 970 | default=False, |
|
971 | 971 | ) |
|
972 | 972 | coreconfigitem('rewrite', 'backup-bundle', |
|
973 | 973 | default=True, |
|
974 | 974 | alias=[('ui', 'history-editing-backup')], |
|
975 | 975 | ) |
|
976 | 976 | coreconfigitem('rewrite', 'update-timestamp', |
|
977 | 977 | default=False, |
|
978 | 978 | ) |
|
979 | 979 | coreconfigitem('storage', 'new-repo-backend', |
|
980 | 980 | default='revlogv1', |
|
981 | 981 | ) |
|
982 | 982 | coreconfigitem('storage', 'revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice', |
|
983 | 983 | default=True, |
|
984 | 984 | alias=[('format', 'aggressivemergedeltas')], |
|
985 | 985 | ) |
|
986 | coreconfigitem('storage', 'revlog.reuse-external-delta', | |
|
987 | default=True, | |
|
988 | ) | |
|
986 | 989 | coreconfigitem('storage', 'revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent', |
|
987 | 990 | default=None, |
|
988 | 991 | ) |
|
989 | 992 | coreconfigitem('server', 'bookmarks-pushkey-compat', |
|
990 | 993 | default=True, |
|
991 | 994 | ) |
|
992 | 995 | coreconfigitem('server', 'bundle1', |
|
993 | 996 | default=True, |
|
994 | 997 | ) |
|
995 | 998 | coreconfigitem('server', 'bundle1gd', |
|
996 | 999 | default=None, |
|
997 | 1000 | ) |
|
998 | 1001 | coreconfigitem('server', 'bundle1.pull', |
|
999 | 1002 | default=None, |
|
1000 | 1003 | ) |
|
1001 | 1004 | coreconfigitem('server', 'bundle1gd.pull', |
|
1002 | 1005 | default=None, |
|
1003 | 1006 | ) |
|
1004 | 1007 | coreconfigitem('server', 'bundle1.push', |
|
1005 | 1008 | default=None, |
|
1006 | 1009 | ) |
|
1007 | 1010 | coreconfigitem('server', 'bundle1gd.push', |
|
1008 | 1011 | default=None, |
|
1009 | 1012 | ) |
|
1010 | 1013 | coreconfigitem('server', 'bundle2.stream', |
|
1011 | 1014 | default=True, |
|
1012 | 1015 | alias=[('experimental', 'bundle2.stream')] |
|
1013 | 1016 | ) |
|
1014 | 1017 | coreconfigitem('server', 'compressionengines', |
|
1015 | 1018 | default=list, |
|
1016 | 1019 | ) |
|
1017 | 1020 | coreconfigitem('server', 'concurrent-push-mode', |
|
1018 | 1021 | default='strict', |
|
1019 | 1022 | ) |
|
1020 | 1023 | coreconfigitem('server', 'disablefullbundle', |
|
1021 | 1024 | default=False, |
|
1022 | 1025 | ) |
|
1023 | 1026 | coreconfigitem('server', 'maxhttpheaderlen', |
|
1024 | 1027 | default=1024, |
|
1025 | 1028 | ) |
|
1026 | 1029 | coreconfigitem('server', 'pullbundle', |
|
1027 | 1030 | default=False, |
|
1028 | 1031 | ) |
|
1029 | 1032 | coreconfigitem('server', 'preferuncompressed', |
|
1030 | 1033 | default=False, |
|
1031 | 1034 | ) |
|
1032 | 1035 | coreconfigitem('server', 'streamunbundle', |
|
1033 | 1036 | default=False, |
|
1034 | 1037 | ) |
|
1035 | 1038 | coreconfigitem('server', 'uncompressed', |
|
1036 | 1039 | default=True, |
|
1037 | 1040 | ) |
|
1038 | 1041 | coreconfigitem('server', 'uncompressedallowsecret', |
|
1039 | 1042 | default=False, |
|
1040 | 1043 | ) |
|
1041 | 1044 | coreconfigitem('server', 'validate', |
|
1042 | 1045 | default=False, |
|
1043 | 1046 | ) |
|
1044 | 1047 | coreconfigitem('server', 'zliblevel', |
|
1045 | 1048 | default=-1, |
|
1046 | 1049 | ) |
|
1047 | 1050 | coreconfigitem('server', 'zstdlevel', |
|
1048 | 1051 | default=3, |
|
1049 | 1052 | ) |
|
1050 | 1053 | coreconfigitem('share', 'pool', |
|
1051 | 1054 | default=None, |
|
1052 | 1055 | ) |
|
1053 | 1056 | coreconfigitem('share', 'poolnaming', |
|
1054 | 1057 | default='identity', |
|
1055 | 1058 | ) |
|
1056 | 1059 | coreconfigitem('smtp', 'host', |
|
1057 | 1060 | default=None, |
|
1058 | 1061 | ) |
|
1059 | 1062 | coreconfigitem('smtp', 'local_hostname', |
|
1060 | 1063 | default=None, |
|
1061 | 1064 | ) |
|
1062 | 1065 | coreconfigitem('smtp', 'password', |
|
1063 | 1066 | default=None, |
|
1064 | 1067 | ) |
|
1065 | 1068 | coreconfigitem('smtp', 'port', |
|
1066 | 1069 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
1067 | 1070 | ) |
|
1068 | 1071 | coreconfigitem('smtp', 'tls', |
|
1069 | 1072 | default='none', |
|
1070 | 1073 | ) |
|
1071 | 1074 | coreconfigitem('smtp', 'username', |
|
1072 | 1075 | default=None, |
|
1073 | 1076 | ) |
|
1074 | 1077 | coreconfigitem('sparse', 'missingwarning', |
|
1075 | 1078 | default=True, |
|
1076 | 1079 | ) |
|
1077 | 1080 | coreconfigitem('subrepos', 'allowed', |
|
1078 | 1081 | default=dynamicdefault, # to make backporting simpler |
|
1079 | 1082 | ) |
|
1080 | 1083 | coreconfigitem('subrepos', 'hg:allowed', |
|
1081 | 1084 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
1082 | 1085 | ) |
|
1083 | 1086 | coreconfigitem('subrepos', 'git:allowed', |
|
1084 | 1087 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
1085 | 1088 | ) |
|
1086 | 1089 | coreconfigitem('subrepos', 'svn:allowed', |
|
1087 | 1090 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
1088 | 1091 | ) |
|
1089 | 1092 | coreconfigitem('templates', '.*', |
|
1090 | 1093 | default=None, |
|
1091 | 1094 | generic=True, |
|
1092 | 1095 | ) |
|
1093 | 1096 | coreconfigitem('templateconfig', '.*', |
|
1094 | 1097 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
1095 | 1098 | generic=True, |
|
1096 | 1099 | ) |
|
1097 | 1100 | coreconfigitem('trusted', 'groups', |
|
1098 | 1101 | default=list, |
|
1099 | 1102 | ) |
|
1100 | 1103 | coreconfigitem('trusted', 'users', |
|
1101 | 1104 | default=list, |
|
1102 | 1105 | ) |
|
1103 | 1106 | coreconfigitem('ui', '_usedassubrepo', |
|
1104 | 1107 | default=False, |
|
1105 | 1108 | ) |
|
1106 | 1109 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'allowemptycommit', |
|
1107 | 1110 | default=False, |
|
1108 | 1111 | ) |
|
1109 | 1112 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'archivemeta', |
|
1110 | 1113 | default=True, |
|
1111 | 1114 | ) |
|
1112 | 1115 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'askusername', |
|
1113 | 1116 | default=False, |
|
1114 | 1117 | ) |
|
1115 | 1118 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'clonebundlefallback', |
|
1116 | 1119 | default=False, |
|
1117 | 1120 | ) |
|
1118 | 1121 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'clonebundleprefers', |
|
1119 | 1122 | default=list, |
|
1120 | 1123 | ) |
|
1121 | 1124 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'clonebundles', |
|
1122 | 1125 | default=True, |
|
1123 | 1126 | ) |
|
1124 | 1127 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'color', |
|
1125 | 1128 | default='auto', |
|
1126 | 1129 | ) |
|
1127 | 1130 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'commitsubrepos', |
|
1128 | 1131 | default=False, |
|
1129 | 1132 | ) |
|
1130 | 1133 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'debug', |
|
1131 | 1134 | default=False, |
|
1132 | 1135 | ) |
|
1133 | 1136 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'debugger', |
|
1134 | 1137 | default=None, |
|
1135 | 1138 | ) |
|
1136 | 1139 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'editor', |
|
1137 | 1140 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
1138 | 1141 | ) |
|
1139 | 1142 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'fallbackencoding', |
|
1140 | 1143 | default=None, |
|
1141 | 1144 | ) |
|
1142 | 1145 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'forcecwd', |
|
1143 | 1146 | default=None, |
|
1144 | 1147 | ) |
|
1145 | 1148 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'forcemerge', |
|
1146 | 1149 | default=None, |
|
1147 | 1150 | ) |
|
1148 | 1151 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'formatdebug', |
|
1149 | 1152 | default=False, |
|
1150 | 1153 | ) |
|
1151 | 1154 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'formatjson', |
|
1152 | 1155 | default=False, |
|
1153 | 1156 | ) |
|
1154 | 1157 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'formatted', |
|
1155 | 1158 | default=None, |
|
1156 | 1159 | ) |
|
1157 | 1160 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'graphnodetemplate', |
|
1158 | 1161 | default=None, |
|
1159 | 1162 | ) |
|
1160 | 1163 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'interactive', |
|
1161 | 1164 | default=None, |
|
1162 | 1165 | ) |
|
1163 | 1166 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'interface', |
|
1164 | 1167 | default=None, |
|
1165 | 1168 | ) |
|
1166 | 1169 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'interface.chunkselector', |
|
1167 | 1170 | default=None, |
|
1168 | 1171 | ) |
|
1169 | 1172 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'large-file-limit', |
|
1170 | 1173 | default=10000000, |
|
1171 | 1174 | ) |
|
1172 | 1175 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'logblockedtimes', |
|
1173 | 1176 | default=False, |
|
1174 | 1177 | ) |
|
1175 | 1178 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'logtemplate', |
|
1176 | 1179 | default=None, |
|
1177 | 1180 | ) |
|
1178 | 1181 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'merge', |
|
1179 | 1182 | default=None, |
|
1180 | 1183 | ) |
|
1181 | 1184 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'mergemarkers', |
|
1182 | 1185 | default='basic', |
|
1183 | 1186 | ) |
|
1184 | 1187 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'mergemarkertemplate', |
|
1185 | 1188 | default=('{node|short} ' |
|
1186 | 1189 | '{ifeq(tags, "tip", "", ' |
|
1187 | 1190 | 'ifeq(tags, "", "", "{tags} "))}' |
|
1188 | 1191 | '{if(bookmarks, "{bookmarks} ")}' |
|
1189 | 1192 | '{ifeq(branch, "default", "", "{branch} ")}' |
|
1190 | 1193 | '- {author|user}: {desc|firstline}') |
|
1191 | 1194 | ) |
|
1192 | 1195 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'message-output', |
|
1193 | 1196 | default='stdio', |
|
1194 | 1197 | ) |
|
1195 | 1198 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'nontty', |
|
1196 | 1199 | default=False, |
|
1197 | 1200 | ) |
|
1198 | 1201 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'origbackuppath', |
|
1199 | 1202 | default=None, |
|
1200 | 1203 | ) |
|
1201 | 1204 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'paginate', |
|
1202 | 1205 | default=True, |
|
1203 | 1206 | ) |
|
1204 | 1207 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'patch', |
|
1205 | 1208 | default=None, |
|
1206 | 1209 | ) |
|
1207 | 1210 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'pre-merge-tool-output-template', |
|
1208 | 1211 | default=None, |
|
1209 | 1212 | ) |
|
1210 | 1213 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'portablefilenames', |
|
1211 | 1214 | default='warn', |
|
1212 | 1215 | ) |
|
1213 | 1216 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'promptecho', |
|
1214 | 1217 | default=False, |
|
1215 | 1218 | ) |
|
1216 | 1219 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'quiet', |
|
1217 | 1220 | default=False, |
|
1218 | 1221 | ) |
|
1219 | 1222 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'quietbookmarkmove', |
|
1220 | 1223 | default=False, |
|
1221 | 1224 | ) |
|
1222 | 1225 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'relative-paths', |
|
1223 | 1226 | default='legacy', |
|
1224 | 1227 | ) |
|
1225 | 1228 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'remotecmd', |
|
1226 | 1229 | default='hg', |
|
1227 | 1230 | ) |
|
1228 | 1231 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'report_untrusted', |
|
1229 | 1232 | default=True, |
|
1230 | 1233 | ) |
|
1231 | 1234 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'rollback', |
|
1232 | 1235 | default=True, |
|
1233 | 1236 | ) |
|
1234 | 1237 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'signal-safe-lock', |
|
1235 | 1238 | default=True, |
|
1236 | 1239 | ) |
|
1237 | 1240 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'slash', |
|
1238 | 1241 | default=False, |
|
1239 | 1242 | ) |
|
1240 | 1243 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'ssh', |
|
1241 | 1244 | default='ssh', |
|
1242 | 1245 | ) |
|
1243 | 1246 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'ssherrorhint', |
|
1244 | 1247 | default=None, |
|
1245 | 1248 | ) |
|
1246 | 1249 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'statuscopies', |
|
1247 | 1250 | default=False, |
|
1248 | 1251 | ) |
|
1249 | 1252 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'strict', |
|
1250 | 1253 | default=False, |
|
1251 | 1254 | ) |
|
1252 | 1255 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'style', |
|
1253 | 1256 | default='', |
|
1254 | 1257 | ) |
|
1255 | 1258 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'supportcontact', |
|
1256 | 1259 | default=None, |
|
1257 | 1260 | ) |
|
1258 | 1261 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'textwidth', |
|
1259 | 1262 | default=78, |
|
1260 | 1263 | ) |
|
1261 | 1264 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'timeout', |
|
1262 | 1265 | default='600', |
|
1263 | 1266 | ) |
|
1264 | 1267 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'timeout.warn', |
|
1265 | 1268 | default=0, |
|
1266 | 1269 | ) |
|
1267 | 1270 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'traceback', |
|
1268 | 1271 | default=False, |
|
1269 | 1272 | ) |
|
1270 | 1273 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'tweakdefaults', |
|
1271 | 1274 | default=False, |
|
1272 | 1275 | ) |
|
1273 | 1276 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'username', |
|
1274 | 1277 | alias=[('ui', 'user')] |
|
1275 | 1278 | ) |
|
1276 | 1279 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'verbose', |
|
1277 | 1280 | default=False, |
|
1278 | 1281 | ) |
|
1279 | 1282 | coreconfigitem('verify', 'skipflags', |
|
1280 | 1283 | default=None, |
|
1281 | 1284 | ) |
|
1282 | 1285 | coreconfigitem('web', 'allowbz2', |
|
1283 | 1286 | default=False, |
|
1284 | 1287 | ) |
|
1285 | 1288 | coreconfigitem('web', 'allowgz', |
|
1286 | 1289 | default=False, |
|
1287 | 1290 | ) |
|
1288 | 1291 | coreconfigitem('web', 'allow-pull', |
|
1289 | 1292 | alias=[('web', 'allowpull')], |
|
1290 | 1293 | default=True, |
|
1291 | 1294 | ) |
|
1292 | 1295 | coreconfigitem('web', 'allow-push', |
|
1293 | 1296 | alias=[('web', 'allow_push')], |
|
1294 | 1297 | default=list, |
|
1295 | 1298 | ) |
|
1296 | 1299 | coreconfigitem('web', 'allowzip', |
|
1297 | 1300 | default=False, |
|
1298 | 1301 | ) |
|
1299 | 1302 | coreconfigitem('web', 'archivesubrepos', |
|
1300 | 1303 | default=False, |
|
1301 | 1304 | ) |
|
1302 | 1305 | coreconfigitem('web', 'cache', |
|
1303 | 1306 | default=True, |
|
1304 | 1307 | ) |
|
1305 | 1308 | coreconfigitem('web', 'comparisoncontext', |
|
1306 | 1309 | default=5, |
|
1307 | 1310 | ) |
|
1308 | 1311 | coreconfigitem('web', 'contact', |
|
1309 | 1312 | default=None, |
|
1310 | 1313 | ) |
|
1311 | 1314 | coreconfigitem('web', 'deny_push', |
|
1312 | 1315 | default=list, |
|
1313 | 1316 | ) |
|
1314 | 1317 | coreconfigitem('web', 'guessmime', |
|
1315 | 1318 | default=False, |
|
1316 | 1319 | ) |
|
1317 | 1320 | coreconfigitem('web', 'hidden', |
|
1318 | 1321 | default=False, |
|
1319 | 1322 | ) |
|
1320 | 1323 | coreconfigitem('web', 'labels', |
|
1321 | 1324 | default=list, |
|
1322 | 1325 | ) |
|
1323 | 1326 | coreconfigitem('web', 'logoimg', |
|
1324 | 1327 | default='hglogo.png', |
|
1325 | 1328 | ) |
|
1326 | 1329 | coreconfigitem('web', 'logourl', |
|
1327 | 1330 | default='https://mercurial-scm.org/', |
|
1328 | 1331 | ) |
|
1329 | 1332 | coreconfigitem('web', 'accesslog', |
|
1330 | 1333 | default='-', |
|
1331 | 1334 | ) |
|
1332 | 1335 | coreconfigitem('web', 'address', |
|
1333 | 1336 | default='', |
|
1334 | 1337 | ) |
|
1335 | 1338 | coreconfigitem('web', 'allow-archive', |
|
1336 | 1339 | alias=[('web', 'allow_archive')], |
|
1337 | 1340 | default=list, |
|
1338 | 1341 | ) |
|
1339 | 1342 | coreconfigitem('web', 'allow_read', |
|
1340 | 1343 | default=list, |
|
1341 | 1344 | ) |
|
1342 | 1345 | coreconfigitem('web', 'baseurl', |
|
1343 | 1346 | default=None, |
|
1344 | 1347 | ) |
|
1345 | 1348 | coreconfigitem('web', 'cacerts', |
|
1346 | 1349 | default=None, |
|
1347 | 1350 | ) |
|
1348 | 1351 | coreconfigitem('web', 'certificate', |
|
1349 | 1352 | default=None, |
|
1350 | 1353 | ) |
|
1351 | 1354 | coreconfigitem('web', 'collapse', |
|
1352 | 1355 | default=False, |
|
1353 | 1356 | ) |
|
1354 | 1357 | coreconfigitem('web', 'csp', |
|
1355 | 1358 | default=None, |
|
1356 | 1359 | ) |
|
1357 | 1360 | coreconfigitem('web', 'deny_read', |
|
1358 | 1361 | default=list, |
|
1359 | 1362 | ) |
|
1360 | 1363 | coreconfigitem('web', 'descend', |
|
1361 | 1364 | default=True, |
|
1362 | 1365 | ) |
|
1363 | 1366 | coreconfigitem('web', 'description', |
|
1364 | 1367 | default="", |
|
1365 | 1368 | ) |
|
1366 | 1369 | coreconfigitem('web', 'encoding', |
|
1367 | 1370 | default=lambda: encoding.encoding, |
|
1368 | 1371 | ) |
|
1369 | 1372 | coreconfigitem('web', 'errorlog', |
|
1370 | 1373 | default='-', |
|
1371 | 1374 | ) |
|
1372 | 1375 | coreconfigitem('web', 'ipv6', |
|
1373 | 1376 | default=False, |
|
1374 | 1377 | ) |
|
1375 | 1378 | coreconfigitem('web', 'maxchanges', |
|
1376 | 1379 | default=10, |
|
1377 | 1380 | ) |
|
1378 | 1381 | coreconfigitem('web', 'maxfiles', |
|
1379 | 1382 | default=10, |
|
1380 | 1383 | ) |
|
1381 | 1384 | coreconfigitem('web', 'maxshortchanges', |
|
1382 | 1385 | default=60, |
|
1383 | 1386 | ) |
|
1384 | 1387 | coreconfigitem('web', 'motd', |
|
1385 | 1388 | default='', |
|
1386 | 1389 | ) |
|
1387 | 1390 | coreconfigitem('web', 'name', |
|
1388 | 1391 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
1389 | 1392 | ) |
|
1390 | 1393 | coreconfigitem('web', 'port', |
|
1391 | 1394 | default=8000, |
|
1392 | 1395 | ) |
|
1393 | 1396 | coreconfigitem('web', 'prefix', |
|
1394 | 1397 | default='', |
|
1395 | 1398 | ) |
|
1396 | 1399 | coreconfigitem('web', 'push_ssl', |
|
1397 | 1400 | default=True, |
|
1398 | 1401 | ) |
|
1399 | 1402 | coreconfigitem('web', 'refreshinterval', |
|
1400 | 1403 | default=20, |
|
1401 | 1404 | ) |
|
1402 | 1405 | coreconfigitem('web', 'server-header', |
|
1403 | 1406 | default=None, |
|
1404 | 1407 | ) |
|
1405 | 1408 | coreconfigitem('web', 'static', |
|
1406 | 1409 | default=None, |
|
1407 | 1410 | ) |
|
1408 | 1411 | coreconfigitem('web', 'staticurl', |
|
1409 | 1412 | default=None, |
|
1410 | 1413 | ) |
|
1411 | 1414 | coreconfigitem('web', 'stripes', |
|
1412 | 1415 | default=1, |
|
1413 | 1416 | ) |
|
1414 | 1417 | coreconfigitem('web', 'style', |
|
1415 | 1418 | default='paper', |
|
1416 | 1419 | ) |
|
1417 | 1420 | coreconfigitem('web', 'templates', |
|
1418 | 1421 | default=None, |
|
1419 | 1422 | ) |
|
1420 | 1423 | coreconfigitem('web', 'view', |
|
1421 | 1424 | default='served', |
|
1422 | 1425 | ) |
|
1423 | 1426 | coreconfigitem('worker', 'backgroundclose', |
|
1424 | 1427 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
1425 | 1428 | ) |
|
1426 | 1429 | # Windows defaults to a limit of 512 open files. A buffer of 128 |
|
1427 | 1430 | # should give us enough headway. |
|
1428 | 1431 | coreconfigitem('worker', 'backgroundclosemaxqueue', |
|
1429 | 1432 | default=384, |
|
1430 | 1433 | ) |
|
1431 | 1434 | coreconfigitem('worker', 'backgroundcloseminfilecount', |
|
1432 | 1435 | default=2048, |
|
1433 | 1436 | ) |
|
1434 | 1437 | coreconfigitem('worker', 'backgroundclosethreadcount', |
|
1435 | 1438 | default=4, |
|
1436 | 1439 | ) |
|
1437 | 1440 | coreconfigitem('worker', 'enabled', |
|
1438 | 1441 | default=True, |
|
1439 | 1442 | ) |
|
1440 | 1443 | coreconfigitem('worker', 'numcpus', |
|
1441 | 1444 | default=None, |
|
1442 | 1445 | ) |
|
1443 | 1446 | |
|
1444 | 1447 | # Rebase related configuration moved to core because other extension are doing |
|
1445 | 1448 | # strange things. For example, shelve import the extensions to reuse some bit |
|
1446 | 1449 | # without formally loading it. |
|
1447 | 1450 | coreconfigitem('commands', 'rebase.requiredest', |
|
1448 | 1451 | default=False, |
|
1449 | 1452 | ) |
|
1450 | 1453 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'rebaseskipobsolete', |
|
1451 | 1454 | default=True, |
|
1452 | 1455 | ) |
|
1453 | 1456 | coreconfigitem('rebase', 'singletransaction', |
|
1454 | 1457 | default=False, |
|
1455 | 1458 | ) |
|
1456 | 1459 | coreconfigitem('rebase', 'experimental.inmemory', |
|
1457 | 1460 | default=False, |
|
1458 | 1461 | ) |
@@ -1,2801 +1,2817 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | The Mercurial system uses a set of configuration files to control |
|
2 | 2 | aspects of its behavior. |
|
3 | 3 | |
|
4 | 4 | Troubleshooting |
|
5 | 5 | =============== |
|
6 | 6 | |
|
7 | 7 | If you're having problems with your configuration, |
|
8 | 8 | :hg:`config --debug` can help you understand what is introducing |
|
9 | 9 | a setting into your environment. |
|
10 | 10 | |
|
11 | 11 | See :hg:`help config.syntax` and :hg:`help config.files` |
|
12 | 12 | for information about how and where to override things. |
|
13 | 13 | |
|
14 | 14 | Structure |
|
15 | 15 | ========= |
|
16 | 16 | |
|
17 | 17 | The configuration files use a simple ini-file format. A configuration |
|
18 | 18 | file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header and followed |
|
19 | 19 | by ``name = value`` entries:: |
|
20 | 20 | |
|
21 | 21 | [ui] |
|
22 | 22 | username = Firstname Lastname <firstname.lastname@example.net> |
|
23 | 23 | verbose = True |
|
24 | 24 | |
|
25 | 25 | The above entries will be referred to as ``ui.username`` and |
|
26 | 26 | ``ui.verbose``, respectively. See :hg:`help config.syntax`. |
|
27 | 27 | |
|
28 | 28 | Files |
|
29 | 29 | ===== |
|
30 | 30 | |
|
31 | 31 | Mercurial reads configuration data from several files, if they exist. |
|
32 | 32 | These files do not exist by default and you will have to create the |
|
33 | 33 | appropriate configuration files yourself: |
|
34 | 34 | |
|
35 | 35 | Local configuration is put into the per-repository ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` file. |
|
36 | 36 | |
|
37 | 37 | Global configuration like the username setting is typically put into: |
|
38 | 38 | |
|
39 | 39 | .. container:: windows |
|
40 | 40 | |
|
41 | 41 | - ``%USERPROFILE%\mercurial.ini`` (on Windows) |
|
42 | 42 | |
|
43 | 43 | .. container:: unix.plan9 |
|
44 | 44 | |
|
45 | 45 | - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (on Unix, Plan9) |
|
46 | 46 | |
|
47 | 47 | The names of these files depend on the system on which Mercurial is |
|
48 | 48 | installed. ``*.rc`` files from a single directory are read in |
|
49 | 49 | alphabetical order, later ones overriding earlier ones. Where multiple |
|
50 | 50 | paths are given below, settings from earlier paths override later |
|
51 | 51 | ones. |
|
52 | 52 | |
|
53 | 53 | .. container:: verbose.unix |
|
54 | 54 | |
|
55 | 55 | On Unix, the following files are consulted: |
|
56 | 56 | |
|
57 | 57 | - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository) |
|
58 | 58 | - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (per-user) |
|
59 | 59 | - ``${XDG_CONFIG_HOME:-$HOME/.config}/hg/hgrc`` (per-user) |
|
60 | 60 | - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation) |
|
61 | 61 | - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation) |
|
62 | 62 | - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system) |
|
63 | 63 | - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system) |
|
64 | 64 | - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults) |
|
65 | 65 | |
|
66 | 66 | .. container:: verbose.windows |
|
67 | 67 | |
|
68 | 68 | On Windows, the following files are consulted: |
|
69 | 69 | |
|
70 | 70 | - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository) |
|
71 | 71 | - ``%USERPROFILE%\.hgrc`` (per-user) |
|
72 | 72 | - ``%USERPROFILE%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user) |
|
73 | 73 | - ``%HOME%\.hgrc`` (per-user) |
|
74 | 74 | - ``%HOME%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user) |
|
75 | 75 | - ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Mercurial`` (per-installation) |
|
76 | 76 | - ``<install-dir>\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-installation) |
|
77 | 77 | - ``<install-dir>\Mercurial.ini`` (per-installation) |
|
78 | 78 | - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults) |
|
79 | 79 | |
|
80 | 80 | .. note:: |
|
81 | 81 | |
|
82 | 82 | The registry key ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\Mercurial`` |
|
83 | 83 | is used when running 32-bit Python on 64-bit Windows. |
|
84 | 84 | |
|
85 | 85 | .. container:: windows |
|
86 | 86 | |
|
87 | 87 | On Windows 9x, ``%HOME%`` is replaced by ``%APPDATA%``. |
|
88 | 88 | |
|
89 | 89 | .. container:: verbose.plan9 |
|
90 | 90 | |
|
91 | 91 | On Plan9, the following files are consulted: |
|
92 | 92 | |
|
93 | 93 | - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository) |
|
94 | 94 | - ``$home/lib/hgrc`` (per-user) |
|
95 | 95 | - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation) |
|
96 | 96 | - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation) |
|
97 | 97 | - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system) |
|
98 | 98 | - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system) |
|
99 | 99 | - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults) |
|
100 | 100 | |
|
101 | 101 | Per-repository configuration options only apply in a |
|
102 | 102 | particular repository. This file is not version-controlled, and |
|
103 | 103 | will not get transferred during a "clone" operation. Options in |
|
104 | 104 | this file override options in all other configuration files. |
|
105 | 105 | |
|
106 | 106 | .. container:: unix.plan9 |
|
107 | 107 | |
|
108 | 108 | On Plan 9 and Unix, most of this file will be ignored if it doesn't |
|
109 | 109 | belong to a trusted user or to a trusted group. See |
|
110 | 110 | :hg:`help config.trusted` for more details. |
|
111 | 111 | |
|
112 | 112 | Per-user configuration file(s) are for the user running Mercurial. Options |
|
113 | 113 | in these files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by this user in any |
|
114 | 114 | directory. Options in these files override per-system and per-installation |
|
115 | 115 | options. |
|
116 | 116 | |
|
117 | 117 | Per-installation configuration files are searched for in the |
|
118 | 118 | directory where Mercurial is installed. ``<install-root>`` is the |
|
119 | 119 | parent directory of the **hg** executable (or symlink) being run. |
|
120 | 120 | |
|
121 | 121 | .. container:: unix.plan9 |
|
122 | 122 | |
|
123 | 123 | For example, if installed in ``/shared/tools/bin/hg``, Mercurial |
|
124 | 124 | will look in ``/shared/tools/etc/mercurial/hgrc``. Options in these |
|
125 | 125 | files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by any user in any |
|
126 | 126 | directory. |
|
127 | 127 | |
|
128 | 128 | Per-installation configuration files are for the system on |
|
129 | 129 | which Mercurial is running. Options in these files apply to all |
|
130 | 130 | Mercurial commands executed by any user in any directory. Registry |
|
131 | 131 | keys contain PATH-like strings, every part of which must reference |
|
132 | 132 | a ``Mercurial.ini`` file or be a directory where ``*.rc`` files will |
|
133 | 133 | be read. Mercurial checks each of these locations in the specified |
|
134 | 134 | order until one or more configuration files are detected. |
|
135 | 135 | |
|
136 | 136 | Per-system configuration files are for the system on which Mercurial |
|
137 | 137 | is running. Options in these files apply to all Mercurial commands |
|
138 | 138 | executed by any user in any directory. Options in these files |
|
139 | 139 | override per-installation options. |
|
140 | 140 | |
|
141 | 141 | Mercurial comes with some default configuration. The default configuration |
|
142 | 142 | files are installed with Mercurial and will be overwritten on upgrades. Default |
|
143 | 143 | configuration files should never be edited by users or administrators but can |
|
144 | 144 | be overridden in other configuration files. So far the directory only contains |
|
145 | 145 | merge tool configuration but packagers can also put other default configuration |
|
146 | 146 | there. |
|
147 | 147 | |
|
148 | 148 | Syntax |
|
149 | 149 | ====== |
|
150 | 150 | |
|
151 | 151 | A configuration file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header |
|
152 | 152 | and followed by ``name = value`` entries (sometimes called |
|
153 | 153 | ``configuration keys``):: |
|
154 | 154 | |
|
155 | 155 | [spam] |
|
156 | 156 | eggs=ham |
|
157 | 157 | green= |
|
158 | 158 | eggs |
|
159 | 159 | |
|
160 | 160 | Each line contains one entry. If the lines that follow are indented, |
|
161 | 161 | they are treated as continuations of that entry. Leading whitespace is |
|
162 | 162 | removed from values. Empty lines are skipped. Lines beginning with |
|
163 | 163 | ``#`` or ``;`` are ignored and may be used to provide comments. |
|
164 | 164 | |
|
165 | 165 | Configuration keys can be set multiple times, in which case Mercurial |
|
166 | 166 | will use the value that was configured last. As an example:: |
|
167 | 167 | |
|
168 | 168 | [spam] |
|
169 | 169 | eggs=large |
|
170 | 170 | ham=serrano |
|
171 | 171 | eggs=small |
|
172 | 172 | |
|
173 | 173 | This would set the configuration key named ``eggs`` to ``small``. |
|
174 | 174 | |
|
175 | 175 | It is also possible to define a section multiple times. A section can |
|
176 | 176 | be redefined on the same and/or on different configuration files. For |
|
177 | 177 | example:: |
|
178 | 178 | |
|
179 | 179 | [foo] |
|
180 | 180 | eggs=large |
|
181 | 181 | ham=serrano |
|
182 | 182 | eggs=small |
|
183 | 183 | |
|
184 | 184 | [bar] |
|
185 | 185 | eggs=ham |
|
186 | 186 | green= |
|
187 | 187 | eggs |
|
188 | 188 | |
|
189 | 189 | [foo] |
|
190 | 190 | ham=prosciutto |
|
191 | 191 | eggs=medium |
|
192 | 192 | bread=toasted |
|
193 | 193 | |
|
194 | 194 | This would set the ``eggs``, ``ham``, and ``bread`` configuration keys |
|
195 | 195 | of the ``foo`` section to ``medium``, ``prosciutto``, and ``toasted``, |
|
196 | 196 | respectively. As you can see there only thing that matters is the last |
|
197 | 197 | value that was set for each of the configuration keys. |
|
198 | 198 | |
|
199 | 199 | If a configuration key is set multiple times in different |
|
200 | 200 | configuration files the final value will depend on the order in which |
|
201 | 201 | the different configuration files are read, with settings from earlier |
|
202 | 202 | paths overriding later ones as described on the ``Files`` section |
|
203 | 203 | above. |
|
204 | 204 | |
|
205 | 205 | A line of the form ``%include file`` will include ``file`` into the |
|
206 | 206 | current configuration file. The inclusion is recursive, which means |
|
207 | 207 | that included files can include other files. Filenames are relative to |
|
208 | 208 | the configuration file in which the ``%include`` directive is found. |
|
209 | 209 | Environment variables and ``~user`` constructs are expanded in |
|
210 | 210 | ``file``. This lets you do something like:: |
|
211 | 211 | |
|
212 | 212 | %include ~/.hgrc.d/$HOST.rc |
|
213 | 213 | |
|
214 | 214 | to include a different configuration file on each computer you use. |
|
215 | 215 | |
|
216 | 216 | A line with ``%unset name`` will remove ``name`` from the current |
|
217 | 217 | section, if it has been set previously. |
|
218 | 218 | |
|
219 | 219 | The values are either free-form text strings, lists of text strings, |
|
220 | 220 | or Boolean values. Boolean values can be set to true using any of "1", |
|
221 | 221 | "yes", "true", or "on" and to false using "0", "no", "false", or "off" |
|
222 | 222 | (all case insensitive). |
|
223 | 223 | |
|
224 | 224 | List values are separated by whitespace or comma, except when values are |
|
225 | 225 | placed in double quotation marks:: |
|
226 | 226 | |
|
227 | 227 | allow_read = "John Doe, PhD", brian, betty |
|
228 | 228 | |
|
229 | 229 | Quotation marks can be escaped by prefixing them with a backslash. Only |
|
230 | 230 | quotation marks at the beginning of a word is counted as a quotation |
|
231 | 231 | (e.g., ``foo"bar baz`` is the list of ``foo"bar`` and ``baz``). |
|
232 | 232 | |
|
233 | 233 | Sections |
|
234 | 234 | ======== |
|
235 | 235 | |
|
236 | 236 | This section describes the different sections that may appear in a |
|
237 | 237 | Mercurial configuration file, the purpose of each section, its possible |
|
238 | 238 | keys, and their possible values. |
|
239 | 239 | |
|
240 | 240 | ``alias`` |
|
241 | 241 | --------- |
|
242 | 242 | |
|
243 | 243 | Defines command aliases. |
|
244 | 244 | |
|
245 | 245 | Aliases allow you to define your own commands in terms of other |
|
246 | 246 | commands (or aliases), optionally including arguments. Positional |
|
247 | 247 | arguments in the form of ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition |
|
248 | 248 | are expanded by Mercurial before execution. Positional arguments not |
|
249 | 249 | already used by ``$N`` in the definition are put at the end of the |
|
250 | 250 | command to be executed. |
|
251 | 251 | |
|
252 | 252 | Alias definitions consist of lines of the form:: |
|
253 | 253 | |
|
254 | 254 | <alias> = <command> [<argument>]... |
|
255 | 255 | |
|
256 | 256 | For example, this definition:: |
|
257 | 257 | |
|
258 | 258 | latest = log --limit 5 |
|
259 | 259 | |
|
260 | 260 | creates a new command ``latest`` that shows only the five most recent |
|
261 | 261 | changesets. You can define subsequent aliases using earlier ones:: |
|
262 | 262 | |
|
263 | 263 | stable5 = latest -b stable |
|
264 | 264 | |
|
265 | 265 | .. note:: |
|
266 | 266 | |
|
267 | 267 | It is possible to create aliases with the same names as |
|
268 | 268 | existing commands, which will then override the original |
|
269 | 269 | definitions. This is almost always a bad idea! |
|
270 | 270 | |
|
271 | 271 | An alias can start with an exclamation point (``!``) to make it a |
|
272 | 272 | shell alias. A shell alias is executed with the shell and will let you |
|
273 | 273 | run arbitrary commands. As an example, :: |
|
274 | 274 | |
|
275 | 275 | echo = !echo $@ |
|
276 | 276 | |
|
277 | 277 | will let you do ``hg echo foo`` to have ``foo`` printed in your |
|
278 | 278 | terminal. A better example might be:: |
|
279 | 279 | |
|
280 | 280 | purge = !$HG status --no-status --unknown -0 re: | xargs -0 rm -f |
|
281 | 281 | |
|
282 | 282 | which will make ``hg purge`` delete all unknown files in the |
|
283 | 283 | repository in the same manner as the purge extension. |
|
284 | 284 | |
|
285 | 285 | Positional arguments like ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition |
|
286 | 286 | expand to the command arguments. Unmatched arguments are |
|
287 | 287 | removed. ``$0`` expands to the alias name and ``$@`` expands to all |
|
288 | 288 | arguments separated by a space. ``"$@"`` (with quotes) expands to all |
|
289 | 289 | arguments quoted individually and separated by a space. These expansions |
|
290 | 290 | happen before the command is passed to the shell. |
|
291 | 291 | |
|
292 | 292 | Shell aliases are executed in an environment where ``$HG`` expands to |
|
293 | 293 | the path of the Mercurial that was used to execute the alias. This is |
|
294 | 294 | useful when you want to call further Mercurial commands in a shell |
|
295 | 295 | alias, as was done above for the purge alias. In addition, |
|
296 | 296 | ``$HG_ARGS`` expands to the arguments given to Mercurial. In the ``hg |
|
297 | 297 | echo foo`` call above, ``$HG_ARGS`` would expand to ``echo foo``. |
|
298 | 298 | |
|
299 | 299 | .. note:: |
|
300 | 300 | |
|
301 | 301 | Some global configuration options such as ``-R`` are |
|
302 | 302 | processed before shell aliases and will thus not be passed to |
|
303 | 303 | aliases. |
|
304 | 304 | |
|
305 | 305 | |
|
306 | 306 | ``annotate`` |
|
307 | 307 | ------------ |
|
308 | 308 | |
|
309 | 309 | Settings used when displaying file annotations. All values are |
|
310 | 310 | Booleans and default to False. See :hg:`help config.diff` for |
|
311 | 311 | related options for the diff command. |
|
312 | 312 | |
|
313 | 313 | ``ignorews`` |
|
314 | 314 | Ignore white space when comparing lines. |
|
315 | 315 | |
|
316 | 316 | ``ignorewseol`` |
|
317 | 317 | Ignore white space at the end of a line when comparing lines. |
|
318 | 318 | |
|
319 | 319 | ``ignorewsamount`` |
|
320 | 320 | Ignore changes in the amount of white space. |
|
321 | 321 | |
|
322 | 322 | ``ignoreblanklines`` |
|
323 | 323 | Ignore changes whose lines are all blank. |
|
324 | 324 | |
|
325 | 325 | |
|
326 | 326 | ``auth`` |
|
327 | 327 | -------- |
|
328 | 328 | |
|
329 | 329 | Authentication credentials and other authentication-like configuration |
|
330 | 330 | for HTTP connections. This section allows you to store usernames and |
|
331 | 331 | passwords for use when logging *into* HTTP servers. See |
|
332 | 332 | :hg:`help config.web` if you want to configure *who* can login to |
|
333 | 333 | your HTTP server. |
|
334 | 334 | |
|
335 | 335 | The following options apply to all hosts. |
|
336 | 336 | |
|
337 | 337 | ``cookiefile`` |
|
338 | 338 | Path to a file containing HTTP cookie lines. Cookies matching a |
|
339 | 339 | host will be sent automatically. |
|
340 | 340 | |
|
341 | 341 | The file format uses the Mozilla cookies.txt format, which defines cookies |
|
342 | 342 | on their own lines. Each line contains 7 fields delimited by the tab |
|
343 | 343 | character (domain, is_domain_cookie, path, is_secure, expires, name, |
|
344 | 344 | value). For more info, do an Internet search for "Netscape cookies.txt |
|
345 | 345 | format." |
|
346 | 346 | |
|
347 | 347 | Note: the cookies parser does not handle port numbers on domains. You |
|
348 | 348 | will need to remove ports from the domain for the cookie to be recognized. |
|
349 | 349 | This could result in a cookie being disclosed to an unwanted server. |
|
350 | 350 | |
|
351 | 351 | The cookies file is read-only. |
|
352 | 352 | |
|
353 | 353 | Other options in this section are grouped by name and have the following |
|
354 | 354 | format:: |
|
355 | 355 | |
|
356 | 356 | <name>.<argument> = <value> |
|
357 | 357 | |
|
358 | 358 | where ``<name>`` is used to group arguments into authentication |
|
359 | 359 | entries. Example:: |
|
360 | 360 | |
|
361 | 361 | foo.prefix = hg.intevation.de/mercurial |
|
362 | 362 | foo.username = foo |
|
363 | 363 | foo.password = bar |
|
364 | 364 | foo.schemes = http https |
|
365 | 365 | |
|
366 | 366 | bar.prefix = secure.example.org |
|
367 | 367 | bar.key = path/to/file.key |
|
368 | 368 | bar.cert = path/to/file.cert |
|
369 | 369 | bar.schemes = https |
|
370 | 370 | |
|
371 | 371 | Supported arguments: |
|
372 | 372 | |
|
373 | 373 | ``prefix`` |
|
374 | 374 | Either ``*`` or a URI prefix with or without the scheme part. |
|
375 | 375 | The authentication entry with the longest matching prefix is used |
|
376 | 376 | (where ``*`` matches everything and counts as a match of length |
|
377 | 377 | 1). If the prefix doesn't include a scheme, the match is performed |
|
378 | 378 | against the URI with its scheme stripped as well, and the schemes |
|
379 | 379 | argument, q.v., is then subsequently consulted. |
|
380 | 380 | |
|
381 | 381 | ``username`` |
|
382 | 382 | Optional. Username to authenticate with. If not given, and the |
|
383 | 383 | remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user will |
|
384 | 384 | be prompted for it. Environment variables are expanded in the |
|
385 | 385 | username letting you do ``foo.username = $USER``. If the URI |
|
386 | 386 | includes a username, only ``[auth]`` entries with a matching |
|
387 | 387 | username or without a username will be considered. |
|
388 | 388 | |
|
389 | 389 | ``password`` |
|
390 | 390 | Optional. Password to authenticate with. If not given, and the |
|
391 | 391 | remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user |
|
392 | 392 | will be prompted for it. |
|
393 | 393 | |
|
394 | 394 | ``key`` |
|
395 | 395 | Optional. PEM encoded client certificate key file. Environment |
|
396 | 396 | variables are expanded in the filename. |
|
397 | 397 | |
|
398 | 398 | ``cert`` |
|
399 | 399 | Optional. PEM encoded client certificate chain file. Environment |
|
400 | 400 | variables are expanded in the filename. |
|
401 | 401 | |
|
402 | 402 | ``schemes`` |
|
403 | 403 | Optional. Space separated list of URI schemes to use this |
|
404 | 404 | authentication entry with. Only used if the prefix doesn't include |
|
405 | 405 | a scheme. Supported schemes are http and https. They will match |
|
406 | 406 | static-http and static-https respectively, as well. |
|
407 | 407 | (default: https) |
|
408 | 408 | |
|
409 | 409 | If no suitable authentication entry is found, the user is prompted |
|
410 | 410 | for credentials as usual if required by the remote. |
|
411 | 411 | |
|
412 | 412 | ``color`` |
|
413 | 413 | --------- |
|
414 | 414 | |
|
415 | 415 | Configure the Mercurial color mode. For details about how to define your custom |
|
416 | 416 | effect and style see :hg:`help color`. |
|
417 | 417 | |
|
418 | 418 | ``mode`` |
|
419 | 419 | String: control the method used to output color. One of ``auto``, ``ansi``, |
|
420 | 420 | ``win32``, ``terminfo`` or ``debug``. In auto mode, Mercurial will |
|
421 | 421 | use ANSI mode by default (or win32 mode prior to Windows 10) if it detects a |
|
422 | 422 | terminal. Any invalid value will disable color. |
|
423 | 423 | |
|
424 | 424 | ``pagermode`` |
|
425 | 425 | String: optional override of ``color.mode`` used with pager. |
|
426 | 426 | |
|
427 | 427 | On some systems, terminfo mode may cause problems when using |
|
428 | 428 | color with ``less -R`` as a pager program. less with the -R option |
|
429 | 429 | will only display ECMA-48 color codes, and terminfo mode may sometimes |
|
430 | 430 | emit codes that less doesn't understand. You can work around this by |
|
431 | 431 | either using ansi mode (or auto mode), or by using less -r (which will |
|
432 | 432 | pass through all terminal control codes, not just color control |
|
433 | 433 | codes). |
|
434 | 434 | |
|
435 | 435 | On some systems (such as MSYS in Windows), the terminal may support |
|
436 | 436 | a different color mode than the pager program. |
|
437 | 437 | |
|
438 | 438 | ``commands`` |
|
439 | 439 | ------------ |
|
440 | 440 | |
|
441 | 441 | ``resolve.confirm`` |
|
442 | 442 | Confirm before performing action if no filename is passed. |
|
443 | 443 | (default: False) |
|
444 | 444 | |
|
445 | 445 | ``resolve.explicit-re-merge`` |
|
446 | 446 | Require uses of ``hg resolve`` to specify which action it should perform, |
|
447 | 447 | instead of re-merging files by default. |
|
448 | 448 | (default: False) |
|
449 | 449 | |
|
450 | 450 | ``resolve.mark-check`` |
|
451 | 451 | Determines what level of checking :hg:`resolve --mark` will perform before |
|
452 | 452 | marking files as resolved. Valid values are ``none`, ``warn``, and |
|
453 | 453 | ``abort``. ``warn`` will output a warning listing the file(s) that still |
|
454 | 454 | have conflict markers in them, but will still mark everything resolved. |
|
455 | 455 | ``abort`` will output the same warning but will not mark things as resolved. |
|
456 | 456 | If --all is passed and this is set to ``abort``, only a warning will be |
|
457 | 457 | shown (an error will not be raised). |
|
458 | 458 | (default: ``none``) |
|
459 | 459 | |
|
460 | 460 | ``status.relative`` |
|
461 | 461 | Make paths in :hg:`status` output relative to the current directory. |
|
462 | 462 | (default: False) |
|
463 | 463 | |
|
464 | 464 | ``status.terse`` |
|
465 | 465 | Default value for the --terse flag, which condenses status output. |
|
466 | 466 | (default: empty) |
|
467 | 467 | |
|
468 | 468 | ``update.check`` |
|
469 | 469 | Determines what level of checking :hg:`update` will perform before moving |
|
470 | 470 | to a destination revision. Valid values are ``abort``, ``none``, |
|
471 | 471 | ``linear``, and ``noconflict``. ``abort`` always fails if the working |
|
472 | 472 | directory has uncommitted changes. ``none`` performs no checking, and may |
|
473 | 473 | result in a merge with uncommitted changes. ``linear`` allows any update |
|
474 | 474 | as long as it follows a straight line in the revision history, and may |
|
475 | 475 | trigger a merge with uncommitted changes. ``noconflict`` will allow any |
|
476 | 476 | update which would not trigger a merge with uncommitted changes, if any |
|
477 | 477 | are present. |
|
478 | 478 | (default: ``linear``) |
|
479 | 479 | |
|
480 | 480 | ``update.requiredest`` |
|
481 | 481 | Require that the user pass a destination when running :hg:`update`. |
|
482 | 482 | For example, :hg:`update .::` will be allowed, but a plain :hg:`update` |
|
483 | 483 | will be disallowed. |
|
484 | 484 | (default: False) |
|
485 | 485 | |
|
486 | 486 | ``committemplate`` |
|
487 | 487 | ------------------ |
|
488 | 488 | |
|
489 | 489 | ``changeset`` |
|
490 | 490 | String: configuration in this section is used as the template to |
|
491 | 491 | customize the text shown in the editor when committing. |
|
492 | 492 | |
|
493 | 493 | In addition to pre-defined template keywords, commit log specific one |
|
494 | 494 | below can be used for customization: |
|
495 | 495 | |
|
496 | 496 | ``extramsg`` |
|
497 | 497 | String: Extra message (typically 'Leave message empty to abort |
|
498 | 498 | commit.'). This may be changed by some commands or extensions. |
|
499 | 499 | |
|
500 | 500 | For example, the template configuration below shows as same text as |
|
501 | 501 | one shown by default:: |
|
502 | 502 | |
|
503 | 503 | [committemplate] |
|
504 | 504 | changeset = {desc}\n\n |
|
505 | 505 | HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed. |
|
506 | 506 | HG: {extramsg} |
|
507 | 507 | HG: -- |
|
508 | 508 | HG: user: {author}\n{ifeq(p2rev, "-1", "", |
|
509 | 509 | "HG: branch merge\n") |
|
510 | 510 | }HG: branch '{branch}'\n{if(activebookmark, |
|
511 | 511 | "HG: bookmark '{activebookmark}'\n") }{subrepos % |
|
512 | 512 | "HG: subrepo {subrepo}\n" }{file_adds % |
|
513 | 513 | "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods % |
|
514 | 514 | "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels % |
|
515 | 515 | "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "", |
|
516 | 516 | "HG: no files changed\n")} |
|
517 | 517 | |
|
518 | 518 | ``diff()`` |
|
519 | 519 | String: show the diff (see :hg:`help templates` for detail) |
|
520 | 520 | |
|
521 | 521 | Sometimes it is helpful to show the diff of the changeset in the editor without |
|
522 | 522 | having to prefix 'HG: ' to each line so that highlighting works correctly. For |
|
523 | 523 | this, Mercurial provides a special string which will ignore everything below |
|
524 | 524 | it:: |
|
525 | 525 | |
|
526 | 526 | HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------ |
|
527 | 527 | |
|
528 | 528 | For example, the template configuration below will show the diff below the |
|
529 | 529 | extra message:: |
|
530 | 530 | |
|
531 | 531 | [committemplate] |
|
532 | 532 | changeset = {desc}\n\n |
|
533 | 533 | HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed. |
|
534 | 534 | HG: {extramsg} |
|
535 | 535 | HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------ |
|
536 | 536 | HG: Do not touch the line above. |
|
537 | 537 | HG: Everything below will be removed. |
|
538 | 538 | {diff()} |
|
539 | 539 | |
|
540 | 540 | .. note:: |
|
541 | 541 | |
|
542 | 542 | For some problematic encodings (see :hg:`help win32mbcs` for |
|
543 | 543 | detail), this customization should be configured carefully, to |
|
544 | 544 | avoid showing broken characters. |
|
545 | 545 | |
|
546 | 546 | For example, if a multibyte character ending with backslash (0x5c) is |
|
547 | 547 | followed by the ASCII character 'n' in the customized template, |
|
548 | 548 | the sequence of backslash and 'n' is treated as line-feed unexpectedly |
|
549 | 549 | (and the multibyte character is broken, too). |
|
550 | 550 | |
|
551 | 551 | Customized template is used for commands below (``--edit`` may be |
|
552 | 552 | required): |
|
553 | 553 | |
|
554 | 554 | - :hg:`backout` |
|
555 | 555 | - :hg:`commit` |
|
556 | 556 | - :hg:`fetch` (for merge commit only) |
|
557 | 557 | - :hg:`graft` |
|
558 | 558 | - :hg:`histedit` |
|
559 | 559 | - :hg:`import` |
|
560 | 560 | - :hg:`qfold`, :hg:`qnew` and :hg:`qrefresh` |
|
561 | 561 | - :hg:`rebase` |
|
562 | 562 | - :hg:`shelve` |
|
563 | 563 | - :hg:`sign` |
|
564 | 564 | - :hg:`tag` |
|
565 | 565 | - :hg:`transplant` |
|
566 | 566 | |
|
567 | 567 | Configuring items below instead of ``changeset`` allows showing |
|
568 | 568 | customized message only for specific actions, or showing different |
|
569 | 569 | messages for each action. |
|
570 | 570 | |
|
571 | 571 | - ``changeset.backout`` for :hg:`backout` |
|
572 | 572 | - ``changeset.commit.amend.merge`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on merges |
|
573 | 573 | - ``changeset.commit.amend.normal`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on other |
|
574 | 574 | - ``changeset.commit.normal.merge`` for :hg:`commit` on merges |
|
575 | 575 | - ``changeset.commit.normal.normal`` for :hg:`commit` on other |
|
576 | 576 | - ``changeset.fetch`` for :hg:`fetch` (impling merge commit) |
|
577 | 577 | - ``changeset.gpg.sign`` for :hg:`sign` |
|
578 | 578 | - ``changeset.graft`` for :hg:`graft` |
|
579 | 579 | - ``changeset.histedit.edit`` for ``edit`` of :hg:`histedit` |
|
580 | 580 | - ``changeset.histedit.fold`` for ``fold`` of :hg:`histedit` |
|
581 | 581 | - ``changeset.histedit.mess`` for ``mess`` of :hg:`histedit` |
|
582 | 582 | - ``changeset.histedit.pick`` for ``pick`` of :hg:`histedit` |
|
583 | 583 | - ``changeset.import.bypass`` for :hg:`import --bypass` |
|
584 | 584 | - ``changeset.import.normal.merge`` for :hg:`import` on merges |
|
585 | 585 | - ``changeset.import.normal.normal`` for :hg:`import` on other |
|
586 | 586 | - ``changeset.mq.qnew`` for :hg:`qnew` |
|
587 | 587 | - ``changeset.mq.qfold`` for :hg:`qfold` |
|
588 | 588 | - ``changeset.mq.qrefresh`` for :hg:`qrefresh` |
|
589 | 589 | - ``changeset.rebase.collapse`` for :hg:`rebase --collapse` |
|
590 | 590 | - ``changeset.rebase.merge`` for :hg:`rebase` on merges |
|
591 | 591 | - ``changeset.rebase.normal`` for :hg:`rebase` on other |
|
592 | 592 | - ``changeset.shelve.shelve`` for :hg:`shelve` |
|
593 | 593 | - ``changeset.tag.add`` for :hg:`tag` without ``--remove`` |
|
594 | 594 | - ``changeset.tag.remove`` for :hg:`tag --remove` |
|
595 | 595 | - ``changeset.transplant.merge`` for :hg:`transplant` on merges |
|
596 | 596 | - ``changeset.transplant.normal`` for :hg:`transplant` on other |
|
597 | 597 | |
|
598 | 598 | These dot-separated lists of names are treated as hierarchical ones. |
|
599 | 599 | For example, ``changeset.tag.remove`` customizes the commit message |
|
600 | 600 | only for :hg:`tag --remove`, but ``changeset.tag`` customizes the |
|
601 | 601 | commit message for :hg:`tag` regardless of ``--remove`` option. |
|
602 | 602 | |
|
603 | 603 | When the external editor is invoked for a commit, the corresponding |
|
604 | 604 | dot-separated list of names without the ``changeset.`` prefix |
|
605 | 605 | (e.g. ``commit.normal.normal``) is in the ``HGEDITFORM`` environment |
|
606 | 606 | variable. |
|
607 | 607 | |
|
608 | 608 | In this section, items other than ``changeset`` can be referred from |
|
609 | 609 | others. For example, the configuration to list committed files up |
|
610 | 610 | below can be referred as ``{listupfiles}``:: |
|
611 | 611 | |
|
612 | 612 | [committemplate] |
|
613 | 613 | listupfiles = {file_adds % |
|
614 | 614 | "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods % |
|
615 | 615 | "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels % |
|
616 | 616 | "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "", |
|
617 | 617 | "HG: no files changed\n")} |
|
618 | 618 | |
|
619 | 619 | ``decode/encode`` |
|
620 | 620 | ----------------- |
|
621 | 621 | |
|
622 | 622 | Filters for transforming files on checkout/checkin. This would |
|
623 | 623 | typically be used for newline processing or other |
|
624 | 624 | localization/canonicalization of files. |
|
625 | 625 | |
|
626 | 626 | Filters consist of a filter pattern followed by a filter command. |
|
627 | 627 | Filter patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository root. |
|
628 | 628 | For example, to match any file ending in ``.txt`` in the root |
|
629 | 629 | directory only, use the pattern ``*.txt``. To match any file ending |
|
630 | 630 | in ``.c`` anywhere in the repository, use the pattern ``**.c``. |
|
631 | 631 | For each file only the first matching filter applies. |
|
632 | 632 | |
|
633 | 633 | The filter command can start with a specifier, either ``pipe:`` or |
|
634 | 634 | ``tempfile:``. If no specifier is given, ``pipe:`` is used by default. |
|
635 | 635 | |
|
636 | 636 | A ``pipe:`` command must accept data on stdin and return the transformed |
|
637 | 637 | data on stdout. |
|
638 | 638 | |
|
639 | 639 | Pipe example:: |
|
640 | 640 | |
|
641 | 641 | [encode] |
|
642 | 642 | # uncompress gzip files on checkin to improve delta compression |
|
643 | 643 | # note: not necessarily a good idea, just an example |
|
644 | 644 | *.gz = pipe: gunzip |
|
645 | 645 | |
|
646 | 646 | [decode] |
|
647 | 647 | # recompress gzip files when writing them to the working dir (we |
|
648 | 648 | # can safely omit "pipe:", because it's the default) |
|
649 | 649 | *.gz = gzip |
|
650 | 650 | |
|
651 | 651 | A ``tempfile:`` command is a template. The string ``INFILE`` is replaced |
|
652 | 652 | with the name of a temporary file that contains the data to be |
|
653 | 653 | filtered by the command. The string ``OUTFILE`` is replaced with the name |
|
654 | 654 | of an empty temporary file, where the filtered data must be written by |
|
655 | 655 | the command. |
|
656 | 656 | |
|
657 | 657 | .. container:: windows |
|
658 | 658 | |
|
659 | 659 | .. note:: |
|
660 | 660 | |
|
661 | 661 | The tempfile mechanism is recommended for Windows systems, |
|
662 | 662 | where the standard shell I/O redirection operators often have |
|
663 | 663 | strange effects and may corrupt the contents of your files. |
|
664 | 664 | |
|
665 | 665 | This filter mechanism is used internally by the ``eol`` extension to |
|
666 | 666 | translate line ending characters between Windows (CRLF) and Unix (LF) |
|
667 | 667 | format. We suggest you use the ``eol`` extension for convenience. |
|
668 | 668 | |
|
669 | 669 | |
|
670 | 670 | ``defaults`` |
|
671 | 671 | ------------ |
|
672 | 672 | |
|
673 | 673 | (defaults are deprecated. Don't use them. Use aliases instead.) |
|
674 | 674 | |
|
675 | 675 | Use the ``[defaults]`` section to define command defaults, i.e. the |
|
676 | 676 | default options/arguments to pass to the specified commands. |
|
677 | 677 | |
|
678 | 678 | The following example makes :hg:`log` run in verbose mode, and |
|
679 | 679 | :hg:`status` show only the modified files, by default:: |
|
680 | 680 | |
|
681 | 681 | [defaults] |
|
682 | 682 | log = -v |
|
683 | 683 | status = -m |
|
684 | 684 | |
|
685 | 685 | The actual commands, instead of their aliases, must be used when |
|
686 | 686 | defining command defaults. The command defaults will also be applied |
|
687 | 687 | to the aliases of the commands defined. |
|
688 | 688 | |
|
689 | 689 | |
|
690 | 690 | ``diff`` |
|
691 | 691 | -------- |
|
692 | 692 | |
|
693 | 693 | Settings used when displaying diffs. Everything except for ``unified`` |
|
694 | 694 | is a Boolean and defaults to False. See :hg:`help config.annotate` |
|
695 | 695 | for related options for the annotate command. |
|
696 | 696 | |
|
697 | 697 | ``git`` |
|
698 | 698 | Use git extended diff format. |
|
699 | 699 | |
|
700 | 700 | ``nobinary`` |
|
701 | 701 | Omit git binary patches. |
|
702 | 702 | |
|
703 | 703 | ``nodates`` |
|
704 | 704 | Don't include dates in diff headers. |
|
705 | 705 | |
|
706 | 706 | ``noprefix`` |
|
707 | 707 | Omit 'a/' and 'b/' prefixes from filenames. Ignored in plain mode. |
|
708 | 708 | |
|
709 | 709 | ``showfunc`` |
|
710 | 710 | Show which function each change is in. |
|
711 | 711 | |
|
712 | 712 | ``ignorews`` |
|
713 | 713 | Ignore white space when comparing lines. |
|
714 | 714 | |
|
715 | 715 | ``ignorewsamount`` |
|
716 | 716 | Ignore changes in the amount of white space. |
|
717 | 717 | |
|
718 | 718 | ``ignoreblanklines`` |
|
719 | 719 | Ignore changes whose lines are all blank. |
|
720 | 720 | |
|
721 | 721 | ``unified`` |
|
722 | 722 | Number of lines of context to show. |
|
723 | 723 | |
|
724 | 724 | ``word-diff`` |
|
725 | 725 | Highlight changed words. |
|
726 | 726 | |
|
727 | 727 | ``email`` |
|
728 | 728 | --------- |
|
729 | 729 | |
|
730 | 730 | Settings for extensions that send email messages. |
|
731 | 731 | |
|
732 | 732 | ``from`` |
|
733 | 733 | Optional. Email address to use in "From" header and SMTP envelope |
|
734 | 734 | of outgoing messages. |
|
735 | 735 | |
|
736 | 736 | ``to`` |
|
737 | 737 | Optional. Comma-separated list of recipients' email addresses. |
|
738 | 738 | |
|
739 | 739 | ``cc`` |
|
740 | 740 | Optional. Comma-separated list of carbon copy recipients' |
|
741 | 741 | email addresses. |
|
742 | 742 | |
|
743 | 743 | ``bcc`` |
|
744 | 744 | Optional. Comma-separated list of blind carbon copy recipients' |
|
745 | 745 | email addresses. |
|
746 | 746 | |
|
747 | 747 | ``method`` |
|
748 | 748 | Optional. Method to use to send email messages. If value is ``smtp`` |
|
749 | 749 | (default), use SMTP (see the ``[smtp]`` section for configuration). |
|
750 | 750 | Otherwise, use as name of program to run that acts like sendmail |
|
751 | 751 | (takes ``-f`` option for sender, list of recipients on command line, |
|
752 | 752 | message on stdin). Normally, setting this to ``sendmail`` or |
|
753 | 753 | ``/usr/sbin/sendmail`` is enough to use sendmail to send messages. |
|
754 | 754 | |
|
755 | 755 | ``charsets`` |
|
756 | 756 | Optional. Comma-separated list of character sets considered |
|
757 | 757 | convenient for recipients. Addresses, headers, and parts not |
|
758 | 758 | containing patches of outgoing messages will be encoded in the |
|
759 | 759 | first character set to which conversion from local encoding |
|
760 | 760 | (``$HGENCODING``, ``ui.fallbackencoding``) succeeds. If correct |
|
761 | 761 | conversion fails, the text in question is sent as is. |
|
762 | 762 | (default: '') |
|
763 | 763 | |
|
764 | 764 | Order of outgoing email character sets: |
|
765 | 765 | |
|
766 | 766 | 1. ``us-ascii``: always first, regardless of settings |
|
767 | 767 | 2. ``email.charsets``: in order given by user |
|
768 | 768 | 3. ``ui.fallbackencoding``: if not in email.charsets |
|
769 | 769 | 4. ``$HGENCODING``: if not in email.charsets |
|
770 | 770 | 5. ``utf-8``: always last, regardless of settings |
|
771 | 771 | |
|
772 | 772 | Email example:: |
|
773 | 773 | |
|
774 | 774 | [email] |
|
775 | 775 | from = Joseph User <joe.user@example.com> |
|
776 | 776 | method = /usr/sbin/sendmail |
|
777 | 777 | # charsets for western Europeans |
|
778 | 778 | # us-ascii, utf-8 omitted, as they are tried first and last |
|
779 | 779 | charsets = iso-8859-1, iso-8859-15, windows-1252 |
|
780 | 780 | |
|
781 | 781 | |
|
782 | 782 | ``extensions`` |
|
783 | 783 | -------------- |
|
784 | 784 | |
|
785 | 785 | Mercurial has an extension mechanism for adding new features. To |
|
786 | 786 | enable an extension, create an entry for it in this section. |
|
787 | 787 | |
|
788 | 788 | If you know that the extension is already in Python's search path, |
|
789 | 789 | you can give the name of the module, followed by ``=``, with nothing |
|
790 | 790 | after the ``=``. |
|
791 | 791 | |
|
792 | 792 | Otherwise, give a name that you choose, followed by ``=``, followed by |
|
793 | 793 | the path to the ``.py`` file (including the file name extension) that |
|
794 | 794 | defines the extension. |
|
795 | 795 | |
|
796 | 796 | To explicitly disable an extension that is enabled in an hgrc of |
|
797 | 797 | broader scope, prepend its path with ``!``, as in ``foo = !/ext/path`` |
|
798 | 798 | or ``foo = !`` when path is not supplied. |
|
799 | 799 | |
|
800 | 800 | Example for ``~/.hgrc``:: |
|
801 | 801 | |
|
802 | 802 | [extensions] |
|
803 | 803 | # (the churn extension will get loaded from Mercurial's path) |
|
804 | 804 | churn = |
|
805 | 805 | # (this extension will get loaded from the file specified) |
|
806 | 806 | myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py |
|
807 | 807 | |
|
808 | 808 | |
|
809 | 809 | ``format`` |
|
810 | 810 | ---------- |
|
811 | 811 | |
|
812 | 812 | Configuration that controls the repository format. Newer format options are more |
|
813 | 813 | powerful but incompatible with some older versions of Mercurial. Format options |
|
814 | 814 | are considered at repository initialization only. You need to make a new clone |
|
815 | 815 | for config change to be taken into account. |
|
816 | 816 | |
|
817 | 817 | For more details about repository format and version compatibility, see |
|
818 | 818 | https://www.mercurial-scm.org/wiki/MissingRequirement |
|
819 | 819 | |
|
820 | 820 | ``usegeneraldelta`` |
|
821 | 821 | Enable or disable the "generaldelta" repository format which improves |
|
822 | 822 | repository compression by allowing "revlog" to store delta against arbitrary |
|
823 | 823 | revision instead of the previous stored one. This provides significant |
|
824 | 824 | improvement for repositories with branches. |
|
825 | 825 | |
|
826 | 826 | Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.9. |
|
827 | 827 | |
|
828 | 828 | Enabled by default. |
|
829 | 829 | |
|
830 | 830 | ``dotencode`` |
|
831 | 831 | Enable or disable the "dotencode" repository format which enhances |
|
832 | 832 | the "fncache" repository format (which has to be enabled to use |
|
833 | 833 | dotencode) to avoid issues with filenames starting with ._ on |
|
834 | 834 | Mac OS X and spaces on Windows. |
|
835 | 835 | |
|
836 | 836 | Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.7. |
|
837 | 837 | |
|
838 | 838 | Enabled by default. |
|
839 | 839 | |
|
840 | 840 | ``usefncache`` |
|
841 | 841 | Enable or disable the "fncache" repository format which enhances |
|
842 | 842 | the "store" repository format (which has to be enabled to use |
|
843 | 843 | fncache) to allow longer filenames and avoids using Windows |
|
844 | 844 | reserved names, e.g. "nul". |
|
845 | 845 | |
|
846 | 846 | Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.1. |
|
847 | 847 | |
|
848 | 848 | Enabled by default. |
|
849 | 849 | |
|
850 | 850 | ``usestore`` |
|
851 | 851 | Enable or disable the "store" repository format which improves |
|
852 | 852 | compatibility with systems that fold case or otherwise mangle |
|
853 | 853 | filenames. Disabling this option will allow you to store longer filenames |
|
854 | 854 | in some situations at the expense of compatibility. |
|
855 | 855 | |
|
856 | 856 | Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 0.9.4. |
|
857 | 857 | |
|
858 | 858 | Enabled by default. |
|
859 | 859 | |
|
860 | 860 | ``sparse-revlog`` |
|
861 | 861 | Enable or disable the ``sparse-revlog`` delta strategy. This format improves |
|
862 | 862 | delta re-use inside revlog. For very branchy repositories, it results in a |
|
863 | 863 | smaller store. For repositories with many revisions, it also helps |
|
864 | 864 | performance (by using shortened delta chains.) |
|
865 | 865 | |
|
866 | 866 | Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 4.7 |
|
867 | 867 | |
|
868 | 868 | Enabled by default. |
|
869 | 869 | |
|
870 | 870 | ``graph`` |
|
871 | 871 | --------- |
|
872 | 872 | |
|
873 | 873 | Web graph view configuration. This section let you change graph |
|
874 | 874 | elements display properties by branches, for instance to make the |
|
875 | 875 | ``default`` branch stand out. |
|
876 | 876 | |
|
877 | 877 | Each line has the following format:: |
|
878 | 878 | |
|
879 | 879 | <branch>.<argument> = <value> |
|
880 | 880 | |
|
881 | 881 | where ``<branch>`` is the name of the branch being |
|
882 | 882 | customized. Example:: |
|
883 | 883 | |
|
884 | 884 | [graph] |
|
885 | 885 | # 2px width |
|
886 | 886 | default.width = 2 |
|
887 | 887 | # red color |
|
888 | 888 | default.color = FF0000 |
|
889 | 889 | |
|
890 | 890 | Supported arguments: |
|
891 | 891 | |
|
892 | 892 | ``width`` |
|
893 | 893 | Set branch edges width in pixels. |
|
894 | 894 | |
|
895 | 895 | ``color`` |
|
896 | 896 | Set branch edges color in hexadecimal RGB notation. |
|
897 | 897 | |
|
898 | 898 | ``hooks`` |
|
899 | 899 | --------- |
|
900 | 900 | |
|
901 | 901 | Commands or Python functions that get automatically executed by |
|
902 | 902 | various actions such as starting or finishing a commit. Multiple |
|
903 | 903 | hooks can be run for the same action by appending a suffix to the |
|
904 | 904 | action. Overriding a site-wide hook can be done by changing its |
|
905 | 905 | value or setting it to an empty string. Hooks can be prioritized |
|
906 | 906 | by adding a prefix of ``priority.`` to the hook name on a new line |
|
907 | 907 | and setting the priority. The default priority is 0. |
|
908 | 908 | |
|
909 | 909 | Example ``.hg/hgrc``:: |
|
910 | 910 | |
|
911 | 911 | [hooks] |
|
912 | 912 | # update working directory after adding changesets |
|
913 | 913 | changegroup.update = hg update |
|
914 | 914 | # do not use the site-wide hook |
|
915 | 915 | incoming = |
|
916 | 916 | incoming.email = /my/email/hook |
|
917 | 917 | incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook |
|
918 | 918 | # force autobuild hook to run before other incoming hooks |
|
919 | 919 | priority.incoming.autobuild = 1 |
|
920 | 920 | |
|
921 | 921 | Most hooks are run with environment variables set that give useful |
|
922 | 922 | additional information. For each hook below, the environment variables |
|
923 | 923 | it is passed are listed with names in the form ``$HG_foo``. The |
|
924 | 924 | ``$HG_HOOKTYPE`` and ``$HG_HOOKNAME`` variables are set for all hooks. |
|
925 | 925 | They contain the type of hook which triggered the run and the full name |
|
926 | 926 | of the hook in the config, respectively. In the example above, this will |
|
927 | 927 | be ``$HG_HOOKTYPE=incoming`` and ``$HG_HOOKNAME=incoming.email``. |
|
928 | 928 | |
|
929 | 929 | .. container:: windows |
|
930 | 930 | |
|
931 | 931 | Some basic Unix syntax can be enabled for portability, including ``$VAR`` |
|
932 | 932 | and ``${VAR}`` style variables. A ``~`` followed by ``\`` or ``/`` will |
|
933 | 933 | be expanded to ``%USERPROFILE%`` to simulate a subset of tilde expansion |
|
934 | 934 | on Unix. To use a literal ``$`` or ``~``, it must be escaped with a back |
|
935 | 935 | slash or inside of a strong quote. Strong quotes will be replaced by |
|
936 | 936 | double quotes after processing. |
|
937 | 937 | |
|
938 | 938 | This feature is enabled by adding a prefix of ``tonative.`` to the hook |
|
939 | 939 | name on a new line, and setting it to ``True``. For example:: |
|
940 | 940 | |
|
941 | 941 | [hooks] |
|
942 | 942 | incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook |
|
943 | 943 | # enable translation to cmd.exe syntax for autobuild hook |
|
944 | 944 | tonative.incoming.autobuild = True |
|
945 | 945 | |
|
946 | 946 | ``changegroup`` |
|
947 | 947 | Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle. The ID of |
|
948 | 948 | the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last is in ``$HG_NODE_LAST``. |
|
949 | 949 | The URL from which changes came is in ``$HG_URL``. |
|
950 | 950 | |
|
951 | 951 | ``commit`` |
|
952 | 952 | Run after a changeset has been created in the local repository. The ID |
|
953 | 953 | of the newly created changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset |
|
954 | 954 | IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``. |
|
955 | 955 | |
|
956 | 956 | ``incoming`` |
|
957 | 957 | Run after a changeset has been pulled, pushed, or unbundled into |
|
958 | 958 | the local repository. The ID of the newly arrived changeset is in |
|
959 | 959 | ``$HG_NODE``. The URL that was source of the changes is in ``$HG_URL``. |
|
960 | 960 | |
|
961 | 961 | ``outgoing`` |
|
962 | 962 | Run after sending changes from the local repository to another. The ID of |
|
963 | 963 | first changeset sent is in ``$HG_NODE``. The source of operation is in |
|
964 | 964 | ``$HG_SOURCE``. Also see :hg:`help config.hooks.preoutgoing`. |
|
965 | 965 | |
|
966 | 966 | ``post-<command>`` |
|
967 | 967 | Run after successful invocations of the associated command. The |
|
968 | 968 | contents of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS`` and the result |
|
969 | 969 | code in ``$HG_RESULT``. Parsed command line arguments are passed as |
|
970 | 970 | ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string representations of |
|
971 | 971 | the python data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a |
|
972 | 972 | dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their defaults). |
|
973 | 973 | ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. Hook failure is ignored. |
|
974 | 974 | |
|
975 | 975 | ``fail-<command>`` |
|
976 | 976 | Run after a failed invocation of an associated command. The contents |
|
977 | 977 | of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line |
|
978 | 978 | arguments are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain |
|
979 | 979 | string representations of the python data internally passed to |
|
980 | 980 | <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a dictionary of options (with unspecified |
|
981 | 981 | options set to their defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. |
|
982 | 982 | Hook failure is ignored. |
|
983 | 983 | |
|
984 | 984 | ``pre-<command>`` |
|
985 | 985 | Run before executing the associated command. The contents of the |
|
986 | 986 | command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line arguments |
|
987 | 987 | are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string |
|
988 | 988 | representations of the data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` |
|
989 | 989 | is a dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their |
|
990 | 990 | defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. If the hook returns |
|
991 | 991 | failure, the command doesn't execute and Mercurial returns the failure |
|
992 | 992 | code. |
|
993 | 993 | |
|
994 | 994 | ``prechangegroup`` |
|
995 | 995 | Run before a changegroup is added via push, pull or unbundle. Exit |
|
996 | 996 | status 0 allows the changegroup to proceed. A non-zero status will |
|
997 | 997 | cause the push, pull or unbundle to fail. The URL from which changes |
|
998 | 998 | will come is in ``$HG_URL``. |
|
999 | 999 | |
|
1000 | 1000 | ``precommit`` |
|
1001 | 1001 | Run before starting a local commit. Exit status 0 allows the |
|
1002 | 1002 | commit to proceed. A non-zero status will cause the commit to fail. |
|
1003 | 1003 | Parent changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``. |
|
1004 | 1004 | |
|
1005 | 1005 | ``prelistkeys`` |
|
1006 | 1006 | Run before listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the |
|
1007 | 1007 | repository. A non-zero status will cause failure. The key namespace is |
|
1008 | 1008 | in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``. |
|
1009 | 1009 | |
|
1010 | 1010 | ``preoutgoing`` |
|
1011 | 1011 | Run before collecting changes to send from the local repository to |
|
1012 | 1012 | another. A non-zero status will cause failure. This lets you prevent |
|
1013 | 1013 | pull over HTTP or SSH. It can also prevent propagating commits (via |
|
1014 | 1014 | local pull, push (outbound) or bundle commands), but not completely, |
|
1015 | 1015 | since you can just copy files instead. The source of operation is in |
|
1016 | 1016 | ``$HG_SOURCE``. If "serve", the operation is happening on behalf of a remote |
|
1017 | 1017 | SSH or HTTP repository. If "push", "pull" or "bundle", the operation |
|
1018 | 1018 | is happening on behalf of a repository on same system. |
|
1019 | 1019 | |
|
1020 | 1020 | ``prepushkey`` |
|
1021 | 1021 | Run before a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the |
|
1022 | 1022 | repository. A non-zero status will cause the key to be rejected. The |
|
1023 | 1023 | key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in ``$HG_KEY``, |
|
1024 | 1024 | the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new value is in |
|
1025 | 1025 | ``$HG_NEW``. |
|
1026 | 1026 | |
|
1027 | 1027 | ``pretag`` |
|
1028 | 1028 | Run before creating a tag. Exit status 0 allows the tag to be |
|
1029 | 1029 | created. A non-zero status will cause the tag to fail. The ID of the |
|
1030 | 1030 | changeset to tag is in ``$HG_NODE``. The name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. The |
|
1031 | 1031 | tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, or in the repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``. |
|
1032 | 1032 | |
|
1033 | 1033 | ``pretxnopen`` |
|
1034 | 1034 | Run before any new repository transaction is open. The reason for the |
|
1035 | 1035 | transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the |
|
1036 | 1036 | transaction will be in ``HG_TXNID``. A non-zero status will prevent the |
|
1037 | 1037 | transaction from being opened. |
|
1038 | 1038 | |
|
1039 | 1039 | ``pretxnclose`` |
|
1040 | 1040 | Run right before the transaction is actually finalized. Any repository change |
|
1041 | 1041 | will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction |
|
1042 | 1042 | content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. A non-zero |
|
1043 | 1043 | status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The reason for the |
|
1044 | 1044 | transaction opening will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for |
|
1045 | 1045 | the transaction will be in ``HG_TXNID``. The rest of the available data will |
|
1046 | 1046 | vary according the transaction type. New changesets will add ``$HG_NODE`` |
|
1047 | 1047 | (the ID of the first added changeset), ``$HG_NODE_LAST`` (the ID of the last |
|
1048 | 1048 | added changeset), ``$HG_URL`` and ``$HG_SOURCE`` variables. Bookmark and |
|
1049 | 1049 | phase changes will set ``HG_BOOKMARK_MOVED`` and ``HG_PHASES_MOVED`` to ``1`` |
|
1050 | 1050 | respectively, etc. |
|
1051 | 1051 | |
|
1052 | 1052 | ``pretxnclose-bookmark`` |
|
1053 | 1053 | Run right before a bookmark change is actually finalized. Any repository |
|
1054 | 1054 | change will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the |
|
1055 | 1055 | transaction content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to |
|
1056 | 1056 | proceed. A non-zero status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. |
|
1057 | 1057 | The name of the bookmark will be available in ``$HG_BOOKMARK``, the new |
|
1058 | 1058 | bookmark location will be available in ``$HG_NODE`` while the previous |
|
1059 | 1059 | location will be available in ``$HG_OLDNODE``. In case of a bookmark |
|
1060 | 1060 | creation ``$HG_OLDNODE`` will be empty. In case of deletion ``$HG_NODE`` |
|
1061 | 1061 | will be empty. |
|
1062 | 1062 | In addition, the reason for the transaction opening will be in |
|
1063 | 1063 | ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in |
|
1064 | 1064 | ``HG_TXNID``. |
|
1065 | 1065 | |
|
1066 | 1066 | ``pretxnclose-phase`` |
|
1067 | 1067 | Run right before a phase change is actually finalized. Any repository change |
|
1068 | 1068 | will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction |
|
1069 | 1069 | content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. A non-zero |
|
1070 | 1070 | status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The hook is called |
|
1071 | 1071 | multiple times, once for each revision affected by a phase change. |
|
1072 | 1072 | The affected node is available in ``$HG_NODE``, the phase in ``$HG_PHASE`` |
|
1073 | 1073 | while the previous ``$HG_OLDPHASE``. In case of new node, ``$HG_OLDPHASE`` |
|
1074 | 1074 | will be empty. In addition, the reason for the transaction opening will be in |
|
1075 | 1075 | ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in |
|
1076 | 1076 | ``HG_TXNID``. The hook is also run for newly added revisions. In this case |
|
1077 | 1077 | the ``$HG_OLDPHASE`` entry will be empty. |
|
1078 | 1078 | |
|
1079 | 1079 | ``txnclose`` |
|
1080 | 1080 | Run after any repository transaction has been committed. At this |
|
1081 | 1081 | point, the transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run |
|
1082 | 1082 | after the lock is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose` for |
|
1083 | 1083 | details about available variables. |
|
1084 | 1084 | |
|
1085 | 1085 | ``txnclose-bookmark`` |
|
1086 | 1086 | Run after any bookmark change has been committed. At this point, the |
|
1087 | 1087 | transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run after the lock |
|
1088 | 1088 | is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose-bookmark` for details |
|
1089 | 1089 | about available variables. |
|
1090 | 1090 | |
|
1091 | 1091 | ``txnclose-phase`` |
|
1092 | 1092 | Run after any phase change has been committed. At this point, the |
|
1093 | 1093 | transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run after the lock |
|
1094 | 1094 | is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose-phase` for details about |
|
1095 | 1095 | available variables. |
|
1096 | 1096 | |
|
1097 | 1097 | ``txnabort`` |
|
1098 | 1098 | Run when a transaction is aborted. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose` |
|
1099 | 1099 | for details about available variables. |
|
1100 | 1100 | |
|
1101 | 1101 | ``pretxnchangegroup`` |
|
1102 | 1102 | Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle, but before |
|
1103 | 1103 | the transaction has been committed. The changegroup is visible to the hook |
|
1104 | 1104 | program. This allows validation of incoming changes before accepting them. |
|
1105 | 1105 | The ID of the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last is in |
|
1106 | 1106 | ``$HG_NODE_LAST``. Exit status 0 allows the transaction to commit. A non-zero |
|
1107 | 1107 | status will cause the transaction to be rolled back, and the push, pull or |
|
1108 | 1108 | unbundle will fail. The URL that was the source of changes is in ``$HG_URL``. |
|
1109 | 1109 | |
|
1110 | 1110 | ``pretxncommit`` |
|
1111 | 1111 | Run after a changeset has been created, but before the transaction is |
|
1112 | 1112 | committed. The changeset is visible to the hook program. This allows |
|
1113 | 1113 | validation of the commit message and changes. Exit status 0 allows the |
|
1114 | 1114 | commit to proceed. A non-zero status will cause the transaction to |
|
1115 | 1115 | be rolled back. The ID of the new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. The parent |
|
1116 | 1116 | changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``. |
|
1117 | 1117 | |
|
1118 | 1118 | ``preupdate`` |
|
1119 | 1119 | Run before updating the working directory. Exit status 0 allows |
|
1120 | 1120 | the update to proceed. A non-zero status will prevent the update. |
|
1121 | 1121 | The changeset ID of first new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If updating to a |
|
1122 | 1122 | merge, the ID of second new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``. |
|
1123 | 1123 | |
|
1124 | 1124 | ``listkeys`` |
|
1125 | 1125 | Run after listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the repository. The |
|
1126 | 1126 | key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``. ``$HG_VALUES`` is a |
|
1127 | 1127 | dictionary containing the keys and values. |
|
1128 | 1128 | |
|
1129 | 1129 | ``pushkey`` |
|
1130 | 1130 | Run after a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the |
|
1131 | 1131 | repository. The key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in |
|
1132 | 1132 | ``$HG_KEY``, the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new |
|
1133 | 1133 | value is in ``$HG_NEW``. |
|
1134 | 1134 | |
|
1135 | 1135 | ``tag`` |
|
1136 | 1136 | Run after a tag is created. The ID of the tagged changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. |
|
1137 | 1137 | The name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. The tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, or in |
|
1138 | 1138 | the repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``. |
|
1139 | 1139 | |
|
1140 | 1140 | ``update`` |
|
1141 | 1141 | Run after updating the working directory. The changeset ID of first |
|
1142 | 1142 | new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If updating to a merge, the ID of second new |
|
1143 | 1143 | parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``. If the update succeeded, ``$HG_ERROR=0``. If the |
|
1144 | 1144 | update failed (e.g. because conflicts were not resolved), ``$HG_ERROR=1``. |
|
1145 | 1145 | |
|
1146 | 1146 | .. note:: |
|
1147 | 1147 | |
|
1148 | 1148 | It is generally better to use standard hooks rather than the |
|
1149 | 1149 | generic pre- and post- command hooks, as they are guaranteed to be |
|
1150 | 1150 | called in the appropriate contexts for influencing transactions. |
|
1151 | 1151 | Also, hooks like "commit" will be called in all contexts that |
|
1152 | 1152 | generate a commit (e.g. tag) and not just the commit command. |
|
1153 | 1153 | |
|
1154 | 1154 | .. note:: |
|
1155 | 1155 | |
|
1156 | 1156 | Environment variables with empty values may not be passed to |
|
1157 | 1157 | hooks on platforms such as Windows. As an example, ``$HG_PARENT2`` |
|
1158 | 1158 | will have an empty value under Unix-like platforms for non-merge |
|
1159 | 1159 | changesets, while it will not be available at all under Windows. |
|
1160 | 1160 | |
|
1161 | 1161 | The syntax for Python hooks is as follows:: |
|
1162 | 1162 | |
|
1163 | 1163 | hookname = python:modulename.submodule.callable |
|
1164 | 1164 | hookname = python:/path/to/python/module.py:callable |
|
1165 | 1165 | |
|
1166 | 1166 | Python hooks are run within the Mercurial process. Each hook is |
|
1167 | 1167 | called with at least three keyword arguments: a ui object (keyword |
|
1168 | 1168 | ``ui``), a repository object (keyword ``repo``), and a ``hooktype`` |
|
1169 | 1169 | keyword that tells what kind of hook is used. Arguments listed as |
|
1170 | 1170 | environment variables above are passed as keyword arguments, with no |
|
1171 | 1171 | ``HG_`` prefix, and names in lower case. |
|
1172 | 1172 | |
|
1173 | 1173 | If a Python hook returns a "true" value or raises an exception, this |
|
1174 | 1174 | is treated as a failure. |
|
1175 | 1175 | |
|
1176 | 1176 | |
|
1177 | 1177 | ``hostfingerprints`` |
|
1178 | 1178 | -------------------- |
|
1179 | 1179 | |
|
1180 | 1180 | (Deprecated. Use ``[hostsecurity]``'s ``fingerprints`` options instead.) |
|
1181 | 1181 | |
|
1182 | 1182 | Fingerprints of the certificates of known HTTPS servers. |
|
1183 | 1183 | |
|
1184 | 1184 | A HTTPS connection to a server with a fingerprint configured here will |
|
1185 | 1185 | only succeed if the servers certificate matches the fingerprint. |
|
1186 | 1186 | This is very similar to how ssh known hosts works. |
|
1187 | 1187 | |
|
1188 | 1188 | The fingerprint is the SHA-1 hash value of the DER encoded certificate. |
|
1189 | 1189 | Multiple values can be specified (separated by spaces or commas). This can |
|
1190 | 1190 | be used to define both old and new fingerprints while a host transitions |
|
1191 | 1191 | to a new certificate. |
|
1192 | 1192 | |
|
1193 | 1193 | The CA chain and web.cacerts is not used for servers with a fingerprint. |
|
1194 | 1194 | |
|
1195 | 1195 | For example:: |
|
1196 | 1196 | |
|
1197 | 1197 | [hostfingerprints] |
|
1198 | 1198 | hg.intevation.de = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33 |
|
1199 | 1199 | hg.intevation.org = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33 |
|
1200 | 1200 | |
|
1201 | 1201 | ``hostsecurity`` |
|
1202 | 1202 | ---------------- |
|
1203 | 1203 | |
|
1204 | 1204 | Used to specify global and per-host security settings for connecting to |
|
1205 | 1205 | other machines. |
|
1206 | 1206 | |
|
1207 | 1207 | The following options control default behavior for all hosts. |
|
1208 | 1208 | |
|
1209 | 1209 | ``ciphers`` |
|
1210 | 1210 | Defines the cryptographic ciphers to use for connections. |
|
1211 | 1211 | |
|
1212 | 1212 | Value must be a valid OpenSSL Cipher List Format as documented at |
|
1213 | 1213 | https://www.openssl.org/docs/manmaster/apps/ciphers.html#CIPHER-LIST-FORMAT. |
|
1214 | 1214 | |
|
1215 | 1215 | This setting is for advanced users only. Setting to incorrect values |
|
1216 | 1216 | can significantly lower connection security or decrease performance. |
|
1217 | 1217 | You have been warned. |
|
1218 | 1218 | |
|
1219 | 1219 | This option requires Python 2.7. |
|
1220 | 1220 | |
|
1221 | 1221 | ``minimumprotocol`` |
|
1222 | 1222 | Defines the minimum channel encryption protocol to use. |
|
1223 | 1223 | |
|
1224 | 1224 | By default, the highest version of TLS supported by both client and server |
|
1225 | 1225 | is used. |
|
1226 | 1226 | |
|
1227 | 1227 | Allowed values are: ``tls1.0``, ``tls1.1``, ``tls1.2``. |
|
1228 | 1228 | |
|
1229 | 1229 | When running on an old Python version, only ``tls1.0`` is allowed since |
|
1230 | 1230 | old versions of Python only support up to TLS 1.0. |
|
1231 | 1231 | |
|
1232 | 1232 | When running a Python that supports modern TLS versions, the default is |
|
1233 | 1233 | ``tls1.1``. ``tls1.0`` can still be used to allow TLS 1.0. However, this |
|
1234 | 1234 | weakens security and should only be used as a feature of last resort if |
|
1235 | 1235 | a server does not support TLS 1.1+. |
|
1236 | 1236 | |
|
1237 | 1237 | Options in the ``[hostsecurity]`` section can have the form |
|
1238 | 1238 | ``hostname``:``setting``. This allows multiple settings to be defined on a |
|
1239 | 1239 | per-host basis. |
|
1240 | 1240 | |
|
1241 | 1241 | The following per-host settings can be defined. |
|
1242 | 1242 | |
|
1243 | 1243 | ``ciphers`` |
|
1244 | 1244 | This behaves like ``ciphers`` as described above except it only applies |
|
1245 | 1245 | to the host on which it is defined. |
|
1246 | 1246 | |
|
1247 | 1247 | ``fingerprints`` |
|
1248 | 1248 | A list of hashes of the DER encoded peer/remote certificate. Values have |
|
1249 | 1249 | the form ``algorithm``:``fingerprint``. e.g. |
|
1250 | 1250 | ``sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2``. |
|
1251 | 1251 | In addition, colons (``:``) can appear in the fingerprint part. |
|
1252 | 1252 | |
|
1253 | 1253 | The following algorithms/prefixes are supported: ``sha1``, ``sha256``, |
|
1254 | 1254 | ``sha512``. |
|
1255 | 1255 | |
|
1256 | 1256 | Use of ``sha256`` or ``sha512`` is preferred. |
|
1257 | 1257 | |
|
1258 | 1258 | If a fingerprint is specified, the CA chain is not validated for this |
|
1259 | 1259 | host and Mercurial will require the remote certificate to match one |
|
1260 | 1260 | of the fingerprints specified. This means if the server updates its |
|
1261 | 1261 | certificate, Mercurial will abort until a new fingerprint is defined. |
|
1262 | 1262 | This can provide stronger security than traditional CA-based validation |
|
1263 | 1263 | at the expense of convenience. |
|
1264 | 1264 | |
|
1265 | 1265 | This option takes precedence over ``verifycertsfile``. |
|
1266 | 1266 | |
|
1267 | 1267 | ``minimumprotocol`` |
|
1268 | 1268 | This behaves like ``minimumprotocol`` as described above except it |
|
1269 | 1269 | only applies to the host on which it is defined. |
|
1270 | 1270 | |
|
1271 | 1271 | ``verifycertsfile`` |
|
1272 | 1272 | Path to file a containing a list of PEM encoded certificates used to |
|
1273 | 1273 | verify the server certificate. Environment variables and ``~user`` |
|
1274 | 1274 | constructs are expanded in the filename. |
|
1275 | 1275 | |
|
1276 | 1276 | The server certificate or the certificate's certificate authority (CA) |
|
1277 | 1277 | must match a certificate from this file or certificate verification |
|
1278 | 1278 | will fail and connections to the server will be refused. |
|
1279 | 1279 | |
|
1280 | 1280 | If defined, only certificates provided by this file will be used: |
|
1281 | 1281 | ``web.cacerts`` and any system/default certificates will not be |
|
1282 | 1282 | used. |
|
1283 | 1283 | |
|
1284 | 1284 | This option has no effect if the per-host ``fingerprints`` option |
|
1285 | 1285 | is set. |
|
1286 | 1286 | |
|
1287 | 1287 | The format of the file is as follows:: |
|
1288 | 1288 | |
|
1289 | 1289 | -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- |
|
1290 | 1290 | ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ... |
|
1291 | 1291 | -----END CERTIFICATE----- |
|
1292 | 1292 | -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- |
|
1293 | 1293 | ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ... |
|
1294 | 1294 | -----END CERTIFICATE----- |
|
1295 | 1295 | |
|
1296 | 1296 | For example:: |
|
1297 | 1297 | |
|
1298 | 1298 | [hostsecurity] |
|
1299 | 1299 | hg.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2 |
|
1300 | 1300 | hg2.example.com:fingerprints = sha1:914f1aff87249c09b6859b88b1906d30756491ca, sha1:fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33 |
|
1301 | 1301 | hg3.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:9a:b0:dc:e2:75:ad:8a:b7:84:58:e5:1f:07:32:f1:87:e6:bd:24:22:af:b7:ce:8e:9c:b4:10:cf:b9:f4:0e:d2 |
|
1302 | 1302 | foo.example.com:verifycertsfile = /etc/ssl/trusted-ca-certs.pem |
|
1303 | 1303 | |
|
1304 | 1304 | To change the default minimum protocol version to TLS 1.2 but to allow TLS 1.1 |
|
1305 | 1305 | when connecting to ``hg.example.com``:: |
|
1306 | 1306 | |
|
1307 | 1307 | [hostsecurity] |
|
1308 | 1308 | minimumprotocol = tls1.2 |
|
1309 | 1309 | hg.example.com:minimumprotocol = tls1.1 |
|
1310 | 1310 | |
|
1311 | 1311 | ``http_proxy`` |
|
1312 | 1312 | -------------- |
|
1313 | 1313 | |
|
1314 | 1314 | Used to access web-based Mercurial repositories through a HTTP |
|
1315 | 1315 | proxy. |
|
1316 | 1316 | |
|
1317 | 1317 | ``host`` |
|
1318 | 1318 | Host name and (optional) port of the proxy server, for example |
|
1319 | 1319 | "myproxy:8000". |
|
1320 | 1320 | |
|
1321 | 1321 | ``no`` |
|
1322 | 1322 | Optional. Comma-separated list of host names that should bypass |
|
1323 | 1323 | the proxy. |
|
1324 | 1324 | |
|
1325 | 1325 | ``passwd`` |
|
1326 | 1326 | Optional. Password to authenticate with at the proxy server. |
|
1327 | 1327 | |
|
1328 | 1328 | ``user`` |
|
1329 | 1329 | Optional. User name to authenticate with at the proxy server. |
|
1330 | 1330 | |
|
1331 | 1331 | ``always`` |
|
1332 | 1332 | Optional. Always use the proxy, even for localhost and any entries |
|
1333 | 1333 | in ``http_proxy.no``. (default: False) |
|
1334 | 1334 | |
|
1335 | 1335 | ``http`` |
|
1336 | 1336 | ---------- |
|
1337 | 1337 | |
|
1338 | 1338 | Used to configure access to Mercurial repositories via HTTP. |
|
1339 | 1339 | |
|
1340 | 1340 | ``timeout`` |
|
1341 | 1341 | If set, blocking operations will timeout after that many seconds. |
|
1342 | 1342 | (default: None) |
|
1343 | 1343 | |
|
1344 | 1344 | ``merge`` |
|
1345 | 1345 | --------- |
|
1346 | 1346 | |
|
1347 | 1347 | This section specifies behavior during merges and updates. |
|
1348 | 1348 | |
|
1349 | 1349 | ``checkignored`` |
|
1350 | 1350 | Controls behavior when an ignored file on disk has the same name as a tracked |
|
1351 | 1351 | file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has different |
|
1352 | 1352 | contents. Options are ``abort``, ``warn`` and ``ignore``. With ``abort``, |
|
1353 | 1353 | abort on such files. With ``warn``, warn on such files and back them up as |
|
1354 | 1354 | ``.orig``. With ``ignore``, don't print a warning and back them up as |
|
1355 | 1355 | ``.orig``. (default: ``abort``) |
|
1356 | 1356 | |
|
1357 | 1357 | ``checkunknown`` |
|
1358 | 1358 | Controls behavior when an unknown file that isn't ignored has the same name |
|
1359 | 1359 | as a tracked file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has |
|
1360 | 1360 | different contents. Similar to ``merge.checkignored``, except for files that |
|
1361 | 1361 | are not ignored. (default: ``abort``) |
|
1362 | 1362 | |
|
1363 | 1363 | ``on-failure`` |
|
1364 | 1364 | When set to ``continue`` (the default), the merge process attempts to |
|
1365 | 1365 | merge all unresolved files using the merge chosen tool, regardless of |
|
1366 | 1366 | whether previous file merge attempts during the process succeeded or not. |
|
1367 | 1367 | Setting this to ``prompt`` will prompt after any merge failure continue |
|
1368 | 1368 | or halt the merge process. Setting this to ``halt`` will automatically |
|
1369 | 1369 | halt the merge process on any merge tool failure. The merge process |
|
1370 | 1370 | can be restarted by using the ``resolve`` command. When a merge is |
|
1371 | 1371 | halted, the repository is left in a normal ``unresolved`` merge state. |
|
1372 | 1372 | (default: ``continue``) |
|
1373 | 1373 | |
|
1374 | 1374 | ``strict-capability-check`` |
|
1375 | 1375 | Whether capabilities of internal merge tools are checked strictly |
|
1376 | 1376 | or not, while examining rules to decide merge tool to be used. |
|
1377 | 1377 | (default: False) |
|
1378 | 1378 | |
|
1379 | 1379 | ``merge-patterns`` |
|
1380 | 1380 | ------------------ |
|
1381 | 1381 | |
|
1382 | 1382 | This section specifies merge tools to associate with particular file |
|
1383 | 1383 | patterns. Tools matched here will take precedence over the default |
|
1384 | 1384 | merge tool. Patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository |
|
1385 | 1385 | root. |
|
1386 | 1386 | |
|
1387 | 1387 | Example:: |
|
1388 | 1388 | |
|
1389 | 1389 | [merge-patterns] |
|
1390 | 1390 | **.c = kdiff3 |
|
1391 | 1391 | **.jpg = myimgmerge |
|
1392 | 1392 | |
|
1393 | 1393 | ``merge-tools`` |
|
1394 | 1394 | --------------- |
|
1395 | 1395 | |
|
1396 | 1396 | This section configures external merge tools to use for file-level |
|
1397 | 1397 | merges. This section has likely been preconfigured at install time. |
|
1398 | 1398 | Use :hg:`config merge-tools` to check the existing configuration. |
|
1399 | 1399 | Also see :hg:`help merge-tools` for more details. |
|
1400 | 1400 | |
|
1401 | 1401 | Example ``~/.hgrc``:: |
|
1402 | 1402 | |
|
1403 | 1403 | [merge-tools] |
|
1404 | 1404 | # Override stock tool location |
|
1405 | 1405 | kdiff3.executable = ~/bin/kdiff3 |
|
1406 | 1406 | # Specify command line |
|
1407 | 1407 | kdiff3.args = $base $local $other -o $output |
|
1408 | 1408 | # Give higher priority |
|
1409 | 1409 | kdiff3.priority = 1 |
|
1410 | 1410 | |
|
1411 | 1411 | # Changing the priority of preconfigured tool |
|
1412 | 1412 | meld.priority = 0 |
|
1413 | 1413 | |
|
1414 | 1414 | # Disable a preconfigured tool |
|
1415 | 1415 | vimdiff.disabled = yes |
|
1416 | 1416 | |
|
1417 | 1417 | # Define new tool |
|
1418 | 1418 | myHtmlTool.args = -m $local $other $base $output |
|
1419 | 1419 | myHtmlTool.regkey = Software\FooSoftware\HtmlMerge |
|
1420 | 1420 | myHtmlTool.priority = 1 |
|
1421 | 1421 | |
|
1422 | 1422 | Supported arguments: |
|
1423 | 1423 | |
|
1424 | 1424 | ``priority`` |
|
1425 | 1425 | The priority in which to evaluate this tool. |
|
1426 | 1426 | (default: 0) |
|
1427 | 1427 | |
|
1428 | 1428 | ``executable`` |
|
1429 | 1429 | Either just the name of the executable or its pathname. |
|
1430 | 1430 | |
|
1431 | 1431 | .. container:: windows |
|
1432 | 1432 | |
|
1433 | 1433 | On Windows, the path can use environment variables with ${ProgramFiles} |
|
1434 | 1434 | syntax. |
|
1435 | 1435 | |
|
1436 | 1436 | (default: the tool name) |
|
1437 | 1437 | |
|
1438 | 1438 | ``args`` |
|
1439 | 1439 | The arguments to pass to the tool executable. You can refer to the |
|
1440 | 1440 | files being merged as well as the output file through these |
|
1441 | 1441 | variables: ``$base``, ``$local``, ``$other``, ``$output``. |
|
1442 | 1442 | |
|
1443 | 1443 | The meaning of ``$local`` and ``$other`` can vary depending on which action is |
|
1444 | 1444 | being performed. During an update or merge, ``$local`` represents the original |
|
1445 | 1445 | state of the file, while ``$other`` represents the commit you are updating to or |
|
1446 | 1446 | the commit you are merging with. During a rebase, ``$local`` represents the |
|
1447 | 1447 | destination of the rebase, and ``$other`` represents the commit being rebased. |
|
1448 | 1448 | |
|
1449 | 1449 | Some operations define custom labels to assist with identifying the revisions, |
|
1450 | 1450 | accessible via ``$labellocal``, ``$labelother``, and ``$labelbase``. If custom |
|
1451 | 1451 | labels are not available, these will be ``local``, ``other``, and ``base``, |
|
1452 | 1452 | respectively. |
|
1453 | 1453 | (default: ``$local $base $other``) |
|
1454 | 1454 | |
|
1455 | 1455 | ``premerge`` |
|
1456 | 1456 | Attempt to run internal non-interactive 3-way merge tool before |
|
1457 | 1457 | launching external tool. Options are ``true``, ``false``, ``keep`` or |
|
1458 | 1458 | ``keep-merge3``. The ``keep`` option will leave markers in the file if the |
|
1459 | 1459 | premerge fails. The ``keep-merge3`` will do the same but include information |
|
1460 | 1460 | about the base of the merge in the marker (see internal :merge3 in |
|
1461 | 1461 | :hg:`help merge-tools`). |
|
1462 | 1462 | (default: True) |
|
1463 | 1463 | |
|
1464 | 1464 | ``binary`` |
|
1465 | 1465 | This tool can merge binary files. (default: False, unless tool |
|
1466 | 1466 | was selected by file pattern match) |
|
1467 | 1467 | |
|
1468 | 1468 | ``symlink`` |
|
1469 | 1469 | This tool can merge symlinks. (default: False) |
|
1470 | 1470 | |
|
1471 | 1471 | ``check`` |
|
1472 | 1472 | A list of merge success-checking options: |
|
1473 | 1473 | |
|
1474 | 1474 | ``changed`` |
|
1475 | 1475 | Ask whether merge was successful when the merged file shows no changes. |
|
1476 | 1476 | ``conflicts`` |
|
1477 | 1477 | Check whether there are conflicts even though the tool reported success. |
|
1478 | 1478 | ``prompt`` |
|
1479 | 1479 | Always prompt for merge success, regardless of success reported by tool. |
|
1480 | 1480 | |
|
1481 | 1481 | ``fixeol`` |
|
1482 | 1482 | Attempt to fix up EOL changes caused by the merge tool. |
|
1483 | 1483 | (default: False) |
|
1484 | 1484 | |
|
1485 | 1485 | ``gui`` |
|
1486 | 1486 | This tool requires a graphical interface to run. (default: False) |
|
1487 | 1487 | |
|
1488 | 1488 | ``mergemarkers`` |
|
1489 | 1489 | Controls whether the labels passed via ``$labellocal``, ``$labelother``, and |
|
1490 | 1490 | ``$labelbase`` are ``detailed`` (respecting ``mergemarkertemplate``) or |
|
1491 | 1491 | ``basic``. If ``premerge`` is ``keep`` or ``keep-merge3``, the conflict |
|
1492 | 1492 | markers generated during premerge will be ``detailed`` if either this option or |
|
1493 | 1493 | the corresponding option in the ``[ui]`` section is ``detailed``. |
|
1494 | 1494 | (default: ``basic``) |
|
1495 | 1495 | |
|
1496 | 1496 | ``mergemarkertemplate`` |
|
1497 | 1497 | This setting can be used to override ``mergemarkertemplate`` from the ``[ui]`` |
|
1498 | 1498 | section on a per-tool basis; this applies to the ``$label``-prefixed variables |
|
1499 | 1499 | and to the conflict markers that are generated if ``premerge`` is ``keep` or |
|
1500 | 1500 | ``keep-merge3``. See the corresponding variable in ``[ui]`` for more |
|
1501 | 1501 | information. |
|
1502 | 1502 | |
|
1503 | 1503 | .. container:: windows |
|
1504 | 1504 | |
|
1505 | 1505 | ``regkey`` |
|
1506 | 1506 | Windows registry key which describes install location of this |
|
1507 | 1507 | tool. Mercurial will search for this key first under |
|
1508 | 1508 | ``HKEY_CURRENT_USER`` and then under ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE``. |
|
1509 | 1509 | (default: None) |
|
1510 | 1510 | |
|
1511 | 1511 | ``regkeyalt`` |
|
1512 | 1512 | An alternate Windows registry key to try if the first key is not |
|
1513 | 1513 | found. The alternate key uses the same ``regname`` and ``regappend`` |
|
1514 | 1514 | semantics of the primary key. The most common use for this key |
|
1515 | 1515 | is to search for 32bit applications on 64bit operating systems. |
|
1516 | 1516 | (default: None) |
|
1517 | 1517 | |
|
1518 | 1518 | ``regname`` |
|
1519 | 1519 | Name of value to read from specified registry key. |
|
1520 | 1520 | (default: the unnamed (default) value) |
|
1521 | 1521 | |
|
1522 | 1522 | ``regappend`` |
|
1523 | 1523 | String to append to the value read from the registry, typically |
|
1524 | 1524 | the executable name of the tool. |
|
1525 | 1525 | (default: None) |
|
1526 | 1526 | |
|
1527 | 1527 | ``pager`` |
|
1528 | 1528 | --------- |
|
1529 | 1529 | |
|
1530 | 1530 | Setting used to control when to paginate and with what external tool. See |
|
1531 | 1531 | :hg:`help pager` for details. |
|
1532 | 1532 | |
|
1533 | 1533 | ``pager`` |
|
1534 | 1534 | Define the external tool used as pager. |
|
1535 | 1535 | |
|
1536 | 1536 | If no pager is set, Mercurial uses the environment variable $PAGER. |
|
1537 | 1537 | If neither pager.pager, nor $PAGER is set, a default pager will be |
|
1538 | 1538 | used, typically `less` on Unix and `more` on Windows. Example:: |
|
1539 | 1539 | |
|
1540 | 1540 | [pager] |
|
1541 | 1541 | pager = less -FRX |
|
1542 | 1542 | |
|
1543 | 1543 | ``ignore`` |
|
1544 | 1544 | List of commands to disable the pager for. Example:: |
|
1545 | 1545 | |
|
1546 | 1546 | [pager] |
|
1547 | 1547 | ignore = version, help, update |
|
1548 | 1548 | |
|
1549 | 1549 | ``patch`` |
|
1550 | 1550 | --------- |
|
1551 | 1551 | |
|
1552 | 1552 | Settings used when applying patches, for instance through the 'import' |
|
1553 | 1553 | command or with Mercurial Queues extension. |
|
1554 | 1554 | |
|
1555 | 1555 | ``eol`` |
|
1556 | 1556 | When set to 'strict' patch content and patched files end of lines |
|
1557 | 1557 | are preserved. When set to ``lf`` or ``crlf``, both files end of |
|
1558 | 1558 | lines are ignored when patching and the result line endings are |
|
1559 | 1559 | normalized to either LF (Unix) or CRLF (Windows). When set to |
|
1560 | 1560 | ``auto``, end of lines are again ignored while patching but line |
|
1561 | 1561 | endings in patched files are normalized to their original setting |
|
1562 | 1562 | on a per-file basis. If target file does not exist or has no end |
|
1563 | 1563 | of line, patch line endings are preserved. |
|
1564 | 1564 | (default: strict) |
|
1565 | 1565 | |
|
1566 | 1566 | ``fuzz`` |
|
1567 | 1567 | The number of lines of 'fuzz' to allow when applying patches. This |
|
1568 | 1568 | controls how much context the patcher is allowed to ignore when |
|
1569 | 1569 | trying to apply a patch. |
|
1570 | 1570 | (default: 2) |
|
1571 | 1571 | |
|
1572 | 1572 | ``paths`` |
|
1573 | 1573 | --------- |
|
1574 | 1574 | |
|
1575 | 1575 | Assigns symbolic names and behavior to repositories. |
|
1576 | 1576 | |
|
1577 | 1577 | Options are symbolic names defining the URL or directory that is the |
|
1578 | 1578 | location of the repository. Example:: |
|
1579 | 1579 | |
|
1580 | 1580 | [paths] |
|
1581 | 1581 | my_server = https://example.com/my_repo |
|
1582 | 1582 | local_path = /home/me/repo |
|
1583 | 1583 | |
|
1584 | 1584 | These symbolic names can be used from the command line. To pull |
|
1585 | 1585 | from ``my_server``: :hg:`pull my_server`. To push to ``local_path``: |
|
1586 | 1586 | :hg:`push local_path`. |
|
1587 | 1587 | |
|
1588 | 1588 | Options containing colons (``:``) denote sub-options that can influence |
|
1589 | 1589 | behavior for that specific path. Example:: |
|
1590 | 1590 | |
|
1591 | 1591 | [paths] |
|
1592 | 1592 | my_server = https://example.com/my_path |
|
1593 | 1593 | my_server:pushurl = ssh://example.com/my_path |
|
1594 | 1594 | |
|
1595 | 1595 | The following sub-options can be defined: |
|
1596 | 1596 | |
|
1597 | 1597 | ``pushurl`` |
|
1598 | 1598 | The URL to use for push operations. If not defined, the location |
|
1599 | 1599 | defined by the path's main entry is used. |
|
1600 | 1600 | |
|
1601 | 1601 | ``pushrev`` |
|
1602 | 1602 | A revset defining which revisions to push by default. |
|
1603 | 1603 | |
|
1604 | 1604 | When :hg:`push` is executed without a ``-r`` argument, the revset |
|
1605 | 1605 | defined by this sub-option is evaluated to determine what to push. |
|
1606 | 1606 | |
|
1607 | 1607 | For example, a value of ``.`` will push the working directory's |
|
1608 | 1608 | revision by default. |
|
1609 | 1609 | |
|
1610 | 1610 | Revsets specifying bookmarks will not result in the bookmark being |
|
1611 | 1611 | pushed. |
|
1612 | 1612 | |
|
1613 | 1613 | The following special named paths exist: |
|
1614 | 1614 | |
|
1615 | 1615 | ``default`` |
|
1616 | 1616 | The URL or directory to use when no source or remote is specified. |
|
1617 | 1617 | |
|
1618 | 1618 | :hg:`clone` will automatically define this path to the location the |
|
1619 | 1619 | repository was cloned from. |
|
1620 | 1620 | |
|
1621 | 1621 | ``default-push`` |
|
1622 | 1622 | (deprecated) The URL or directory for the default :hg:`push` location. |
|
1623 | 1623 | ``default:pushurl`` should be used instead. |
|
1624 | 1624 | |
|
1625 | 1625 | ``phases`` |
|
1626 | 1626 | ---------- |
|
1627 | 1627 | |
|
1628 | 1628 | Specifies default handling of phases. See :hg:`help phases` for more |
|
1629 | 1629 | information about working with phases. |
|
1630 | 1630 | |
|
1631 | 1631 | ``publish`` |
|
1632 | 1632 | Controls draft phase behavior when working as a server. When true, |
|
1633 | 1633 | pushed changesets are set to public in both client and server and |
|
1634 | 1634 | pulled or cloned changesets are set to public in the client. |
|
1635 | 1635 | (default: True) |
|
1636 | 1636 | |
|
1637 | 1637 | ``new-commit`` |
|
1638 | 1638 | Phase of newly-created commits. |
|
1639 | 1639 | (default: draft) |
|
1640 | 1640 | |
|
1641 | 1641 | ``checksubrepos`` |
|
1642 | 1642 | Check the phase of the current revision of each subrepository. Allowed |
|
1643 | 1643 | values are "ignore", "follow" and "abort". For settings other than |
|
1644 | 1644 | "ignore", the phase of the current revision of each subrepository is |
|
1645 | 1645 | checked before committing the parent repository. If any of those phases is |
|
1646 | 1646 | greater than the phase of the parent repository (e.g. if a subrepo is in a |
|
1647 | 1647 | "secret" phase while the parent repo is in "draft" phase), the commit is |
|
1648 | 1648 | either aborted (if checksubrepos is set to "abort") or the higher phase is |
|
1649 | 1649 | used for the parent repository commit (if set to "follow"). |
|
1650 | 1650 | (default: follow) |
|
1651 | 1651 | |
|
1652 | 1652 | |
|
1653 | 1653 | ``profiling`` |
|
1654 | 1654 | ------------- |
|
1655 | 1655 | |
|
1656 | 1656 | Specifies profiling type, format, and file output. Two profilers are |
|
1657 | 1657 | supported: an instrumenting profiler (named ``ls``), and a sampling |
|
1658 | 1658 | profiler (named ``stat``). |
|
1659 | 1659 | |
|
1660 | 1660 | In this section description, 'profiling data' stands for the raw data |
|
1661 | 1661 | collected during profiling, while 'profiling report' stands for a |
|
1662 | 1662 | statistical text report generated from the profiling data. |
|
1663 | 1663 | |
|
1664 | 1664 | ``enabled`` |
|
1665 | 1665 | Enable the profiler. |
|
1666 | 1666 | (default: false) |
|
1667 | 1667 | |
|
1668 | 1668 | This is equivalent to passing ``--profile`` on the command line. |
|
1669 | 1669 | |
|
1670 | 1670 | ``type`` |
|
1671 | 1671 | The type of profiler to use. |
|
1672 | 1672 | (default: stat) |
|
1673 | 1673 | |
|
1674 | 1674 | ``ls`` |
|
1675 | 1675 | Use Python's built-in instrumenting profiler. This profiler |
|
1676 | 1676 | works on all platforms, but each line number it reports is the |
|
1677 | 1677 | first line of a function. This restriction makes it difficult to |
|
1678 | 1678 | identify the expensive parts of a non-trivial function. |
|
1679 | 1679 | ``stat`` |
|
1680 | 1680 | Use a statistical profiler, statprof. This profiler is most |
|
1681 | 1681 | useful for profiling commands that run for longer than about 0.1 |
|
1682 | 1682 | seconds. |
|
1683 | 1683 | |
|
1684 | 1684 | ``format`` |
|
1685 | 1685 | Profiling format. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler. |
|
1686 | 1686 | (default: text) |
|
1687 | 1687 | |
|
1688 | 1688 | ``text`` |
|
1689 | 1689 | Generate a profiling report. When saving to a file, it should be |
|
1690 | 1690 | noted that only the report is saved, and the profiling data is |
|
1691 | 1691 | not kept. |
|
1692 | 1692 | ``kcachegrind`` |
|
1693 | 1693 | Format profiling data for kcachegrind use: when saving to a |
|
1694 | 1694 | file, the generated file can directly be loaded into |
|
1695 | 1695 | kcachegrind. |
|
1696 | 1696 | |
|
1697 | 1697 | ``statformat`` |
|
1698 | 1698 | Profiling format for the ``stat`` profiler. |
|
1699 | 1699 | (default: hotpath) |
|
1700 | 1700 | |
|
1701 | 1701 | ``hotpath`` |
|
1702 | 1702 | Show a tree-based display containing the hot path of execution (where |
|
1703 | 1703 | most time was spent). |
|
1704 | 1704 | ``bymethod`` |
|
1705 | 1705 | Show a table of methods ordered by how frequently they are active. |
|
1706 | 1706 | ``byline`` |
|
1707 | 1707 | Show a table of lines in files ordered by how frequently they are active. |
|
1708 | 1708 | ``json`` |
|
1709 | 1709 | Render profiling data as JSON. |
|
1710 | 1710 | |
|
1711 | 1711 | ``frequency`` |
|
1712 | 1712 | Sampling frequency. Specific to the ``stat`` sampling profiler. |
|
1713 | 1713 | (default: 1000) |
|
1714 | 1714 | |
|
1715 | 1715 | ``output`` |
|
1716 | 1716 | File path where profiling data or report should be saved. If the |
|
1717 | 1717 | file exists, it is replaced. (default: None, data is printed on |
|
1718 | 1718 | stderr) |
|
1719 | 1719 | |
|
1720 | 1720 | ``sort`` |
|
1721 | 1721 | Sort field. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler. |
|
1722 | 1722 | One of ``callcount``, ``reccallcount``, ``totaltime`` and |
|
1723 | 1723 | ``inlinetime``. |
|
1724 | 1724 | (default: inlinetime) |
|
1725 | 1725 | |
|
1726 | 1726 | ``time-track`` |
|
1727 | 1727 | Control if the stat profiler track ``cpu`` or ``real`` time. |
|
1728 | 1728 | (default: ``cpu`` on Windows, otherwise ``real``) |
|
1729 | 1729 | |
|
1730 | 1730 | ``limit`` |
|
1731 | 1731 | Number of lines to show. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler. |
|
1732 | 1732 | (default: 30) |
|
1733 | 1733 | |
|
1734 | 1734 | ``nested`` |
|
1735 | 1735 | Show at most this number of lines of drill-down info after each main entry. |
|
1736 | 1736 | This can help explain the difference between Total and Inline. |
|
1737 | 1737 | Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler. |
|
1738 | 1738 | (default: 0) |
|
1739 | 1739 | |
|
1740 | 1740 | ``showmin`` |
|
1741 | 1741 | Minimum fraction of samples an entry must have for it to be displayed. |
|
1742 | 1742 | Can be specified as a float between ``0.0`` and ``1.0`` or can have a |
|
1743 | 1743 | ``%`` afterwards to allow values up to ``100``. e.g. ``5%``. |
|
1744 | 1744 | |
|
1745 | 1745 | Only used by the ``stat`` profiler. |
|
1746 | 1746 | |
|
1747 | 1747 | For the ``hotpath`` format, default is ``0.05``. |
|
1748 | 1748 | For the ``chrome`` format, default is ``0.005``. |
|
1749 | 1749 | |
|
1750 | 1750 | The option is unused on other formats. |
|
1751 | 1751 | |
|
1752 | 1752 | ``showmax`` |
|
1753 | 1753 | Maximum fraction of samples an entry can have before it is ignored in |
|
1754 | 1754 | display. Values format is the same as ``showmin``. |
|
1755 | 1755 | |
|
1756 | 1756 | Only used by the ``stat`` profiler. |
|
1757 | 1757 | |
|
1758 | 1758 | For the ``chrome`` format, default is ``0.999``. |
|
1759 | 1759 | |
|
1760 | 1760 | The option is unused on other formats. |
|
1761 | 1761 | |
|
1762 | 1762 | ``progress`` |
|
1763 | 1763 | ------------ |
|
1764 | 1764 | |
|
1765 | 1765 | Mercurial commands can draw progress bars that are as informative as |
|
1766 | 1766 | possible. Some progress bars only offer indeterminate information, while others |
|
1767 | 1767 | have a definite end point. |
|
1768 | 1768 | |
|
1769 | 1769 | ``debug`` |
|
1770 | 1770 | Whether to print debug info when updating the progress bar. (default: False) |
|
1771 | 1771 | |
|
1772 | 1772 | ``delay`` |
|
1773 | 1773 | Number of seconds (float) before showing the progress bar. (default: 3) |
|
1774 | 1774 | |
|
1775 | 1775 | ``changedelay`` |
|
1776 | 1776 | Minimum delay before showing a new topic. When set to less than 3 * refresh, |
|
1777 | 1777 | that value will be used instead. (default: 1) |
|
1778 | 1778 | |
|
1779 | 1779 | ``estimateinterval`` |
|
1780 | 1780 | Maximum sampling interval in seconds for speed and estimated time |
|
1781 | 1781 | calculation. (default: 60) |
|
1782 | 1782 | |
|
1783 | 1783 | ``refresh`` |
|
1784 | 1784 | Time in seconds between refreshes of the progress bar. (default: 0.1) |
|
1785 | 1785 | |
|
1786 | 1786 | ``format`` |
|
1787 | 1787 | Format of the progress bar. |
|
1788 | 1788 | |
|
1789 | 1789 | Valid entries for the format field are ``topic``, ``bar``, ``number``, |
|
1790 | 1790 | ``unit``, ``estimate``, ``speed``, and ``item``. ``item`` defaults to the |
|
1791 | 1791 | last 20 characters of the item, but this can be changed by adding either |
|
1792 | 1792 | ``-<num>`` which would take the last num characters, or ``+<num>`` for the |
|
1793 | 1793 | first num characters. |
|
1794 | 1794 | |
|
1795 | 1795 | (default: topic bar number estimate) |
|
1796 | 1796 | |
|
1797 | 1797 | ``width`` |
|
1798 | 1798 | If set, the maximum width of the progress information (that is, min(width, |
|
1799 | 1799 | term width) will be used). |
|
1800 | 1800 | |
|
1801 | 1801 | ``clear-complete`` |
|
1802 | 1802 | Clear the progress bar after it's done. (default: True) |
|
1803 | 1803 | |
|
1804 | 1804 | ``disable`` |
|
1805 | 1805 | If true, don't show a progress bar. |
|
1806 | 1806 | |
|
1807 | 1807 | ``assume-tty`` |
|
1808 | 1808 | If true, ALWAYS show a progress bar, unless disable is given. |
|
1809 | 1809 | |
|
1810 | 1810 | ``rebase`` |
|
1811 | 1811 | ---------- |
|
1812 | 1812 | |
|
1813 | 1813 | ``evolution.allowdivergence`` |
|
1814 | 1814 | Default to False, when True allow creating divergence when performing |
|
1815 | 1815 | rebase of obsolete changesets. |
|
1816 | 1816 | |
|
1817 | 1817 | ``revsetalias`` |
|
1818 | 1818 | --------------- |
|
1819 | 1819 | |
|
1820 | 1820 | Alias definitions for revsets. See :hg:`help revsets` for details. |
|
1821 | 1821 | |
|
1822 | 1822 | ``rewrite`` |
|
1823 | 1823 | ----------- |
|
1824 | 1824 | |
|
1825 | 1825 | ``backup-bundle`` |
|
1826 | 1826 | Whether to save stripped changesets to a bundle file. (default: True) |
|
1827 | 1827 | |
|
1828 | 1828 | ``update-timestamp`` |
|
1829 | 1829 | If true, updates the date and time of the changeset to current. It is only |
|
1830 | 1830 | applicable for hg amend in current version. |
|
1831 | 1831 | |
|
1832 | 1832 | ``storage`` |
|
1833 | 1833 | ----------- |
|
1834 | 1834 | |
|
1835 | 1835 | Control the strategy Mercurial uses internally to store history. Options in this |
|
1836 | 1836 | category impact performance and repository size. |
|
1837 | 1837 | |
|
1838 | 1838 | ``revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice`` |
|
1839 | 1839 | When storing a merge revision, both parents will be equally considered as |
|
1840 | 1840 | a possible delta base. This results in better delta selection and improved |
|
1841 | 1841 | revlog compression. This option is enabled by default. |
|
1842 | 1842 | |
|
1843 | 1843 | Turning this option off can result in large increase of repository size for |
|
1844 | 1844 | repository with many merges. |
|
1845 | 1845 | |
|
1846 | 1846 | ``revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent`` |
|
1847 | 1847 | Control the order in which delta parents are considered when adding new |
|
1848 | 1848 | revisions from an external source. |
|
1849 | 1849 | (typically: apply bundle from `hg pull` or `hg push`). |
|
1850 | 1850 | |
|
1851 | 1851 | New revisions are usually provided as a delta against other revisions. By |
|
1852 | 1852 | default, Mercurial will try to reuse this delta first, therefore using the |
|
1853 | 1853 | same "delta parent" as the source. Directly using delta's from the source |
|
1854 | 1854 | reduces CPU usage and usually speeds up operation. However, in some case, |
|
1855 | 1855 | the source might have sub-optimal delta bases and forcing their reevaluation |
|
1856 | 1856 | is useful. For example, pushes from an old client could have sub-optimal |
|
1857 | 1857 | delta's parent that the server want to optimize. (lack of general delta, bad |
|
1858 | 1858 | parents, choice, lack of sparse-revlog, etc). |
|
1859 | 1859 | |
|
1860 | 1860 | This option is enabled by default. Turning it off will ensure bad delta |
|
1861 | 1861 | parent choices from older client do not propagate to this repository, at |
|
1862 | 1862 | the cost of a small increase in CPU consumption. |
|
1863 | 1863 | |
|
1864 | 1864 | Note: this option only control the order in which delta parents are |
|
1865 | 1865 | considered. Even when disabled, the existing delta from the source will be |
|
1866 | 1866 | reused if the same delta parent is selected. |
|
1867 | 1867 | |
|
1868 | ``revlog.reuse-external-delta`` | |
|
1869 | Control the reuse of delta from external source. | |
|
1870 | (typically: apply bundle from `hg pull` or `hg push`). | |
|
1871 | ||
|
1872 | New revisions are usually provided as a delta against another revision. By | |
|
1873 | default, Mercurial will not recompute the same delta again, trusting | |
|
1874 | externally provided deltas. There have been rare cases of small adjustment | |
|
1875 | to the diffing algorithm in the past. So in some rare case, recomputing | |
|
1876 | delta provided by ancient clients can provides better results. Disabling | |
|
1877 | this option means going through a full delta recomputation for all incoming | |
|
1878 | revisions. It means a large increase in CPU usage and will slow operations | |
|
1879 | down. | |
|
1880 | ||
|
1881 | This option is enabled by default. When disabled, it also disables the | |
|
1882 | related ``storage.revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent`` option. | |
|
1883 | ||
|
1868 | 1884 | ``server`` |
|
1869 | 1885 | ---------- |
|
1870 | 1886 | |
|
1871 | 1887 | Controls generic server settings. |
|
1872 | 1888 | |
|
1873 | 1889 | ``bookmarks-pushkey-compat`` |
|
1874 | 1890 | Trigger pushkey hook when being pushed bookmark updates. This config exist |
|
1875 | 1891 | for compatibility purpose (default to True) |
|
1876 | 1892 | |
|
1877 | 1893 | If you use ``pushkey`` and ``pre-pushkey`` hooks to control bookmark |
|
1878 | 1894 | movement we recommend you migrate them to ``txnclose-bookmark`` and |
|
1879 | 1895 | ``pretxnclose-bookmark``. |
|
1880 | 1896 | |
|
1881 | 1897 | ``compressionengines`` |
|
1882 | 1898 | List of compression engines and their relative priority to advertise |
|
1883 | 1899 | to clients. |
|
1884 | 1900 | |
|
1885 | 1901 | The order of compression engines determines their priority, the first |
|
1886 | 1902 | having the highest priority. If a compression engine is not listed |
|
1887 | 1903 | here, it won't be advertised to clients. |
|
1888 | 1904 | |
|
1889 | 1905 | If not set (the default), built-in defaults are used. Run |
|
1890 | 1906 | :hg:`debuginstall` to list available compression engines and their |
|
1891 | 1907 | default wire protocol priority. |
|
1892 | 1908 | |
|
1893 | 1909 | Older Mercurial clients only support zlib compression and this setting |
|
1894 | 1910 | has no effect for legacy clients. |
|
1895 | 1911 | |
|
1896 | 1912 | ``uncompressed`` |
|
1897 | 1913 | Whether to allow clients to clone a repository using the |
|
1898 | 1914 | uncompressed streaming protocol. This transfers about 40% more |
|
1899 | 1915 | data than a regular clone, but uses less memory and CPU on both |
|
1900 | 1916 | server and client. Over a LAN (100 Mbps or better) or a very fast |
|
1901 | 1917 | WAN, an uncompressed streaming clone is a lot faster (~10x) than a |
|
1902 | 1918 | regular clone. Over most WAN connections (anything slower than |
|
1903 | 1919 | about 6 Mbps), uncompressed streaming is slower, because of the |
|
1904 | 1920 | extra data transfer overhead. This mode will also temporarily hold |
|
1905 | 1921 | the write lock while determining what data to transfer. |
|
1906 | 1922 | (default: True) |
|
1907 | 1923 | |
|
1908 | 1924 | ``uncompressedallowsecret`` |
|
1909 | 1925 | Whether to allow stream clones when the repository contains secret |
|
1910 | 1926 | changesets. (default: False) |
|
1911 | 1927 | |
|
1912 | 1928 | ``preferuncompressed`` |
|
1913 | 1929 | When set, clients will try to use the uncompressed streaming |
|
1914 | 1930 | protocol. (default: False) |
|
1915 | 1931 | |
|
1916 | 1932 | ``disablefullbundle`` |
|
1917 | 1933 | When set, servers will refuse attempts to do pull-based clones. |
|
1918 | 1934 | If this option is set, ``preferuncompressed`` and/or clone bundles |
|
1919 | 1935 | are highly recommended. Partial clones will still be allowed. |
|
1920 | 1936 | (default: False) |
|
1921 | 1937 | |
|
1922 | 1938 | ``streamunbundle`` |
|
1923 | 1939 | When set, servers will apply data sent from the client directly, |
|
1924 | 1940 | otherwise it will be written to a temporary file first. This option |
|
1925 | 1941 | effectively prevents concurrent pushes. |
|
1926 | 1942 | |
|
1927 | 1943 | ``pullbundle`` |
|
1928 | 1944 | When set, the server will check pullbundle.manifest for bundles |
|
1929 | 1945 | covering the requested heads and common nodes. The first matching |
|
1930 | 1946 | entry will be streamed to the client. |
|
1931 | 1947 | |
|
1932 | 1948 | For HTTP transport, the stream will still use zlib compression |
|
1933 | 1949 | for older clients. |
|
1934 | 1950 | |
|
1935 | 1951 | ``concurrent-push-mode`` |
|
1936 | 1952 | Level of allowed race condition between two pushing clients. |
|
1937 | 1953 | |
|
1938 | 1954 | - 'strict': push is abort if another client touched the repository |
|
1939 | 1955 | while the push was preparing. (default) |
|
1940 | 1956 | - 'check-related': push is only aborted if it affects head that got also |
|
1941 | 1957 | affected while the push was preparing. |
|
1942 | 1958 | |
|
1943 | 1959 | This requires compatible client (version 4.3 and later). Old client will |
|
1944 | 1960 | use 'strict'. |
|
1945 | 1961 | |
|
1946 | 1962 | ``validate`` |
|
1947 | 1963 | Whether to validate the completeness of pushed changesets by |
|
1948 | 1964 | checking that all new file revisions specified in manifests are |
|
1949 | 1965 | present. (default: False) |
|
1950 | 1966 | |
|
1951 | 1967 | ``maxhttpheaderlen`` |
|
1952 | 1968 | Instruct HTTP clients not to send request headers longer than this |
|
1953 | 1969 | many bytes. (default: 1024) |
|
1954 | 1970 | |
|
1955 | 1971 | ``bundle1`` |
|
1956 | 1972 | Whether to allow clients to push and pull using the legacy bundle1 |
|
1957 | 1973 | exchange format. (default: True) |
|
1958 | 1974 | |
|
1959 | 1975 | ``bundle1gd`` |
|
1960 | 1976 | Like ``bundle1`` but only used if the repository is using the |
|
1961 | 1977 | *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True) |
|
1962 | 1978 | |
|
1963 | 1979 | ``bundle1.push`` |
|
1964 | 1980 | Whether to allow clients to push using the legacy bundle1 exchange |
|
1965 | 1981 | format. (default: True) |
|
1966 | 1982 | |
|
1967 | 1983 | ``bundle1gd.push`` |
|
1968 | 1984 | Like ``bundle1.push`` but only used if the repository is using the |
|
1969 | 1985 | *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True) |
|
1970 | 1986 | |
|
1971 | 1987 | ``bundle1.pull`` |
|
1972 | 1988 | Whether to allow clients to pull using the legacy bundle1 exchange |
|
1973 | 1989 | format. (default: True) |
|
1974 | 1990 | |
|
1975 | 1991 | ``bundle1gd.pull`` |
|
1976 | 1992 | Like ``bundle1.pull`` but only used if the repository is using the |
|
1977 | 1993 | *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True) |
|
1978 | 1994 | |
|
1979 | 1995 | Large repositories using the *generaldelta* storage format should |
|
1980 | 1996 | consider setting this option because converting *generaldelta* |
|
1981 | 1997 | repositories to the exchange format required by the bundle1 data |
|
1982 | 1998 | format can consume a lot of CPU. |
|
1983 | 1999 | |
|
1984 | 2000 | ``bundle2.stream`` |
|
1985 | 2001 | Whether to allow clients to pull using the bundle2 streaming protocol. |
|
1986 | 2002 | (default: True) |
|
1987 | 2003 | |
|
1988 | 2004 | ``zliblevel`` |
|
1989 | 2005 | Integer between ``-1`` and ``9`` that controls the zlib compression level |
|
1990 | 2006 | for wire protocol commands that send zlib compressed output (notably the |
|
1991 | 2007 | commands that send repository history data). |
|
1992 | 2008 | |
|
1993 | 2009 | The default (``-1``) uses the default zlib compression level, which is |
|
1994 | 2010 | likely equivalent to ``6``. ``0`` means no compression. ``9`` means |
|
1995 | 2011 | maximum compression. |
|
1996 | 2012 | |
|
1997 | 2013 | Setting this option allows server operators to make trade-offs between |
|
1998 | 2014 | bandwidth and CPU used. Lowering the compression lowers CPU utilization |
|
1999 | 2015 | but sends more bytes to clients. |
|
2000 | 2016 | |
|
2001 | 2017 | This option only impacts the HTTP server. |
|
2002 | 2018 | |
|
2003 | 2019 | ``zstdlevel`` |
|
2004 | 2020 | Integer between ``1`` and ``22`` that controls the zstd compression level |
|
2005 | 2021 | for wire protocol commands. ``1`` is the minimal amount of compression and |
|
2006 | 2022 | ``22`` is the highest amount of compression. |
|
2007 | 2023 | |
|
2008 | 2024 | The default (``3``) should be significantly faster than zlib while likely |
|
2009 | 2025 | delivering better compression ratios. |
|
2010 | 2026 | |
|
2011 | 2027 | This option only impacts the HTTP server. |
|
2012 | 2028 | |
|
2013 | 2029 | See also ``server.zliblevel``. |
|
2014 | 2030 | |
|
2015 | 2031 | ``smtp`` |
|
2016 | 2032 | -------- |
|
2017 | 2033 | |
|
2018 | 2034 | Configuration for extensions that need to send email messages. |
|
2019 | 2035 | |
|
2020 | 2036 | ``host`` |
|
2021 | 2037 | Host name of mail server, e.g. "mail.example.com". |
|
2022 | 2038 | |
|
2023 | 2039 | ``port`` |
|
2024 | 2040 | Optional. Port to connect to on mail server. (default: 465 if |
|
2025 | 2041 | ``tls`` is smtps; 25 otherwise) |
|
2026 | 2042 | |
|
2027 | 2043 | ``tls`` |
|
2028 | 2044 | Optional. Method to enable TLS when connecting to mail server: starttls, |
|
2029 | 2045 | smtps or none. (default: none) |
|
2030 | 2046 | |
|
2031 | 2047 | ``username`` |
|
2032 | 2048 | Optional. User name for authenticating with the SMTP server. |
|
2033 | 2049 | (default: None) |
|
2034 | 2050 | |
|
2035 | 2051 | ``password`` |
|
2036 | 2052 | Optional. Password for authenticating with the SMTP server. If not |
|
2037 | 2053 | specified, interactive sessions will prompt the user for a |
|
2038 | 2054 | password; non-interactive sessions will fail. (default: None) |
|
2039 | 2055 | |
|
2040 | 2056 | ``local_hostname`` |
|
2041 | 2057 | Optional. The hostname that the sender can use to identify |
|
2042 | 2058 | itself to the MTA. |
|
2043 | 2059 | |
|
2044 | 2060 | |
|
2045 | 2061 | ``subpaths`` |
|
2046 | 2062 | ------------ |
|
2047 | 2063 | |
|
2048 | 2064 | Subrepository source URLs can go stale if a remote server changes name |
|
2049 | 2065 | or becomes temporarily unavailable. This section lets you define |
|
2050 | 2066 | rewrite rules of the form:: |
|
2051 | 2067 | |
|
2052 | 2068 | <pattern> = <replacement> |
|
2053 | 2069 | |
|
2054 | 2070 | where ``pattern`` is a regular expression matching a subrepository |
|
2055 | 2071 | source URL and ``replacement`` is the replacement string used to |
|
2056 | 2072 | rewrite it. Groups can be matched in ``pattern`` and referenced in |
|
2057 | 2073 | ``replacements``. For instance:: |
|
2058 | 2074 | |
|
2059 | 2075 | http://server/(.*)-hg/ = http://hg.server/\1/ |
|
2060 | 2076 | |
|
2061 | 2077 | rewrites ``http://server/foo-hg/`` into ``http://hg.server/foo/``. |
|
2062 | 2078 | |
|
2063 | 2079 | Relative subrepository paths are first made absolute, and the |
|
2064 | 2080 | rewrite rules are then applied on the full (absolute) path. If ``pattern`` |
|
2065 | 2081 | doesn't match the full path, an attempt is made to apply it on the |
|
2066 | 2082 | relative path alone. The rules are applied in definition order. |
|
2067 | 2083 | |
|
2068 | 2084 | ``subrepos`` |
|
2069 | 2085 | ------------ |
|
2070 | 2086 | |
|
2071 | 2087 | This section contains options that control the behavior of the |
|
2072 | 2088 | subrepositories feature. See also :hg:`help subrepos`. |
|
2073 | 2089 | |
|
2074 | 2090 | Security note: auditing in Mercurial is known to be insufficient to |
|
2075 | 2091 | prevent clone-time code execution with carefully constructed Git |
|
2076 | 2092 | subrepos. It is unknown if a similar detect is present in Subversion |
|
2077 | 2093 | subrepos. Both Git and Subversion subrepos are disabled by default |
|
2078 | 2094 | out of security concerns. These subrepo types can be enabled using |
|
2079 | 2095 | the respective options below. |
|
2080 | 2096 | |
|
2081 | 2097 | ``allowed`` |
|
2082 | 2098 | Whether subrepositories are allowed in the working directory. |
|
2083 | 2099 | |
|
2084 | 2100 | When false, commands involving subrepositories (like :hg:`update`) |
|
2085 | 2101 | will fail for all subrepository types. |
|
2086 | 2102 | (default: true) |
|
2087 | 2103 | |
|
2088 | 2104 | ``hg:allowed`` |
|
2089 | 2105 | Whether Mercurial subrepositories are allowed in the working |
|
2090 | 2106 | directory. This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed`` |
|
2091 | 2107 | is true. |
|
2092 | 2108 | (default: true) |
|
2093 | 2109 | |
|
2094 | 2110 | ``git:allowed`` |
|
2095 | 2111 | Whether Git subrepositories are allowed in the working directory. |
|
2096 | 2112 | This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed`` is true. |
|
2097 | 2113 | |
|
2098 | 2114 | See the security note above before enabling Git subrepos. |
|
2099 | 2115 | (default: false) |
|
2100 | 2116 | |
|
2101 | 2117 | ``svn:allowed`` |
|
2102 | 2118 | Whether Subversion subrepositories are allowed in the working |
|
2103 | 2119 | directory. This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed`` |
|
2104 | 2120 | is true. |
|
2105 | 2121 | |
|
2106 | 2122 | See the security note above before enabling Subversion subrepos. |
|
2107 | 2123 | (default: false) |
|
2108 | 2124 | |
|
2109 | 2125 | ``templatealias`` |
|
2110 | 2126 | ----------------- |
|
2111 | 2127 | |
|
2112 | 2128 | Alias definitions for templates. See :hg:`help templates` for details. |
|
2113 | 2129 | |
|
2114 | 2130 | ``templates`` |
|
2115 | 2131 | ------------- |
|
2116 | 2132 | |
|
2117 | 2133 | Use the ``[templates]`` section to define template strings. |
|
2118 | 2134 | See :hg:`help templates` for details. |
|
2119 | 2135 | |
|
2120 | 2136 | ``trusted`` |
|
2121 | 2137 | ----------- |
|
2122 | 2138 | |
|
2123 | 2139 | Mercurial will not use the settings in the |
|
2124 | 2140 | ``.hg/hgrc`` file from a repository if it doesn't belong to a trusted |
|
2125 | 2141 | user or to a trusted group, as various hgrc features allow arbitrary |
|
2126 | 2142 | commands to be run. This issue is often encountered when configuring |
|
2127 | 2143 | hooks or extensions for shared repositories or servers. However, |
|
2128 | 2144 | the web interface will use some safe settings from the ``[web]`` |
|
2129 | 2145 | section. |
|
2130 | 2146 | |
|
2131 | 2147 | This section specifies what users and groups are trusted. The |
|
2132 | 2148 | current user is always trusted. To trust everybody, list a user or a |
|
2133 | 2149 | group with name ``*``. These settings must be placed in an |
|
2134 | 2150 | *already-trusted file* to take effect, such as ``$HOME/.hgrc`` of the |
|
2135 | 2151 | user or service running Mercurial. |
|
2136 | 2152 | |
|
2137 | 2153 | ``users`` |
|
2138 | 2154 | Comma-separated list of trusted users. |
|
2139 | 2155 | |
|
2140 | 2156 | ``groups`` |
|
2141 | 2157 | Comma-separated list of trusted groups. |
|
2142 | 2158 | |
|
2143 | 2159 | |
|
2144 | 2160 | ``ui`` |
|
2145 | 2161 | ------ |
|
2146 | 2162 | |
|
2147 | 2163 | User interface controls. |
|
2148 | 2164 | |
|
2149 | 2165 | ``archivemeta`` |
|
2150 | 2166 | Whether to include the .hg_archival.txt file containing meta data |
|
2151 | 2167 | (hashes for the repository base and for tip) in archives created |
|
2152 | 2168 | by the :hg:`archive` command or downloaded via hgweb. |
|
2153 | 2169 | (default: True) |
|
2154 | 2170 | |
|
2155 | 2171 | ``askusername`` |
|
2156 | 2172 | Whether to prompt for a username when committing. If True, and |
|
2157 | 2173 | neither ``$HGUSER`` nor ``$EMAIL`` has been specified, then the user will |
|
2158 | 2174 | be prompted to enter a username. If no username is entered, the |
|
2159 | 2175 | default ``USER@HOST`` is used instead. |
|
2160 | 2176 | (default: False) |
|
2161 | 2177 | |
|
2162 | 2178 | ``clonebundles`` |
|
2163 | 2179 | Whether the "clone bundles" feature is enabled. |
|
2164 | 2180 | |
|
2165 | 2181 | When enabled, :hg:`clone` may download and apply a server-advertised |
|
2166 | 2182 | bundle file from a URL instead of using the normal exchange mechanism. |
|
2167 | 2183 | |
|
2168 | 2184 | This can likely result in faster and more reliable clones. |
|
2169 | 2185 | |
|
2170 | 2186 | (default: True) |
|
2171 | 2187 | |
|
2172 | 2188 | ``clonebundlefallback`` |
|
2173 | 2189 | Whether failure to apply an advertised "clone bundle" from a server |
|
2174 | 2190 | should result in fallback to a regular clone. |
|
2175 | 2191 | |
|
2176 | 2192 | This is disabled by default because servers advertising "clone |
|
2177 | 2193 | bundles" often do so to reduce server load. If advertised bundles |
|
2178 | 2194 | start mass failing and clients automatically fall back to a regular |
|
2179 | 2195 | clone, this would add significant and unexpected load to the server |
|
2180 | 2196 | since the server is expecting clone operations to be offloaded to |
|
2181 | 2197 | pre-generated bundles. Failing fast (the default behavior) ensures |
|
2182 | 2198 | clients don't overwhelm the server when "clone bundle" application |
|
2183 | 2199 | fails. |
|
2184 | 2200 | |
|
2185 | 2201 | (default: False) |
|
2186 | 2202 | |
|
2187 | 2203 | ``clonebundleprefers`` |
|
2188 | 2204 | Defines preferences for which "clone bundles" to use. |
|
2189 | 2205 | |
|
2190 | 2206 | Servers advertising "clone bundles" may advertise multiple available |
|
2191 | 2207 | bundles. Each bundle may have different attributes, such as the bundle |
|
2192 | 2208 | type and compression format. This option is used to prefer a particular |
|
2193 | 2209 | bundle over another. |
|
2194 | 2210 | |
|
2195 | 2211 | The following keys are defined by Mercurial: |
|
2196 | 2212 | |
|
2197 | 2213 | BUNDLESPEC |
|
2198 | 2214 | A bundle type specifier. These are strings passed to :hg:`bundle -t`. |
|
2199 | 2215 | e.g. ``gzip-v2`` or ``bzip2-v1``. |
|
2200 | 2216 | |
|
2201 | 2217 | COMPRESSION |
|
2202 | 2218 | The compression format of the bundle. e.g. ``gzip`` and ``bzip2``. |
|
2203 | 2219 | |
|
2204 | 2220 | Server operators may define custom keys. |
|
2205 | 2221 | |
|
2206 | 2222 | Example values: ``COMPRESSION=bzip2``, |
|
2207 | 2223 | ``BUNDLESPEC=gzip-v2, COMPRESSION=gzip``. |
|
2208 | 2224 | |
|
2209 | 2225 | By default, the first bundle advertised by the server is used. |
|
2210 | 2226 | |
|
2211 | 2227 | ``color`` |
|
2212 | 2228 | When to colorize output. Possible value are Boolean ("yes" or "no"), or |
|
2213 | 2229 | "debug", or "always". (default: "yes"). "yes" will use color whenever it |
|
2214 | 2230 | seems possible. See :hg:`help color` for details. |
|
2215 | 2231 | |
|
2216 | 2232 | ``commitsubrepos`` |
|
2217 | 2233 | Whether to commit modified subrepositories when committing the |
|
2218 | 2234 | parent repository. If False and one subrepository has uncommitted |
|
2219 | 2235 | changes, abort the commit. |
|
2220 | 2236 | (default: False) |
|
2221 | 2237 | |
|
2222 | 2238 | ``debug`` |
|
2223 | 2239 | Print debugging information. (default: False) |
|
2224 | 2240 | |
|
2225 | 2241 | ``editor`` |
|
2226 | 2242 | The editor to use during a commit. (default: ``$EDITOR`` or ``vi``) |
|
2227 | 2243 | |
|
2228 | 2244 | ``fallbackencoding`` |
|
2229 | 2245 | Encoding to try if it's not possible to decode the changelog using |
|
2230 | 2246 | UTF-8. (default: ISO-8859-1) |
|
2231 | 2247 | |
|
2232 | 2248 | ``graphnodetemplate`` |
|
2233 | 2249 | The template used to print changeset nodes in an ASCII revision graph. |
|
2234 | 2250 | (default: ``{graphnode}``) |
|
2235 | 2251 | |
|
2236 | 2252 | ``ignore`` |
|
2237 | 2253 | A file to read per-user ignore patterns from. This file should be |
|
2238 | 2254 | in the same format as a repository-wide .hgignore file. Filenames |
|
2239 | 2255 | are relative to the repository root. This option supports hook syntax, |
|
2240 | 2256 | so if you want to specify multiple ignore files, you can do so by |
|
2241 | 2257 | setting something like ``ignore.other = ~/.hgignore2``. For details |
|
2242 | 2258 | of the ignore file format, see the ``hgignore(5)`` man page. |
|
2243 | 2259 | |
|
2244 | 2260 | ``interactive`` |
|
2245 | 2261 | Allow to prompt the user. (default: True) |
|
2246 | 2262 | |
|
2247 | 2263 | ``interface`` |
|
2248 | 2264 | Select the default interface for interactive features (default: text). |
|
2249 | 2265 | Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'. |
|
2250 | 2266 | |
|
2251 | 2267 | ``interface.chunkselector`` |
|
2252 | 2268 | Select the interface for change recording (e.g. :hg:`commit -i`). |
|
2253 | 2269 | Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'. |
|
2254 | 2270 | This config overrides the interface specified by ui.interface. |
|
2255 | 2271 | |
|
2256 | 2272 | ``large-file-limit`` |
|
2257 | 2273 | Largest file size that gives no memory use warning. |
|
2258 | 2274 | Possible values are integers or 0 to disable the check. |
|
2259 | 2275 | (default: 10000000) |
|
2260 | 2276 | |
|
2261 | 2277 | ``logtemplate`` |
|
2262 | 2278 | Template string for commands that print changesets. |
|
2263 | 2279 | |
|
2264 | 2280 | ``merge`` |
|
2265 | 2281 | The conflict resolution program to use during a manual merge. |
|
2266 | 2282 | For more information on merge tools see :hg:`help merge-tools`. |
|
2267 | 2283 | For configuring merge tools see the ``[merge-tools]`` section. |
|
2268 | 2284 | |
|
2269 | 2285 | ``mergemarkers`` |
|
2270 | 2286 | Sets the merge conflict marker label styling. The ``detailed`` |
|
2271 | 2287 | style uses the ``mergemarkertemplate`` setting to style the labels. |
|
2272 | 2288 | The ``basic`` style just uses 'local' and 'other' as the marker label. |
|
2273 | 2289 | One of ``basic`` or ``detailed``. |
|
2274 | 2290 | (default: ``basic``) |
|
2275 | 2291 | |
|
2276 | 2292 | ``mergemarkertemplate`` |
|
2277 | 2293 | The template used to print the commit description next to each conflict |
|
2278 | 2294 | marker during merge conflicts. See :hg:`help templates` for the template |
|
2279 | 2295 | format. |
|
2280 | 2296 | |
|
2281 | 2297 | Defaults to showing the hash, tags, branches, bookmarks, author, and |
|
2282 | 2298 | the first line of the commit description. |
|
2283 | 2299 | |
|
2284 | 2300 | If you use non-ASCII characters in names for tags, branches, bookmarks, |
|
2285 | 2301 | authors, and/or commit descriptions, you must pay attention to encodings of |
|
2286 | 2302 | managed files. At template expansion, non-ASCII characters use the encoding |
|
2287 | 2303 | specified by the ``--encoding`` global option, ``HGENCODING`` or other |
|
2288 | 2304 | environment variables that govern your locale. If the encoding of the merge |
|
2289 | 2305 | markers is different from the encoding of the merged files, |
|
2290 | 2306 | serious problems may occur. |
|
2291 | 2307 | |
|
2292 | 2308 | Can be overridden per-merge-tool, see the ``[merge-tools]`` section. |
|
2293 | 2309 | |
|
2294 | 2310 | ``message-output`` |
|
2295 | 2311 | Where to write status and error messages. (default: ``stdio``) |
|
2296 | 2312 | |
|
2297 | 2313 | ``stderr`` |
|
2298 | 2314 | Everything to stderr. |
|
2299 | 2315 | ``stdio`` |
|
2300 | 2316 | Status to stdout, and error to stderr. |
|
2301 | 2317 | |
|
2302 | 2318 | ``origbackuppath`` |
|
2303 | 2319 | The path to a directory used to store generated .orig files. If the path is |
|
2304 | 2320 | not a directory, one will be created. If set, files stored in this |
|
2305 | 2321 | directory have the same name as the original file and do not have a .orig |
|
2306 | 2322 | suffix. |
|
2307 | 2323 | |
|
2308 | 2324 | ``paginate`` |
|
2309 | 2325 | Control the pagination of command output (default: True). See :hg:`help pager` |
|
2310 | 2326 | for details. |
|
2311 | 2327 | |
|
2312 | 2328 | ``patch`` |
|
2313 | 2329 | An optional external tool that ``hg import`` and some extensions |
|
2314 | 2330 | will use for applying patches. By default Mercurial uses an |
|
2315 | 2331 | internal patch utility. The external tool must work as the common |
|
2316 | 2332 | Unix ``patch`` program. In particular, it must accept a ``-p`` |
|
2317 | 2333 | argument to strip patch headers, a ``-d`` argument to specify the |
|
2318 | 2334 | current directory, a file name to patch, and a patch file to take |
|
2319 | 2335 | from stdin. |
|
2320 | 2336 | |
|
2321 | 2337 | It is possible to specify a patch tool together with extra |
|
2322 | 2338 | arguments. For example, setting this option to ``patch --merge`` |
|
2323 | 2339 | will use the ``patch`` program with its 2-way merge option. |
|
2324 | 2340 | |
|
2325 | 2341 | ``portablefilenames`` |
|
2326 | 2342 | Check for portable filenames. Can be ``warn``, ``ignore`` or ``abort``. |
|
2327 | 2343 | (default: ``warn``) |
|
2328 | 2344 | |
|
2329 | 2345 | ``warn`` |
|
2330 | 2346 | Print a warning message on POSIX platforms, if a file with a non-portable |
|
2331 | 2347 | filename is added (e.g. a file with a name that can't be created on |
|
2332 | 2348 | Windows because it contains reserved parts like ``AUX``, reserved |
|
2333 | 2349 | characters like ``:``, or would cause a case collision with an existing |
|
2334 | 2350 | file). |
|
2335 | 2351 | |
|
2336 | 2352 | ``ignore`` |
|
2337 | 2353 | Don't print a warning. |
|
2338 | 2354 | |
|
2339 | 2355 | ``abort`` |
|
2340 | 2356 | The command is aborted. |
|
2341 | 2357 | |
|
2342 | 2358 | ``true`` |
|
2343 | 2359 | Alias for ``warn``. |
|
2344 | 2360 | |
|
2345 | 2361 | ``false`` |
|
2346 | 2362 | Alias for ``ignore``. |
|
2347 | 2363 | |
|
2348 | 2364 | .. container:: windows |
|
2349 | 2365 | |
|
2350 | 2366 | On Windows, this configuration option is ignored and the command aborted. |
|
2351 | 2367 | |
|
2352 | 2368 | ``pre-merge-tool-output-template`` |
|
2353 | 2369 | A template that is printed before executing an external merge tool. This can |
|
2354 | 2370 | be used to print out additional context that might be useful to have during |
|
2355 | 2371 | the conflict resolution, such as the description of the various commits |
|
2356 | 2372 | involved or bookmarks/tags. |
|
2357 | 2373 | |
|
2358 | 2374 | Additional information is available in the ``local`, ``base``, and ``other`` |
|
2359 | 2375 | dicts. For example: ``{local.label}``, ``{base.name}``, or |
|
2360 | 2376 | ``{other.islink}``. |
|
2361 | 2377 | |
|
2362 | 2378 | ``quiet`` |
|
2363 | 2379 | Reduce the amount of output printed. |
|
2364 | 2380 | (default: False) |
|
2365 | 2381 | |
|
2366 | 2382 | ``relative-paths`` |
|
2367 | 2383 | Prefer relative paths in the UI. |
|
2368 | 2384 | |
|
2369 | 2385 | ``remotecmd`` |
|
2370 | 2386 | Remote command to use for clone/push/pull operations. |
|
2371 | 2387 | (default: ``hg``) |
|
2372 | 2388 | |
|
2373 | 2389 | ``report_untrusted`` |
|
2374 | 2390 | Warn if a ``.hg/hgrc`` file is ignored due to not being owned by a |
|
2375 | 2391 | trusted user or group. |
|
2376 | 2392 | (default: True) |
|
2377 | 2393 | |
|
2378 | 2394 | ``slash`` |
|
2379 | 2395 | (Deprecated. Use ``slashpath`` template filter instead.) |
|
2380 | 2396 | |
|
2381 | 2397 | Display paths using a slash (``/``) as the path separator. This |
|
2382 | 2398 | only makes a difference on systems where the default path |
|
2383 | 2399 | separator is not the slash character (e.g. Windows uses the |
|
2384 | 2400 | backslash character (``\``)). |
|
2385 | 2401 | (default: False) |
|
2386 | 2402 | |
|
2387 | 2403 | ``statuscopies`` |
|
2388 | 2404 | Display copies in the status command. |
|
2389 | 2405 | |
|
2390 | 2406 | ``ssh`` |
|
2391 | 2407 | Command to use for SSH connections. (default: ``ssh``) |
|
2392 | 2408 | |
|
2393 | 2409 | ``ssherrorhint`` |
|
2394 | 2410 | A hint shown to the user in the case of SSH error (e.g. |
|
2395 | 2411 | ``Please see http://company/internalwiki/ssh.html``) |
|
2396 | 2412 | |
|
2397 | 2413 | ``strict`` |
|
2398 | 2414 | Require exact command names, instead of allowing unambiguous |
|
2399 | 2415 | abbreviations. (default: False) |
|
2400 | 2416 | |
|
2401 | 2417 | ``style`` |
|
2402 | 2418 | Name of style to use for command output. |
|
2403 | 2419 | |
|
2404 | 2420 | ``supportcontact`` |
|
2405 | 2421 | A URL where users should report a Mercurial traceback. Use this if you are a |
|
2406 | 2422 | large organisation with its own Mercurial deployment process and crash |
|
2407 | 2423 | reports should be addressed to your internal support. |
|
2408 | 2424 | |
|
2409 | 2425 | ``textwidth`` |
|
2410 | 2426 | Maximum width of help text. A longer line generated by ``hg help`` or |
|
2411 | 2427 | ``hg subcommand --help`` will be broken after white space to get this |
|
2412 | 2428 | width or the terminal width, whichever comes first. |
|
2413 | 2429 | A non-positive value will disable this and the terminal width will be |
|
2414 | 2430 | used. (default: 78) |
|
2415 | 2431 | |
|
2416 | 2432 | ``timeout`` |
|
2417 | 2433 | The timeout used when a lock is held (in seconds), a negative value |
|
2418 | 2434 | means no timeout. (default: 600) |
|
2419 | 2435 | |
|
2420 | 2436 | ``timeout.warn`` |
|
2421 | 2437 | Time (in seconds) before a warning is printed about held lock. A negative |
|
2422 | 2438 | value means no warning. (default: 0) |
|
2423 | 2439 | |
|
2424 | 2440 | ``traceback`` |
|
2425 | 2441 | Mercurial always prints a traceback when an unknown exception |
|
2426 | 2442 | occurs. Setting this to True will make Mercurial print a traceback |
|
2427 | 2443 | on all exceptions, even those recognized by Mercurial (such as |
|
2428 | 2444 | IOError or MemoryError). (default: False) |
|
2429 | 2445 | |
|
2430 | 2446 | ``tweakdefaults`` |
|
2431 | 2447 | |
|
2432 | 2448 | By default Mercurial's behavior changes very little from release |
|
2433 | 2449 | to release, but over time the recommended config settings |
|
2434 | 2450 | shift. Enable this config to opt in to get automatic tweaks to |
|
2435 | 2451 | Mercurial's behavior over time. This config setting will have no |
|
2436 | 2452 | effect if ``HGPLAIN`` is set or ``HGPLAINEXCEPT`` is set and does |
|
2437 | 2453 | not include ``tweakdefaults``. (default: False) |
|
2438 | 2454 | |
|
2439 | 2455 | It currently means:: |
|
2440 | 2456 | |
|
2441 | 2457 | .. tweakdefaultsmarker |
|
2442 | 2458 | |
|
2443 | 2459 | ``username`` |
|
2444 | 2460 | The committer of a changeset created when running "commit". |
|
2445 | 2461 | Typically a person's name and email address, e.g. ``Fred Widget |
|
2446 | 2462 | <fred@example.com>``. Environment variables in the |
|
2447 | 2463 | username are expanded. |
|
2448 | 2464 | |
|
2449 | 2465 | (default: ``$EMAIL`` or ``username@hostname``. If the username in |
|
2450 | 2466 | hgrc is empty, e.g. if the system admin set ``username =`` in the |
|
2451 | 2467 | system hgrc, it has to be specified manually or in a different |
|
2452 | 2468 | hgrc file) |
|
2453 | 2469 | |
|
2454 | 2470 | ``verbose`` |
|
2455 | 2471 | Increase the amount of output printed. (default: False) |
|
2456 | 2472 | |
|
2457 | 2473 | |
|
2458 | 2474 | ``web`` |
|
2459 | 2475 | ------- |
|
2460 | 2476 | |
|
2461 | 2477 | Web interface configuration. The settings in this section apply to |
|
2462 | 2478 | both the builtin webserver (started by :hg:`serve`) and the script you |
|
2463 | 2479 | run through a webserver (``hgweb.cgi`` and the derivatives for FastCGI |
|
2464 | 2480 | and WSGI). |
|
2465 | 2481 | |
|
2466 | 2482 | The Mercurial webserver does no authentication (it does not prompt for |
|
2467 | 2483 | usernames and passwords to validate *who* users are), but it does do |
|
2468 | 2484 | authorization (it grants or denies access for *authenticated users* |
|
2469 | 2485 | based on settings in this section). You must either configure your |
|
2470 | 2486 | webserver to do authentication for you, or disable the authorization |
|
2471 | 2487 | checks. |
|
2472 | 2488 | |
|
2473 | 2489 | For a quick setup in a trusted environment, e.g., a private LAN, where |
|
2474 | 2490 | you want it to accept pushes from anybody, you can use the following |
|
2475 | 2491 | command line:: |
|
2476 | 2492 | |
|
2477 | 2493 | $ hg --config web.allow-push=* --config web.push_ssl=False serve |
|
2478 | 2494 | |
|
2479 | 2495 | Note that this will allow anybody to push anything to the server and |
|
2480 | 2496 | that this should not be used for public servers. |
|
2481 | 2497 | |
|
2482 | 2498 | The full set of options is: |
|
2483 | 2499 | |
|
2484 | 2500 | ``accesslog`` |
|
2485 | 2501 | Where to output the access log. (default: stdout) |
|
2486 | 2502 | |
|
2487 | 2503 | ``address`` |
|
2488 | 2504 | Interface address to bind to. (default: all) |
|
2489 | 2505 | |
|
2490 | 2506 | ``allow-archive`` |
|
2491 | 2507 | List of archive format (bz2, gz, zip) allowed for downloading. |
|
2492 | 2508 | (default: empty) |
|
2493 | 2509 | |
|
2494 | 2510 | ``allowbz2`` |
|
2495 | 2511 | (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.bz2 downloading of repository |
|
2496 | 2512 | revisions. |
|
2497 | 2513 | (default: False) |
|
2498 | 2514 | |
|
2499 | 2515 | ``allowgz`` |
|
2500 | 2516 | (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.gz downloading of repository |
|
2501 | 2517 | revisions. |
|
2502 | 2518 | (default: False) |
|
2503 | 2519 | |
|
2504 | 2520 | ``allow-pull`` |
|
2505 | 2521 | Whether to allow pulling from the repository. (default: True) |
|
2506 | 2522 | |
|
2507 | 2523 | ``allow-push`` |
|
2508 | 2524 | Whether to allow pushing to the repository. If empty or not set, |
|
2509 | 2525 | pushing is not allowed. If the special value ``*``, any remote |
|
2510 | 2526 | user can push, including unauthenticated users. Otherwise, the |
|
2511 | 2527 | remote user must have been authenticated, and the authenticated |
|
2512 | 2528 | user name must be present in this list. The contents of the |
|
2513 | 2529 | allow-push list are examined after the deny_push list. |
|
2514 | 2530 | |
|
2515 | 2531 | ``allow_read`` |
|
2516 | 2532 | If the user has not already been denied repository access due to |
|
2517 | 2533 | the contents of deny_read, this list determines whether to grant |
|
2518 | 2534 | repository access to the user. If this list is not empty, and the |
|
2519 | 2535 | user is unauthenticated or not present in the list, then access is |
|
2520 | 2536 | denied for the user. If the list is empty or not set, then access |
|
2521 | 2537 | is permitted to all users by default. Setting allow_read to the |
|
2522 | 2538 | special value ``*`` is equivalent to it not being set (i.e. access |
|
2523 | 2539 | is permitted to all users). The contents of the allow_read list are |
|
2524 | 2540 | examined after the deny_read list. |
|
2525 | 2541 | |
|
2526 | 2542 | ``allowzip`` |
|
2527 | 2543 | (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .zip downloading of repository |
|
2528 | 2544 | revisions. This feature creates temporary files. |
|
2529 | 2545 | (default: False) |
|
2530 | 2546 | |
|
2531 | 2547 | ``archivesubrepos`` |
|
2532 | 2548 | Whether to recurse into subrepositories when archiving. |
|
2533 | 2549 | (default: False) |
|
2534 | 2550 | |
|
2535 | 2551 | ``baseurl`` |
|
2536 | 2552 | Base URL to use when publishing URLs in other locations, so |
|
2537 | 2553 | third-party tools like email notification hooks can construct |
|
2538 | 2554 | URLs. Example: ``http://hgserver/repos/``. |
|
2539 | 2555 | |
|
2540 | 2556 | ``cacerts`` |
|
2541 | 2557 | Path to file containing a list of PEM encoded certificate |
|
2542 | 2558 | authority certificates. Environment variables and ``~user`` |
|
2543 | 2559 | constructs are expanded in the filename. If specified on the |
|
2544 | 2560 | client, then it will verify the identity of remote HTTPS servers |
|
2545 | 2561 | with these certificates. |
|
2546 | 2562 | |
|
2547 | 2563 | To disable SSL verification temporarily, specify ``--insecure`` from |
|
2548 | 2564 | command line. |
|
2549 | 2565 | |
|
2550 | 2566 | You can use OpenSSL's CA certificate file if your platform has |
|
2551 | 2567 | one. On most Linux systems this will be |
|
2552 | 2568 | ``/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt``. Otherwise you will have to |
|
2553 | 2569 | generate this file manually. The form must be as follows:: |
|
2554 | 2570 | |
|
2555 | 2571 | -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- |
|
2556 | 2572 | ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ... |
|
2557 | 2573 | -----END CERTIFICATE----- |
|
2558 | 2574 | -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- |
|
2559 | 2575 | ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ... |
|
2560 | 2576 | -----END CERTIFICATE----- |
|
2561 | 2577 | |
|
2562 | 2578 | ``cache`` |
|
2563 | 2579 | Whether to support caching in hgweb. (default: True) |
|
2564 | 2580 | |
|
2565 | 2581 | ``certificate`` |
|
2566 | 2582 | Certificate to use when running :hg:`serve`. |
|
2567 | 2583 | |
|
2568 | 2584 | ``collapse`` |
|
2569 | 2585 | With ``descend`` enabled, repositories in subdirectories are shown at |
|
2570 | 2586 | a single level alongside repositories in the current path. With |
|
2571 | 2587 | ``collapse`` also enabled, repositories residing at a deeper level than |
|
2572 | 2588 | the current path are grouped behind navigable directory entries that |
|
2573 | 2589 | lead to the locations of these repositories. In effect, this setting |
|
2574 | 2590 | collapses each collection of repositories found within a subdirectory |
|
2575 | 2591 | into a single entry for that subdirectory. (default: False) |
|
2576 | 2592 | |
|
2577 | 2593 | ``comparisoncontext`` |
|
2578 | 2594 | Number of lines of context to show in side-by-side file comparison. If |
|
2579 | 2595 | negative or the value ``full``, whole files are shown. (default: 5) |
|
2580 | 2596 | |
|
2581 | 2597 | This setting can be overridden by a ``context`` request parameter to the |
|
2582 | 2598 | ``comparison`` command, taking the same values. |
|
2583 | 2599 | |
|
2584 | 2600 | ``contact`` |
|
2585 | 2601 | Name or email address of the person in charge of the repository. |
|
2586 | 2602 | (default: ui.username or ``$EMAIL`` or "unknown" if unset or empty) |
|
2587 | 2603 | |
|
2588 | 2604 | ``csp`` |
|
2589 | 2605 | Send a ``Content-Security-Policy`` HTTP header with this value. |
|
2590 | 2606 | |
|
2591 | 2607 | The value may contain a special string ``%nonce%``, which will be replaced |
|
2592 | 2608 | by a randomly-generated one-time use value. If the value contains |
|
2593 | 2609 | ``%nonce%``, ``web.cache`` will be disabled, as caching undermines the |
|
2594 | 2610 | one-time property of the nonce. This nonce will also be inserted into |
|
2595 | 2611 | ``<script>`` elements containing inline JavaScript. |
|
2596 | 2612 | |
|
2597 | 2613 | Note: lots of HTML content sent by the server is derived from repository |
|
2598 | 2614 | data. Please consider the potential for malicious repository data to |
|
2599 | 2615 | "inject" itself into generated HTML content as part of your security |
|
2600 | 2616 | threat model. |
|
2601 | 2617 | |
|
2602 | 2618 | ``deny_push`` |
|
2603 | 2619 | Whether to deny pushing to the repository. If empty or not set, |
|
2604 | 2620 | push is not denied. If the special value ``*``, all remote users are |
|
2605 | 2621 | denied push. Otherwise, unauthenticated users are all denied, and |
|
2606 | 2622 | any authenticated user name present in this list is also denied. The |
|
2607 | 2623 | contents of the deny_push list are examined before the allow-push list. |
|
2608 | 2624 | |
|
2609 | 2625 | ``deny_read`` |
|
2610 | 2626 | Whether to deny reading/viewing of the repository. If this list is |
|
2611 | 2627 | not empty, unauthenticated users are all denied, and any |
|
2612 | 2628 | authenticated user name present in this list is also denied access to |
|
2613 | 2629 | the repository. If set to the special value ``*``, all remote users |
|
2614 | 2630 | are denied access (rarely needed ;). If deny_read is empty or not set, |
|
2615 | 2631 | the determination of repository access depends on the presence and |
|
2616 | 2632 | content of the allow_read list (see description). If both |
|
2617 | 2633 | deny_read and allow_read are empty or not set, then access is |
|
2618 | 2634 | permitted to all users by default. If the repository is being |
|
2619 | 2635 | served via hgwebdir, denied users will not be able to see it in |
|
2620 | 2636 | the list of repositories. The contents of the deny_read list have |
|
2621 | 2637 | priority over (are examined before) the contents of the allow_read |
|
2622 | 2638 | list. |
|
2623 | 2639 | |
|
2624 | 2640 | ``descend`` |
|
2625 | 2641 | hgwebdir indexes will not descend into subdirectories. Only repositories |
|
2626 | 2642 | directly in the current path will be shown (other repositories are still |
|
2627 | 2643 | available from the index corresponding to their containing path). |
|
2628 | 2644 | |
|
2629 | 2645 | ``description`` |
|
2630 | 2646 | Textual description of the repository's purpose or contents. |
|
2631 | 2647 | (default: "unknown") |
|
2632 | 2648 | |
|
2633 | 2649 | ``encoding`` |
|
2634 | 2650 | Character encoding name. (default: the current locale charset) |
|
2635 | 2651 | Example: "UTF-8". |
|
2636 | 2652 | |
|
2637 | 2653 | ``errorlog`` |
|
2638 | 2654 | Where to output the error log. (default: stderr) |
|
2639 | 2655 | |
|
2640 | 2656 | ``guessmime`` |
|
2641 | 2657 | Control MIME types for raw download of file content. |
|
2642 | 2658 | Set to True to let hgweb guess the content type from the file |
|
2643 | 2659 | extension. This will serve HTML files as ``text/html`` and might |
|
2644 | 2660 | allow cross-site scripting attacks when serving untrusted |
|
2645 | 2661 | repositories. (default: False) |
|
2646 | 2662 | |
|
2647 | 2663 | ``hidden`` |
|
2648 | 2664 | Whether to hide the repository in the hgwebdir index. |
|
2649 | 2665 | (default: False) |
|
2650 | 2666 | |
|
2651 | 2667 | ``ipv6`` |
|
2652 | 2668 | Whether to use IPv6. (default: False) |
|
2653 | 2669 | |
|
2654 | 2670 | ``labels`` |
|
2655 | 2671 | List of string *labels* associated with the repository. |
|
2656 | 2672 | |
|
2657 | 2673 | Labels are exposed as a template keyword and can be used to customize |
|
2658 | 2674 | output. e.g. the ``index`` template can group or filter repositories |
|
2659 | 2675 | by labels and the ``summary`` template can display additional content |
|
2660 | 2676 | if a specific label is present. |
|
2661 | 2677 | |
|
2662 | 2678 | ``logoimg`` |
|
2663 | 2679 | File name of the logo image that some templates display on each page. |
|
2664 | 2680 | The file name is relative to ``staticurl``. That is, the full path to |
|
2665 | 2681 | the logo image is "staticurl/logoimg". |
|
2666 | 2682 | If unset, ``hglogo.png`` will be used. |
|
2667 | 2683 | |
|
2668 | 2684 | ``logourl`` |
|
2669 | 2685 | Base URL to use for logos. If unset, ``https://mercurial-scm.org/`` |
|
2670 | 2686 | will be used. |
|
2671 | 2687 | |
|
2672 | 2688 | ``maxchanges`` |
|
2673 | 2689 | Maximum number of changes to list on the changelog. (default: 10) |
|
2674 | 2690 | |
|
2675 | 2691 | ``maxfiles`` |
|
2676 | 2692 | Maximum number of files to list per changeset. (default: 10) |
|
2677 | 2693 | |
|
2678 | 2694 | ``maxshortchanges`` |
|
2679 | 2695 | Maximum number of changes to list on the shortlog, graph or filelog |
|
2680 | 2696 | pages. (default: 60) |
|
2681 | 2697 | |
|
2682 | 2698 | ``name`` |
|
2683 | 2699 | Repository name to use in the web interface. |
|
2684 | 2700 | (default: current working directory) |
|
2685 | 2701 | |
|
2686 | 2702 | ``port`` |
|
2687 | 2703 | Port to listen on. (default: 8000) |
|
2688 | 2704 | |
|
2689 | 2705 | ``prefix`` |
|
2690 | 2706 | Prefix path to serve from. (default: '' (server root)) |
|
2691 | 2707 | |
|
2692 | 2708 | ``push_ssl`` |
|
2693 | 2709 | Whether to require that inbound pushes be transported over SSL to |
|
2694 | 2710 | prevent password sniffing. (default: True) |
|
2695 | 2711 | |
|
2696 | 2712 | ``refreshinterval`` |
|
2697 | 2713 | How frequently directory listings re-scan the filesystem for new |
|
2698 | 2714 | repositories, in seconds. This is relevant when wildcards are used |
|
2699 | 2715 | to define paths. Depending on how much filesystem traversal is |
|
2700 | 2716 | required, refreshing may negatively impact performance. |
|
2701 | 2717 | |
|
2702 | 2718 | Values less than or equal to 0 always refresh. |
|
2703 | 2719 | (default: 20) |
|
2704 | 2720 | |
|
2705 | 2721 | ``server-header`` |
|
2706 | 2722 | Value for HTTP ``Server`` response header. |
|
2707 | 2723 | |
|
2708 | 2724 | ``static`` |
|
2709 | 2725 | Directory where static files are served from. |
|
2710 | 2726 | |
|
2711 | 2727 | ``staticurl`` |
|
2712 | 2728 | Base URL to use for static files. If unset, static files (e.g. the |
|
2713 | 2729 | hgicon.png favicon) will be served by the CGI script itself. Use |
|
2714 | 2730 | this setting to serve them directly with the HTTP server. |
|
2715 | 2731 | Example: ``http://hgserver/static/``. |
|
2716 | 2732 | |
|
2717 | 2733 | ``stripes`` |
|
2718 | 2734 | How many lines a "zebra stripe" should span in multi-line output. |
|
2719 | 2735 | Set to 0 to disable. (default: 1) |
|
2720 | 2736 | |
|
2721 | 2737 | ``style`` |
|
2722 | 2738 | Which template map style to use. The available options are the names of |
|
2723 | 2739 | subdirectories in the HTML templates path. (default: ``paper``) |
|
2724 | 2740 | Example: ``monoblue``. |
|
2725 | 2741 | |
|
2726 | 2742 | ``templates`` |
|
2727 | 2743 | Where to find the HTML templates. The default path to the HTML templates |
|
2728 | 2744 | can be obtained from ``hg debuginstall``. |
|
2729 | 2745 | |
|
2730 | 2746 | ``websub`` |
|
2731 | 2747 | ---------- |
|
2732 | 2748 | |
|
2733 | 2749 | Web substitution filter definition. You can use this section to |
|
2734 | 2750 | define a set of regular expression substitution patterns which |
|
2735 | 2751 | let you automatically modify the hgweb server output. |
|
2736 | 2752 | |
|
2737 | 2753 | The default hgweb templates only apply these substitution patterns |
|
2738 | 2754 | on the revision description fields. You can apply them anywhere |
|
2739 | 2755 | you want when you create your own templates by adding calls to the |
|
2740 | 2756 | "websub" filter (usually after calling the "escape" filter). |
|
2741 | 2757 | |
|
2742 | 2758 | This can be used, for example, to convert issue references to links |
|
2743 | 2759 | to your issue tracker, or to convert "markdown-like" syntax into |
|
2744 | 2760 | HTML (see the examples below). |
|
2745 | 2761 | |
|
2746 | 2762 | Each entry in this section names a substitution filter. |
|
2747 | 2763 | The value of each entry defines the substitution expression itself. |
|
2748 | 2764 | The websub expressions follow the old interhg extension syntax, |
|
2749 | 2765 | which in turn imitates the Unix sed replacement syntax:: |
|
2750 | 2766 | |
|
2751 | 2767 | patternname = s/SEARCH_REGEX/REPLACE_EXPRESSION/[i] |
|
2752 | 2768 | |
|
2753 | 2769 | You can use any separator other than "/". The final "i" is optional |
|
2754 | 2770 | and indicates that the search must be case insensitive. |
|
2755 | 2771 | |
|
2756 | 2772 | Examples:: |
|
2757 | 2773 | |
|
2758 | 2774 | [websub] |
|
2759 | 2775 | issues = s|issue(\d+)|<a href="http://bts.example.org/issue\1">issue\1</a>|i |
|
2760 | 2776 | italic = s/\b_(\S+)_\b/<i>\1<\/i>/ |
|
2761 | 2777 | bold = s/\*\b(\S+)\b\*/<b>\1<\/b>/ |
|
2762 | 2778 | |
|
2763 | 2779 | ``worker`` |
|
2764 | 2780 | ---------- |
|
2765 | 2781 | |
|
2766 | 2782 | Parallel master/worker configuration. We currently perform working |
|
2767 | 2783 | directory updates in parallel on Unix-like systems, which greatly |
|
2768 | 2784 | helps performance. |
|
2769 | 2785 | |
|
2770 | 2786 | ``enabled`` |
|
2771 | 2787 | Whether to enable workers code to be used. |
|
2772 | 2788 | (default: true) |
|
2773 | 2789 | |
|
2774 | 2790 | ``numcpus`` |
|
2775 | 2791 | Number of CPUs to use for parallel operations. A zero or |
|
2776 | 2792 | negative value is treated as ``use the default``. |
|
2777 | 2793 | (default: 4 or the number of CPUs on the system, whichever is larger) |
|
2778 | 2794 | |
|
2779 | 2795 | ``backgroundclose`` |
|
2780 | 2796 | Whether to enable closing file handles on background threads during certain |
|
2781 | 2797 | operations. Some platforms aren't very efficient at closing file |
|
2782 | 2798 | handles that have been written or appended to. By performing file closing |
|
2783 | 2799 | on background threads, file write rate can increase substantially. |
|
2784 | 2800 | (default: true on Windows, false elsewhere) |
|
2785 | 2801 | |
|
2786 | 2802 | ``backgroundcloseminfilecount`` |
|
2787 | 2803 | Minimum number of files required to trigger background file closing. |
|
2788 | 2804 | Operations not writing this many files won't start background close |
|
2789 | 2805 | threads. |
|
2790 | 2806 | (default: 2048) |
|
2791 | 2807 | |
|
2792 | 2808 | ``backgroundclosemaxqueue`` |
|
2793 | 2809 | The maximum number of opened file handles waiting to be closed in the |
|
2794 | 2810 | background. This option only has an effect if ``backgroundclose`` is |
|
2795 | 2811 | enabled. |
|
2796 | 2812 | (default: 384) |
|
2797 | 2813 | |
|
2798 | 2814 | ``backgroundclosethreadcount`` |
|
2799 | 2815 | Number of threads to process background file closes. Only relevant if |
|
2800 | 2816 | ``backgroundclose`` is enabled. |
|
2801 | 2817 | (default: 4) |
@@ -1,3079 +1,3083 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | # localrepo.py - read/write repository class for mercurial |
|
2 | 2 | # |
|
3 | 3 | # Copyright 2005-2007 Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> |
|
4 | 4 | # |
|
5 | 5 | # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the |
|
6 | 6 | # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version. |
|
7 | 7 | |
|
8 | 8 | from __future__ import absolute_import |
|
9 | 9 | |
|
10 | 10 | import errno |
|
11 | 11 | import hashlib |
|
12 | 12 | import os |
|
13 | 13 | import random |
|
14 | 14 | import sys |
|
15 | 15 | import time |
|
16 | 16 | import weakref |
|
17 | 17 | |
|
18 | 18 | from .i18n import _ |
|
19 | 19 | from .node import ( |
|
20 | 20 | bin, |
|
21 | 21 | hex, |
|
22 | 22 | nullid, |
|
23 | 23 | nullrev, |
|
24 | 24 | short, |
|
25 | 25 | ) |
|
26 | 26 | from . import ( |
|
27 | 27 | bookmarks, |
|
28 | 28 | branchmap, |
|
29 | 29 | bundle2, |
|
30 | 30 | changegroup, |
|
31 | 31 | changelog, |
|
32 | 32 | color, |
|
33 | 33 | context, |
|
34 | 34 | dirstate, |
|
35 | 35 | dirstateguard, |
|
36 | 36 | discovery, |
|
37 | 37 | encoding, |
|
38 | 38 | error, |
|
39 | 39 | exchange, |
|
40 | 40 | extensions, |
|
41 | 41 | filelog, |
|
42 | 42 | hook, |
|
43 | 43 | lock as lockmod, |
|
44 | 44 | manifest, |
|
45 | 45 | match as matchmod, |
|
46 | 46 | merge as mergemod, |
|
47 | 47 | mergeutil, |
|
48 | 48 | namespaces, |
|
49 | 49 | narrowspec, |
|
50 | 50 | obsolete, |
|
51 | 51 | pathutil, |
|
52 | 52 | phases, |
|
53 | 53 | pushkey, |
|
54 | 54 | pycompat, |
|
55 | 55 | repository, |
|
56 | 56 | repoview, |
|
57 | 57 | revset, |
|
58 | 58 | revsetlang, |
|
59 | 59 | scmutil, |
|
60 | 60 | sparse, |
|
61 | 61 | store as storemod, |
|
62 | 62 | subrepoutil, |
|
63 | 63 | tags as tagsmod, |
|
64 | 64 | transaction, |
|
65 | 65 | txnutil, |
|
66 | 66 | util, |
|
67 | 67 | vfs as vfsmod, |
|
68 | 68 | ) |
|
69 | 69 | from .utils import ( |
|
70 | 70 | interfaceutil, |
|
71 | 71 | procutil, |
|
72 | 72 | stringutil, |
|
73 | 73 | ) |
|
74 | 74 | |
|
75 | 75 | from .revlogutils import ( |
|
76 | 76 | constants as revlogconst, |
|
77 | 77 | ) |
|
78 | 78 | |
|
79 | 79 | release = lockmod.release |
|
80 | 80 | urlerr = util.urlerr |
|
81 | 81 | urlreq = util.urlreq |
|
82 | 82 | |
|
83 | 83 | # set of (path, vfs-location) tuples. vfs-location is: |
|
84 | 84 | # - 'plain for vfs relative paths |
|
85 | 85 | # - '' for svfs relative paths |
|
86 | 86 | _cachedfiles = set() |
|
87 | 87 | |
|
88 | 88 | class _basefilecache(scmutil.filecache): |
|
89 | 89 | """All filecache usage on repo are done for logic that should be unfiltered |
|
90 | 90 | """ |
|
91 | 91 | def __get__(self, repo, type=None): |
|
92 | 92 | if repo is None: |
|
93 | 93 | return self |
|
94 | 94 | # proxy to unfiltered __dict__ since filtered repo has no entry |
|
95 | 95 | unfi = repo.unfiltered() |
|
96 | 96 | try: |
|
97 | 97 | return unfi.__dict__[self.sname] |
|
98 | 98 | except KeyError: |
|
99 | 99 | pass |
|
100 | 100 | return super(_basefilecache, self).__get__(unfi, type) |
|
101 | 101 | |
|
102 | 102 | def set(self, repo, value): |
|
103 | 103 | return super(_basefilecache, self).set(repo.unfiltered(), value) |
|
104 | 104 | |
|
105 | 105 | class repofilecache(_basefilecache): |
|
106 | 106 | """filecache for files in .hg but outside of .hg/store""" |
|
107 | 107 | def __init__(self, *paths): |
|
108 | 108 | super(repofilecache, self).__init__(*paths) |
|
109 | 109 | for path in paths: |
|
110 | 110 | _cachedfiles.add((path, 'plain')) |
|
111 | 111 | |
|
112 | 112 | def join(self, obj, fname): |
|
113 | 113 | return obj.vfs.join(fname) |
|
114 | 114 | |
|
115 | 115 | class storecache(_basefilecache): |
|
116 | 116 | """filecache for files in the store""" |
|
117 | 117 | def __init__(self, *paths): |
|
118 | 118 | super(storecache, self).__init__(*paths) |
|
119 | 119 | for path in paths: |
|
120 | 120 | _cachedfiles.add((path, '')) |
|
121 | 121 | |
|
122 | 122 | def join(self, obj, fname): |
|
123 | 123 | return obj.sjoin(fname) |
|
124 | 124 | |
|
125 | 125 | def isfilecached(repo, name): |
|
126 | 126 | """check if a repo has already cached "name" filecache-ed property |
|
127 | 127 | |
|
128 | 128 | This returns (cachedobj-or-None, iscached) tuple. |
|
129 | 129 | """ |
|
130 | 130 | cacheentry = repo.unfiltered()._filecache.get(name, None) |
|
131 | 131 | if not cacheentry: |
|
132 | 132 | return None, False |
|
133 | 133 | return cacheentry.obj, True |
|
134 | 134 | |
|
135 | 135 | class unfilteredpropertycache(util.propertycache): |
|
136 | 136 | """propertycache that apply to unfiltered repo only""" |
|
137 | 137 | |
|
138 | 138 | def __get__(self, repo, type=None): |
|
139 | 139 | unfi = repo.unfiltered() |
|
140 | 140 | if unfi is repo: |
|
141 | 141 | return super(unfilteredpropertycache, self).__get__(unfi) |
|
142 | 142 | return getattr(unfi, self.name) |
|
143 | 143 | |
|
144 | 144 | class filteredpropertycache(util.propertycache): |
|
145 | 145 | """propertycache that must take filtering in account""" |
|
146 | 146 | |
|
147 | 147 | def cachevalue(self, obj, value): |
|
148 | 148 | object.__setattr__(obj, self.name, value) |
|
149 | 149 | |
|
150 | 150 | |
|
151 | 151 | def hasunfilteredcache(repo, name): |
|
152 | 152 | """check if a repo has an unfilteredpropertycache value for <name>""" |
|
153 | 153 | return name in vars(repo.unfiltered()) |
|
154 | 154 | |
|
155 | 155 | def unfilteredmethod(orig): |
|
156 | 156 | """decorate method that always need to be run on unfiltered version""" |
|
157 | 157 | def wrapper(repo, *args, **kwargs): |
|
158 | 158 | return orig(repo.unfiltered(), *args, **kwargs) |
|
159 | 159 | return wrapper |
|
160 | 160 | |
|
161 | 161 | moderncaps = {'lookup', 'branchmap', 'pushkey', 'known', 'getbundle', |
|
162 | 162 | 'unbundle'} |
|
163 | 163 | legacycaps = moderncaps.union({'changegroupsubset'}) |
|
164 | 164 | |
|
165 | 165 | @interfaceutil.implementer(repository.ipeercommandexecutor) |
|
166 | 166 | class localcommandexecutor(object): |
|
167 | 167 | def __init__(self, peer): |
|
168 | 168 | self._peer = peer |
|
169 | 169 | self._sent = False |
|
170 | 170 | self._closed = False |
|
171 | 171 | |
|
172 | 172 | def __enter__(self): |
|
173 | 173 | return self |
|
174 | 174 | |
|
175 | 175 | def __exit__(self, exctype, excvalue, exctb): |
|
176 | 176 | self.close() |
|
177 | 177 | |
|
178 | 178 | def callcommand(self, command, args): |
|
179 | 179 | if self._sent: |
|
180 | 180 | raise error.ProgrammingError('callcommand() cannot be used after ' |
|
181 | 181 | 'sendcommands()') |
|
182 | 182 | |
|
183 | 183 | if self._closed: |
|
184 | 184 | raise error.ProgrammingError('callcommand() cannot be used after ' |
|
185 | 185 | 'close()') |
|
186 | 186 | |
|
187 | 187 | # We don't need to support anything fancy. Just call the named |
|
188 | 188 | # method on the peer and return a resolved future. |
|
189 | 189 | fn = getattr(self._peer, pycompat.sysstr(command)) |
|
190 | 190 | |
|
191 | 191 | f = pycompat.futures.Future() |
|
192 | 192 | |
|
193 | 193 | try: |
|
194 | 194 | result = fn(**pycompat.strkwargs(args)) |
|
195 | 195 | except Exception: |
|
196 | 196 | pycompat.future_set_exception_info(f, sys.exc_info()[1:]) |
|
197 | 197 | else: |
|
198 | 198 | f.set_result(result) |
|
199 | 199 | |
|
200 | 200 | return f |
|
201 | 201 | |
|
202 | 202 | def sendcommands(self): |
|
203 | 203 | self._sent = True |
|
204 | 204 | |
|
205 | 205 | def close(self): |
|
206 | 206 | self._closed = True |
|
207 | 207 | |
|
208 | 208 | @interfaceutil.implementer(repository.ipeercommands) |
|
209 | 209 | class localpeer(repository.peer): |
|
210 | 210 | '''peer for a local repo; reflects only the most recent API''' |
|
211 | 211 | |
|
212 | 212 | def __init__(self, repo, caps=None): |
|
213 | 213 | super(localpeer, self).__init__() |
|
214 | 214 | |
|
215 | 215 | if caps is None: |
|
216 | 216 | caps = moderncaps.copy() |
|
217 | 217 | self._repo = repo.filtered('served') |
|
218 | 218 | self.ui = repo.ui |
|
219 | 219 | self._caps = repo._restrictcapabilities(caps) |
|
220 | 220 | |
|
221 | 221 | # Begin of _basepeer interface. |
|
222 | 222 | |
|
223 | 223 | def url(self): |
|
224 | 224 | return self._repo.url() |
|
225 | 225 | |
|
226 | 226 | def local(self): |
|
227 | 227 | return self._repo |
|
228 | 228 | |
|
229 | 229 | def peer(self): |
|
230 | 230 | return self |
|
231 | 231 | |
|
232 | 232 | def canpush(self): |
|
233 | 233 | return True |
|
234 | 234 | |
|
235 | 235 | def close(self): |
|
236 | 236 | self._repo.close() |
|
237 | 237 | |
|
238 | 238 | # End of _basepeer interface. |
|
239 | 239 | |
|
240 | 240 | # Begin of _basewirecommands interface. |
|
241 | 241 | |
|
242 | 242 | def branchmap(self): |
|
243 | 243 | return self._repo.branchmap() |
|
244 | 244 | |
|
245 | 245 | def capabilities(self): |
|
246 | 246 | return self._caps |
|
247 | 247 | |
|
248 | 248 | def clonebundles(self): |
|
249 | 249 | return self._repo.tryread('clonebundles.manifest') |
|
250 | 250 | |
|
251 | 251 | def debugwireargs(self, one, two, three=None, four=None, five=None): |
|
252 | 252 | """Used to test argument passing over the wire""" |
|
253 | 253 | return "%s %s %s %s %s" % (one, two, pycompat.bytestr(three), |
|
254 | 254 | pycompat.bytestr(four), |
|
255 | 255 | pycompat.bytestr(five)) |
|
256 | 256 | |
|
257 | 257 | def getbundle(self, source, heads=None, common=None, bundlecaps=None, |
|
258 | 258 | **kwargs): |
|
259 | 259 | chunks = exchange.getbundlechunks(self._repo, source, heads=heads, |
|
260 | 260 | common=common, bundlecaps=bundlecaps, |
|
261 | 261 | **kwargs)[1] |
|
262 | 262 | cb = util.chunkbuffer(chunks) |
|
263 | 263 | |
|
264 | 264 | if exchange.bundle2requested(bundlecaps): |
|
265 | 265 | # When requesting a bundle2, getbundle returns a stream to make the |
|
266 | 266 | # wire level function happier. We need to build a proper object |
|
267 | 267 | # from it in local peer. |
|
268 | 268 | return bundle2.getunbundler(self.ui, cb) |
|
269 | 269 | else: |
|
270 | 270 | return changegroup.getunbundler('01', cb, None) |
|
271 | 271 | |
|
272 | 272 | def heads(self): |
|
273 | 273 | return self._repo.heads() |
|
274 | 274 | |
|
275 | 275 | def known(self, nodes): |
|
276 | 276 | return self._repo.known(nodes) |
|
277 | 277 | |
|
278 | 278 | def listkeys(self, namespace): |
|
279 | 279 | return self._repo.listkeys(namespace) |
|
280 | 280 | |
|
281 | 281 | def lookup(self, key): |
|
282 | 282 | return self._repo.lookup(key) |
|
283 | 283 | |
|
284 | 284 | def pushkey(self, namespace, key, old, new): |
|
285 | 285 | return self._repo.pushkey(namespace, key, old, new) |
|
286 | 286 | |
|
287 | 287 | def stream_out(self): |
|
288 | 288 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot perform stream clone against local ' |
|
289 | 289 | 'peer')) |
|
290 | 290 | |
|
291 | 291 | def unbundle(self, bundle, heads, url): |
|
292 | 292 | """apply a bundle on a repo |
|
293 | 293 | |
|
294 | 294 | This function handles the repo locking itself.""" |
|
295 | 295 | try: |
|
296 | 296 | try: |
|
297 | 297 | bundle = exchange.readbundle(self.ui, bundle, None) |
|
298 | 298 | ret = exchange.unbundle(self._repo, bundle, heads, 'push', url) |
|
299 | 299 | if util.safehasattr(ret, 'getchunks'): |
|
300 | 300 | # This is a bundle20 object, turn it into an unbundler. |
|
301 | 301 | # This little dance should be dropped eventually when the |
|
302 | 302 | # API is finally improved. |
|
303 | 303 | stream = util.chunkbuffer(ret.getchunks()) |
|
304 | 304 | ret = bundle2.getunbundler(self.ui, stream) |
|
305 | 305 | return ret |
|
306 | 306 | except Exception as exc: |
|
307 | 307 | # If the exception contains output salvaged from a bundle2 |
|
308 | 308 | # reply, we need to make sure it is printed before continuing |
|
309 | 309 | # to fail. So we build a bundle2 with such output and consume |
|
310 | 310 | # it directly. |
|
311 | 311 | # |
|
312 | 312 | # This is not very elegant but allows a "simple" solution for |
|
313 | 313 | # issue4594 |
|
314 | 314 | output = getattr(exc, '_bundle2salvagedoutput', ()) |
|
315 | 315 | if output: |
|
316 | 316 | bundler = bundle2.bundle20(self._repo.ui) |
|
317 | 317 | for out in output: |
|
318 | 318 | bundler.addpart(out) |
|
319 | 319 | stream = util.chunkbuffer(bundler.getchunks()) |
|
320 | 320 | b = bundle2.getunbundler(self.ui, stream) |
|
321 | 321 | bundle2.processbundle(self._repo, b) |
|
322 | 322 | raise |
|
323 | 323 | except error.PushRaced as exc: |
|
324 | 324 | raise error.ResponseError(_('push failed:'), |
|
325 | 325 | stringutil.forcebytestr(exc)) |
|
326 | 326 | |
|
327 | 327 | # End of _basewirecommands interface. |
|
328 | 328 | |
|
329 | 329 | # Begin of peer interface. |
|
330 | 330 | |
|
331 | 331 | def commandexecutor(self): |
|
332 | 332 | return localcommandexecutor(self) |
|
333 | 333 | |
|
334 | 334 | # End of peer interface. |
|
335 | 335 | |
|
336 | 336 | @interfaceutil.implementer(repository.ipeerlegacycommands) |
|
337 | 337 | class locallegacypeer(localpeer): |
|
338 | 338 | '''peer extension which implements legacy methods too; used for tests with |
|
339 | 339 | restricted capabilities''' |
|
340 | 340 | |
|
341 | 341 | def __init__(self, repo): |
|
342 | 342 | super(locallegacypeer, self).__init__(repo, caps=legacycaps) |
|
343 | 343 | |
|
344 | 344 | # Begin of baselegacywirecommands interface. |
|
345 | 345 | |
|
346 | 346 | def between(self, pairs): |
|
347 | 347 | return self._repo.between(pairs) |
|
348 | 348 | |
|
349 | 349 | def branches(self, nodes): |
|
350 | 350 | return self._repo.branches(nodes) |
|
351 | 351 | |
|
352 | 352 | def changegroup(self, nodes, source): |
|
353 | 353 | outgoing = discovery.outgoing(self._repo, missingroots=nodes, |
|
354 | 354 | missingheads=self._repo.heads()) |
|
355 | 355 | return changegroup.makechangegroup(self._repo, outgoing, '01', source) |
|
356 | 356 | |
|
357 | 357 | def changegroupsubset(self, bases, heads, source): |
|
358 | 358 | outgoing = discovery.outgoing(self._repo, missingroots=bases, |
|
359 | 359 | missingheads=heads) |
|
360 | 360 | return changegroup.makechangegroup(self._repo, outgoing, '01', source) |
|
361 | 361 | |
|
362 | 362 | # End of baselegacywirecommands interface. |
|
363 | 363 | |
|
364 | 364 | # Increment the sub-version when the revlog v2 format changes to lock out old |
|
365 | 365 | # clients. |
|
366 | 366 | REVLOGV2_REQUIREMENT = 'exp-revlogv2.1' |
|
367 | 367 | |
|
368 | 368 | # A repository with the sparserevlog feature will have delta chains that |
|
369 | 369 | # can spread over a larger span. Sparse reading cuts these large spans into |
|
370 | 370 | # pieces, so that each piece isn't too big. |
|
371 | 371 | # Without the sparserevlog capability, reading from the repository could use |
|
372 | 372 | # huge amounts of memory, because the whole span would be read at once, |
|
373 | 373 | # including all the intermediate revisions that aren't pertinent for the chain. |
|
374 | 374 | # This is why once a repository has enabled sparse-read, it becomes required. |
|
375 | 375 | SPARSEREVLOG_REQUIREMENT = 'sparserevlog' |
|
376 | 376 | |
|
377 | 377 | # Functions receiving (ui, features) that extensions can register to impact |
|
378 | 378 | # the ability to load repositories with custom requirements. Only |
|
379 | 379 | # functions defined in loaded extensions are called. |
|
380 | 380 | # |
|
381 | 381 | # The function receives a set of requirement strings that the repository |
|
382 | 382 | # is capable of opening. Functions will typically add elements to the |
|
383 | 383 | # set to reflect that the extension knows how to handle that requirements. |
|
384 | 384 | featuresetupfuncs = set() |
|
385 | 385 | |
|
386 | 386 | def makelocalrepository(baseui, path, intents=None): |
|
387 | 387 | """Create a local repository object. |
|
388 | 388 | |
|
389 | 389 | Given arguments needed to construct a local repository, this function |
|
390 | 390 | performs various early repository loading functionality (such as |
|
391 | 391 | reading the ``.hg/requires`` and ``.hg/hgrc`` files), validates that |
|
392 | 392 | the repository can be opened, derives a type suitable for representing |
|
393 | 393 | that repository, and returns an instance of it. |
|
394 | 394 | |
|
395 | 395 | The returned object conforms to the ``repository.completelocalrepository`` |
|
396 | 396 | interface. |
|
397 | 397 | |
|
398 | 398 | The repository type is derived by calling a series of factory functions |
|
399 | 399 | for each aspect/interface of the final repository. These are defined by |
|
400 | 400 | ``REPO_INTERFACES``. |
|
401 | 401 | |
|
402 | 402 | Each factory function is called to produce a type implementing a specific |
|
403 | 403 | interface. The cumulative list of returned types will be combined into a |
|
404 | 404 | new type and that type will be instantiated to represent the local |
|
405 | 405 | repository. |
|
406 | 406 | |
|
407 | 407 | The factory functions each receive various state that may be consulted |
|
408 | 408 | as part of deriving a type. |
|
409 | 409 | |
|
410 | 410 | Extensions should wrap these factory functions to customize repository type |
|
411 | 411 | creation. Note that an extension's wrapped function may be called even if |
|
412 | 412 | that extension is not loaded for the repo being constructed. Extensions |
|
413 | 413 | should check if their ``__name__`` appears in the |
|
414 | 414 | ``extensionmodulenames`` set passed to the factory function and no-op if |
|
415 | 415 | not. |
|
416 | 416 | """ |
|
417 | 417 | ui = baseui.copy() |
|
418 | 418 | # Prevent copying repo configuration. |
|
419 | 419 | ui.copy = baseui.copy |
|
420 | 420 | |
|
421 | 421 | # Working directory VFS rooted at repository root. |
|
422 | 422 | wdirvfs = vfsmod.vfs(path, expandpath=True, realpath=True) |
|
423 | 423 | |
|
424 | 424 | # Main VFS for .hg/ directory. |
|
425 | 425 | hgpath = wdirvfs.join(b'.hg') |
|
426 | 426 | hgvfs = vfsmod.vfs(hgpath, cacheaudited=True) |
|
427 | 427 | |
|
428 | 428 | # The .hg/ path should exist and should be a directory. All other |
|
429 | 429 | # cases are errors. |
|
430 | 430 | if not hgvfs.isdir(): |
|
431 | 431 | try: |
|
432 | 432 | hgvfs.stat() |
|
433 | 433 | except OSError as e: |
|
434 | 434 | if e.errno != errno.ENOENT: |
|
435 | 435 | raise |
|
436 | 436 | |
|
437 | 437 | raise error.RepoError(_(b'repository %s not found') % path) |
|
438 | 438 | |
|
439 | 439 | # .hg/requires file contains a newline-delimited list of |
|
440 | 440 | # features/capabilities the opener (us) must have in order to use |
|
441 | 441 | # the repository. This file was introduced in Mercurial 0.9.2, |
|
442 | 442 | # which means very old repositories may not have one. We assume |
|
443 | 443 | # a missing file translates to no requirements. |
|
444 | 444 | try: |
|
445 | 445 | requirements = set(hgvfs.read(b'requires').splitlines()) |
|
446 | 446 | except IOError as e: |
|
447 | 447 | if e.errno != errno.ENOENT: |
|
448 | 448 | raise |
|
449 | 449 | requirements = set() |
|
450 | 450 | |
|
451 | 451 | # The .hg/hgrc file may load extensions or contain config options |
|
452 | 452 | # that influence repository construction. Attempt to load it and |
|
453 | 453 | # process any new extensions that it may have pulled in. |
|
454 | 454 | if loadhgrc(ui, wdirvfs, hgvfs, requirements): |
|
455 | 455 | afterhgrcload(ui, wdirvfs, hgvfs, requirements) |
|
456 | 456 | extensions.loadall(ui) |
|
457 | 457 | extensions.populateui(ui) |
|
458 | 458 | |
|
459 | 459 | # Set of module names of extensions loaded for this repository. |
|
460 | 460 | extensionmodulenames = {m.__name__ for n, m in extensions.extensions(ui)} |
|
461 | 461 | |
|
462 | 462 | supportedrequirements = gathersupportedrequirements(ui) |
|
463 | 463 | |
|
464 | 464 | # We first validate the requirements are known. |
|
465 | 465 | ensurerequirementsrecognized(requirements, supportedrequirements) |
|
466 | 466 | |
|
467 | 467 | # Then we validate that the known set is reasonable to use together. |
|
468 | 468 | ensurerequirementscompatible(ui, requirements) |
|
469 | 469 | |
|
470 | 470 | # TODO there are unhandled edge cases related to opening repositories with |
|
471 | 471 | # shared storage. If storage is shared, we should also test for requirements |
|
472 | 472 | # compatibility in the pointed-to repo. This entails loading the .hg/hgrc in |
|
473 | 473 | # that repo, as that repo may load extensions needed to open it. This is a |
|
474 | 474 | # bit complicated because we don't want the other hgrc to overwrite settings |
|
475 | 475 | # in this hgrc. |
|
476 | 476 | # |
|
477 | 477 | # This bug is somewhat mitigated by the fact that we copy the .hg/requires |
|
478 | 478 | # file when sharing repos. But if a requirement is added after the share is |
|
479 | 479 | # performed, thereby introducing a new requirement for the opener, we may |
|
480 | 480 | # will not see that and could encounter a run-time error interacting with |
|
481 | 481 | # that shared store since it has an unknown-to-us requirement. |
|
482 | 482 | |
|
483 | 483 | # At this point, we know we should be capable of opening the repository. |
|
484 | 484 | # Now get on with doing that. |
|
485 | 485 | |
|
486 | 486 | features = set() |
|
487 | 487 | |
|
488 | 488 | # The "store" part of the repository holds versioned data. How it is |
|
489 | 489 | # accessed is determined by various requirements. The ``shared`` or |
|
490 | 490 | # ``relshared`` requirements indicate the store lives in the path contained |
|
491 | 491 | # in the ``.hg/sharedpath`` file. This is an absolute path for |
|
492 | 492 | # ``shared`` and relative to ``.hg/`` for ``relshared``. |
|
493 | 493 | if b'shared' in requirements or b'relshared' in requirements: |
|
494 | 494 | sharedpath = hgvfs.read(b'sharedpath').rstrip(b'\n') |
|
495 | 495 | if b'relshared' in requirements: |
|
496 | 496 | sharedpath = hgvfs.join(sharedpath) |
|
497 | 497 | |
|
498 | 498 | sharedvfs = vfsmod.vfs(sharedpath, realpath=True) |
|
499 | 499 | |
|
500 | 500 | if not sharedvfs.exists(): |
|
501 | 501 | raise error.RepoError(_(b'.hg/sharedpath points to nonexistent ' |
|
502 | 502 | b'directory %s') % sharedvfs.base) |
|
503 | 503 | |
|
504 | 504 | features.add(repository.REPO_FEATURE_SHARED_STORAGE) |
|
505 | 505 | |
|
506 | 506 | storebasepath = sharedvfs.base |
|
507 | 507 | cachepath = sharedvfs.join(b'cache') |
|
508 | 508 | else: |
|
509 | 509 | storebasepath = hgvfs.base |
|
510 | 510 | cachepath = hgvfs.join(b'cache') |
|
511 | 511 | wcachepath = hgvfs.join(b'wcache') |
|
512 | 512 | |
|
513 | 513 | |
|
514 | 514 | # The store has changed over time and the exact layout is dictated by |
|
515 | 515 | # requirements. The store interface abstracts differences across all |
|
516 | 516 | # of them. |
|
517 | 517 | store = makestore(requirements, storebasepath, |
|
518 | 518 | lambda base: vfsmod.vfs(base, cacheaudited=True)) |
|
519 | 519 | hgvfs.createmode = store.createmode |
|
520 | 520 | |
|
521 | 521 | storevfs = store.vfs |
|
522 | 522 | storevfs.options = resolvestorevfsoptions(ui, requirements, features) |
|
523 | 523 | |
|
524 | 524 | # The cache vfs is used to manage cache files. |
|
525 | 525 | cachevfs = vfsmod.vfs(cachepath, cacheaudited=True) |
|
526 | 526 | cachevfs.createmode = store.createmode |
|
527 | 527 | # The cache vfs is used to manage cache files related to the working copy |
|
528 | 528 | wcachevfs = vfsmod.vfs(wcachepath, cacheaudited=True) |
|
529 | 529 | wcachevfs.createmode = store.createmode |
|
530 | 530 | |
|
531 | 531 | # Now resolve the type for the repository object. We do this by repeatedly |
|
532 | 532 | # calling a factory function to produces types for specific aspects of the |
|
533 | 533 | # repo's operation. The aggregate returned types are used as base classes |
|
534 | 534 | # for a dynamically-derived type, which will represent our new repository. |
|
535 | 535 | |
|
536 | 536 | bases = [] |
|
537 | 537 | extrastate = {} |
|
538 | 538 | |
|
539 | 539 | for iface, fn in REPO_INTERFACES: |
|
540 | 540 | # We pass all potentially useful state to give extensions tons of |
|
541 | 541 | # flexibility. |
|
542 | 542 | typ = fn()(ui=ui, |
|
543 | 543 | intents=intents, |
|
544 | 544 | requirements=requirements, |
|
545 | 545 | features=features, |
|
546 | 546 | wdirvfs=wdirvfs, |
|
547 | 547 | hgvfs=hgvfs, |
|
548 | 548 | store=store, |
|
549 | 549 | storevfs=storevfs, |
|
550 | 550 | storeoptions=storevfs.options, |
|
551 | 551 | cachevfs=cachevfs, |
|
552 | 552 | wcachevfs=wcachevfs, |
|
553 | 553 | extensionmodulenames=extensionmodulenames, |
|
554 | 554 | extrastate=extrastate, |
|
555 | 555 | baseclasses=bases) |
|
556 | 556 | |
|
557 | 557 | if not isinstance(typ, type): |
|
558 | 558 | raise error.ProgrammingError('unable to construct type for %s' % |
|
559 | 559 | iface) |
|
560 | 560 | |
|
561 | 561 | bases.append(typ) |
|
562 | 562 | |
|
563 | 563 | # type() allows you to use characters in type names that wouldn't be |
|
564 | 564 | # recognized as Python symbols in source code. We abuse that to add |
|
565 | 565 | # rich information about our constructed repo. |
|
566 | 566 | name = pycompat.sysstr(b'derivedrepo:%s<%s>' % ( |
|
567 | 567 | wdirvfs.base, |
|
568 | 568 | b','.join(sorted(requirements)))) |
|
569 | 569 | |
|
570 | 570 | cls = type(name, tuple(bases), {}) |
|
571 | 571 | |
|
572 | 572 | return cls( |
|
573 | 573 | baseui=baseui, |
|
574 | 574 | ui=ui, |
|
575 | 575 | origroot=path, |
|
576 | 576 | wdirvfs=wdirvfs, |
|
577 | 577 | hgvfs=hgvfs, |
|
578 | 578 | requirements=requirements, |
|
579 | 579 | supportedrequirements=supportedrequirements, |
|
580 | 580 | sharedpath=storebasepath, |
|
581 | 581 | store=store, |
|
582 | 582 | cachevfs=cachevfs, |
|
583 | 583 | wcachevfs=wcachevfs, |
|
584 | 584 | features=features, |
|
585 | 585 | intents=intents) |
|
586 | 586 | |
|
587 | 587 | def loadhgrc(ui, wdirvfs, hgvfs, requirements): |
|
588 | 588 | """Load hgrc files/content into a ui instance. |
|
589 | 589 | |
|
590 | 590 | This is called during repository opening to load any additional |
|
591 | 591 | config files or settings relevant to the current repository. |
|
592 | 592 | |
|
593 | 593 | Returns a bool indicating whether any additional configs were loaded. |
|
594 | 594 | |
|
595 | 595 | Extensions should monkeypatch this function to modify how per-repo |
|
596 | 596 | configs are loaded. For example, an extension may wish to pull in |
|
597 | 597 | configs from alternate files or sources. |
|
598 | 598 | """ |
|
599 | 599 | try: |
|
600 | 600 | ui.readconfig(hgvfs.join(b'hgrc'), root=wdirvfs.base) |
|
601 | 601 | return True |
|
602 | 602 | except IOError: |
|
603 | 603 | return False |
|
604 | 604 | |
|
605 | 605 | def afterhgrcload(ui, wdirvfs, hgvfs, requirements): |
|
606 | 606 | """Perform additional actions after .hg/hgrc is loaded. |
|
607 | 607 | |
|
608 | 608 | This function is called during repository loading immediately after |
|
609 | 609 | the .hg/hgrc file is loaded and before per-repo extensions are loaded. |
|
610 | 610 | |
|
611 | 611 | The function can be used to validate configs, automatically add |
|
612 | 612 | options (including extensions) based on requirements, etc. |
|
613 | 613 | """ |
|
614 | 614 | |
|
615 | 615 | # Map of requirements to list of extensions to load automatically when |
|
616 | 616 | # requirement is present. |
|
617 | 617 | autoextensions = { |
|
618 | 618 | b'largefiles': [b'largefiles'], |
|
619 | 619 | b'lfs': [b'lfs'], |
|
620 | 620 | } |
|
621 | 621 | |
|
622 | 622 | for requirement, names in sorted(autoextensions.items()): |
|
623 | 623 | if requirement not in requirements: |
|
624 | 624 | continue |
|
625 | 625 | |
|
626 | 626 | for name in names: |
|
627 | 627 | if not ui.hasconfig(b'extensions', name): |
|
628 | 628 | ui.setconfig(b'extensions', name, b'', source='autoload') |
|
629 | 629 | |
|
630 | 630 | def gathersupportedrequirements(ui): |
|
631 | 631 | """Determine the complete set of recognized requirements.""" |
|
632 | 632 | # Start with all requirements supported by this file. |
|
633 | 633 | supported = set(localrepository._basesupported) |
|
634 | 634 | |
|
635 | 635 | # Execute ``featuresetupfuncs`` entries if they belong to an extension |
|
636 | 636 | # relevant to this ui instance. |
|
637 | 637 | modules = {m.__name__ for n, m in extensions.extensions(ui)} |
|
638 | 638 | |
|
639 | 639 | for fn in featuresetupfuncs: |
|
640 | 640 | if fn.__module__ in modules: |
|
641 | 641 | fn(ui, supported) |
|
642 | 642 | |
|
643 | 643 | # Add derived requirements from registered compression engines. |
|
644 | 644 | for name in util.compengines: |
|
645 | 645 | engine = util.compengines[name] |
|
646 | 646 | if engine.revlogheader(): |
|
647 | 647 | supported.add(b'exp-compression-%s' % name) |
|
648 | 648 | |
|
649 | 649 | return supported |
|
650 | 650 | |
|
651 | 651 | def ensurerequirementsrecognized(requirements, supported): |
|
652 | 652 | """Validate that a set of local requirements is recognized. |
|
653 | 653 | |
|
654 | 654 | Receives a set of requirements. Raises an ``error.RepoError`` if there |
|
655 | 655 | exists any requirement in that set that currently loaded code doesn't |
|
656 | 656 | recognize. |
|
657 | 657 | |
|
658 | 658 | Returns a set of supported requirements. |
|
659 | 659 | """ |
|
660 | 660 | missing = set() |
|
661 | 661 | |
|
662 | 662 | for requirement in requirements: |
|
663 | 663 | if requirement in supported: |
|
664 | 664 | continue |
|
665 | 665 | |
|
666 | 666 | if not requirement or not requirement[0:1].isalnum(): |
|
667 | 667 | raise error.RequirementError(_(b'.hg/requires file is corrupt')) |
|
668 | 668 | |
|
669 | 669 | missing.add(requirement) |
|
670 | 670 | |
|
671 | 671 | if missing: |
|
672 | 672 | raise error.RequirementError( |
|
673 | 673 | _(b'repository requires features unknown to this Mercurial: %s') % |
|
674 | 674 | b' '.join(sorted(missing)), |
|
675 | 675 | hint=_(b'see https://mercurial-scm.org/wiki/MissingRequirement ' |
|
676 | 676 | b'for more information')) |
|
677 | 677 | |
|
678 | 678 | def ensurerequirementscompatible(ui, requirements): |
|
679 | 679 | """Validates that a set of recognized requirements is mutually compatible. |
|
680 | 680 | |
|
681 | 681 | Some requirements may not be compatible with others or require |
|
682 | 682 | config options that aren't enabled. This function is called during |
|
683 | 683 | repository opening to ensure that the set of requirements needed |
|
684 | 684 | to open a repository is sane and compatible with config options. |
|
685 | 685 | |
|
686 | 686 | Extensions can monkeypatch this function to perform additional |
|
687 | 687 | checking. |
|
688 | 688 | |
|
689 | 689 | ``error.RepoError`` should be raised on failure. |
|
690 | 690 | """ |
|
691 | 691 | if b'exp-sparse' in requirements and not sparse.enabled: |
|
692 | 692 | raise error.RepoError(_(b'repository is using sparse feature but ' |
|
693 | 693 | b'sparse is not enabled; enable the ' |
|
694 | 694 | b'"sparse" extensions to access')) |
|
695 | 695 | |
|
696 | 696 | def makestore(requirements, path, vfstype): |
|
697 | 697 | """Construct a storage object for a repository.""" |
|
698 | 698 | if b'store' in requirements: |
|
699 | 699 | if b'fncache' in requirements: |
|
700 | 700 | return storemod.fncachestore(path, vfstype, |
|
701 | 701 | b'dotencode' in requirements) |
|
702 | 702 | |
|
703 | 703 | return storemod.encodedstore(path, vfstype) |
|
704 | 704 | |
|
705 | 705 | return storemod.basicstore(path, vfstype) |
|
706 | 706 | |
|
707 | 707 | def resolvestorevfsoptions(ui, requirements, features): |
|
708 | 708 | """Resolve the options to pass to the store vfs opener. |
|
709 | 709 | |
|
710 | 710 | The returned dict is used to influence behavior of the storage layer. |
|
711 | 711 | """ |
|
712 | 712 | options = {} |
|
713 | 713 | |
|
714 | 714 | if b'treemanifest' in requirements: |
|
715 | 715 | options[b'treemanifest'] = True |
|
716 | 716 | |
|
717 | 717 | # experimental config: format.manifestcachesize |
|
718 | 718 | manifestcachesize = ui.configint(b'format', b'manifestcachesize') |
|
719 | 719 | if manifestcachesize is not None: |
|
720 | 720 | options[b'manifestcachesize'] = manifestcachesize |
|
721 | 721 | |
|
722 | 722 | # In the absence of another requirement superseding a revlog-related |
|
723 | 723 | # requirement, we have to assume the repo is using revlog version 0. |
|
724 | 724 | # This revlog format is super old and we don't bother trying to parse |
|
725 | 725 | # opener options for it because those options wouldn't do anything |
|
726 | 726 | # meaningful on such old repos. |
|
727 | 727 | if b'revlogv1' in requirements or REVLOGV2_REQUIREMENT in requirements: |
|
728 | 728 | options.update(resolverevlogstorevfsoptions(ui, requirements, features)) |
|
729 | 729 | |
|
730 | 730 | return options |
|
731 | 731 | |
|
732 | 732 | def resolverevlogstorevfsoptions(ui, requirements, features): |
|
733 | 733 | """Resolve opener options specific to revlogs.""" |
|
734 | 734 | |
|
735 | 735 | options = {} |
|
736 | 736 | options[b'flagprocessors'] = {} |
|
737 | 737 | |
|
738 | 738 | if b'revlogv1' in requirements: |
|
739 | 739 | options[b'revlogv1'] = True |
|
740 | 740 | if REVLOGV2_REQUIREMENT in requirements: |
|
741 | 741 | options[b'revlogv2'] = True |
|
742 | 742 | |
|
743 | 743 | if b'generaldelta' in requirements: |
|
744 | 744 | options[b'generaldelta'] = True |
|
745 | 745 | |
|
746 | 746 | # experimental config: format.chunkcachesize |
|
747 | 747 | chunkcachesize = ui.configint(b'format', b'chunkcachesize') |
|
748 | 748 | if chunkcachesize is not None: |
|
749 | 749 | options[b'chunkcachesize'] = chunkcachesize |
|
750 | 750 | |
|
751 | 751 | deltabothparents = ui.configbool(b'storage', |
|
752 | 752 | b'revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice') |
|
753 | 753 | options[b'deltabothparents'] = deltabothparents |
|
754 | 754 | |
|
755 |
lazydelta |
|
|
756 | b'revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent') | |
|
755 | lazydelta = ui.configbool(b'storage', b'revlog.reuse-external-delta') | |
|
756 | lazydeltabase = False | |
|
757 | if lazydelta: | |
|
758 | lazydeltabase = ui.configbool(b'storage', | |
|
759 | b'revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent') | |
|
757 | 760 | if lazydeltabase is None: |
|
758 | 761 | lazydeltabase = not scmutil.gddeltaconfig(ui) |
|
762 | options[b'lazydelta'] = lazydelta | |
|
759 | 763 | options[b'lazydeltabase'] = lazydeltabase |
|
760 | 764 | |
|
761 | 765 | chainspan = ui.configbytes(b'experimental', b'maxdeltachainspan') |
|
762 | 766 | if 0 <= chainspan: |
|
763 | 767 | options[b'maxdeltachainspan'] = chainspan |
|
764 | 768 | |
|
765 | 769 | mmapindexthreshold = ui.configbytes(b'experimental', |
|
766 | 770 | b'mmapindexthreshold') |
|
767 | 771 | if mmapindexthreshold is not None: |
|
768 | 772 | options[b'mmapindexthreshold'] = mmapindexthreshold |
|
769 | 773 | |
|
770 | 774 | withsparseread = ui.configbool(b'experimental', b'sparse-read') |
|
771 | 775 | srdensitythres = float(ui.config(b'experimental', |
|
772 | 776 | b'sparse-read.density-threshold')) |
|
773 | 777 | srmingapsize = ui.configbytes(b'experimental', |
|
774 | 778 | b'sparse-read.min-gap-size') |
|
775 | 779 | options[b'with-sparse-read'] = withsparseread |
|
776 | 780 | options[b'sparse-read-density-threshold'] = srdensitythres |
|
777 | 781 | options[b'sparse-read-min-gap-size'] = srmingapsize |
|
778 | 782 | |
|
779 | 783 | sparserevlog = SPARSEREVLOG_REQUIREMENT in requirements |
|
780 | 784 | options[b'sparse-revlog'] = sparserevlog |
|
781 | 785 | if sparserevlog: |
|
782 | 786 | options[b'generaldelta'] = True |
|
783 | 787 | |
|
784 | 788 | maxchainlen = None |
|
785 | 789 | if sparserevlog: |
|
786 | 790 | maxchainlen = revlogconst.SPARSE_REVLOG_MAX_CHAIN_LENGTH |
|
787 | 791 | # experimental config: format.maxchainlen |
|
788 | 792 | maxchainlen = ui.configint(b'format', b'maxchainlen', maxchainlen) |
|
789 | 793 | if maxchainlen is not None: |
|
790 | 794 | options[b'maxchainlen'] = maxchainlen |
|
791 | 795 | |
|
792 | 796 | for r in requirements: |
|
793 | 797 | if r.startswith(b'exp-compression-'): |
|
794 | 798 | options[b'compengine'] = r[len(b'exp-compression-'):] |
|
795 | 799 | |
|
796 | 800 | if repository.NARROW_REQUIREMENT in requirements: |
|
797 | 801 | options[b'enableellipsis'] = True |
|
798 | 802 | |
|
799 | 803 | return options |
|
800 | 804 | |
|
801 | 805 | def makemain(**kwargs): |
|
802 | 806 | """Produce a type conforming to ``ilocalrepositorymain``.""" |
|
803 | 807 | return localrepository |
|
804 | 808 | |
|
805 | 809 | @interfaceutil.implementer(repository.ilocalrepositoryfilestorage) |
|
806 | 810 | class revlogfilestorage(object): |
|
807 | 811 | """File storage when using revlogs.""" |
|
808 | 812 | |
|
809 | 813 | def file(self, path): |
|
810 | 814 | if path[0] == b'/': |
|
811 | 815 | path = path[1:] |
|
812 | 816 | |
|
813 | 817 | return filelog.filelog(self.svfs, path) |
|
814 | 818 | |
|
815 | 819 | @interfaceutil.implementer(repository.ilocalrepositoryfilestorage) |
|
816 | 820 | class revlognarrowfilestorage(object): |
|
817 | 821 | """File storage when using revlogs and narrow files.""" |
|
818 | 822 | |
|
819 | 823 | def file(self, path): |
|
820 | 824 | if path[0] == b'/': |
|
821 | 825 | path = path[1:] |
|
822 | 826 | |
|
823 | 827 | return filelog.narrowfilelog(self.svfs, path, self._storenarrowmatch) |
|
824 | 828 | |
|
825 | 829 | def makefilestorage(requirements, features, **kwargs): |
|
826 | 830 | """Produce a type conforming to ``ilocalrepositoryfilestorage``.""" |
|
827 | 831 | features.add(repository.REPO_FEATURE_REVLOG_FILE_STORAGE) |
|
828 | 832 | features.add(repository.REPO_FEATURE_STREAM_CLONE) |
|
829 | 833 | |
|
830 | 834 | if repository.NARROW_REQUIREMENT in requirements: |
|
831 | 835 | return revlognarrowfilestorage |
|
832 | 836 | else: |
|
833 | 837 | return revlogfilestorage |
|
834 | 838 | |
|
835 | 839 | # List of repository interfaces and factory functions for them. Each |
|
836 | 840 | # will be called in order during ``makelocalrepository()`` to iteratively |
|
837 | 841 | # derive the final type for a local repository instance. We capture the |
|
838 | 842 | # function as a lambda so we don't hold a reference and the module-level |
|
839 | 843 | # functions can be wrapped. |
|
840 | 844 | REPO_INTERFACES = [ |
|
841 | 845 | (repository.ilocalrepositorymain, lambda: makemain), |
|
842 | 846 | (repository.ilocalrepositoryfilestorage, lambda: makefilestorage), |
|
843 | 847 | ] |
|
844 | 848 | |
|
845 | 849 | @interfaceutil.implementer(repository.ilocalrepositorymain) |
|
846 | 850 | class localrepository(object): |
|
847 | 851 | """Main class for representing local repositories. |
|
848 | 852 | |
|
849 | 853 | All local repositories are instances of this class. |
|
850 | 854 | |
|
851 | 855 | Constructed on its own, instances of this class are not usable as |
|
852 | 856 | repository objects. To obtain a usable repository object, call |
|
853 | 857 | ``hg.repository()``, ``localrepo.instance()``, or |
|
854 | 858 | ``localrepo.makelocalrepository()``. The latter is the lowest-level. |
|
855 | 859 | ``instance()`` adds support for creating new repositories. |
|
856 | 860 | ``hg.repository()`` adds more extension integration, including calling |
|
857 | 861 | ``reposetup()``. Generally speaking, ``hg.repository()`` should be |
|
858 | 862 | used. |
|
859 | 863 | """ |
|
860 | 864 | |
|
861 | 865 | # obsolete experimental requirements: |
|
862 | 866 | # - manifestv2: An experimental new manifest format that allowed |
|
863 | 867 | # for stem compression of long paths. Experiment ended up not |
|
864 | 868 | # being successful (repository sizes went up due to worse delta |
|
865 | 869 | # chains), and the code was deleted in 4.6. |
|
866 | 870 | supportedformats = { |
|
867 | 871 | 'revlogv1', |
|
868 | 872 | 'generaldelta', |
|
869 | 873 | 'treemanifest', |
|
870 | 874 | REVLOGV2_REQUIREMENT, |
|
871 | 875 | SPARSEREVLOG_REQUIREMENT, |
|
872 | 876 | } |
|
873 | 877 | _basesupported = supportedformats | { |
|
874 | 878 | 'store', |
|
875 | 879 | 'fncache', |
|
876 | 880 | 'shared', |
|
877 | 881 | 'relshared', |
|
878 | 882 | 'dotencode', |
|
879 | 883 | 'exp-sparse', |
|
880 | 884 | 'internal-phase' |
|
881 | 885 | } |
|
882 | 886 | |
|
883 | 887 | # list of prefix for file which can be written without 'wlock' |
|
884 | 888 | # Extensions should extend this list when needed |
|
885 | 889 | _wlockfreeprefix = { |
|
886 | 890 | # We migh consider requiring 'wlock' for the next |
|
887 | 891 | # two, but pretty much all the existing code assume |
|
888 | 892 | # wlock is not needed so we keep them excluded for |
|
889 | 893 | # now. |
|
890 | 894 | 'hgrc', |
|
891 | 895 | 'requires', |
|
892 | 896 | # XXX cache is a complicatged business someone |
|
893 | 897 | # should investigate this in depth at some point |
|
894 | 898 | 'cache/', |
|
895 | 899 | # XXX shouldn't be dirstate covered by the wlock? |
|
896 | 900 | 'dirstate', |
|
897 | 901 | # XXX bisect was still a bit too messy at the time |
|
898 | 902 | # this changeset was introduced. Someone should fix |
|
899 | 903 | # the remainig bit and drop this line |
|
900 | 904 | 'bisect.state', |
|
901 | 905 | } |
|
902 | 906 | |
|
903 | 907 | def __init__(self, baseui, ui, origroot, wdirvfs, hgvfs, requirements, |
|
904 | 908 | supportedrequirements, sharedpath, store, cachevfs, wcachevfs, |
|
905 | 909 | features, intents=None): |
|
906 | 910 | """Create a new local repository instance. |
|
907 | 911 | |
|
908 | 912 | Most callers should use ``hg.repository()``, ``localrepo.instance()``, |
|
909 | 913 | or ``localrepo.makelocalrepository()`` for obtaining a new repository |
|
910 | 914 | object. |
|
911 | 915 | |
|
912 | 916 | Arguments: |
|
913 | 917 | |
|
914 | 918 | baseui |
|
915 | 919 | ``ui.ui`` instance that ``ui`` argument was based off of. |
|
916 | 920 | |
|
917 | 921 | ui |
|
918 | 922 | ``ui.ui`` instance for use by the repository. |
|
919 | 923 | |
|
920 | 924 | origroot |
|
921 | 925 | ``bytes`` path to working directory root of this repository. |
|
922 | 926 | |
|
923 | 927 | wdirvfs |
|
924 | 928 | ``vfs.vfs`` rooted at the working directory. |
|
925 | 929 | |
|
926 | 930 | hgvfs |
|
927 | 931 | ``vfs.vfs`` rooted at .hg/ |
|
928 | 932 | |
|
929 | 933 | requirements |
|
930 | 934 | ``set`` of bytestrings representing repository opening requirements. |
|
931 | 935 | |
|
932 | 936 | supportedrequirements |
|
933 | 937 | ``set`` of bytestrings representing repository requirements that we |
|
934 | 938 | know how to open. May be a supetset of ``requirements``. |
|
935 | 939 | |
|
936 | 940 | sharedpath |
|
937 | 941 | ``bytes`` Defining path to storage base directory. Points to a |
|
938 | 942 | ``.hg/`` directory somewhere. |
|
939 | 943 | |
|
940 | 944 | store |
|
941 | 945 | ``store.basicstore`` (or derived) instance providing access to |
|
942 | 946 | versioned storage. |
|
943 | 947 | |
|
944 | 948 | cachevfs |
|
945 | 949 | ``vfs.vfs`` used for cache files. |
|
946 | 950 | |
|
947 | 951 | wcachevfs |
|
948 | 952 | ``vfs.vfs`` used for cache files related to the working copy. |
|
949 | 953 | |
|
950 | 954 | features |
|
951 | 955 | ``set`` of bytestrings defining features/capabilities of this |
|
952 | 956 | instance. |
|
953 | 957 | |
|
954 | 958 | intents |
|
955 | 959 | ``set`` of system strings indicating what this repo will be used |
|
956 | 960 | for. |
|
957 | 961 | """ |
|
958 | 962 | self.baseui = baseui |
|
959 | 963 | self.ui = ui |
|
960 | 964 | self.origroot = origroot |
|
961 | 965 | # vfs rooted at working directory. |
|
962 | 966 | self.wvfs = wdirvfs |
|
963 | 967 | self.root = wdirvfs.base |
|
964 | 968 | # vfs rooted at .hg/. Used to access most non-store paths. |
|
965 | 969 | self.vfs = hgvfs |
|
966 | 970 | self.path = hgvfs.base |
|
967 | 971 | self.requirements = requirements |
|
968 | 972 | self.supported = supportedrequirements |
|
969 | 973 | self.sharedpath = sharedpath |
|
970 | 974 | self.store = store |
|
971 | 975 | self.cachevfs = cachevfs |
|
972 | 976 | self.wcachevfs = wcachevfs |
|
973 | 977 | self.features = features |
|
974 | 978 | |
|
975 | 979 | self.filtername = None |
|
976 | 980 | |
|
977 | 981 | if (self.ui.configbool('devel', 'all-warnings') or |
|
978 | 982 | self.ui.configbool('devel', 'check-locks')): |
|
979 | 983 | self.vfs.audit = self._getvfsward(self.vfs.audit) |
|
980 | 984 | # A list of callback to shape the phase if no data were found. |
|
981 | 985 | # Callback are in the form: func(repo, roots) --> processed root. |
|
982 | 986 | # This list it to be filled by extension during repo setup |
|
983 | 987 | self._phasedefaults = [] |
|
984 | 988 | |
|
985 | 989 | color.setup(self.ui) |
|
986 | 990 | |
|
987 | 991 | self.spath = self.store.path |
|
988 | 992 | self.svfs = self.store.vfs |
|
989 | 993 | self.sjoin = self.store.join |
|
990 | 994 | if (self.ui.configbool('devel', 'all-warnings') or |
|
991 | 995 | self.ui.configbool('devel', 'check-locks')): |
|
992 | 996 | if util.safehasattr(self.svfs, 'vfs'): # this is filtervfs |
|
993 | 997 | self.svfs.vfs.audit = self._getsvfsward(self.svfs.vfs.audit) |
|
994 | 998 | else: # standard vfs |
|
995 | 999 | self.svfs.audit = self._getsvfsward(self.svfs.audit) |
|
996 | 1000 | |
|
997 | 1001 | self._dirstatevalidatewarned = False |
|
998 | 1002 | |
|
999 | 1003 | self._branchcaches = branchmap.BranchMapCache() |
|
1000 | 1004 | self._revbranchcache = None |
|
1001 | 1005 | self._filterpats = {} |
|
1002 | 1006 | self._datafilters = {} |
|
1003 | 1007 | self._transref = self._lockref = self._wlockref = None |
|
1004 | 1008 | |
|
1005 | 1009 | # A cache for various files under .hg/ that tracks file changes, |
|
1006 | 1010 | # (used by the filecache decorator) |
|
1007 | 1011 | # |
|
1008 | 1012 | # Maps a property name to its util.filecacheentry |
|
1009 | 1013 | self._filecache = {} |
|
1010 | 1014 | |
|
1011 | 1015 | # hold sets of revision to be filtered |
|
1012 | 1016 | # should be cleared when something might have changed the filter value: |
|
1013 | 1017 | # - new changesets, |
|
1014 | 1018 | # - phase change, |
|
1015 | 1019 | # - new obsolescence marker, |
|
1016 | 1020 | # - working directory parent change, |
|
1017 | 1021 | # - bookmark changes |
|
1018 | 1022 | self.filteredrevcache = {} |
|
1019 | 1023 | |
|
1020 | 1024 | # post-dirstate-status hooks |
|
1021 | 1025 | self._postdsstatus = [] |
|
1022 | 1026 | |
|
1023 | 1027 | # generic mapping between names and nodes |
|
1024 | 1028 | self.names = namespaces.namespaces() |
|
1025 | 1029 | |
|
1026 | 1030 | # Key to signature value. |
|
1027 | 1031 | self._sparsesignaturecache = {} |
|
1028 | 1032 | # Signature to cached matcher instance. |
|
1029 | 1033 | self._sparsematchercache = {} |
|
1030 | 1034 | |
|
1031 | 1035 | def _getvfsward(self, origfunc): |
|
1032 | 1036 | """build a ward for self.vfs""" |
|
1033 | 1037 | rref = weakref.ref(self) |
|
1034 | 1038 | def checkvfs(path, mode=None): |
|
1035 | 1039 | ret = origfunc(path, mode=mode) |
|
1036 | 1040 | repo = rref() |
|
1037 | 1041 | if (repo is None |
|
1038 | 1042 | or not util.safehasattr(repo, '_wlockref') |
|
1039 | 1043 | or not util.safehasattr(repo, '_lockref')): |
|
1040 | 1044 | return |
|
1041 | 1045 | if mode in (None, 'r', 'rb'): |
|
1042 | 1046 | return |
|
1043 | 1047 | if path.startswith(repo.path): |
|
1044 | 1048 | # truncate name relative to the repository (.hg) |
|
1045 | 1049 | path = path[len(repo.path) + 1:] |
|
1046 | 1050 | if path.startswith('cache/'): |
|
1047 | 1051 | msg = 'accessing cache with vfs instead of cachevfs: "%s"' |
|
1048 | 1052 | repo.ui.develwarn(msg % path, stacklevel=3, config="cache-vfs") |
|
1049 | 1053 | if path.startswith('journal.') or path.startswith('undo.'): |
|
1050 | 1054 | # journal is covered by 'lock' |
|
1051 | 1055 | if repo._currentlock(repo._lockref) is None: |
|
1052 | 1056 | repo.ui.develwarn('write with no lock: "%s"' % path, |
|
1053 | 1057 | stacklevel=3, config='check-locks') |
|
1054 | 1058 | elif repo._currentlock(repo._wlockref) is None: |
|
1055 | 1059 | # rest of vfs files are covered by 'wlock' |
|
1056 | 1060 | # |
|
1057 | 1061 | # exclude special files |
|
1058 | 1062 | for prefix in self._wlockfreeprefix: |
|
1059 | 1063 | if path.startswith(prefix): |
|
1060 | 1064 | return |
|
1061 | 1065 | repo.ui.develwarn('write with no wlock: "%s"' % path, |
|
1062 | 1066 | stacklevel=3, config='check-locks') |
|
1063 | 1067 | return ret |
|
1064 | 1068 | return checkvfs |
|
1065 | 1069 | |
|
1066 | 1070 | def _getsvfsward(self, origfunc): |
|
1067 | 1071 | """build a ward for self.svfs""" |
|
1068 | 1072 | rref = weakref.ref(self) |
|
1069 | 1073 | def checksvfs(path, mode=None): |
|
1070 | 1074 | ret = origfunc(path, mode=mode) |
|
1071 | 1075 | repo = rref() |
|
1072 | 1076 | if repo is None or not util.safehasattr(repo, '_lockref'): |
|
1073 | 1077 | return |
|
1074 | 1078 | if mode in (None, 'r', 'rb'): |
|
1075 | 1079 | return |
|
1076 | 1080 | if path.startswith(repo.sharedpath): |
|
1077 | 1081 | # truncate name relative to the repository (.hg) |
|
1078 | 1082 | path = path[len(repo.sharedpath) + 1:] |
|
1079 | 1083 | if repo._currentlock(repo._lockref) is None: |
|
1080 | 1084 | repo.ui.develwarn('write with no lock: "%s"' % path, |
|
1081 | 1085 | stacklevel=4) |
|
1082 | 1086 | return ret |
|
1083 | 1087 | return checksvfs |
|
1084 | 1088 | |
|
1085 | 1089 | def close(self): |
|
1086 | 1090 | self._writecaches() |
|
1087 | 1091 | |
|
1088 | 1092 | def _writecaches(self): |
|
1089 | 1093 | if self._revbranchcache: |
|
1090 | 1094 | self._revbranchcache.write() |
|
1091 | 1095 | |
|
1092 | 1096 | def _restrictcapabilities(self, caps): |
|
1093 | 1097 | if self.ui.configbool('experimental', 'bundle2-advertise'): |
|
1094 | 1098 | caps = set(caps) |
|
1095 | 1099 | capsblob = bundle2.encodecaps(bundle2.getrepocaps(self, |
|
1096 | 1100 | role='client')) |
|
1097 | 1101 | caps.add('bundle2=' + urlreq.quote(capsblob)) |
|
1098 | 1102 | return caps |
|
1099 | 1103 | |
|
1100 | 1104 | def _writerequirements(self): |
|
1101 | 1105 | scmutil.writerequires(self.vfs, self.requirements) |
|
1102 | 1106 | |
|
1103 | 1107 | # Don't cache auditor/nofsauditor, or you'll end up with reference cycle: |
|
1104 | 1108 | # self -> auditor -> self._checknested -> self |
|
1105 | 1109 | |
|
1106 | 1110 | @property |
|
1107 | 1111 | def auditor(self): |
|
1108 | 1112 | # This is only used by context.workingctx.match in order to |
|
1109 | 1113 | # detect files in subrepos. |
|
1110 | 1114 | return pathutil.pathauditor(self.root, callback=self._checknested) |
|
1111 | 1115 | |
|
1112 | 1116 | @property |
|
1113 | 1117 | def nofsauditor(self): |
|
1114 | 1118 | # This is only used by context.basectx.match in order to detect |
|
1115 | 1119 | # files in subrepos. |
|
1116 | 1120 | return pathutil.pathauditor(self.root, callback=self._checknested, |
|
1117 | 1121 | realfs=False, cached=True) |
|
1118 | 1122 | |
|
1119 | 1123 | def _checknested(self, path): |
|
1120 | 1124 | """Determine if path is a legal nested repository.""" |
|
1121 | 1125 | if not path.startswith(self.root): |
|
1122 | 1126 | return False |
|
1123 | 1127 | subpath = path[len(self.root) + 1:] |
|
1124 | 1128 | normsubpath = util.pconvert(subpath) |
|
1125 | 1129 | |
|
1126 | 1130 | # XXX: Checking against the current working copy is wrong in |
|
1127 | 1131 | # the sense that it can reject things like |
|
1128 | 1132 | # |
|
1129 | 1133 | # $ hg cat -r 10 sub/x.txt |
|
1130 | 1134 | # |
|
1131 | 1135 | # if sub/ is no longer a subrepository in the working copy |
|
1132 | 1136 | # parent revision. |
|
1133 | 1137 | # |
|
1134 | 1138 | # However, it can of course also allow things that would have |
|
1135 | 1139 | # been rejected before, such as the above cat command if sub/ |
|
1136 | 1140 | # is a subrepository now, but was a normal directory before. |
|
1137 | 1141 | # The old path auditor would have rejected by mistake since it |
|
1138 | 1142 | # panics when it sees sub/.hg/. |
|
1139 | 1143 | # |
|
1140 | 1144 | # All in all, checking against the working copy seems sensible |
|
1141 | 1145 | # since we want to prevent access to nested repositories on |
|
1142 | 1146 | # the filesystem *now*. |
|
1143 | 1147 | ctx = self[None] |
|
1144 | 1148 | parts = util.splitpath(subpath) |
|
1145 | 1149 | while parts: |
|
1146 | 1150 | prefix = '/'.join(parts) |
|
1147 | 1151 | if prefix in ctx.substate: |
|
1148 | 1152 | if prefix == normsubpath: |
|
1149 | 1153 | return True |
|
1150 | 1154 | else: |
|
1151 | 1155 | sub = ctx.sub(prefix) |
|
1152 | 1156 | return sub.checknested(subpath[len(prefix) + 1:]) |
|
1153 | 1157 | else: |
|
1154 | 1158 | parts.pop() |
|
1155 | 1159 | return False |
|
1156 | 1160 | |
|
1157 | 1161 | def peer(self): |
|
1158 | 1162 | return localpeer(self) # not cached to avoid reference cycle |
|
1159 | 1163 | |
|
1160 | 1164 | def unfiltered(self): |
|
1161 | 1165 | """Return unfiltered version of the repository |
|
1162 | 1166 | |
|
1163 | 1167 | Intended to be overwritten by filtered repo.""" |
|
1164 | 1168 | return self |
|
1165 | 1169 | |
|
1166 | 1170 | def filtered(self, name, visibilityexceptions=None): |
|
1167 | 1171 | """Return a filtered version of a repository""" |
|
1168 | 1172 | cls = repoview.newtype(self.unfiltered().__class__) |
|
1169 | 1173 | return cls(self, name, visibilityexceptions) |
|
1170 | 1174 | |
|
1171 | 1175 | @repofilecache('bookmarks', 'bookmarks.current') |
|
1172 | 1176 | def _bookmarks(self): |
|
1173 | 1177 | return bookmarks.bmstore(self) |
|
1174 | 1178 | |
|
1175 | 1179 | @property |
|
1176 | 1180 | def _activebookmark(self): |
|
1177 | 1181 | return self._bookmarks.active |
|
1178 | 1182 | |
|
1179 | 1183 | # _phasesets depend on changelog. what we need is to call |
|
1180 | 1184 | # _phasecache.invalidate() if '00changelog.i' was changed, but it |
|
1181 | 1185 | # can't be easily expressed in filecache mechanism. |
|
1182 | 1186 | @storecache('phaseroots', '00changelog.i') |
|
1183 | 1187 | def _phasecache(self): |
|
1184 | 1188 | return phases.phasecache(self, self._phasedefaults) |
|
1185 | 1189 | |
|
1186 | 1190 | @storecache('obsstore') |
|
1187 | 1191 | def obsstore(self): |
|
1188 | 1192 | return obsolete.makestore(self.ui, self) |
|
1189 | 1193 | |
|
1190 | 1194 | @storecache('00changelog.i') |
|
1191 | 1195 | def changelog(self): |
|
1192 | 1196 | return changelog.changelog(self.svfs, |
|
1193 | 1197 | trypending=txnutil.mayhavepending(self.root)) |
|
1194 | 1198 | |
|
1195 | 1199 | @storecache('00manifest.i') |
|
1196 | 1200 | def manifestlog(self): |
|
1197 | 1201 | rootstore = manifest.manifestrevlog(self.svfs) |
|
1198 | 1202 | return manifest.manifestlog(self.svfs, self, rootstore, |
|
1199 | 1203 | self._storenarrowmatch) |
|
1200 | 1204 | |
|
1201 | 1205 | @repofilecache('dirstate') |
|
1202 | 1206 | def dirstate(self): |
|
1203 | 1207 | return self._makedirstate() |
|
1204 | 1208 | |
|
1205 | 1209 | def _makedirstate(self): |
|
1206 | 1210 | """Extension point for wrapping the dirstate per-repo.""" |
|
1207 | 1211 | sparsematchfn = lambda: sparse.matcher(self) |
|
1208 | 1212 | |
|
1209 | 1213 | return dirstate.dirstate(self.vfs, self.ui, self.root, |
|
1210 | 1214 | self._dirstatevalidate, sparsematchfn) |
|
1211 | 1215 | |
|
1212 | 1216 | def _dirstatevalidate(self, node): |
|
1213 | 1217 | try: |
|
1214 | 1218 | self.changelog.rev(node) |
|
1215 | 1219 | return node |
|
1216 | 1220 | except error.LookupError: |
|
1217 | 1221 | if not self._dirstatevalidatewarned: |
|
1218 | 1222 | self._dirstatevalidatewarned = True |
|
1219 | 1223 | self.ui.warn(_("warning: ignoring unknown" |
|
1220 | 1224 | " working parent %s!\n") % short(node)) |
|
1221 | 1225 | return nullid |
|
1222 | 1226 | |
|
1223 | 1227 | @storecache(narrowspec.FILENAME) |
|
1224 | 1228 | def narrowpats(self): |
|
1225 | 1229 | """matcher patterns for this repository's narrowspec |
|
1226 | 1230 | |
|
1227 | 1231 | A tuple of (includes, excludes). |
|
1228 | 1232 | """ |
|
1229 | 1233 | return narrowspec.load(self) |
|
1230 | 1234 | |
|
1231 | 1235 | @storecache(narrowspec.FILENAME) |
|
1232 | 1236 | def _storenarrowmatch(self): |
|
1233 | 1237 | if repository.NARROW_REQUIREMENT not in self.requirements: |
|
1234 | 1238 | return matchmod.always() |
|
1235 | 1239 | include, exclude = self.narrowpats |
|
1236 | 1240 | return narrowspec.match(self.root, include=include, exclude=exclude) |
|
1237 | 1241 | |
|
1238 | 1242 | @storecache(narrowspec.FILENAME) |
|
1239 | 1243 | def _narrowmatch(self): |
|
1240 | 1244 | if repository.NARROW_REQUIREMENT not in self.requirements: |
|
1241 | 1245 | return matchmod.always() |
|
1242 | 1246 | narrowspec.checkworkingcopynarrowspec(self) |
|
1243 | 1247 | include, exclude = self.narrowpats |
|
1244 | 1248 | return narrowspec.match(self.root, include=include, exclude=exclude) |
|
1245 | 1249 | |
|
1246 | 1250 | def narrowmatch(self, match=None, includeexact=False): |
|
1247 | 1251 | """matcher corresponding the the repo's narrowspec |
|
1248 | 1252 | |
|
1249 | 1253 | If `match` is given, then that will be intersected with the narrow |
|
1250 | 1254 | matcher. |
|
1251 | 1255 | |
|
1252 | 1256 | If `includeexact` is True, then any exact matches from `match` will |
|
1253 | 1257 | be included even if they're outside the narrowspec. |
|
1254 | 1258 | """ |
|
1255 | 1259 | if match: |
|
1256 | 1260 | if includeexact and not self._narrowmatch.always(): |
|
1257 | 1261 | # do not exclude explicitly-specified paths so that they can |
|
1258 | 1262 | # be warned later on |
|
1259 | 1263 | em = matchmod.exact(match.files()) |
|
1260 | 1264 | nm = matchmod.unionmatcher([self._narrowmatch, em]) |
|
1261 | 1265 | return matchmod.intersectmatchers(match, nm) |
|
1262 | 1266 | return matchmod.intersectmatchers(match, self._narrowmatch) |
|
1263 | 1267 | return self._narrowmatch |
|
1264 | 1268 | |
|
1265 | 1269 | def setnarrowpats(self, newincludes, newexcludes): |
|
1266 | 1270 | narrowspec.save(self, newincludes, newexcludes) |
|
1267 | 1271 | self.invalidate(clearfilecache=True) |
|
1268 | 1272 | |
|
1269 | 1273 | def __getitem__(self, changeid): |
|
1270 | 1274 | if changeid is None: |
|
1271 | 1275 | return context.workingctx(self) |
|
1272 | 1276 | if isinstance(changeid, context.basectx): |
|
1273 | 1277 | return changeid |
|
1274 | 1278 | if isinstance(changeid, slice): |
|
1275 | 1279 | # wdirrev isn't contiguous so the slice shouldn't include it |
|
1276 | 1280 | return [self[i] |
|
1277 | 1281 | for i in pycompat.xrange(*changeid.indices(len(self))) |
|
1278 | 1282 | if i not in self.changelog.filteredrevs] |
|
1279 | 1283 | try: |
|
1280 | 1284 | if isinstance(changeid, int): |
|
1281 | 1285 | node = self.changelog.node(changeid) |
|
1282 | 1286 | rev = changeid |
|
1283 | 1287 | elif changeid == 'null': |
|
1284 | 1288 | node = nullid |
|
1285 | 1289 | rev = nullrev |
|
1286 | 1290 | elif changeid == 'tip': |
|
1287 | 1291 | node = self.changelog.tip() |
|
1288 | 1292 | rev = self.changelog.rev(node) |
|
1289 | 1293 | elif changeid == '.': |
|
1290 | 1294 | # this is a hack to delay/avoid loading obsmarkers |
|
1291 | 1295 | # when we know that '.' won't be hidden |
|
1292 | 1296 | node = self.dirstate.p1() |
|
1293 | 1297 | rev = self.unfiltered().changelog.rev(node) |
|
1294 | 1298 | elif len(changeid) == 20: |
|
1295 | 1299 | try: |
|
1296 | 1300 | node = changeid |
|
1297 | 1301 | rev = self.changelog.rev(changeid) |
|
1298 | 1302 | except error.FilteredLookupError: |
|
1299 | 1303 | changeid = hex(changeid) # for the error message |
|
1300 | 1304 | raise |
|
1301 | 1305 | except LookupError: |
|
1302 | 1306 | # check if it might have come from damaged dirstate |
|
1303 | 1307 | # |
|
1304 | 1308 | # XXX we could avoid the unfiltered if we had a recognizable |
|
1305 | 1309 | # exception for filtered changeset access |
|
1306 | 1310 | if (self.local() |
|
1307 | 1311 | and changeid in self.unfiltered().dirstate.parents()): |
|
1308 | 1312 | msg = _("working directory has unknown parent '%s'!") |
|
1309 | 1313 | raise error.Abort(msg % short(changeid)) |
|
1310 | 1314 | changeid = hex(changeid) # for the error message |
|
1311 | 1315 | raise |
|
1312 | 1316 | |
|
1313 | 1317 | elif len(changeid) == 40: |
|
1314 | 1318 | node = bin(changeid) |
|
1315 | 1319 | rev = self.changelog.rev(node) |
|
1316 | 1320 | else: |
|
1317 | 1321 | raise error.ProgrammingError( |
|
1318 | 1322 | "unsupported changeid '%s' of type %s" % |
|
1319 | 1323 | (changeid, type(changeid))) |
|
1320 | 1324 | |
|
1321 | 1325 | return context.changectx(self, rev, node) |
|
1322 | 1326 | |
|
1323 | 1327 | except (error.FilteredIndexError, error.FilteredLookupError): |
|
1324 | 1328 | raise error.FilteredRepoLookupError(_("filtered revision '%s'") |
|
1325 | 1329 | % pycompat.bytestr(changeid)) |
|
1326 | 1330 | except (IndexError, LookupError): |
|
1327 | 1331 | raise error.RepoLookupError( |
|
1328 | 1332 | _("unknown revision '%s'") % pycompat.bytestr(changeid)) |
|
1329 | 1333 | except error.WdirUnsupported: |
|
1330 | 1334 | return context.workingctx(self) |
|
1331 | 1335 | |
|
1332 | 1336 | def __contains__(self, changeid): |
|
1333 | 1337 | """True if the given changeid exists |
|
1334 | 1338 | |
|
1335 | 1339 | error.AmbiguousPrefixLookupError is raised if an ambiguous node |
|
1336 | 1340 | specified. |
|
1337 | 1341 | """ |
|
1338 | 1342 | try: |
|
1339 | 1343 | self[changeid] |
|
1340 | 1344 | return True |
|
1341 | 1345 | except error.RepoLookupError: |
|
1342 | 1346 | return False |
|
1343 | 1347 | |
|
1344 | 1348 | def __nonzero__(self): |
|
1345 | 1349 | return True |
|
1346 | 1350 | |
|
1347 | 1351 | __bool__ = __nonzero__ |
|
1348 | 1352 | |
|
1349 | 1353 | def __len__(self): |
|
1350 | 1354 | # no need to pay the cost of repoview.changelog |
|
1351 | 1355 | unfi = self.unfiltered() |
|
1352 | 1356 | return len(unfi.changelog) |
|
1353 | 1357 | |
|
1354 | 1358 | def __iter__(self): |
|
1355 | 1359 | return iter(self.changelog) |
|
1356 | 1360 | |
|
1357 | 1361 | def revs(self, expr, *args): |
|
1358 | 1362 | '''Find revisions matching a revset. |
|
1359 | 1363 | |
|
1360 | 1364 | The revset is specified as a string ``expr`` that may contain |
|
1361 | 1365 | %-formatting to escape certain types. See ``revsetlang.formatspec``. |
|
1362 | 1366 | |
|
1363 | 1367 | Revset aliases from the configuration are not expanded. To expand |
|
1364 | 1368 | user aliases, consider calling ``scmutil.revrange()`` or |
|
1365 | 1369 | ``repo.anyrevs([expr], user=True)``. |
|
1366 | 1370 | |
|
1367 | 1371 | Returns a revset.abstractsmartset, which is a list-like interface |
|
1368 | 1372 | that contains integer revisions. |
|
1369 | 1373 | ''' |
|
1370 | 1374 | tree = revsetlang.spectree(expr, *args) |
|
1371 | 1375 | return revset.makematcher(tree)(self) |
|
1372 | 1376 | |
|
1373 | 1377 | def set(self, expr, *args): |
|
1374 | 1378 | '''Find revisions matching a revset and emit changectx instances. |
|
1375 | 1379 | |
|
1376 | 1380 | This is a convenience wrapper around ``revs()`` that iterates the |
|
1377 | 1381 | result and is a generator of changectx instances. |
|
1378 | 1382 | |
|
1379 | 1383 | Revset aliases from the configuration are not expanded. To expand |
|
1380 | 1384 | user aliases, consider calling ``scmutil.revrange()``. |
|
1381 | 1385 | ''' |
|
1382 | 1386 | for r in self.revs(expr, *args): |
|
1383 | 1387 | yield self[r] |
|
1384 | 1388 | |
|
1385 | 1389 | def anyrevs(self, specs, user=False, localalias=None): |
|
1386 | 1390 | '''Find revisions matching one of the given revsets. |
|
1387 | 1391 | |
|
1388 | 1392 | Revset aliases from the configuration are not expanded by default. To |
|
1389 | 1393 | expand user aliases, specify ``user=True``. To provide some local |
|
1390 | 1394 | definitions overriding user aliases, set ``localalias`` to |
|
1391 | 1395 | ``{name: definitionstring}``. |
|
1392 | 1396 | ''' |
|
1393 | 1397 | if user: |
|
1394 | 1398 | m = revset.matchany(self.ui, specs, |
|
1395 | 1399 | lookup=revset.lookupfn(self), |
|
1396 | 1400 | localalias=localalias) |
|
1397 | 1401 | else: |
|
1398 | 1402 | m = revset.matchany(None, specs, localalias=localalias) |
|
1399 | 1403 | return m(self) |
|
1400 | 1404 | |
|
1401 | 1405 | def url(self): |
|
1402 | 1406 | return 'file:' + self.root |
|
1403 | 1407 | |
|
1404 | 1408 | def hook(self, name, throw=False, **args): |
|
1405 | 1409 | """Call a hook, passing this repo instance. |
|
1406 | 1410 | |
|
1407 | 1411 | This a convenience method to aid invoking hooks. Extensions likely |
|
1408 | 1412 | won't call this unless they have registered a custom hook or are |
|
1409 | 1413 | replacing code that is expected to call a hook. |
|
1410 | 1414 | """ |
|
1411 | 1415 | return hook.hook(self.ui, self, name, throw, **args) |
|
1412 | 1416 | |
|
1413 | 1417 | @filteredpropertycache |
|
1414 | 1418 | def _tagscache(self): |
|
1415 | 1419 | '''Returns a tagscache object that contains various tags related |
|
1416 | 1420 | caches.''' |
|
1417 | 1421 | |
|
1418 | 1422 | # This simplifies its cache management by having one decorated |
|
1419 | 1423 | # function (this one) and the rest simply fetch things from it. |
|
1420 | 1424 | class tagscache(object): |
|
1421 | 1425 | def __init__(self): |
|
1422 | 1426 | # These two define the set of tags for this repository. tags |
|
1423 | 1427 | # maps tag name to node; tagtypes maps tag name to 'global' or |
|
1424 | 1428 | # 'local'. (Global tags are defined by .hgtags across all |
|
1425 | 1429 | # heads, and local tags are defined in .hg/localtags.) |
|
1426 | 1430 | # They constitute the in-memory cache of tags. |
|
1427 | 1431 | self.tags = self.tagtypes = None |
|
1428 | 1432 | |
|
1429 | 1433 | self.nodetagscache = self.tagslist = None |
|
1430 | 1434 | |
|
1431 | 1435 | cache = tagscache() |
|
1432 | 1436 | cache.tags, cache.tagtypes = self._findtags() |
|
1433 | 1437 | |
|
1434 | 1438 | return cache |
|
1435 | 1439 | |
|
1436 | 1440 | def tags(self): |
|
1437 | 1441 | '''return a mapping of tag to node''' |
|
1438 | 1442 | t = {} |
|
1439 | 1443 | if self.changelog.filteredrevs: |
|
1440 | 1444 | tags, tt = self._findtags() |
|
1441 | 1445 | else: |
|
1442 | 1446 | tags = self._tagscache.tags |
|
1443 | 1447 | rev = self.changelog.rev |
|
1444 | 1448 | for k, v in tags.iteritems(): |
|
1445 | 1449 | try: |
|
1446 | 1450 | # ignore tags to unknown nodes |
|
1447 | 1451 | rev(v) |
|
1448 | 1452 | t[k] = v |
|
1449 | 1453 | except (error.LookupError, ValueError): |
|
1450 | 1454 | pass |
|
1451 | 1455 | return t |
|
1452 | 1456 | |
|
1453 | 1457 | def _findtags(self): |
|
1454 | 1458 | '''Do the hard work of finding tags. Return a pair of dicts |
|
1455 | 1459 | (tags, tagtypes) where tags maps tag name to node, and tagtypes |
|
1456 | 1460 | maps tag name to a string like \'global\' or \'local\'. |
|
1457 | 1461 | Subclasses or extensions are free to add their own tags, but |
|
1458 | 1462 | should be aware that the returned dicts will be retained for the |
|
1459 | 1463 | duration of the localrepo object.''' |
|
1460 | 1464 | |
|
1461 | 1465 | # XXX what tagtype should subclasses/extensions use? Currently |
|
1462 | 1466 | # mq and bookmarks add tags, but do not set the tagtype at all. |
|
1463 | 1467 | # Should each extension invent its own tag type? Should there |
|
1464 | 1468 | # be one tagtype for all such "virtual" tags? Or is the status |
|
1465 | 1469 | # quo fine? |
|
1466 | 1470 | |
|
1467 | 1471 | |
|
1468 | 1472 | # map tag name to (node, hist) |
|
1469 | 1473 | alltags = tagsmod.findglobaltags(self.ui, self) |
|
1470 | 1474 | # map tag name to tag type |
|
1471 | 1475 | tagtypes = dict((tag, 'global') for tag in alltags) |
|
1472 | 1476 | |
|
1473 | 1477 | tagsmod.readlocaltags(self.ui, self, alltags, tagtypes) |
|
1474 | 1478 | |
|
1475 | 1479 | # Build the return dicts. Have to re-encode tag names because |
|
1476 | 1480 | # the tags module always uses UTF-8 (in order not to lose info |
|
1477 | 1481 | # writing to the cache), but the rest of Mercurial wants them in |
|
1478 | 1482 | # local encoding. |
|
1479 | 1483 | tags = {} |
|
1480 | 1484 | for (name, (node, hist)) in alltags.iteritems(): |
|
1481 | 1485 | if node != nullid: |
|
1482 | 1486 | tags[encoding.tolocal(name)] = node |
|
1483 | 1487 | tags['tip'] = self.changelog.tip() |
|
1484 | 1488 | tagtypes = dict([(encoding.tolocal(name), value) |
|
1485 | 1489 | for (name, value) in tagtypes.iteritems()]) |
|
1486 | 1490 | return (tags, tagtypes) |
|
1487 | 1491 | |
|
1488 | 1492 | def tagtype(self, tagname): |
|
1489 | 1493 | ''' |
|
1490 | 1494 | return the type of the given tag. result can be: |
|
1491 | 1495 | |
|
1492 | 1496 | 'local' : a local tag |
|
1493 | 1497 | 'global' : a global tag |
|
1494 | 1498 | None : tag does not exist |
|
1495 | 1499 | ''' |
|
1496 | 1500 | |
|
1497 | 1501 | return self._tagscache.tagtypes.get(tagname) |
|
1498 | 1502 | |
|
1499 | 1503 | def tagslist(self): |
|
1500 | 1504 | '''return a list of tags ordered by revision''' |
|
1501 | 1505 | if not self._tagscache.tagslist: |
|
1502 | 1506 | l = [] |
|
1503 | 1507 | for t, n in self.tags().iteritems(): |
|
1504 | 1508 | l.append((self.changelog.rev(n), t, n)) |
|
1505 | 1509 | self._tagscache.tagslist = [(t, n) for r, t, n in sorted(l)] |
|
1506 | 1510 | |
|
1507 | 1511 | return self._tagscache.tagslist |
|
1508 | 1512 | |
|
1509 | 1513 | def nodetags(self, node): |
|
1510 | 1514 | '''return the tags associated with a node''' |
|
1511 | 1515 | if not self._tagscache.nodetagscache: |
|
1512 | 1516 | nodetagscache = {} |
|
1513 | 1517 | for t, n in self._tagscache.tags.iteritems(): |
|
1514 | 1518 | nodetagscache.setdefault(n, []).append(t) |
|
1515 | 1519 | for tags in nodetagscache.itervalues(): |
|
1516 | 1520 | tags.sort() |
|
1517 | 1521 | self._tagscache.nodetagscache = nodetagscache |
|
1518 | 1522 | return self._tagscache.nodetagscache.get(node, []) |
|
1519 | 1523 | |
|
1520 | 1524 | def nodebookmarks(self, node): |
|
1521 | 1525 | """return the list of bookmarks pointing to the specified node""" |
|
1522 | 1526 | return self._bookmarks.names(node) |
|
1523 | 1527 | |
|
1524 | 1528 | def branchmap(self): |
|
1525 | 1529 | '''returns a dictionary {branch: [branchheads]} with branchheads |
|
1526 | 1530 | ordered by increasing revision number''' |
|
1527 | 1531 | return self._branchcaches[self] |
|
1528 | 1532 | |
|
1529 | 1533 | @unfilteredmethod |
|
1530 | 1534 | def revbranchcache(self): |
|
1531 | 1535 | if not self._revbranchcache: |
|
1532 | 1536 | self._revbranchcache = branchmap.revbranchcache(self.unfiltered()) |
|
1533 | 1537 | return self._revbranchcache |
|
1534 | 1538 | |
|
1535 | 1539 | def branchtip(self, branch, ignoremissing=False): |
|
1536 | 1540 | '''return the tip node for a given branch |
|
1537 | 1541 | |
|
1538 | 1542 | If ignoremissing is True, then this method will not raise an error. |
|
1539 | 1543 | This is helpful for callers that only expect None for a missing branch |
|
1540 | 1544 | (e.g. namespace). |
|
1541 | 1545 | |
|
1542 | 1546 | ''' |
|
1543 | 1547 | try: |
|
1544 | 1548 | return self.branchmap().branchtip(branch) |
|
1545 | 1549 | except KeyError: |
|
1546 | 1550 | if not ignoremissing: |
|
1547 | 1551 | raise error.RepoLookupError(_("unknown branch '%s'") % branch) |
|
1548 | 1552 | else: |
|
1549 | 1553 | pass |
|
1550 | 1554 | |
|
1551 | 1555 | def lookup(self, key): |
|
1552 | 1556 | return scmutil.revsymbol(self, key).node() |
|
1553 | 1557 | |
|
1554 | 1558 | def lookupbranch(self, key): |
|
1555 | 1559 | if key in self.branchmap(): |
|
1556 | 1560 | return key |
|
1557 | 1561 | |
|
1558 | 1562 | return scmutil.revsymbol(self, key).branch() |
|
1559 | 1563 | |
|
1560 | 1564 | def known(self, nodes): |
|
1561 | 1565 | cl = self.changelog |
|
1562 | 1566 | nm = cl.nodemap |
|
1563 | 1567 | filtered = cl.filteredrevs |
|
1564 | 1568 | result = [] |
|
1565 | 1569 | for n in nodes: |
|
1566 | 1570 | r = nm.get(n) |
|
1567 | 1571 | resp = not (r is None or r in filtered) |
|
1568 | 1572 | result.append(resp) |
|
1569 | 1573 | return result |
|
1570 | 1574 | |
|
1571 | 1575 | def local(self): |
|
1572 | 1576 | return self |
|
1573 | 1577 | |
|
1574 | 1578 | def publishing(self): |
|
1575 | 1579 | # it's safe (and desirable) to trust the publish flag unconditionally |
|
1576 | 1580 | # so that we don't finalize changes shared between users via ssh or nfs |
|
1577 | 1581 | return self.ui.configbool('phases', 'publish', untrusted=True) |
|
1578 | 1582 | |
|
1579 | 1583 | def cancopy(self): |
|
1580 | 1584 | # so statichttprepo's override of local() works |
|
1581 | 1585 | if not self.local(): |
|
1582 | 1586 | return False |
|
1583 | 1587 | if not self.publishing(): |
|
1584 | 1588 | return True |
|
1585 | 1589 | # if publishing we can't copy if there is filtered content |
|
1586 | 1590 | return not self.filtered('visible').changelog.filteredrevs |
|
1587 | 1591 | |
|
1588 | 1592 | def shared(self): |
|
1589 | 1593 | '''the type of shared repository (None if not shared)''' |
|
1590 | 1594 | if self.sharedpath != self.path: |
|
1591 | 1595 | return 'store' |
|
1592 | 1596 | return None |
|
1593 | 1597 | |
|
1594 | 1598 | def wjoin(self, f, *insidef): |
|
1595 | 1599 | return self.vfs.reljoin(self.root, f, *insidef) |
|
1596 | 1600 | |
|
1597 | 1601 | def setparents(self, p1, p2=nullid): |
|
1598 | 1602 | with self.dirstate.parentchange(): |
|
1599 | 1603 | copies = self.dirstate.setparents(p1, p2) |
|
1600 | 1604 | pctx = self[p1] |
|
1601 | 1605 | if copies: |
|
1602 | 1606 | # Adjust copy records, the dirstate cannot do it, it |
|
1603 | 1607 | # requires access to parents manifests. Preserve them |
|
1604 | 1608 | # only for entries added to first parent. |
|
1605 | 1609 | for f in copies: |
|
1606 | 1610 | if f not in pctx and copies[f] in pctx: |
|
1607 | 1611 | self.dirstate.copy(copies[f], f) |
|
1608 | 1612 | if p2 == nullid: |
|
1609 | 1613 | for f, s in sorted(self.dirstate.copies().items()): |
|
1610 | 1614 | if f not in pctx and s not in pctx: |
|
1611 | 1615 | self.dirstate.copy(None, f) |
|
1612 | 1616 | |
|
1613 | 1617 | def filectx(self, path, changeid=None, fileid=None, changectx=None): |
|
1614 | 1618 | """changeid must be a changeset revision, if specified. |
|
1615 | 1619 | fileid can be a file revision or node.""" |
|
1616 | 1620 | return context.filectx(self, path, changeid, fileid, |
|
1617 | 1621 | changectx=changectx) |
|
1618 | 1622 | |
|
1619 | 1623 | def getcwd(self): |
|
1620 | 1624 | return self.dirstate.getcwd() |
|
1621 | 1625 | |
|
1622 | 1626 | def pathto(self, f, cwd=None): |
|
1623 | 1627 | return self.dirstate.pathto(f, cwd) |
|
1624 | 1628 | |
|
1625 | 1629 | def _loadfilter(self, filter): |
|
1626 | 1630 | if filter not in self._filterpats: |
|
1627 | 1631 | l = [] |
|
1628 | 1632 | for pat, cmd in self.ui.configitems(filter): |
|
1629 | 1633 | if cmd == '!': |
|
1630 | 1634 | continue |
|
1631 | 1635 | mf = matchmod.match(self.root, '', [pat]) |
|
1632 | 1636 | fn = None |
|
1633 | 1637 | params = cmd |
|
1634 | 1638 | for name, filterfn in self._datafilters.iteritems(): |
|
1635 | 1639 | if cmd.startswith(name): |
|
1636 | 1640 | fn = filterfn |
|
1637 | 1641 | params = cmd[len(name):].lstrip() |
|
1638 | 1642 | break |
|
1639 | 1643 | if not fn: |
|
1640 | 1644 | fn = lambda s, c, **kwargs: procutil.filter(s, c) |
|
1641 | 1645 | # Wrap old filters not supporting keyword arguments |
|
1642 | 1646 | if not pycompat.getargspec(fn)[2]: |
|
1643 | 1647 | oldfn = fn |
|
1644 | 1648 | fn = lambda s, c, **kwargs: oldfn(s, c) |
|
1645 | 1649 | l.append((mf, fn, params)) |
|
1646 | 1650 | self._filterpats[filter] = l |
|
1647 | 1651 | return self._filterpats[filter] |
|
1648 | 1652 | |
|
1649 | 1653 | def _filter(self, filterpats, filename, data): |
|
1650 | 1654 | for mf, fn, cmd in filterpats: |
|
1651 | 1655 | if mf(filename): |
|
1652 | 1656 | self.ui.debug("filtering %s through %s\n" % (filename, cmd)) |
|
1653 | 1657 | data = fn(data, cmd, ui=self.ui, repo=self, filename=filename) |
|
1654 | 1658 | break |
|
1655 | 1659 | |
|
1656 | 1660 | return data |
|
1657 | 1661 | |
|
1658 | 1662 | @unfilteredpropertycache |
|
1659 | 1663 | def _encodefilterpats(self): |
|
1660 | 1664 | return self._loadfilter('encode') |
|
1661 | 1665 | |
|
1662 | 1666 | @unfilteredpropertycache |
|
1663 | 1667 | def _decodefilterpats(self): |
|
1664 | 1668 | return self._loadfilter('decode') |
|
1665 | 1669 | |
|
1666 | 1670 | def adddatafilter(self, name, filter): |
|
1667 | 1671 | self._datafilters[name] = filter |
|
1668 | 1672 | |
|
1669 | 1673 | def wread(self, filename): |
|
1670 | 1674 | if self.wvfs.islink(filename): |
|
1671 | 1675 | data = self.wvfs.readlink(filename) |
|
1672 | 1676 | else: |
|
1673 | 1677 | data = self.wvfs.read(filename) |
|
1674 | 1678 | return self._filter(self._encodefilterpats, filename, data) |
|
1675 | 1679 | |
|
1676 | 1680 | def wwrite(self, filename, data, flags, backgroundclose=False, **kwargs): |
|
1677 | 1681 | """write ``data`` into ``filename`` in the working directory |
|
1678 | 1682 | |
|
1679 | 1683 | This returns length of written (maybe decoded) data. |
|
1680 | 1684 | """ |
|
1681 | 1685 | data = self._filter(self._decodefilterpats, filename, data) |
|
1682 | 1686 | if 'l' in flags: |
|
1683 | 1687 | self.wvfs.symlink(data, filename) |
|
1684 | 1688 | else: |
|
1685 | 1689 | self.wvfs.write(filename, data, backgroundclose=backgroundclose, |
|
1686 | 1690 | **kwargs) |
|
1687 | 1691 | if 'x' in flags: |
|
1688 | 1692 | self.wvfs.setflags(filename, False, True) |
|
1689 | 1693 | else: |
|
1690 | 1694 | self.wvfs.setflags(filename, False, False) |
|
1691 | 1695 | return len(data) |
|
1692 | 1696 | |
|
1693 | 1697 | def wwritedata(self, filename, data): |
|
1694 | 1698 | return self._filter(self._decodefilterpats, filename, data) |
|
1695 | 1699 | |
|
1696 | 1700 | def currenttransaction(self): |
|
1697 | 1701 | """return the current transaction or None if non exists""" |
|
1698 | 1702 | if self._transref: |
|
1699 | 1703 | tr = self._transref() |
|
1700 | 1704 | else: |
|
1701 | 1705 | tr = None |
|
1702 | 1706 | |
|
1703 | 1707 | if tr and tr.running(): |
|
1704 | 1708 | return tr |
|
1705 | 1709 | return None |
|
1706 | 1710 | |
|
1707 | 1711 | def transaction(self, desc, report=None): |
|
1708 | 1712 | if (self.ui.configbool('devel', 'all-warnings') |
|
1709 | 1713 | or self.ui.configbool('devel', 'check-locks')): |
|
1710 | 1714 | if self._currentlock(self._lockref) is None: |
|
1711 | 1715 | raise error.ProgrammingError('transaction requires locking') |
|
1712 | 1716 | tr = self.currenttransaction() |
|
1713 | 1717 | if tr is not None: |
|
1714 | 1718 | return tr.nest(name=desc) |
|
1715 | 1719 | |
|
1716 | 1720 | # abort here if the journal already exists |
|
1717 | 1721 | if self.svfs.exists("journal"): |
|
1718 | 1722 | raise error.RepoError( |
|
1719 | 1723 | _("abandoned transaction found"), |
|
1720 | 1724 | hint=_("run 'hg recover' to clean up transaction")) |
|
1721 | 1725 | |
|
1722 | 1726 | idbase = "%.40f#%f" % (random.random(), time.time()) |
|
1723 | 1727 | ha = hex(hashlib.sha1(idbase).digest()) |
|
1724 | 1728 | txnid = 'TXN:' + ha |
|
1725 | 1729 | self.hook('pretxnopen', throw=True, txnname=desc, txnid=txnid) |
|
1726 | 1730 | |
|
1727 | 1731 | self._writejournal(desc) |
|
1728 | 1732 | renames = [(vfs, x, undoname(x)) for vfs, x in self._journalfiles()] |
|
1729 | 1733 | if report: |
|
1730 | 1734 | rp = report |
|
1731 | 1735 | else: |
|
1732 | 1736 | rp = self.ui.warn |
|
1733 | 1737 | vfsmap = {'plain': self.vfs, 'store': self.svfs} # root of .hg/ |
|
1734 | 1738 | # we must avoid cyclic reference between repo and transaction. |
|
1735 | 1739 | reporef = weakref.ref(self) |
|
1736 | 1740 | # Code to track tag movement |
|
1737 | 1741 | # |
|
1738 | 1742 | # Since tags are all handled as file content, it is actually quite hard |
|
1739 | 1743 | # to track these movement from a code perspective. So we fallback to a |
|
1740 | 1744 | # tracking at the repository level. One could envision to track changes |
|
1741 | 1745 | # to the '.hgtags' file through changegroup apply but that fails to |
|
1742 | 1746 | # cope with case where transaction expose new heads without changegroup |
|
1743 | 1747 | # being involved (eg: phase movement). |
|
1744 | 1748 | # |
|
1745 | 1749 | # For now, We gate the feature behind a flag since this likely comes |
|
1746 | 1750 | # with performance impacts. The current code run more often than needed |
|
1747 | 1751 | # and do not use caches as much as it could. The current focus is on |
|
1748 | 1752 | # the behavior of the feature so we disable it by default. The flag |
|
1749 | 1753 | # will be removed when we are happy with the performance impact. |
|
1750 | 1754 | # |
|
1751 | 1755 | # Once this feature is no longer experimental move the following |
|
1752 | 1756 | # documentation to the appropriate help section: |
|
1753 | 1757 | # |
|
1754 | 1758 | # The ``HG_TAG_MOVED`` variable will be set if the transaction touched |
|
1755 | 1759 | # tags (new or changed or deleted tags). In addition the details of |
|
1756 | 1760 | # these changes are made available in a file at: |
|
1757 | 1761 | # ``REPOROOT/.hg/changes/tags.changes``. |
|
1758 | 1762 | # Make sure you check for HG_TAG_MOVED before reading that file as it |
|
1759 | 1763 | # might exist from a previous transaction even if no tag were touched |
|
1760 | 1764 | # in this one. Changes are recorded in a line base format:: |
|
1761 | 1765 | # |
|
1762 | 1766 | # <action> <hex-node> <tag-name>\n |
|
1763 | 1767 | # |
|
1764 | 1768 | # Actions are defined as follow: |
|
1765 | 1769 | # "-R": tag is removed, |
|
1766 | 1770 | # "+A": tag is added, |
|
1767 | 1771 | # "-M": tag is moved (old value), |
|
1768 | 1772 | # "+M": tag is moved (new value), |
|
1769 | 1773 | tracktags = lambda x: None |
|
1770 | 1774 | # experimental config: experimental.hook-track-tags |
|
1771 | 1775 | shouldtracktags = self.ui.configbool('experimental', 'hook-track-tags') |
|
1772 | 1776 | if desc != 'strip' and shouldtracktags: |
|
1773 | 1777 | oldheads = self.changelog.headrevs() |
|
1774 | 1778 | def tracktags(tr2): |
|
1775 | 1779 | repo = reporef() |
|
1776 | 1780 | oldfnodes = tagsmod.fnoderevs(repo.ui, repo, oldheads) |
|
1777 | 1781 | newheads = repo.changelog.headrevs() |
|
1778 | 1782 | newfnodes = tagsmod.fnoderevs(repo.ui, repo, newheads) |
|
1779 | 1783 | # notes: we compare lists here. |
|
1780 | 1784 | # As we do it only once buiding set would not be cheaper |
|
1781 | 1785 | changes = tagsmod.difftags(repo.ui, repo, oldfnodes, newfnodes) |
|
1782 | 1786 | if changes: |
|
1783 | 1787 | tr2.hookargs['tag_moved'] = '1' |
|
1784 | 1788 | with repo.vfs('changes/tags.changes', 'w', |
|
1785 | 1789 | atomictemp=True) as changesfile: |
|
1786 | 1790 | # note: we do not register the file to the transaction |
|
1787 | 1791 | # because we needs it to still exist on the transaction |
|
1788 | 1792 | # is close (for txnclose hooks) |
|
1789 | 1793 | tagsmod.writediff(changesfile, changes) |
|
1790 | 1794 | def validate(tr2): |
|
1791 | 1795 | """will run pre-closing hooks""" |
|
1792 | 1796 | # XXX the transaction API is a bit lacking here so we take a hacky |
|
1793 | 1797 | # path for now |
|
1794 | 1798 | # |
|
1795 | 1799 | # We cannot add this as a "pending" hooks since the 'tr.hookargs' |
|
1796 | 1800 | # dict is copied before these run. In addition we needs the data |
|
1797 | 1801 | # available to in memory hooks too. |
|
1798 | 1802 | # |
|
1799 | 1803 | # Moreover, we also need to make sure this runs before txnclose |
|
1800 | 1804 | # hooks and there is no "pending" mechanism that would execute |
|
1801 | 1805 | # logic only if hooks are about to run. |
|
1802 | 1806 | # |
|
1803 | 1807 | # Fixing this limitation of the transaction is also needed to track |
|
1804 | 1808 | # other families of changes (bookmarks, phases, obsolescence). |
|
1805 | 1809 | # |
|
1806 | 1810 | # This will have to be fixed before we remove the experimental |
|
1807 | 1811 | # gating. |
|
1808 | 1812 | tracktags(tr2) |
|
1809 | 1813 | repo = reporef() |
|
1810 | 1814 | if repo.ui.configbool('experimental', 'single-head-per-branch'): |
|
1811 | 1815 | scmutil.enforcesinglehead(repo, tr2, desc) |
|
1812 | 1816 | if hook.hashook(repo.ui, 'pretxnclose-bookmark'): |
|
1813 | 1817 | for name, (old, new) in sorted(tr.changes['bookmarks'].items()): |
|
1814 | 1818 | args = tr.hookargs.copy() |
|
1815 | 1819 | args.update(bookmarks.preparehookargs(name, old, new)) |
|
1816 | 1820 | repo.hook('pretxnclose-bookmark', throw=True, |
|
1817 | 1821 | txnname=desc, |
|
1818 | 1822 | **pycompat.strkwargs(args)) |
|
1819 | 1823 | if hook.hashook(repo.ui, 'pretxnclose-phase'): |
|
1820 | 1824 | cl = repo.unfiltered().changelog |
|
1821 | 1825 | for rev, (old, new) in tr.changes['phases'].items(): |
|
1822 | 1826 | args = tr.hookargs.copy() |
|
1823 | 1827 | node = hex(cl.node(rev)) |
|
1824 | 1828 | args.update(phases.preparehookargs(node, old, new)) |
|
1825 | 1829 | repo.hook('pretxnclose-phase', throw=True, txnname=desc, |
|
1826 | 1830 | **pycompat.strkwargs(args)) |
|
1827 | 1831 | |
|
1828 | 1832 | repo.hook('pretxnclose', throw=True, |
|
1829 | 1833 | txnname=desc, **pycompat.strkwargs(tr.hookargs)) |
|
1830 | 1834 | def releasefn(tr, success): |
|
1831 | 1835 | repo = reporef() |
|
1832 | 1836 | if success: |
|
1833 | 1837 | # this should be explicitly invoked here, because |
|
1834 | 1838 | # in-memory changes aren't written out at closing |
|
1835 | 1839 | # transaction, if tr.addfilegenerator (via |
|
1836 | 1840 | # dirstate.write or so) isn't invoked while |
|
1837 | 1841 | # transaction running |
|
1838 | 1842 | repo.dirstate.write(None) |
|
1839 | 1843 | else: |
|
1840 | 1844 | # discard all changes (including ones already written |
|
1841 | 1845 | # out) in this transaction |
|
1842 | 1846 | narrowspec.restorebackup(self, 'journal.narrowspec') |
|
1843 | 1847 | narrowspec.restorewcbackup(self, 'journal.narrowspec.dirstate') |
|
1844 | 1848 | repo.dirstate.restorebackup(None, 'journal.dirstate') |
|
1845 | 1849 | |
|
1846 | 1850 | repo.invalidate(clearfilecache=True) |
|
1847 | 1851 | |
|
1848 | 1852 | tr = transaction.transaction(rp, self.svfs, vfsmap, |
|
1849 | 1853 | "journal", |
|
1850 | 1854 | "undo", |
|
1851 | 1855 | aftertrans(renames), |
|
1852 | 1856 | self.store.createmode, |
|
1853 | 1857 | validator=validate, |
|
1854 | 1858 | releasefn=releasefn, |
|
1855 | 1859 | checkambigfiles=_cachedfiles, |
|
1856 | 1860 | name=desc) |
|
1857 | 1861 | tr.changes['origrepolen'] = len(self) |
|
1858 | 1862 | tr.changes['obsmarkers'] = set() |
|
1859 | 1863 | tr.changes['phases'] = {} |
|
1860 | 1864 | tr.changes['bookmarks'] = {} |
|
1861 | 1865 | |
|
1862 | 1866 | tr.hookargs['txnid'] = txnid |
|
1863 | 1867 | # note: writing the fncache only during finalize mean that the file is |
|
1864 | 1868 | # outdated when running hooks. As fncache is used for streaming clone, |
|
1865 | 1869 | # this is not expected to break anything that happen during the hooks. |
|
1866 | 1870 | tr.addfinalize('flush-fncache', self.store.write) |
|
1867 | 1871 | def txnclosehook(tr2): |
|
1868 | 1872 | """To be run if transaction is successful, will schedule a hook run |
|
1869 | 1873 | """ |
|
1870 | 1874 | # Don't reference tr2 in hook() so we don't hold a reference. |
|
1871 | 1875 | # This reduces memory consumption when there are multiple |
|
1872 | 1876 | # transactions per lock. This can likely go away if issue5045 |
|
1873 | 1877 | # fixes the function accumulation. |
|
1874 | 1878 | hookargs = tr2.hookargs |
|
1875 | 1879 | |
|
1876 | 1880 | def hookfunc(): |
|
1877 | 1881 | repo = reporef() |
|
1878 | 1882 | if hook.hashook(repo.ui, 'txnclose-bookmark'): |
|
1879 | 1883 | bmchanges = sorted(tr.changes['bookmarks'].items()) |
|
1880 | 1884 | for name, (old, new) in bmchanges: |
|
1881 | 1885 | args = tr.hookargs.copy() |
|
1882 | 1886 | args.update(bookmarks.preparehookargs(name, old, new)) |
|
1883 | 1887 | repo.hook('txnclose-bookmark', throw=False, |
|
1884 | 1888 | txnname=desc, **pycompat.strkwargs(args)) |
|
1885 | 1889 | |
|
1886 | 1890 | if hook.hashook(repo.ui, 'txnclose-phase'): |
|
1887 | 1891 | cl = repo.unfiltered().changelog |
|
1888 | 1892 | phasemv = sorted(tr.changes['phases'].items()) |
|
1889 | 1893 | for rev, (old, new) in phasemv: |
|
1890 | 1894 | args = tr.hookargs.copy() |
|
1891 | 1895 | node = hex(cl.node(rev)) |
|
1892 | 1896 | args.update(phases.preparehookargs(node, old, new)) |
|
1893 | 1897 | repo.hook('txnclose-phase', throw=False, txnname=desc, |
|
1894 | 1898 | **pycompat.strkwargs(args)) |
|
1895 | 1899 | |
|
1896 | 1900 | repo.hook('txnclose', throw=False, txnname=desc, |
|
1897 | 1901 | **pycompat.strkwargs(hookargs)) |
|
1898 | 1902 | reporef()._afterlock(hookfunc) |
|
1899 | 1903 | tr.addfinalize('txnclose-hook', txnclosehook) |
|
1900 | 1904 | # Include a leading "-" to make it happen before the transaction summary |
|
1901 | 1905 | # reports registered via scmutil.registersummarycallback() whose names |
|
1902 | 1906 | # are 00-txnreport etc. That way, the caches will be warm when the |
|
1903 | 1907 | # callbacks run. |
|
1904 | 1908 | tr.addpostclose('-warm-cache', self._buildcacheupdater(tr)) |
|
1905 | 1909 | def txnaborthook(tr2): |
|
1906 | 1910 | """To be run if transaction is aborted |
|
1907 | 1911 | """ |
|
1908 | 1912 | reporef().hook('txnabort', throw=False, txnname=desc, |
|
1909 | 1913 | **pycompat.strkwargs(tr2.hookargs)) |
|
1910 | 1914 | tr.addabort('txnabort-hook', txnaborthook) |
|
1911 | 1915 | # avoid eager cache invalidation. in-memory data should be identical |
|
1912 | 1916 | # to stored data if transaction has no error. |
|
1913 | 1917 | tr.addpostclose('refresh-filecachestats', self._refreshfilecachestats) |
|
1914 | 1918 | self._transref = weakref.ref(tr) |
|
1915 | 1919 | scmutil.registersummarycallback(self, tr, desc) |
|
1916 | 1920 | return tr |
|
1917 | 1921 | |
|
1918 | 1922 | def _journalfiles(self): |
|
1919 | 1923 | return ((self.svfs, 'journal'), |
|
1920 | 1924 | (self.svfs, 'journal.narrowspec'), |
|
1921 | 1925 | (self.vfs, 'journal.narrowspec.dirstate'), |
|
1922 | 1926 | (self.vfs, 'journal.dirstate'), |
|
1923 | 1927 | (self.vfs, 'journal.branch'), |
|
1924 | 1928 | (self.vfs, 'journal.desc'), |
|
1925 | 1929 | (self.vfs, 'journal.bookmarks'), |
|
1926 | 1930 | (self.svfs, 'journal.phaseroots')) |
|
1927 | 1931 | |
|
1928 | 1932 | def undofiles(self): |
|
1929 | 1933 | return [(vfs, undoname(x)) for vfs, x in self._journalfiles()] |
|
1930 | 1934 | |
|
1931 | 1935 | @unfilteredmethod |
|
1932 | 1936 | def _writejournal(self, desc): |
|
1933 | 1937 | self.dirstate.savebackup(None, 'journal.dirstate') |
|
1934 | 1938 | narrowspec.savewcbackup(self, 'journal.narrowspec.dirstate') |
|
1935 | 1939 | narrowspec.savebackup(self, 'journal.narrowspec') |
|
1936 | 1940 | self.vfs.write("journal.branch", |
|
1937 | 1941 | encoding.fromlocal(self.dirstate.branch())) |
|
1938 | 1942 | self.vfs.write("journal.desc", |
|
1939 | 1943 | "%d\n%s\n" % (len(self), desc)) |
|
1940 | 1944 | self.vfs.write("journal.bookmarks", |
|
1941 | 1945 | self.vfs.tryread("bookmarks")) |
|
1942 | 1946 | self.svfs.write("journal.phaseroots", |
|
1943 | 1947 | self.svfs.tryread("phaseroots")) |
|
1944 | 1948 | |
|
1945 | 1949 | def recover(self): |
|
1946 | 1950 | with self.lock(): |
|
1947 | 1951 | if self.svfs.exists("journal"): |
|
1948 | 1952 | self.ui.status(_("rolling back interrupted transaction\n")) |
|
1949 | 1953 | vfsmap = {'': self.svfs, |
|
1950 | 1954 | 'plain': self.vfs,} |
|
1951 | 1955 | transaction.rollback(self.svfs, vfsmap, "journal", |
|
1952 | 1956 | self.ui.warn, |
|
1953 | 1957 | checkambigfiles=_cachedfiles) |
|
1954 | 1958 | self.invalidate() |
|
1955 | 1959 | return True |
|
1956 | 1960 | else: |
|
1957 | 1961 | self.ui.warn(_("no interrupted transaction available\n")) |
|
1958 | 1962 | return False |
|
1959 | 1963 | |
|
1960 | 1964 | def rollback(self, dryrun=False, force=False): |
|
1961 | 1965 | wlock = lock = dsguard = None |
|
1962 | 1966 | try: |
|
1963 | 1967 | wlock = self.wlock() |
|
1964 | 1968 | lock = self.lock() |
|
1965 | 1969 | if self.svfs.exists("undo"): |
|
1966 | 1970 | dsguard = dirstateguard.dirstateguard(self, 'rollback') |
|
1967 | 1971 | |
|
1968 | 1972 | return self._rollback(dryrun, force, dsguard) |
|
1969 | 1973 | else: |
|
1970 | 1974 | self.ui.warn(_("no rollback information available\n")) |
|
1971 | 1975 | return 1 |
|
1972 | 1976 | finally: |
|
1973 | 1977 | release(dsguard, lock, wlock) |
|
1974 | 1978 | |
|
1975 | 1979 | @unfilteredmethod # Until we get smarter cache management |
|
1976 | 1980 | def _rollback(self, dryrun, force, dsguard): |
|
1977 | 1981 | ui = self.ui |
|
1978 | 1982 | try: |
|
1979 | 1983 | args = self.vfs.read('undo.desc').splitlines() |
|
1980 | 1984 | (oldlen, desc, detail) = (int(args[0]), args[1], None) |
|
1981 | 1985 | if len(args) >= 3: |
|
1982 | 1986 | detail = args[2] |
|
1983 | 1987 | oldtip = oldlen - 1 |
|
1984 | 1988 | |
|
1985 | 1989 | if detail and ui.verbose: |
|
1986 | 1990 | msg = (_('repository tip rolled back to revision %d' |
|
1987 | 1991 | ' (undo %s: %s)\n') |
|
1988 | 1992 | % (oldtip, desc, detail)) |
|
1989 | 1993 | else: |
|
1990 | 1994 | msg = (_('repository tip rolled back to revision %d' |
|
1991 | 1995 | ' (undo %s)\n') |
|
1992 | 1996 | % (oldtip, desc)) |
|
1993 | 1997 | except IOError: |
|
1994 | 1998 | msg = _('rolling back unknown transaction\n') |
|
1995 | 1999 | desc = None |
|
1996 | 2000 | |
|
1997 | 2001 | if not force and self['.'] != self['tip'] and desc == 'commit': |
|
1998 | 2002 | raise error.Abort( |
|
1999 | 2003 | _('rollback of last commit while not checked out ' |
|
2000 | 2004 | 'may lose data'), hint=_('use -f to force')) |
|
2001 | 2005 | |
|
2002 | 2006 | ui.status(msg) |
|
2003 | 2007 | if dryrun: |
|
2004 | 2008 | return 0 |
|
2005 | 2009 | |
|
2006 | 2010 | parents = self.dirstate.parents() |
|
2007 | 2011 | self.destroying() |
|
2008 | 2012 | vfsmap = {'plain': self.vfs, '': self.svfs} |
|
2009 | 2013 | transaction.rollback(self.svfs, vfsmap, 'undo', ui.warn, |
|
2010 | 2014 | checkambigfiles=_cachedfiles) |
|
2011 | 2015 | if self.vfs.exists('undo.bookmarks'): |
|
2012 | 2016 | self.vfs.rename('undo.bookmarks', 'bookmarks', checkambig=True) |
|
2013 | 2017 | if self.svfs.exists('undo.phaseroots'): |
|
2014 | 2018 | self.svfs.rename('undo.phaseroots', 'phaseroots', checkambig=True) |
|
2015 | 2019 | self.invalidate() |
|
2016 | 2020 | |
|
2017 | 2021 | parentgone = any(p not in self.changelog.nodemap for p in parents) |
|
2018 | 2022 | if parentgone: |
|
2019 | 2023 | # prevent dirstateguard from overwriting already restored one |
|
2020 | 2024 | dsguard.close() |
|
2021 | 2025 | |
|
2022 | 2026 | narrowspec.restorebackup(self, 'undo.narrowspec') |
|
2023 | 2027 | narrowspec.restorewcbackup(self, 'undo.narrowspec.dirstate') |
|
2024 | 2028 | self.dirstate.restorebackup(None, 'undo.dirstate') |
|
2025 | 2029 | try: |
|
2026 | 2030 | branch = self.vfs.read('undo.branch') |
|
2027 | 2031 | self.dirstate.setbranch(encoding.tolocal(branch)) |
|
2028 | 2032 | except IOError: |
|
2029 | 2033 | ui.warn(_('named branch could not be reset: ' |
|
2030 | 2034 | 'current branch is still \'%s\'\n') |
|
2031 | 2035 | % self.dirstate.branch()) |
|
2032 | 2036 | |
|
2033 | 2037 | parents = tuple([p.rev() for p in self[None].parents()]) |
|
2034 | 2038 | if len(parents) > 1: |
|
2035 | 2039 | ui.status(_('working directory now based on ' |
|
2036 | 2040 | 'revisions %d and %d\n') % parents) |
|
2037 | 2041 | else: |
|
2038 | 2042 | ui.status(_('working directory now based on ' |
|
2039 | 2043 | 'revision %d\n') % parents) |
|
2040 | 2044 | mergemod.mergestate.clean(self, self['.'].node()) |
|
2041 | 2045 | |
|
2042 | 2046 | # TODO: if we know which new heads may result from this rollback, pass |
|
2043 | 2047 | # them to destroy(), which will prevent the branchhead cache from being |
|
2044 | 2048 | # invalidated. |
|
2045 | 2049 | self.destroyed() |
|
2046 | 2050 | return 0 |
|
2047 | 2051 | |
|
2048 | 2052 | def _buildcacheupdater(self, newtransaction): |
|
2049 | 2053 | """called during transaction to build the callback updating cache |
|
2050 | 2054 | |
|
2051 | 2055 | Lives on the repository to help extension who might want to augment |
|
2052 | 2056 | this logic. For this purpose, the created transaction is passed to the |
|
2053 | 2057 | method. |
|
2054 | 2058 | """ |
|
2055 | 2059 | # we must avoid cyclic reference between repo and transaction. |
|
2056 | 2060 | reporef = weakref.ref(self) |
|
2057 | 2061 | def updater(tr): |
|
2058 | 2062 | repo = reporef() |
|
2059 | 2063 | repo.updatecaches(tr) |
|
2060 | 2064 | return updater |
|
2061 | 2065 | |
|
2062 | 2066 | @unfilteredmethod |
|
2063 | 2067 | def updatecaches(self, tr=None, full=False): |
|
2064 | 2068 | """warm appropriate caches |
|
2065 | 2069 | |
|
2066 | 2070 | If this function is called after a transaction closed. The transaction |
|
2067 | 2071 | will be available in the 'tr' argument. This can be used to selectively |
|
2068 | 2072 | update caches relevant to the changes in that transaction. |
|
2069 | 2073 | |
|
2070 | 2074 | If 'full' is set, make sure all caches the function knows about have |
|
2071 | 2075 | up-to-date data. Even the ones usually loaded more lazily. |
|
2072 | 2076 | """ |
|
2073 | 2077 | if tr is not None and tr.hookargs.get('source') == 'strip': |
|
2074 | 2078 | # During strip, many caches are invalid but |
|
2075 | 2079 | # later call to `destroyed` will refresh them. |
|
2076 | 2080 | return |
|
2077 | 2081 | |
|
2078 | 2082 | if tr is None or tr.changes['origrepolen'] < len(self): |
|
2079 | 2083 | # accessing the 'ser ved' branchmap should refresh all the others, |
|
2080 | 2084 | self.ui.debug('updating the branch cache\n') |
|
2081 | 2085 | self.filtered('served').branchmap() |
|
2082 | 2086 | |
|
2083 | 2087 | if full: |
|
2084 | 2088 | rbc = self.revbranchcache() |
|
2085 | 2089 | for r in self.changelog: |
|
2086 | 2090 | rbc.branchinfo(r) |
|
2087 | 2091 | rbc.write() |
|
2088 | 2092 | |
|
2089 | 2093 | # ensure the working copy parents are in the manifestfulltextcache |
|
2090 | 2094 | for ctx in self['.'].parents(): |
|
2091 | 2095 | ctx.manifest() # accessing the manifest is enough |
|
2092 | 2096 | |
|
2093 | 2097 | def invalidatecaches(self): |
|
2094 | 2098 | |
|
2095 | 2099 | if r'_tagscache' in vars(self): |
|
2096 | 2100 | # can't use delattr on proxy |
|
2097 | 2101 | del self.__dict__[r'_tagscache'] |
|
2098 | 2102 | |
|
2099 | 2103 | self._branchcaches.clear() |
|
2100 | 2104 | self.invalidatevolatilesets() |
|
2101 | 2105 | self._sparsesignaturecache.clear() |
|
2102 | 2106 | |
|
2103 | 2107 | def invalidatevolatilesets(self): |
|
2104 | 2108 | self.filteredrevcache.clear() |
|
2105 | 2109 | obsolete.clearobscaches(self) |
|
2106 | 2110 | |
|
2107 | 2111 | def invalidatedirstate(self): |
|
2108 | 2112 | '''Invalidates the dirstate, causing the next call to dirstate |
|
2109 | 2113 | to check if it was modified since the last time it was read, |
|
2110 | 2114 | rereading it if it has. |
|
2111 | 2115 | |
|
2112 | 2116 | This is different to dirstate.invalidate() that it doesn't always |
|
2113 | 2117 | rereads the dirstate. Use dirstate.invalidate() if you want to |
|
2114 | 2118 | explicitly read the dirstate again (i.e. restoring it to a previous |
|
2115 | 2119 | known good state).''' |
|
2116 | 2120 | if hasunfilteredcache(self, r'dirstate'): |
|
2117 | 2121 | for k in self.dirstate._filecache: |
|
2118 | 2122 | try: |
|
2119 | 2123 | delattr(self.dirstate, k) |
|
2120 | 2124 | except AttributeError: |
|
2121 | 2125 | pass |
|
2122 | 2126 | delattr(self.unfiltered(), r'dirstate') |
|
2123 | 2127 | |
|
2124 | 2128 | def invalidate(self, clearfilecache=False): |
|
2125 | 2129 | '''Invalidates both store and non-store parts other than dirstate |
|
2126 | 2130 | |
|
2127 | 2131 | If a transaction is running, invalidation of store is omitted, |
|
2128 | 2132 | because discarding in-memory changes might cause inconsistency |
|
2129 | 2133 | (e.g. incomplete fncache causes unintentional failure, but |
|
2130 | 2134 | redundant one doesn't). |
|
2131 | 2135 | ''' |
|
2132 | 2136 | unfiltered = self.unfiltered() # all file caches are stored unfiltered |
|
2133 | 2137 | for k in list(self._filecache.keys()): |
|
2134 | 2138 | # dirstate is invalidated separately in invalidatedirstate() |
|
2135 | 2139 | if k == 'dirstate': |
|
2136 | 2140 | continue |
|
2137 | 2141 | if (k == 'changelog' and |
|
2138 | 2142 | self.currenttransaction() and |
|
2139 | 2143 | self.changelog._delayed): |
|
2140 | 2144 | # The changelog object may store unwritten revisions. We don't |
|
2141 | 2145 | # want to lose them. |
|
2142 | 2146 | # TODO: Solve the problem instead of working around it. |
|
2143 | 2147 | continue |
|
2144 | 2148 | |
|
2145 | 2149 | if clearfilecache: |
|
2146 | 2150 | del self._filecache[k] |
|
2147 | 2151 | try: |
|
2148 | 2152 | delattr(unfiltered, k) |
|
2149 | 2153 | except AttributeError: |
|
2150 | 2154 | pass |
|
2151 | 2155 | self.invalidatecaches() |
|
2152 | 2156 | if not self.currenttransaction(): |
|
2153 | 2157 | # TODO: Changing contents of store outside transaction |
|
2154 | 2158 | # causes inconsistency. We should make in-memory store |
|
2155 | 2159 | # changes detectable, and abort if changed. |
|
2156 | 2160 | self.store.invalidatecaches() |
|
2157 | 2161 | |
|
2158 | 2162 | def invalidateall(self): |
|
2159 | 2163 | '''Fully invalidates both store and non-store parts, causing the |
|
2160 | 2164 | subsequent operation to reread any outside changes.''' |
|
2161 | 2165 | # extension should hook this to invalidate its caches |
|
2162 | 2166 | self.invalidate() |
|
2163 | 2167 | self.invalidatedirstate() |
|
2164 | 2168 | |
|
2165 | 2169 | @unfilteredmethod |
|
2166 | 2170 | def _refreshfilecachestats(self, tr): |
|
2167 | 2171 | """Reload stats of cached files so that they are flagged as valid""" |
|
2168 | 2172 | for k, ce in self._filecache.items(): |
|
2169 | 2173 | k = pycompat.sysstr(k) |
|
2170 | 2174 | if k == r'dirstate' or k not in self.__dict__: |
|
2171 | 2175 | continue |
|
2172 | 2176 | ce.refresh() |
|
2173 | 2177 | |
|
2174 | 2178 | def _lock(self, vfs, lockname, wait, releasefn, acquirefn, desc, |
|
2175 | 2179 | inheritchecker=None, parentenvvar=None): |
|
2176 | 2180 | parentlock = None |
|
2177 | 2181 | # the contents of parentenvvar are used by the underlying lock to |
|
2178 | 2182 | # determine whether it can be inherited |
|
2179 | 2183 | if parentenvvar is not None: |
|
2180 | 2184 | parentlock = encoding.environ.get(parentenvvar) |
|
2181 | 2185 | |
|
2182 | 2186 | timeout = 0 |
|
2183 | 2187 | warntimeout = 0 |
|
2184 | 2188 | if wait: |
|
2185 | 2189 | timeout = self.ui.configint("ui", "timeout") |
|
2186 | 2190 | warntimeout = self.ui.configint("ui", "timeout.warn") |
|
2187 | 2191 | # internal config: ui.signal-safe-lock |
|
2188 | 2192 | signalsafe = self.ui.configbool('ui', 'signal-safe-lock') |
|
2189 | 2193 | |
|
2190 | 2194 | l = lockmod.trylock(self.ui, vfs, lockname, timeout, warntimeout, |
|
2191 | 2195 | releasefn=releasefn, |
|
2192 | 2196 | acquirefn=acquirefn, desc=desc, |
|
2193 | 2197 | inheritchecker=inheritchecker, |
|
2194 | 2198 | parentlock=parentlock, |
|
2195 | 2199 | signalsafe=signalsafe) |
|
2196 | 2200 | return l |
|
2197 | 2201 | |
|
2198 | 2202 | def _afterlock(self, callback): |
|
2199 | 2203 | """add a callback to be run when the repository is fully unlocked |
|
2200 | 2204 | |
|
2201 | 2205 | The callback will be executed when the outermost lock is released |
|
2202 | 2206 | (with wlock being higher level than 'lock').""" |
|
2203 | 2207 | for ref in (self._wlockref, self._lockref): |
|
2204 | 2208 | l = ref and ref() |
|
2205 | 2209 | if l and l.held: |
|
2206 | 2210 | l.postrelease.append(callback) |
|
2207 | 2211 | break |
|
2208 | 2212 | else: # no lock have been found. |
|
2209 | 2213 | callback() |
|
2210 | 2214 | |
|
2211 | 2215 | def lock(self, wait=True): |
|
2212 | 2216 | '''Lock the repository store (.hg/store) and return a weak reference |
|
2213 | 2217 | to the lock. Use this before modifying the store (e.g. committing or |
|
2214 | 2218 | stripping). If you are opening a transaction, get a lock as well.) |
|
2215 | 2219 | |
|
2216 | 2220 | If both 'lock' and 'wlock' must be acquired, ensure you always acquires |
|
2217 | 2221 | 'wlock' first to avoid a dead-lock hazard.''' |
|
2218 | 2222 | l = self._currentlock(self._lockref) |
|
2219 | 2223 | if l is not None: |
|
2220 | 2224 | l.lock() |
|
2221 | 2225 | return l |
|
2222 | 2226 | |
|
2223 | 2227 | l = self._lock(self.svfs, "lock", wait, None, |
|
2224 | 2228 | self.invalidate, _('repository %s') % self.origroot) |
|
2225 | 2229 | self._lockref = weakref.ref(l) |
|
2226 | 2230 | return l |
|
2227 | 2231 | |
|
2228 | 2232 | def _wlockchecktransaction(self): |
|
2229 | 2233 | if self.currenttransaction() is not None: |
|
2230 | 2234 | raise error.LockInheritanceContractViolation( |
|
2231 | 2235 | 'wlock cannot be inherited in the middle of a transaction') |
|
2232 | 2236 | |
|
2233 | 2237 | def wlock(self, wait=True): |
|
2234 | 2238 | '''Lock the non-store parts of the repository (everything under |
|
2235 | 2239 | .hg except .hg/store) and return a weak reference to the lock. |
|
2236 | 2240 | |
|
2237 | 2241 | Use this before modifying files in .hg. |
|
2238 | 2242 | |
|
2239 | 2243 | If both 'lock' and 'wlock' must be acquired, ensure you always acquires |
|
2240 | 2244 | 'wlock' first to avoid a dead-lock hazard.''' |
|
2241 | 2245 | l = self._wlockref and self._wlockref() |
|
2242 | 2246 | if l is not None and l.held: |
|
2243 | 2247 | l.lock() |
|
2244 | 2248 | return l |
|
2245 | 2249 | |
|
2246 | 2250 | # We do not need to check for non-waiting lock acquisition. Such |
|
2247 | 2251 | # acquisition would not cause dead-lock as they would just fail. |
|
2248 | 2252 | if wait and (self.ui.configbool('devel', 'all-warnings') |
|
2249 | 2253 | or self.ui.configbool('devel', 'check-locks')): |
|
2250 | 2254 | if self._currentlock(self._lockref) is not None: |
|
2251 | 2255 | self.ui.develwarn('"wlock" acquired after "lock"') |
|
2252 | 2256 | |
|
2253 | 2257 | def unlock(): |
|
2254 | 2258 | if self.dirstate.pendingparentchange(): |
|
2255 | 2259 | self.dirstate.invalidate() |
|
2256 | 2260 | else: |
|
2257 | 2261 | self.dirstate.write(None) |
|
2258 | 2262 | |
|
2259 | 2263 | self._filecache['dirstate'].refresh() |
|
2260 | 2264 | |
|
2261 | 2265 | l = self._lock(self.vfs, "wlock", wait, unlock, |
|
2262 | 2266 | self.invalidatedirstate, _('working directory of %s') % |
|
2263 | 2267 | self.origroot, |
|
2264 | 2268 | inheritchecker=self._wlockchecktransaction, |
|
2265 | 2269 | parentenvvar='HG_WLOCK_LOCKER') |
|
2266 | 2270 | self._wlockref = weakref.ref(l) |
|
2267 | 2271 | return l |
|
2268 | 2272 | |
|
2269 | 2273 | def _currentlock(self, lockref): |
|
2270 | 2274 | """Returns the lock if it's held, or None if it's not.""" |
|
2271 | 2275 | if lockref is None: |
|
2272 | 2276 | return None |
|
2273 | 2277 | l = lockref() |
|
2274 | 2278 | if l is None or not l.held: |
|
2275 | 2279 | return None |
|
2276 | 2280 | return l |
|
2277 | 2281 | |
|
2278 | 2282 | def currentwlock(self): |
|
2279 | 2283 | """Returns the wlock if it's held, or None if it's not.""" |
|
2280 | 2284 | return self._currentlock(self._wlockref) |
|
2281 | 2285 | |
|
2282 | 2286 | def _filecommit(self, fctx, manifest1, manifest2, linkrev, tr, changelist): |
|
2283 | 2287 | """ |
|
2284 | 2288 | commit an individual file as part of a larger transaction |
|
2285 | 2289 | """ |
|
2286 | 2290 | |
|
2287 | 2291 | fname = fctx.path() |
|
2288 | 2292 | fparent1 = manifest1.get(fname, nullid) |
|
2289 | 2293 | fparent2 = manifest2.get(fname, nullid) |
|
2290 | 2294 | if isinstance(fctx, context.filectx): |
|
2291 | 2295 | node = fctx.filenode() |
|
2292 | 2296 | if node in [fparent1, fparent2]: |
|
2293 | 2297 | self.ui.debug('reusing %s filelog entry\n' % fname) |
|
2294 | 2298 | if manifest1.flags(fname) != fctx.flags(): |
|
2295 | 2299 | changelist.append(fname) |
|
2296 | 2300 | return node |
|
2297 | 2301 | |
|
2298 | 2302 | flog = self.file(fname) |
|
2299 | 2303 | meta = {} |
|
2300 | 2304 | cfname = fctx.copysource() |
|
2301 | 2305 | if cfname and cfname != fname: |
|
2302 | 2306 | # Mark the new revision of this file as a copy of another |
|
2303 | 2307 | # file. This copy data will effectively act as a parent |
|
2304 | 2308 | # of this new revision. If this is a merge, the first |
|
2305 | 2309 | # parent will be the nullid (meaning "look up the copy data") |
|
2306 | 2310 | # and the second one will be the other parent. For example: |
|
2307 | 2311 | # |
|
2308 | 2312 | # 0 --- 1 --- 3 rev1 changes file foo |
|
2309 | 2313 | # \ / rev2 renames foo to bar and changes it |
|
2310 | 2314 | # \- 2 -/ rev3 should have bar with all changes and |
|
2311 | 2315 | # should record that bar descends from |
|
2312 | 2316 | # bar in rev2 and foo in rev1 |
|
2313 | 2317 | # |
|
2314 | 2318 | # this allows this merge to succeed: |
|
2315 | 2319 | # |
|
2316 | 2320 | # 0 --- 1 --- 3 rev4 reverts the content change from rev2 |
|
2317 | 2321 | # \ / merging rev3 and rev4 should use bar@rev2 |
|
2318 | 2322 | # \- 2 --- 4 as the merge base |
|
2319 | 2323 | # |
|
2320 | 2324 | |
|
2321 | 2325 | crev = manifest1.get(cfname) |
|
2322 | 2326 | newfparent = fparent2 |
|
2323 | 2327 | |
|
2324 | 2328 | if manifest2: # branch merge |
|
2325 | 2329 | if fparent2 == nullid or crev is None: # copied on remote side |
|
2326 | 2330 | if cfname in manifest2: |
|
2327 | 2331 | crev = manifest2[cfname] |
|
2328 | 2332 | newfparent = fparent1 |
|
2329 | 2333 | |
|
2330 | 2334 | # Here, we used to search backwards through history to try to find |
|
2331 | 2335 | # where the file copy came from if the source of a copy was not in |
|
2332 | 2336 | # the parent directory. However, this doesn't actually make sense to |
|
2333 | 2337 | # do (what does a copy from something not in your working copy even |
|
2334 | 2338 | # mean?) and it causes bugs (eg, issue4476). Instead, we will warn |
|
2335 | 2339 | # the user that copy information was dropped, so if they didn't |
|
2336 | 2340 | # expect this outcome it can be fixed, but this is the correct |
|
2337 | 2341 | # behavior in this circumstance. |
|
2338 | 2342 | |
|
2339 | 2343 | if crev: |
|
2340 | 2344 | self.ui.debug(" %s: copy %s:%s\n" % (fname, cfname, hex(crev))) |
|
2341 | 2345 | meta["copy"] = cfname |
|
2342 | 2346 | meta["copyrev"] = hex(crev) |
|
2343 | 2347 | fparent1, fparent2 = nullid, newfparent |
|
2344 | 2348 | else: |
|
2345 | 2349 | self.ui.warn(_("warning: can't find ancestor for '%s' " |
|
2346 | 2350 | "copied from '%s'!\n") % (fname, cfname)) |
|
2347 | 2351 | |
|
2348 | 2352 | elif fparent1 == nullid: |
|
2349 | 2353 | fparent1, fparent2 = fparent2, nullid |
|
2350 | 2354 | elif fparent2 != nullid: |
|
2351 | 2355 | # is one parent an ancestor of the other? |
|
2352 | 2356 | fparentancestors = flog.commonancestorsheads(fparent1, fparent2) |
|
2353 | 2357 | if fparent1 in fparentancestors: |
|
2354 | 2358 | fparent1, fparent2 = fparent2, nullid |
|
2355 | 2359 | elif fparent2 in fparentancestors: |
|
2356 | 2360 | fparent2 = nullid |
|
2357 | 2361 | |
|
2358 | 2362 | # is the file changed? |
|
2359 | 2363 | text = fctx.data() |
|
2360 | 2364 | if fparent2 != nullid or flog.cmp(fparent1, text) or meta: |
|
2361 | 2365 | changelist.append(fname) |
|
2362 | 2366 | return flog.add(text, meta, tr, linkrev, fparent1, fparent2) |
|
2363 | 2367 | # are just the flags changed during merge? |
|
2364 | 2368 | elif fname in manifest1 and manifest1.flags(fname) != fctx.flags(): |
|
2365 | 2369 | changelist.append(fname) |
|
2366 | 2370 | |
|
2367 | 2371 | return fparent1 |
|
2368 | 2372 | |
|
2369 | 2373 | def checkcommitpatterns(self, wctx, vdirs, match, status, fail): |
|
2370 | 2374 | """check for commit arguments that aren't committable""" |
|
2371 | 2375 | if match.isexact() or match.prefix(): |
|
2372 | 2376 | matched = set(status.modified + status.added + status.removed) |
|
2373 | 2377 | |
|
2374 | 2378 | for f in match.files(): |
|
2375 | 2379 | f = self.dirstate.normalize(f) |
|
2376 | 2380 | if f == '.' or f in matched or f in wctx.substate: |
|
2377 | 2381 | continue |
|
2378 | 2382 | if f in status.deleted: |
|
2379 | 2383 | fail(f, _('file not found!')) |
|
2380 | 2384 | if f in vdirs: # visited directory |
|
2381 | 2385 | d = f + '/' |
|
2382 | 2386 | for mf in matched: |
|
2383 | 2387 | if mf.startswith(d): |
|
2384 | 2388 | break |
|
2385 | 2389 | else: |
|
2386 | 2390 | fail(f, _("no match under directory!")) |
|
2387 | 2391 | elif f not in self.dirstate: |
|
2388 | 2392 | fail(f, _("file not tracked!")) |
|
2389 | 2393 | |
|
2390 | 2394 | @unfilteredmethod |
|
2391 | 2395 | def commit(self, text="", user=None, date=None, match=None, force=False, |
|
2392 | 2396 | editor=False, extra=None): |
|
2393 | 2397 | """Add a new revision to current repository. |
|
2394 | 2398 | |
|
2395 | 2399 | Revision information is gathered from the working directory, |
|
2396 | 2400 | match can be used to filter the committed files. If editor is |
|
2397 | 2401 | supplied, it is called to get a commit message. |
|
2398 | 2402 | """ |
|
2399 | 2403 | if extra is None: |
|
2400 | 2404 | extra = {} |
|
2401 | 2405 | |
|
2402 | 2406 | def fail(f, msg): |
|
2403 | 2407 | raise error.Abort('%s: %s' % (f, msg)) |
|
2404 | 2408 | |
|
2405 | 2409 | if not match: |
|
2406 | 2410 | match = matchmod.always() |
|
2407 | 2411 | |
|
2408 | 2412 | if not force: |
|
2409 | 2413 | vdirs = [] |
|
2410 | 2414 | match.explicitdir = vdirs.append |
|
2411 | 2415 | match.bad = fail |
|
2412 | 2416 | |
|
2413 | 2417 | # lock() for recent changelog (see issue4368) |
|
2414 | 2418 | with self.wlock(), self.lock(): |
|
2415 | 2419 | wctx = self[None] |
|
2416 | 2420 | merge = len(wctx.parents()) > 1 |
|
2417 | 2421 | |
|
2418 | 2422 | if not force and merge and not match.always(): |
|
2419 | 2423 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot partially commit a merge ' |
|
2420 | 2424 | '(do not specify files or patterns)')) |
|
2421 | 2425 | |
|
2422 | 2426 | status = self.status(match=match, clean=force) |
|
2423 | 2427 | if force: |
|
2424 | 2428 | status.modified.extend(status.clean) # mq may commit clean files |
|
2425 | 2429 | |
|
2426 | 2430 | # check subrepos |
|
2427 | 2431 | subs, commitsubs, newstate = subrepoutil.precommit( |
|
2428 | 2432 | self.ui, wctx, status, match, force=force) |
|
2429 | 2433 | |
|
2430 | 2434 | # make sure all explicit patterns are matched |
|
2431 | 2435 | if not force: |
|
2432 | 2436 | self.checkcommitpatterns(wctx, vdirs, match, status, fail) |
|
2433 | 2437 | |
|
2434 | 2438 | cctx = context.workingcommitctx(self, status, |
|
2435 | 2439 | text, user, date, extra) |
|
2436 | 2440 | |
|
2437 | 2441 | # internal config: ui.allowemptycommit |
|
2438 | 2442 | allowemptycommit = (wctx.branch() != wctx.p1().branch() |
|
2439 | 2443 | or extra.get('close') or merge or cctx.files() |
|
2440 | 2444 | or self.ui.configbool('ui', 'allowemptycommit')) |
|
2441 | 2445 | if not allowemptycommit: |
|
2442 | 2446 | return None |
|
2443 | 2447 | |
|
2444 | 2448 | if merge and cctx.deleted(): |
|
2445 | 2449 | raise error.Abort(_("cannot commit merge with missing files")) |
|
2446 | 2450 | |
|
2447 | 2451 | ms = mergemod.mergestate.read(self) |
|
2448 | 2452 | mergeutil.checkunresolved(ms) |
|
2449 | 2453 | |
|
2450 | 2454 | if editor: |
|
2451 | 2455 | cctx._text = editor(self, cctx, subs) |
|
2452 | 2456 | edited = (text != cctx._text) |
|
2453 | 2457 | |
|
2454 | 2458 | # Save commit message in case this transaction gets rolled back |
|
2455 | 2459 | # (e.g. by a pretxncommit hook). Leave the content alone on |
|
2456 | 2460 | # the assumption that the user will use the same editor again. |
|
2457 | 2461 | msgfn = self.savecommitmessage(cctx._text) |
|
2458 | 2462 | |
|
2459 | 2463 | # commit subs and write new state |
|
2460 | 2464 | if subs: |
|
2461 | 2465 | uipathfn = scmutil.getuipathfn(self) |
|
2462 | 2466 | for s in sorted(commitsubs): |
|
2463 | 2467 | sub = wctx.sub(s) |
|
2464 | 2468 | self.ui.status(_('committing subrepository %s\n') % |
|
2465 | 2469 | uipathfn(subrepoutil.subrelpath(sub))) |
|
2466 | 2470 | sr = sub.commit(cctx._text, user, date) |
|
2467 | 2471 | newstate[s] = (newstate[s][0], sr) |
|
2468 | 2472 | subrepoutil.writestate(self, newstate) |
|
2469 | 2473 | |
|
2470 | 2474 | p1, p2 = self.dirstate.parents() |
|
2471 | 2475 | hookp1, hookp2 = hex(p1), (p2 != nullid and hex(p2) or '') |
|
2472 | 2476 | try: |
|
2473 | 2477 | self.hook("precommit", throw=True, parent1=hookp1, |
|
2474 | 2478 | parent2=hookp2) |
|
2475 | 2479 | with self.transaction('commit'): |
|
2476 | 2480 | ret = self.commitctx(cctx, True) |
|
2477 | 2481 | # update bookmarks, dirstate and mergestate |
|
2478 | 2482 | bookmarks.update(self, [p1, p2], ret) |
|
2479 | 2483 | cctx.markcommitted(ret) |
|
2480 | 2484 | ms.reset() |
|
2481 | 2485 | except: # re-raises |
|
2482 | 2486 | if edited: |
|
2483 | 2487 | self.ui.write( |
|
2484 | 2488 | _('note: commit message saved in %s\n') % msgfn) |
|
2485 | 2489 | raise |
|
2486 | 2490 | |
|
2487 | 2491 | def commithook(node=hex(ret), parent1=hookp1, parent2=hookp2): |
|
2488 | 2492 | # hack for command that use a temporary commit (eg: histedit) |
|
2489 | 2493 | # temporary commit got stripped before hook release |
|
2490 | 2494 | if self.changelog.hasnode(ret): |
|
2491 | 2495 | self.hook("commit", node=node, parent1=parent1, |
|
2492 | 2496 | parent2=parent2) |
|
2493 | 2497 | self._afterlock(commithook) |
|
2494 | 2498 | return ret |
|
2495 | 2499 | |
|
2496 | 2500 | @unfilteredmethod |
|
2497 | 2501 | def commitctx(self, ctx, error=False): |
|
2498 | 2502 | """Add a new revision to current repository. |
|
2499 | 2503 | Revision information is passed via the context argument. |
|
2500 | 2504 | |
|
2501 | 2505 | ctx.files() should list all files involved in this commit, i.e. |
|
2502 | 2506 | modified/added/removed files. On merge, it may be wider than the |
|
2503 | 2507 | ctx.files() to be committed, since any file nodes derived directly |
|
2504 | 2508 | from p1 or p2 are excluded from the committed ctx.files(). |
|
2505 | 2509 | """ |
|
2506 | 2510 | |
|
2507 | 2511 | p1, p2 = ctx.p1(), ctx.p2() |
|
2508 | 2512 | user = ctx.user() |
|
2509 | 2513 | |
|
2510 | 2514 | with self.lock(), self.transaction("commit") as tr: |
|
2511 | 2515 | trp = weakref.proxy(tr) |
|
2512 | 2516 | |
|
2513 | 2517 | if ctx.manifestnode(): |
|
2514 | 2518 | # reuse an existing manifest revision |
|
2515 | 2519 | self.ui.debug('reusing known manifest\n') |
|
2516 | 2520 | mn = ctx.manifestnode() |
|
2517 | 2521 | files = ctx.files() |
|
2518 | 2522 | elif ctx.files(): |
|
2519 | 2523 | m1ctx = p1.manifestctx() |
|
2520 | 2524 | m2ctx = p2.manifestctx() |
|
2521 | 2525 | mctx = m1ctx.copy() |
|
2522 | 2526 | |
|
2523 | 2527 | m = mctx.read() |
|
2524 | 2528 | m1 = m1ctx.read() |
|
2525 | 2529 | m2 = m2ctx.read() |
|
2526 | 2530 | |
|
2527 | 2531 | # check in files |
|
2528 | 2532 | added = [] |
|
2529 | 2533 | changed = [] |
|
2530 | 2534 | removed = list(ctx.removed()) |
|
2531 | 2535 | linkrev = len(self) |
|
2532 | 2536 | self.ui.note(_("committing files:\n")) |
|
2533 | 2537 | uipathfn = scmutil.getuipathfn(self) |
|
2534 | 2538 | for f in sorted(ctx.modified() + ctx.added()): |
|
2535 | 2539 | self.ui.note(uipathfn(f) + "\n") |
|
2536 | 2540 | try: |
|
2537 | 2541 | fctx = ctx[f] |
|
2538 | 2542 | if fctx is None: |
|
2539 | 2543 | removed.append(f) |
|
2540 | 2544 | else: |
|
2541 | 2545 | added.append(f) |
|
2542 | 2546 | m[f] = self._filecommit(fctx, m1, m2, linkrev, |
|
2543 | 2547 | trp, changed) |
|
2544 | 2548 | m.setflag(f, fctx.flags()) |
|
2545 | 2549 | except OSError: |
|
2546 | 2550 | self.ui.warn(_("trouble committing %s!\n") % |
|
2547 | 2551 | uipathfn(f)) |
|
2548 | 2552 | raise |
|
2549 | 2553 | except IOError as inst: |
|
2550 | 2554 | errcode = getattr(inst, 'errno', errno.ENOENT) |
|
2551 | 2555 | if error or errcode and errcode != errno.ENOENT: |
|
2552 | 2556 | self.ui.warn(_("trouble committing %s!\n") % |
|
2553 | 2557 | uipathfn(f)) |
|
2554 | 2558 | raise |
|
2555 | 2559 | |
|
2556 | 2560 | # update manifest |
|
2557 | 2561 | removed = [f for f in sorted(removed) if f in m1 or f in m2] |
|
2558 | 2562 | drop = [f for f in removed if f in m] |
|
2559 | 2563 | for f in drop: |
|
2560 | 2564 | del m[f] |
|
2561 | 2565 | files = changed + removed |
|
2562 | 2566 | md = None |
|
2563 | 2567 | if not files: |
|
2564 | 2568 | # if no "files" actually changed in terms of the changelog, |
|
2565 | 2569 | # try hard to detect unmodified manifest entry so that the |
|
2566 | 2570 | # exact same commit can be reproduced later on convert. |
|
2567 | 2571 | md = m1.diff(m, scmutil.matchfiles(self, ctx.files())) |
|
2568 | 2572 | if not files and md: |
|
2569 | 2573 | self.ui.debug('not reusing manifest (no file change in ' |
|
2570 | 2574 | 'changelog, but manifest differs)\n') |
|
2571 | 2575 | if files or md: |
|
2572 | 2576 | self.ui.note(_("committing manifest\n")) |
|
2573 | 2577 | # we're using narrowmatch here since it's already applied at |
|
2574 | 2578 | # other stages (such as dirstate.walk), so we're already |
|
2575 | 2579 | # ignoring things outside of narrowspec in most cases. The |
|
2576 | 2580 | # one case where we might have files outside the narrowspec |
|
2577 | 2581 | # at this point is merges, and we already error out in the |
|
2578 | 2582 | # case where the merge has files outside of the narrowspec, |
|
2579 | 2583 | # so this is safe. |
|
2580 | 2584 | mn = mctx.write(trp, linkrev, |
|
2581 | 2585 | p1.manifestnode(), p2.manifestnode(), |
|
2582 | 2586 | added, drop, match=self.narrowmatch()) |
|
2583 | 2587 | else: |
|
2584 | 2588 | self.ui.debug('reusing manifest form p1 (listed files ' |
|
2585 | 2589 | 'actually unchanged)\n') |
|
2586 | 2590 | mn = p1.manifestnode() |
|
2587 | 2591 | else: |
|
2588 | 2592 | self.ui.debug('reusing manifest from p1 (no file change)\n') |
|
2589 | 2593 | mn = p1.manifestnode() |
|
2590 | 2594 | files = [] |
|
2591 | 2595 | |
|
2592 | 2596 | # update changelog |
|
2593 | 2597 | self.ui.note(_("committing changelog\n")) |
|
2594 | 2598 | self.changelog.delayupdate(tr) |
|
2595 | 2599 | n = self.changelog.add(mn, files, ctx.description(), |
|
2596 | 2600 | trp, p1.node(), p2.node(), |
|
2597 | 2601 | user, ctx.date(), ctx.extra().copy()) |
|
2598 | 2602 | xp1, xp2 = p1.hex(), p2 and p2.hex() or '' |
|
2599 | 2603 | self.hook('pretxncommit', throw=True, node=hex(n), parent1=xp1, |
|
2600 | 2604 | parent2=xp2) |
|
2601 | 2605 | # set the new commit is proper phase |
|
2602 | 2606 | targetphase = subrepoutil.newcommitphase(self.ui, ctx) |
|
2603 | 2607 | if targetphase: |
|
2604 | 2608 | # retract boundary do not alter parent changeset. |
|
2605 | 2609 | # if a parent have higher the resulting phase will |
|
2606 | 2610 | # be compliant anyway |
|
2607 | 2611 | # |
|
2608 | 2612 | # if minimal phase was 0 we don't need to retract anything |
|
2609 | 2613 | phases.registernew(self, tr, targetphase, [n]) |
|
2610 | 2614 | return n |
|
2611 | 2615 | |
|
2612 | 2616 | @unfilteredmethod |
|
2613 | 2617 | def destroying(self): |
|
2614 | 2618 | '''Inform the repository that nodes are about to be destroyed. |
|
2615 | 2619 | Intended for use by strip and rollback, so there's a common |
|
2616 | 2620 | place for anything that has to be done before destroying history. |
|
2617 | 2621 | |
|
2618 | 2622 | This is mostly useful for saving state that is in memory and waiting |
|
2619 | 2623 | to be flushed when the current lock is released. Because a call to |
|
2620 | 2624 | destroyed is imminent, the repo will be invalidated causing those |
|
2621 | 2625 | changes to stay in memory (waiting for the next unlock), or vanish |
|
2622 | 2626 | completely. |
|
2623 | 2627 | ''' |
|
2624 | 2628 | # When using the same lock to commit and strip, the phasecache is left |
|
2625 | 2629 | # dirty after committing. Then when we strip, the repo is invalidated, |
|
2626 | 2630 | # causing those changes to disappear. |
|
2627 | 2631 | if '_phasecache' in vars(self): |
|
2628 | 2632 | self._phasecache.write() |
|
2629 | 2633 | |
|
2630 | 2634 | @unfilteredmethod |
|
2631 | 2635 | def destroyed(self): |
|
2632 | 2636 | '''Inform the repository that nodes have been destroyed. |
|
2633 | 2637 | Intended for use by strip and rollback, so there's a common |
|
2634 | 2638 | place for anything that has to be done after destroying history. |
|
2635 | 2639 | ''' |
|
2636 | 2640 | # When one tries to: |
|
2637 | 2641 | # 1) destroy nodes thus calling this method (e.g. strip) |
|
2638 | 2642 | # 2) use phasecache somewhere (e.g. commit) |
|
2639 | 2643 | # |
|
2640 | 2644 | # then 2) will fail because the phasecache contains nodes that were |
|
2641 | 2645 | # removed. We can either remove phasecache from the filecache, |
|
2642 | 2646 | # causing it to reload next time it is accessed, or simply filter |
|
2643 | 2647 | # the removed nodes now and write the updated cache. |
|
2644 | 2648 | self._phasecache.filterunknown(self) |
|
2645 | 2649 | self._phasecache.write() |
|
2646 | 2650 | |
|
2647 | 2651 | # refresh all repository caches |
|
2648 | 2652 | self.updatecaches() |
|
2649 | 2653 | |
|
2650 | 2654 | # Ensure the persistent tag cache is updated. Doing it now |
|
2651 | 2655 | # means that the tag cache only has to worry about destroyed |
|
2652 | 2656 | # heads immediately after a strip/rollback. That in turn |
|
2653 | 2657 | # guarantees that "cachetip == currenttip" (comparing both rev |
|
2654 | 2658 | # and node) always means no nodes have been added or destroyed. |
|
2655 | 2659 | |
|
2656 | 2660 | # XXX this is suboptimal when qrefresh'ing: we strip the current |
|
2657 | 2661 | # head, refresh the tag cache, then immediately add a new head. |
|
2658 | 2662 | # But I think doing it this way is necessary for the "instant |
|
2659 | 2663 | # tag cache retrieval" case to work. |
|
2660 | 2664 | self.invalidate() |
|
2661 | 2665 | |
|
2662 | 2666 | def status(self, node1='.', node2=None, match=None, |
|
2663 | 2667 | ignored=False, clean=False, unknown=False, |
|
2664 | 2668 | listsubrepos=False): |
|
2665 | 2669 | '''a convenience method that calls node1.status(node2)''' |
|
2666 | 2670 | return self[node1].status(node2, match, ignored, clean, unknown, |
|
2667 | 2671 | listsubrepos) |
|
2668 | 2672 | |
|
2669 | 2673 | def addpostdsstatus(self, ps): |
|
2670 | 2674 | """Add a callback to run within the wlock, at the point at which status |
|
2671 | 2675 | fixups happen. |
|
2672 | 2676 | |
|
2673 | 2677 | On status completion, callback(wctx, status) will be called with the |
|
2674 | 2678 | wlock held, unless the dirstate has changed from underneath or the wlock |
|
2675 | 2679 | couldn't be grabbed. |
|
2676 | 2680 | |
|
2677 | 2681 | Callbacks should not capture and use a cached copy of the dirstate -- |
|
2678 | 2682 | it might change in the meanwhile. Instead, they should access the |
|
2679 | 2683 | dirstate via wctx.repo().dirstate. |
|
2680 | 2684 | |
|
2681 | 2685 | This list is emptied out after each status run -- extensions should |
|
2682 | 2686 | make sure it adds to this list each time dirstate.status is called. |
|
2683 | 2687 | Extensions should also make sure they don't call this for statuses |
|
2684 | 2688 | that don't involve the dirstate. |
|
2685 | 2689 | """ |
|
2686 | 2690 | |
|
2687 | 2691 | # The list is located here for uniqueness reasons -- it is actually |
|
2688 | 2692 | # managed by the workingctx, but that isn't unique per-repo. |
|
2689 | 2693 | self._postdsstatus.append(ps) |
|
2690 | 2694 | |
|
2691 | 2695 | def postdsstatus(self): |
|
2692 | 2696 | """Used by workingctx to get the list of post-dirstate-status hooks.""" |
|
2693 | 2697 | return self._postdsstatus |
|
2694 | 2698 | |
|
2695 | 2699 | def clearpostdsstatus(self): |
|
2696 | 2700 | """Used by workingctx to clear post-dirstate-status hooks.""" |
|
2697 | 2701 | del self._postdsstatus[:] |
|
2698 | 2702 | |
|
2699 | 2703 | def heads(self, start=None): |
|
2700 | 2704 | if start is None: |
|
2701 | 2705 | cl = self.changelog |
|
2702 | 2706 | headrevs = reversed(cl.headrevs()) |
|
2703 | 2707 | return [cl.node(rev) for rev in headrevs] |
|
2704 | 2708 | |
|
2705 | 2709 | heads = self.changelog.heads(start) |
|
2706 | 2710 | # sort the output in rev descending order |
|
2707 | 2711 | return sorted(heads, key=self.changelog.rev, reverse=True) |
|
2708 | 2712 | |
|
2709 | 2713 | def branchheads(self, branch=None, start=None, closed=False): |
|
2710 | 2714 | '''return a (possibly filtered) list of heads for the given branch |
|
2711 | 2715 | |
|
2712 | 2716 | Heads are returned in topological order, from newest to oldest. |
|
2713 | 2717 | If branch is None, use the dirstate branch. |
|
2714 | 2718 | If start is not None, return only heads reachable from start. |
|
2715 | 2719 | If closed is True, return heads that are marked as closed as well. |
|
2716 | 2720 | ''' |
|
2717 | 2721 | if branch is None: |
|
2718 | 2722 | branch = self[None].branch() |
|
2719 | 2723 | branches = self.branchmap() |
|
2720 | 2724 | if branch not in branches: |
|
2721 | 2725 | return [] |
|
2722 | 2726 | # the cache returns heads ordered lowest to highest |
|
2723 | 2727 | bheads = list(reversed(branches.branchheads(branch, closed=closed))) |
|
2724 | 2728 | if start is not None: |
|
2725 | 2729 | # filter out the heads that cannot be reached from startrev |
|
2726 | 2730 | fbheads = set(self.changelog.nodesbetween([start], bheads)[2]) |
|
2727 | 2731 | bheads = [h for h in bheads if h in fbheads] |
|
2728 | 2732 | return bheads |
|
2729 | 2733 | |
|
2730 | 2734 | def branches(self, nodes): |
|
2731 | 2735 | if not nodes: |
|
2732 | 2736 | nodes = [self.changelog.tip()] |
|
2733 | 2737 | b = [] |
|
2734 | 2738 | for n in nodes: |
|
2735 | 2739 | t = n |
|
2736 | 2740 | while True: |
|
2737 | 2741 | p = self.changelog.parents(n) |
|
2738 | 2742 | if p[1] != nullid or p[0] == nullid: |
|
2739 | 2743 | b.append((t, n, p[0], p[1])) |
|
2740 | 2744 | break |
|
2741 | 2745 | n = p[0] |
|
2742 | 2746 | return b |
|
2743 | 2747 | |
|
2744 | 2748 | def between(self, pairs): |
|
2745 | 2749 | r = [] |
|
2746 | 2750 | |
|
2747 | 2751 | for top, bottom in pairs: |
|
2748 | 2752 | n, l, i = top, [], 0 |
|
2749 | 2753 | f = 1 |
|
2750 | 2754 | |
|
2751 | 2755 | while n != bottom and n != nullid: |
|
2752 | 2756 | p = self.changelog.parents(n)[0] |
|
2753 | 2757 | if i == f: |
|
2754 | 2758 | l.append(n) |
|
2755 | 2759 | f = f * 2 |
|
2756 | 2760 | n = p |
|
2757 | 2761 | i += 1 |
|
2758 | 2762 | |
|
2759 | 2763 | r.append(l) |
|
2760 | 2764 | |
|
2761 | 2765 | return r |
|
2762 | 2766 | |
|
2763 | 2767 | def checkpush(self, pushop): |
|
2764 | 2768 | """Extensions can override this function if additional checks have |
|
2765 | 2769 | to be performed before pushing, or call it if they override push |
|
2766 | 2770 | command. |
|
2767 | 2771 | """ |
|
2768 | 2772 | |
|
2769 | 2773 | @unfilteredpropertycache |
|
2770 | 2774 | def prepushoutgoinghooks(self): |
|
2771 | 2775 | """Return util.hooks consists of a pushop with repo, remote, outgoing |
|
2772 | 2776 | methods, which are called before pushing changesets. |
|
2773 | 2777 | """ |
|
2774 | 2778 | return util.hooks() |
|
2775 | 2779 | |
|
2776 | 2780 | def pushkey(self, namespace, key, old, new): |
|
2777 | 2781 | try: |
|
2778 | 2782 | tr = self.currenttransaction() |
|
2779 | 2783 | hookargs = {} |
|
2780 | 2784 | if tr is not None: |
|
2781 | 2785 | hookargs.update(tr.hookargs) |
|
2782 | 2786 | hookargs = pycompat.strkwargs(hookargs) |
|
2783 | 2787 | hookargs[r'namespace'] = namespace |
|
2784 | 2788 | hookargs[r'key'] = key |
|
2785 | 2789 | hookargs[r'old'] = old |
|
2786 | 2790 | hookargs[r'new'] = new |
|
2787 | 2791 | self.hook('prepushkey', throw=True, **hookargs) |
|
2788 | 2792 | except error.HookAbort as exc: |
|
2789 | 2793 | self.ui.write_err(_("pushkey-abort: %s\n") % exc) |
|
2790 | 2794 | if exc.hint: |
|
2791 | 2795 | self.ui.write_err(_("(%s)\n") % exc.hint) |
|
2792 | 2796 | return False |
|
2793 | 2797 | self.ui.debug('pushing key for "%s:%s"\n' % (namespace, key)) |
|
2794 | 2798 | ret = pushkey.push(self, namespace, key, old, new) |
|
2795 | 2799 | def runhook(): |
|
2796 | 2800 | self.hook('pushkey', namespace=namespace, key=key, old=old, new=new, |
|
2797 | 2801 | ret=ret) |
|
2798 | 2802 | self._afterlock(runhook) |
|
2799 | 2803 | return ret |
|
2800 | 2804 | |
|
2801 | 2805 | def listkeys(self, namespace): |
|
2802 | 2806 | self.hook('prelistkeys', throw=True, namespace=namespace) |
|
2803 | 2807 | self.ui.debug('listing keys for "%s"\n' % namespace) |
|
2804 | 2808 | values = pushkey.list(self, namespace) |
|
2805 | 2809 | self.hook('listkeys', namespace=namespace, values=values) |
|
2806 | 2810 | return values |
|
2807 | 2811 | |
|
2808 | 2812 | def debugwireargs(self, one, two, three=None, four=None, five=None): |
|
2809 | 2813 | '''used to test argument passing over the wire''' |
|
2810 | 2814 | return "%s %s %s %s %s" % (one, two, pycompat.bytestr(three), |
|
2811 | 2815 | pycompat.bytestr(four), |
|
2812 | 2816 | pycompat.bytestr(five)) |
|
2813 | 2817 | |
|
2814 | 2818 | def savecommitmessage(self, text): |
|
2815 | 2819 | fp = self.vfs('last-message.txt', 'wb') |
|
2816 | 2820 | try: |
|
2817 | 2821 | fp.write(text) |
|
2818 | 2822 | finally: |
|
2819 | 2823 | fp.close() |
|
2820 | 2824 | return self.pathto(fp.name[len(self.root) + 1:]) |
|
2821 | 2825 | |
|
2822 | 2826 | # used to avoid circular references so destructors work |
|
2823 | 2827 | def aftertrans(files): |
|
2824 | 2828 | renamefiles = [tuple(t) for t in files] |
|
2825 | 2829 | def a(): |
|
2826 | 2830 | for vfs, src, dest in renamefiles: |
|
2827 | 2831 | # if src and dest refer to a same file, vfs.rename is a no-op, |
|
2828 | 2832 | # leaving both src and dest on disk. delete dest to make sure |
|
2829 | 2833 | # the rename couldn't be such a no-op. |
|
2830 | 2834 | vfs.tryunlink(dest) |
|
2831 | 2835 | try: |
|
2832 | 2836 | vfs.rename(src, dest) |
|
2833 | 2837 | except OSError: # journal file does not yet exist |
|
2834 | 2838 | pass |
|
2835 | 2839 | return a |
|
2836 | 2840 | |
|
2837 | 2841 | def undoname(fn): |
|
2838 | 2842 | base, name = os.path.split(fn) |
|
2839 | 2843 | assert name.startswith('journal') |
|
2840 | 2844 | return os.path.join(base, name.replace('journal', 'undo', 1)) |
|
2841 | 2845 | |
|
2842 | 2846 | def instance(ui, path, create, intents=None, createopts=None): |
|
2843 | 2847 | localpath = util.urllocalpath(path) |
|
2844 | 2848 | if create: |
|
2845 | 2849 | createrepository(ui, localpath, createopts=createopts) |
|
2846 | 2850 | |
|
2847 | 2851 | return makelocalrepository(ui, localpath, intents=intents) |
|
2848 | 2852 | |
|
2849 | 2853 | def islocal(path): |
|
2850 | 2854 | return True |
|
2851 | 2855 | |
|
2852 | 2856 | def defaultcreateopts(ui, createopts=None): |
|
2853 | 2857 | """Populate the default creation options for a repository. |
|
2854 | 2858 | |
|
2855 | 2859 | A dictionary of explicitly requested creation options can be passed |
|
2856 | 2860 | in. Missing keys will be populated. |
|
2857 | 2861 | """ |
|
2858 | 2862 | createopts = dict(createopts or {}) |
|
2859 | 2863 | |
|
2860 | 2864 | if 'backend' not in createopts: |
|
2861 | 2865 | # experimental config: storage.new-repo-backend |
|
2862 | 2866 | createopts['backend'] = ui.config('storage', 'new-repo-backend') |
|
2863 | 2867 | |
|
2864 | 2868 | return createopts |
|
2865 | 2869 | |
|
2866 | 2870 | def newreporequirements(ui, createopts): |
|
2867 | 2871 | """Determine the set of requirements for a new local repository. |
|
2868 | 2872 | |
|
2869 | 2873 | Extensions can wrap this function to specify custom requirements for |
|
2870 | 2874 | new repositories. |
|
2871 | 2875 | """ |
|
2872 | 2876 | # If the repo is being created from a shared repository, we copy |
|
2873 | 2877 | # its requirements. |
|
2874 | 2878 | if 'sharedrepo' in createopts: |
|
2875 | 2879 | requirements = set(createopts['sharedrepo'].requirements) |
|
2876 | 2880 | if createopts.get('sharedrelative'): |
|
2877 | 2881 | requirements.add('relshared') |
|
2878 | 2882 | else: |
|
2879 | 2883 | requirements.add('shared') |
|
2880 | 2884 | |
|
2881 | 2885 | return requirements |
|
2882 | 2886 | |
|
2883 | 2887 | if 'backend' not in createopts: |
|
2884 | 2888 | raise error.ProgrammingError('backend key not present in createopts; ' |
|
2885 | 2889 | 'was defaultcreateopts() called?') |
|
2886 | 2890 | |
|
2887 | 2891 | if createopts['backend'] != 'revlogv1': |
|
2888 | 2892 | raise error.Abort(_('unable to determine repository requirements for ' |
|
2889 | 2893 | 'storage backend: %s') % createopts['backend']) |
|
2890 | 2894 | |
|
2891 | 2895 | requirements = {'revlogv1'} |
|
2892 | 2896 | if ui.configbool('format', 'usestore'): |
|
2893 | 2897 | requirements.add('store') |
|
2894 | 2898 | if ui.configbool('format', 'usefncache'): |
|
2895 | 2899 | requirements.add('fncache') |
|
2896 | 2900 | if ui.configbool('format', 'dotencode'): |
|
2897 | 2901 | requirements.add('dotencode') |
|
2898 | 2902 | |
|
2899 | 2903 | compengine = ui.config('experimental', 'format.compression') |
|
2900 | 2904 | if compengine not in util.compengines: |
|
2901 | 2905 | raise error.Abort(_('compression engine %s defined by ' |
|
2902 | 2906 | 'experimental.format.compression not available') % |
|
2903 | 2907 | compengine, |
|
2904 | 2908 | hint=_('run "hg debuginstall" to list available ' |
|
2905 | 2909 | 'compression engines')) |
|
2906 | 2910 | |
|
2907 | 2911 | # zlib is the historical default and doesn't need an explicit requirement. |
|
2908 | 2912 | if compengine != 'zlib': |
|
2909 | 2913 | requirements.add('exp-compression-%s' % compengine) |
|
2910 | 2914 | |
|
2911 | 2915 | if scmutil.gdinitconfig(ui): |
|
2912 | 2916 | requirements.add('generaldelta') |
|
2913 | 2917 | if ui.configbool('format', 'sparse-revlog'): |
|
2914 | 2918 | requirements.add(SPARSEREVLOG_REQUIREMENT) |
|
2915 | 2919 | if ui.configbool('experimental', 'treemanifest'): |
|
2916 | 2920 | requirements.add('treemanifest') |
|
2917 | 2921 | |
|
2918 | 2922 | revlogv2 = ui.config('experimental', 'revlogv2') |
|
2919 | 2923 | if revlogv2 == 'enable-unstable-format-and-corrupt-my-data': |
|
2920 | 2924 | requirements.remove('revlogv1') |
|
2921 | 2925 | # generaldelta is implied by revlogv2. |
|
2922 | 2926 | requirements.discard('generaldelta') |
|
2923 | 2927 | requirements.add(REVLOGV2_REQUIREMENT) |
|
2924 | 2928 | # experimental config: format.internal-phase |
|
2925 | 2929 | if ui.configbool('format', 'internal-phase'): |
|
2926 | 2930 | requirements.add('internal-phase') |
|
2927 | 2931 | |
|
2928 | 2932 | if createopts.get('narrowfiles'): |
|
2929 | 2933 | requirements.add(repository.NARROW_REQUIREMENT) |
|
2930 | 2934 | |
|
2931 | 2935 | if createopts.get('lfs'): |
|
2932 | 2936 | requirements.add('lfs') |
|
2933 | 2937 | |
|
2934 | 2938 | return requirements |
|
2935 | 2939 | |
|
2936 | 2940 | def filterknowncreateopts(ui, createopts): |
|
2937 | 2941 | """Filters a dict of repo creation options against options that are known. |
|
2938 | 2942 | |
|
2939 | 2943 | Receives a dict of repo creation options and returns a dict of those |
|
2940 | 2944 | options that we don't know how to handle. |
|
2941 | 2945 | |
|
2942 | 2946 | This function is called as part of repository creation. If the |
|
2943 | 2947 | returned dict contains any items, repository creation will not |
|
2944 | 2948 | be allowed, as it means there was a request to create a repository |
|
2945 | 2949 | with options not recognized by loaded code. |
|
2946 | 2950 | |
|
2947 | 2951 | Extensions can wrap this function to filter out creation options |
|
2948 | 2952 | they know how to handle. |
|
2949 | 2953 | """ |
|
2950 | 2954 | known = { |
|
2951 | 2955 | 'backend', |
|
2952 | 2956 | 'lfs', |
|
2953 | 2957 | 'narrowfiles', |
|
2954 | 2958 | 'sharedrepo', |
|
2955 | 2959 | 'sharedrelative', |
|
2956 | 2960 | 'shareditems', |
|
2957 | 2961 | 'shallowfilestore', |
|
2958 | 2962 | } |
|
2959 | 2963 | |
|
2960 | 2964 | return {k: v for k, v in createopts.items() if k not in known} |
|
2961 | 2965 | |
|
2962 | 2966 | def createrepository(ui, path, createopts=None): |
|
2963 | 2967 | """Create a new repository in a vfs. |
|
2964 | 2968 | |
|
2965 | 2969 | ``path`` path to the new repo's working directory. |
|
2966 | 2970 | ``createopts`` options for the new repository. |
|
2967 | 2971 | |
|
2968 | 2972 | The following keys for ``createopts`` are recognized: |
|
2969 | 2973 | |
|
2970 | 2974 | backend |
|
2971 | 2975 | The storage backend to use. |
|
2972 | 2976 | lfs |
|
2973 | 2977 | Repository will be created with ``lfs`` requirement. The lfs extension |
|
2974 | 2978 | will automatically be loaded when the repository is accessed. |
|
2975 | 2979 | narrowfiles |
|
2976 | 2980 | Set up repository to support narrow file storage. |
|
2977 | 2981 | sharedrepo |
|
2978 | 2982 | Repository object from which storage should be shared. |
|
2979 | 2983 | sharedrelative |
|
2980 | 2984 | Boolean indicating if the path to the shared repo should be |
|
2981 | 2985 | stored as relative. By default, the pointer to the "parent" repo |
|
2982 | 2986 | is stored as an absolute path. |
|
2983 | 2987 | shareditems |
|
2984 | 2988 | Set of items to share to the new repository (in addition to storage). |
|
2985 | 2989 | shallowfilestore |
|
2986 | 2990 | Indicates that storage for files should be shallow (not all ancestor |
|
2987 | 2991 | revisions are known). |
|
2988 | 2992 | """ |
|
2989 | 2993 | createopts = defaultcreateopts(ui, createopts=createopts) |
|
2990 | 2994 | |
|
2991 | 2995 | unknownopts = filterknowncreateopts(ui, createopts) |
|
2992 | 2996 | |
|
2993 | 2997 | if not isinstance(unknownopts, dict): |
|
2994 | 2998 | raise error.ProgrammingError('filterknowncreateopts() did not return ' |
|
2995 | 2999 | 'a dict') |
|
2996 | 3000 | |
|
2997 | 3001 | if unknownopts: |
|
2998 | 3002 | raise error.Abort(_('unable to create repository because of unknown ' |
|
2999 | 3003 | 'creation option: %s') % |
|
3000 | 3004 | ', '.join(sorted(unknownopts)), |
|
3001 | 3005 | hint=_('is a required extension not loaded?')) |
|
3002 | 3006 | |
|
3003 | 3007 | requirements = newreporequirements(ui, createopts=createopts) |
|
3004 | 3008 | |
|
3005 | 3009 | wdirvfs = vfsmod.vfs(path, expandpath=True, realpath=True) |
|
3006 | 3010 | |
|
3007 | 3011 | hgvfs = vfsmod.vfs(wdirvfs.join(b'.hg')) |
|
3008 | 3012 | if hgvfs.exists(): |
|
3009 | 3013 | raise error.RepoError(_('repository %s already exists') % path) |
|
3010 | 3014 | |
|
3011 | 3015 | if 'sharedrepo' in createopts: |
|
3012 | 3016 | sharedpath = createopts['sharedrepo'].sharedpath |
|
3013 | 3017 | |
|
3014 | 3018 | if createopts.get('sharedrelative'): |
|
3015 | 3019 | try: |
|
3016 | 3020 | sharedpath = os.path.relpath(sharedpath, hgvfs.base) |
|
3017 | 3021 | except (IOError, ValueError) as e: |
|
3018 | 3022 | # ValueError is raised on Windows if the drive letters differ |
|
3019 | 3023 | # on each path. |
|
3020 | 3024 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot calculate relative path'), |
|
3021 | 3025 | hint=stringutil.forcebytestr(e)) |
|
3022 | 3026 | |
|
3023 | 3027 | if not wdirvfs.exists(): |
|
3024 | 3028 | wdirvfs.makedirs() |
|
3025 | 3029 | |
|
3026 | 3030 | hgvfs.makedir(notindexed=True) |
|
3027 | 3031 | if 'sharedrepo' not in createopts: |
|
3028 | 3032 | hgvfs.mkdir(b'cache') |
|
3029 | 3033 | hgvfs.mkdir(b'wcache') |
|
3030 | 3034 | |
|
3031 | 3035 | if b'store' in requirements and 'sharedrepo' not in createopts: |
|
3032 | 3036 | hgvfs.mkdir(b'store') |
|
3033 | 3037 | |
|
3034 | 3038 | # We create an invalid changelog outside the store so very old |
|
3035 | 3039 | # Mercurial versions (which didn't know about the requirements |
|
3036 | 3040 | # file) encounter an error on reading the changelog. This |
|
3037 | 3041 | # effectively locks out old clients and prevents them from |
|
3038 | 3042 | # mucking with a repo in an unknown format. |
|
3039 | 3043 | # |
|
3040 | 3044 | # The revlog header has version 2, which won't be recognized by |
|
3041 | 3045 | # such old clients. |
|
3042 | 3046 | hgvfs.append(b'00changelog.i', |
|
3043 | 3047 | b'\0\0\0\2 dummy changelog to prevent using the old repo ' |
|
3044 | 3048 | b'layout') |
|
3045 | 3049 | |
|
3046 | 3050 | scmutil.writerequires(hgvfs, requirements) |
|
3047 | 3051 | |
|
3048 | 3052 | # Write out file telling readers where to find the shared store. |
|
3049 | 3053 | if 'sharedrepo' in createopts: |
|
3050 | 3054 | hgvfs.write(b'sharedpath', sharedpath) |
|
3051 | 3055 | |
|
3052 | 3056 | if createopts.get('shareditems'): |
|
3053 | 3057 | shared = b'\n'.join(sorted(createopts['shareditems'])) + b'\n' |
|
3054 | 3058 | hgvfs.write(b'shared', shared) |
|
3055 | 3059 | |
|
3056 | 3060 | def poisonrepository(repo): |
|
3057 | 3061 | """Poison a repository instance so it can no longer be used.""" |
|
3058 | 3062 | # Perform any cleanup on the instance. |
|
3059 | 3063 | repo.close() |
|
3060 | 3064 | |
|
3061 | 3065 | # Our strategy is to replace the type of the object with one that |
|
3062 | 3066 | # has all attribute lookups result in error. |
|
3063 | 3067 | # |
|
3064 | 3068 | # But we have to allow the close() method because some constructors |
|
3065 | 3069 | # of repos call close() on repo references. |
|
3066 | 3070 | class poisonedrepository(object): |
|
3067 | 3071 | def __getattribute__(self, item): |
|
3068 | 3072 | if item == r'close': |
|
3069 | 3073 | return object.__getattribute__(self, item) |
|
3070 | 3074 | |
|
3071 | 3075 | raise error.ProgrammingError('repo instances should not be used ' |
|
3072 | 3076 | 'after unshare') |
|
3073 | 3077 | |
|
3074 | 3078 | def close(self): |
|
3075 | 3079 | pass |
|
3076 | 3080 | |
|
3077 | 3081 | # We may have a repoview, which intercepts __setattr__. So be sure |
|
3078 | 3082 | # we operate at the lowest level possible. |
|
3079 | 3083 | object.__setattr__(repo, r'__class__', poisonedrepository) |
@@ -1,2654 +1,2657 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | # revlog.py - storage back-end for mercurial |
|
2 | 2 | # |
|
3 | 3 | # Copyright 2005-2007 Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> |
|
4 | 4 | # |
|
5 | 5 | # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the |
|
6 | 6 | # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version. |
|
7 | 7 | |
|
8 | 8 | """Storage back-end for Mercurial. |
|
9 | 9 | |
|
10 | 10 | This provides efficient delta storage with O(1) retrieve and append |
|
11 | 11 | and O(changes) merge between branches. |
|
12 | 12 | """ |
|
13 | 13 | |
|
14 | 14 | from __future__ import absolute_import |
|
15 | 15 | |
|
16 | 16 | import collections |
|
17 | 17 | import contextlib |
|
18 | 18 | import errno |
|
19 | 19 | import os |
|
20 | 20 | import struct |
|
21 | 21 | import zlib |
|
22 | 22 | |
|
23 | 23 | # import stuff from node for others to import from revlog |
|
24 | 24 | from .node import ( |
|
25 | 25 | bin, |
|
26 | 26 | hex, |
|
27 | 27 | nullhex, |
|
28 | 28 | nullid, |
|
29 | 29 | nullrev, |
|
30 | 30 | short, |
|
31 | 31 | wdirfilenodeids, |
|
32 | 32 | wdirhex, |
|
33 | 33 | wdirid, |
|
34 | 34 | wdirrev, |
|
35 | 35 | ) |
|
36 | 36 | from .i18n import _ |
|
37 | 37 | from .revlogutils.constants import ( |
|
38 | 38 | FLAG_GENERALDELTA, |
|
39 | 39 | FLAG_INLINE_DATA, |
|
40 | 40 | REVIDX_DEFAULT_FLAGS, |
|
41 | 41 | REVIDX_ELLIPSIS, |
|
42 | 42 | REVIDX_EXTSTORED, |
|
43 | 43 | REVIDX_FLAGS_ORDER, |
|
44 | 44 | REVIDX_ISCENSORED, |
|
45 | 45 | REVIDX_KNOWN_FLAGS, |
|
46 | 46 | REVIDX_RAWTEXT_CHANGING_FLAGS, |
|
47 | 47 | REVLOGV0, |
|
48 | 48 | REVLOGV1, |
|
49 | 49 | REVLOGV1_FLAGS, |
|
50 | 50 | REVLOGV2, |
|
51 | 51 | REVLOGV2_FLAGS, |
|
52 | 52 | REVLOG_DEFAULT_FLAGS, |
|
53 | 53 | REVLOG_DEFAULT_FORMAT, |
|
54 | 54 | REVLOG_DEFAULT_VERSION, |
|
55 | 55 | ) |
|
56 | 56 | from .thirdparty import ( |
|
57 | 57 | attr, |
|
58 | 58 | ) |
|
59 | 59 | from . import ( |
|
60 | 60 | ancestor, |
|
61 | 61 | dagop, |
|
62 | 62 | error, |
|
63 | 63 | mdiff, |
|
64 | 64 | policy, |
|
65 | 65 | pycompat, |
|
66 | 66 | repository, |
|
67 | 67 | templatefilters, |
|
68 | 68 | util, |
|
69 | 69 | ) |
|
70 | 70 | from .revlogutils import ( |
|
71 | 71 | deltas as deltautil, |
|
72 | 72 | ) |
|
73 | 73 | from .utils import ( |
|
74 | 74 | interfaceutil, |
|
75 | 75 | storageutil, |
|
76 | 76 | stringutil, |
|
77 | 77 | ) |
|
78 | 78 | |
|
79 | 79 | # blanked usage of all the name to prevent pyflakes constraints |
|
80 | 80 | # We need these name available in the module for extensions. |
|
81 | 81 | REVLOGV0 |
|
82 | 82 | REVLOGV1 |
|
83 | 83 | REVLOGV2 |
|
84 | 84 | FLAG_INLINE_DATA |
|
85 | 85 | FLAG_GENERALDELTA |
|
86 | 86 | REVLOG_DEFAULT_FLAGS |
|
87 | 87 | REVLOG_DEFAULT_FORMAT |
|
88 | 88 | REVLOG_DEFAULT_VERSION |
|
89 | 89 | REVLOGV1_FLAGS |
|
90 | 90 | REVLOGV2_FLAGS |
|
91 | 91 | REVIDX_ISCENSORED |
|
92 | 92 | REVIDX_ELLIPSIS |
|
93 | 93 | REVIDX_EXTSTORED |
|
94 | 94 | REVIDX_DEFAULT_FLAGS |
|
95 | 95 | REVIDX_FLAGS_ORDER |
|
96 | 96 | REVIDX_KNOWN_FLAGS |
|
97 | 97 | REVIDX_RAWTEXT_CHANGING_FLAGS |
|
98 | 98 | |
|
99 | 99 | parsers = policy.importmod(r'parsers') |
|
100 | 100 | try: |
|
101 | 101 | from . import rustext |
|
102 | 102 | rustext.__name__ # force actual import (see hgdemandimport) |
|
103 | 103 | except ImportError: |
|
104 | 104 | rustext = None |
|
105 | 105 | |
|
106 | 106 | # Aliased for performance. |
|
107 | 107 | _zlibdecompress = zlib.decompress |
|
108 | 108 | |
|
109 | 109 | # max size of revlog with inline data |
|
110 | 110 | _maxinline = 131072 |
|
111 | 111 | _chunksize = 1048576 |
|
112 | 112 | |
|
113 | 113 | # Store flag processors (cf. 'addflagprocessor()' to register) |
|
114 | 114 | _flagprocessors = { |
|
115 | 115 | REVIDX_ISCENSORED: None, |
|
116 | 116 | } |
|
117 | 117 | |
|
118 | 118 | # Flag processors for REVIDX_ELLIPSIS. |
|
119 | 119 | def ellipsisreadprocessor(rl, text): |
|
120 | 120 | return text, False |
|
121 | 121 | |
|
122 | 122 | def ellipsiswriteprocessor(rl, text): |
|
123 | 123 | return text, False |
|
124 | 124 | |
|
125 | 125 | def ellipsisrawprocessor(rl, text): |
|
126 | 126 | return False |
|
127 | 127 | |
|
128 | 128 | ellipsisprocessor = ( |
|
129 | 129 | ellipsisreadprocessor, |
|
130 | 130 | ellipsiswriteprocessor, |
|
131 | 131 | ellipsisrawprocessor, |
|
132 | 132 | ) |
|
133 | 133 | |
|
134 | 134 | def addflagprocessor(flag, processor): |
|
135 | 135 | """Register a flag processor on a revision data flag. |
|
136 | 136 | |
|
137 | 137 | Invariant: |
|
138 | 138 | - Flags need to be defined in REVIDX_KNOWN_FLAGS and REVIDX_FLAGS_ORDER, |
|
139 | 139 | and REVIDX_RAWTEXT_CHANGING_FLAGS if they can alter rawtext. |
|
140 | 140 | - Only one flag processor can be registered on a specific flag. |
|
141 | 141 | - flagprocessors must be 3-tuples of functions (read, write, raw) with the |
|
142 | 142 | following signatures: |
|
143 | 143 | - (read) f(self, rawtext) -> text, bool |
|
144 | 144 | - (write) f(self, text) -> rawtext, bool |
|
145 | 145 | - (raw) f(self, rawtext) -> bool |
|
146 | 146 | "text" is presented to the user. "rawtext" is stored in revlog data, not |
|
147 | 147 | directly visible to the user. |
|
148 | 148 | The boolean returned by these transforms is used to determine whether |
|
149 | 149 | the returned text can be used for hash integrity checking. For example, |
|
150 | 150 | if "write" returns False, then "text" is used to generate hash. If |
|
151 | 151 | "write" returns True, that basically means "rawtext" returned by "write" |
|
152 | 152 | should be used to generate hash. Usually, "write" and "read" return |
|
153 | 153 | different booleans. And "raw" returns a same boolean as "write". |
|
154 | 154 | |
|
155 | 155 | Note: The 'raw' transform is used for changegroup generation and in some |
|
156 | 156 | debug commands. In this case the transform only indicates whether the |
|
157 | 157 | contents can be used for hash integrity checks. |
|
158 | 158 | """ |
|
159 | 159 | _insertflagprocessor(flag, processor, _flagprocessors) |
|
160 | 160 | |
|
161 | 161 | def _insertflagprocessor(flag, processor, flagprocessors): |
|
162 | 162 | if not flag & REVIDX_KNOWN_FLAGS: |
|
163 | 163 | msg = _("cannot register processor on unknown flag '%#x'.") % (flag) |
|
164 | 164 | raise error.ProgrammingError(msg) |
|
165 | 165 | if flag not in REVIDX_FLAGS_ORDER: |
|
166 | 166 | msg = _("flag '%#x' undefined in REVIDX_FLAGS_ORDER.") % (flag) |
|
167 | 167 | raise error.ProgrammingError(msg) |
|
168 | 168 | if flag in flagprocessors: |
|
169 | 169 | msg = _("cannot register multiple processors on flag '%#x'.") % (flag) |
|
170 | 170 | raise error.Abort(msg) |
|
171 | 171 | flagprocessors[flag] = processor |
|
172 | 172 | |
|
173 | 173 | def getoffset(q): |
|
174 | 174 | return int(q >> 16) |
|
175 | 175 | |
|
176 | 176 | def gettype(q): |
|
177 | 177 | return int(q & 0xFFFF) |
|
178 | 178 | |
|
179 | 179 | def offset_type(offset, type): |
|
180 | 180 | if (type & ~REVIDX_KNOWN_FLAGS) != 0: |
|
181 | 181 | raise ValueError('unknown revlog index flags') |
|
182 | 182 | return int(int(offset) << 16 | type) |
|
183 | 183 | |
|
184 | 184 | @attr.s(slots=True, frozen=True) |
|
185 | 185 | class _revisioninfo(object): |
|
186 | 186 | """Information about a revision that allows building its fulltext |
|
187 | 187 | node: expected hash of the revision |
|
188 | 188 | p1, p2: parent revs of the revision |
|
189 | 189 | btext: built text cache consisting of a one-element list |
|
190 | 190 | cachedelta: (baserev, uncompressed_delta) or None |
|
191 | 191 | flags: flags associated to the revision storage |
|
192 | 192 | |
|
193 | 193 | One of btext[0] or cachedelta must be set. |
|
194 | 194 | """ |
|
195 | 195 | node = attr.ib() |
|
196 | 196 | p1 = attr.ib() |
|
197 | 197 | p2 = attr.ib() |
|
198 | 198 | btext = attr.ib() |
|
199 | 199 | textlen = attr.ib() |
|
200 | 200 | cachedelta = attr.ib() |
|
201 | 201 | flags = attr.ib() |
|
202 | 202 | |
|
203 | 203 | @interfaceutil.implementer(repository.irevisiondelta) |
|
204 | 204 | @attr.s(slots=True) |
|
205 | 205 | class revlogrevisiondelta(object): |
|
206 | 206 | node = attr.ib() |
|
207 | 207 | p1node = attr.ib() |
|
208 | 208 | p2node = attr.ib() |
|
209 | 209 | basenode = attr.ib() |
|
210 | 210 | flags = attr.ib() |
|
211 | 211 | baserevisionsize = attr.ib() |
|
212 | 212 | revision = attr.ib() |
|
213 | 213 | delta = attr.ib() |
|
214 | 214 | linknode = attr.ib(default=None) |
|
215 | 215 | |
|
216 | 216 | @interfaceutil.implementer(repository.iverifyproblem) |
|
217 | 217 | @attr.s(frozen=True) |
|
218 | 218 | class revlogproblem(object): |
|
219 | 219 | warning = attr.ib(default=None) |
|
220 | 220 | error = attr.ib(default=None) |
|
221 | 221 | node = attr.ib(default=None) |
|
222 | 222 | |
|
223 | 223 | # index v0: |
|
224 | 224 | # 4 bytes: offset |
|
225 | 225 | # 4 bytes: compressed length |
|
226 | 226 | # 4 bytes: base rev |
|
227 | 227 | # 4 bytes: link rev |
|
228 | 228 | # 20 bytes: parent 1 nodeid |
|
229 | 229 | # 20 bytes: parent 2 nodeid |
|
230 | 230 | # 20 bytes: nodeid |
|
231 | 231 | indexformatv0 = struct.Struct(">4l20s20s20s") |
|
232 | 232 | indexformatv0_pack = indexformatv0.pack |
|
233 | 233 | indexformatv0_unpack = indexformatv0.unpack |
|
234 | 234 | |
|
235 | 235 | class revlogoldindex(list): |
|
236 | 236 | def __getitem__(self, i): |
|
237 | 237 | if i == -1: |
|
238 | 238 | return (0, 0, 0, -1, -1, -1, -1, nullid) |
|
239 | 239 | return list.__getitem__(self, i) |
|
240 | 240 | |
|
241 | 241 | class revlogoldio(object): |
|
242 | 242 | def __init__(self): |
|
243 | 243 | self.size = indexformatv0.size |
|
244 | 244 | |
|
245 | 245 | def parseindex(self, data, inline): |
|
246 | 246 | s = self.size |
|
247 | 247 | index = [] |
|
248 | 248 | nodemap = {nullid: nullrev} |
|
249 | 249 | n = off = 0 |
|
250 | 250 | l = len(data) |
|
251 | 251 | while off + s <= l: |
|
252 | 252 | cur = data[off:off + s] |
|
253 | 253 | off += s |
|
254 | 254 | e = indexformatv0_unpack(cur) |
|
255 | 255 | # transform to revlogv1 format |
|
256 | 256 | e2 = (offset_type(e[0], 0), e[1], -1, e[2], e[3], |
|
257 | 257 | nodemap.get(e[4], nullrev), nodemap.get(e[5], nullrev), e[6]) |
|
258 | 258 | index.append(e2) |
|
259 | 259 | nodemap[e[6]] = n |
|
260 | 260 | n += 1 |
|
261 | 261 | |
|
262 | 262 | return revlogoldindex(index), nodemap, None |
|
263 | 263 | |
|
264 | 264 | def packentry(self, entry, node, version, rev): |
|
265 | 265 | if gettype(entry[0]): |
|
266 | 266 | raise error.RevlogError(_('index entry flags need revlog ' |
|
267 | 267 | 'version 1')) |
|
268 | 268 | e2 = (getoffset(entry[0]), entry[1], entry[3], entry[4], |
|
269 | 269 | node(entry[5]), node(entry[6]), entry[7]) |
|
270 | 270 | return indexformatv0_pack(*e2) |
|
271 | 271 | |
|
272 | 272 | # index ng: |
|
273 | 273 | # 6 bytes: offset |
|
274 | 274 | # 2 bytes: flags |
|
275 | 275 | # 4 bytes: compressed length |
|
276 | 276 | # 4 bytes: uncompressed length |
|
277 | 277 | # 4 bytes: base rev |
|
278 | 278 | # 4 bytes: link rev |
|
279 | 279 | # 4 bytes: parent 1 rev |
|
280 | 280 | # 4 bytes: parent 2 rev |
|
281 | 281 | # 32 bytes: nodeid |
|
282 | 282 | indexformatng = struct.Struct(">Qiiiiii20s12x") |
|
283 | 283 | indexformatng_pack = indexformatng.pack |
|
284 | 284 | versionformat = struct.Struct(">I") |
|
285 | 285 | versionformat_pack = versionformat.pack |
|
286 | 286 | versionformat_unpack = versionformat.unpack |
|
287 | 287 | |
|
288 | 288 | # corresponds to uncompressed length of indexformatng (2 gigs, 4-byte |
|
289 | 289 | # signed integer) |
|
290 | 290 | _maxentrysize = 0x7fffffff |
|
291 | 291 | |
|
292 | 292 | class revlogio(object): |
|
293 | 293 | def __init__(self): |
|
294 | 294 | self.size = indexformatng.size |
|
295 | 295 | |
|
296 | 296 | def parseindex(self, data, inline): |
|
297 | 297 | # call the C implementation to parse the index data |
|
298 | 298 | index, cache = parsers.parse_index2(data, inline) |
|
299 | 299 | return index, getattr(index, 'nodemap', None), cache |
|
300 | 300 | |
|
301 | 301 | def packentry(self, entry, node, version, rev): |
|
302 | 302 | p = indexformatng_pack(*entry) |
|
303 | 303 | if rev == 0: |
|
304 | 304 | p = versionformat_pack(version) + p[4:] |
|
305 | 305 | return p |
|
306 | 306 | |
|
307 | 307 | class revlog(object): |
|
308 | 308 | """ |
|
309 | 309 | the underlying revision storage object |
|
310 | 310 | |
|
311 | 311 | A revlog consists of two parts, an index and the revision data. |
|
312 | 312 | |
|
313 | 313 | The index is a file with a fixed record size containing |
|
314 | 314 | information on each revision, including its nodeid (hash), the |
|
315 | 315 | nodeids of its parents, the position and offset of its data within |
|
316 | 316 | the data file, and the revision it's based on. Finally, each entry |
|
317 | 317 | contains a linkrev entry that can serve as a pointer to external |
|
318 | 318 | data. |
|
319 | 319 | |
|
320 | 320 | The revision data itself is a linear collection of data chunks. |
|
321 | 321 | Each chunk represents a revision and is usually represented as a |
|
322 | 322 | delta against the previous chunk. To bound lookup time, runs of |
|
323 | 323 | deltas are limited to about 2 times the length of the original |
|
324 | 324 | version data. This makes retrieval of a version proportional to |
|
325 | 325 | its size, or O(1) relative to the number of revisions. |
|
326 | 326 | |
|
327 | 327 | Both pieces of the revlog are written to in an append-only |
|
328 | 328 | fashion, which means we never need to rewrite a file to insert or |
|
329 | 329 | remove data, and can use some simple techniques to avoid the need |
|
330 | 330 | for locking while reading. |
|
331 | 331 | |
|
332 | 332 | If checkambig, indexfile is opened with checkambig=True at |
|
333 | 333 | writing, to avoid file stat ambiguity. |
|
334 | 334 | |
|
335 | 335 | If mmaplargeindex is True, and an mmapindexthreshold is set, the |
|
336 | 336 | index will be mmapped rather than read if it is larger than the |
|
337 | 337 | configured threshold. |
|
338 | 338 | |
|
339 | 339 | If censorable is True, the revlog can have censored revisions. |
|
340 | 340 | """ |
|
341 | 341 | def __init__(self, opener, indexfile, datafile=None, checkambig=False, |
|
342 | 342 | mmaplargeindex=False, censorable=False): |
|
343 | 343 | """ |
|
344 | 344 | create a revlog object |
|
345 | 345 | |
|
346 | 346 | opener is a function that abstracts the file opening operation |
|
347 | 347 | and can be used to implement COW semantics or the like. |
|
348 | 348 | """ |
|
349 | 349 | self.indexfile = indexfile |
|
350 | 350 | self.datafile = datafile or (indexfile[:-2] + ".d") |
|
351 | 351 | self.opener = opener |
|
352 | 352 | # When True, indexfile is opened with checkambig=True at writing, to |
|
353 | 353 | # avoid file stat ambiguity. |
|
354 | 354 | self._checkambig = checkambig |
|
355 | 355 | self._mmaplargeindex = mmaplargeindex |
|
356 | 356 | self._censorable = censorable |
|
357 | 357 | # 3-tuple of (node, rev, text) for a raw revision. |
|
358 | 358 | self._revisioncache = None |
|
359 | 359 | # Maps rev to chain base rev. |
|
360 | 360 | self._chainbasecache = util.lrucachedict(100) |
|
361 | 361 | # 2-tuple of (offset, data) of raw data from the revlog at an offset. |
|
362 | 362 | self._chunkcache = (0, '') |
|
363 | 363 | # How much data to read and cache into the raw revlog data cache. |
|
364 | 364 | self._chunkcachesize = 65536 |
|
365 | 365 | self._maxchainlen = None |
|
366 | 366 | self._deltabothparents = True |
|
367 | 367 | self.index = [] |
|
368 | 368 | # Mapping of partial identifiers to full nodes. |
|
369 | 369 | self._pcache = {} |
|
370 | 370 | # Mapping of revision integer to full node. |
|
371 | 371 | self._nodecache = {nullid: nullrev} |
|
372 | 372 | self._nodepos = None |
|
373 | 373 | self._compengine = 'zlib' |
|
374 | 374 | self._maxdeltachainspan = -1 |
|
375 | 375 | self._withsparseread = False |
|
376 | 376 | self._sparserevlog = False |
|
377 | 377 | self._srdensitythreshold = 0.50 |
|
378 | 378 | self._srmingapsize = 262144 |
|
379 | 379 | |
|
380 | 380 | # Make copy of flag processors so each revlog instance can support |
|
381 | 381 | # custom flags. |
|
382 | 382 | self._flagprocessors = dict(_flagprocessors) |
|
383 | 383 | |
|
384 | 384 | # 2-tuple of file handles being used for active writing. |
|
385 | 385 | self._writinghandles = None |
|
386 | 386 | |
|
387 | 387 | self._loadindex() |
|
388 | 388 | |
|
389 | 389 | def _loadindex(self): |
|
390 | 390 | mmapindexthreshold = None |
|
391 | 391 | opts = getattr(self.opener, 'options', {}) or {} |
|
392 | 392 | |
|
393 | 393 | if 'revlogv2' in opts: |
|
394 | 394 | newversionflags = REVLOGV2 | FLAG_INLINE_DATA |
|
395 | 395 | elif 'revlogv1' in opts: |
|
396 | 396 | newversionflags = REVLOGV1 | FLAG_INLINE_DATA |
|
397 | 397 | if 'generaldelta' in opts: |
|
398 | 398 | newversionflags |= FLAG_GENERALDELTA |
|
399 | 399 | elif getattr(self.opener, 'options', None) is not None: |
|
400 | 400 | # If options provided but no 'revlog*' found, the repository |
|
401 | 401 | # would have no 'requires' file in it, which means we have to |
|
402 | 402 | # stick to the old format. |
|
403 | 403 | newversionflags = REVLOGV0 |
|
404 | 404 | else: |
|
405 | 405 | newversionflags = REVLOG_DEFAULT_VERSION |
|
406 | 406 | |
|
407 | 407 | if 'chunkcachesize' in opts: |
|
408 | 408 | self._chunkcachesize = opts['chunkcachesize'] |
|
409 | 409 | if 'maxchainlen' in opts: |
|
410 | 410 | self._maxchainlen = opts['maxchainlen'] |
|
411 | 411 | if 'deltabothparents' in opts: |
|
412 | 412 | self._deltabothparents = opts['deltabothparents'] |
|
413 |
self._lazydelta |
|
|
413 | self._lazydelta = bool(opts.get('lazydelta', True)) | |
|
414 | self._lazydeltabase = False | |
|
415 | if self._lazydelta: | |
|
416 | self._lazydeltabase = bool(opts.get('lazydeltabase', False)) | |
|
414 | 417 | if 'compengine' in opts: |
|
415 | 418 | self._compengine = opts['compengine'] |
|
416 | 419 | if 'maxdeltachainspan' in opts: |
|
417 | 420 | self._maxdeltachainspan = opts['maxdeltachainspan'] |
|
418 | 421 | if self._mmaplargeindex and 'mmapindexthreshold' in opts: |
|
419 | 422 | mmapindexthreshold = opts['mmapindexthreshold'] |
|
420 | 423 | self._sparserevlog = bool(opts.get('sparse-revlog', False)) |
|
421 | 424 | withsparseread = bool(opts.get('with-sparse-read', False)) |
|
422 | 425 | # sparse-revlog forces sparse-read |
|
423 | 426 | self._withsparseread = self._sparserevlog or withsparseread |
|
424 | 427 | if 'sparse-read-density-threshold' in opts: |
|
425 | 428 | self._srdensitythreshold = opts['sparse-read-density-threshold'] |
|
426 | 429 | if 'sparse-read-min-gap-size' in opts: |
|
427 | 430 | self._srmingapsize = opts['sparse-read-min-gap-size'] |
|
428 | 431 | if opts.get('enableellipsis'): |
|
429 | 432 | self._flagprocessors[REVIDX_ELLIPSIS] = ellipsisprocessor |
|
430 | 433 | |
|
431 | 434 | # revlog v0 doesn't have flag processors |
|
432 | 435 | for flag, processor in opts.get(b'flagprocessors', {}).iteritems(): |
|
433 | 436 | _insertflagprocessor(flag, processor, self._flagprocessors) |
|
434 | 437 | |
|
435 | 438 | if self._chunkcachesize <= 0: |
|
436 | 439 | raise error.RevlogError(_('revlog chunk cache size %r is not ' |
|
437 | 440 | 'greater than 0') % self._chunkcachesize) |
|
438 | 441 | elif self._chunkcachesize & (self._chunkcachesize - 1): |
|
439 | 442 | raise error.RevlogError(_('revlog chunk cache size %r is not a ' |
|
440 | 443 | 'power of 2') % self._chunkcachesize) |
|
441 | 444 | |
|
442 | 445 | indexdata = '' |
|
443 | 446 | self._initempty = True |
|
444 | 447 | try: |
|
445 | 448 | with self._indexfp() as f: |
|
446 | 449 | if (mmapindexthreshold is not None and |
|
447 | 450 | self.opener.fstat(f).st_size >= mmapindexthreshold): |
|
448 | 451 | # TODO: should .close() to release resources without |
|
449 | 452 | # relying on Python GC |
|
450 | 453 | indexdata = util.buffer(util.mmapread(f)) |
|
451 | 454 | else: |
|
452 | 455 | indexdata = f.read() |
|
453 | 456 | if len(indexdata) > 0: |
|
454 | 457 | versionflags = versionformat_unpack(indexdata[:4])[0] |
|
455 | 458 | self._initempty = False |
|
456 | 459 | else: |
|
457 | 460 | versionflags = newversionflags |
|
458 | 461 | except IOError as inst: |
|
459 | 462 | if inst.errno != errno.ENOENT: |
|
460 | 463 | raise |
|
461 | 464 | |
|
462 | 465 | versionflags = newversionflags |
|
463 | 466 | |
|
464 | 467 | self.version = versionflags |
|
465 | 468 | |
|
466 | 469 | flags = versionflags & ~0xFFFF |
|
467 | 470 | fmt = versionflags & 0xFFFF |
|
468 | 471 | |
|
469 | 472 | if fmt == REVLOGV0: |
|
470 | 473 | if flags: |
|
471 | 474 | raise error.RevlogError(_('unknown flags (%#04x) in version %d ' |
|
472 | 475 | 'revlog %s') % |
|
473 | 476 | (flags >> 16, fmt, self.indexfile)) |
|
474 | 477 | |
|
475 | 478 | self._inline = False |
|
476 | 479 | self._generaldelta = False |
|
477 | 480 | |
|
478 | 481 | elif fmt == REVLOGV1: |
|
479 | 482 | if flags & ~REVLOGV1_FLAGS: |
|
480 | 483 | raise error.RevlogError(_('unknown flags (%#04x) in version %d ' |
|
481 | 484 | 'revlog %s') % |
|
482 | 485 | (flags >> 16, fmt, self.indexfile)) |
|
483 | 486 | |
|
484 | 487 | self._inline = versionflags & FLAG_INLINE_DATA |
|
485 | 488 | self._generaldelta = versionflags & FLAG_GENERALDELTA |
|
486 | 489 | |
|
487 | 490 | elif fmt == REVLOGV2: |
|
488 | 491 | if flags & ~REVLOGV2_FLAGS: |
|
489 | 492 | raise error.RevlogError(_('unknown flags (%#04x) in version %d ' |
|
490 | 493 | 'revlog %s') % |
|
491 | 494 | (flags >> 16, fmt, self.indexfile)) |
|
492 | 495 | |
|
493 | 496 | self._inline = versionflags & FLAG_INLINE_DATA |
|
494 | 497 | # generaldelta implied by version 2 revlogs. |
|
495 | 498 | self._generaldelta = True |
|
496 | 499 | |
|
497 | 500 | else: |
|
498 | 501 | raise error.RevlogError(_('unknown version (%d) in revlog %s') % |
|
499 | 502 | (fmt, self.indexfile)) |
|
500 | 503 | # sparse-revlog can't be on without general-delta (issue6056) |
|
501 | 504 | if not self._generaldelta: |
|
502 | 505 | self._sparserevlog = False |
|
503 | 506 | |
|
504 | 507 | self._storedeltachains = True |
|
505 | 508 | |
|
506 | 509 | self._io = revlogio() |
|
507 | 510 | if self.version == REVLOGV0: |
|
508 | 511 | self._io = revlogoldio() |
|
509 | 512 | try: |
|
510 | 513 | d = self._io.parseindex(indexdata, self._inline) |
|
511 | 514 | except (ValueError, IndexError): |
|
512 | 515 | raise error.RevlogError(_("index %s is corrupted") % |
|
513 | 516 | self.indexfile) |
|
514 | 517 | self.index, nodemap, self._chunkcache = d |
|
515 | 518 | if nodemap is not None: |
|
516 | 519 | self.nodemap = self._nodecache = nodemap |
|
517 | 520 | if not self._chunkcache: |
|
518 | 521 | self._chunkclear() |
|
519 | 522 | # revnum -> (chain-length, sum-delta-length) |
|
520 | 523 | self._chaininfocache = {} |
|
521 | 524 | # revlog header -> revlog compressor |
|
522 | 525 | self._decompressors = {} |
|
523 | 526 | |
|
524 | 527 | @util.propertycache |
|
525 | 528 | def _compressor(self): |
|
526 | 529 | return util.compengines[self._compengine].revlogcompressor() |
|
527 | 530 | |
|
528 | 531 | def _indexfp(self, mode='r'): |
|
529 | 532 | """file object for the revlog's index file""" |
|
530 | 533 | args = {r'mode': mode} |
|
531 | 534 | if mode != 'r': |
|
532 | 535 | args[r'checkambig'] = self._checkambig |
|
533 | 536 | if mode == 'w': |
|
534 | 537 | args[r'atomictemp'] = True |
|
535 | 538 | return self.opener(self.indexfile, **args) |
|
536 | 539 | |
|
537 | 540 | def _datafp(self, mode='r'): |
|
538 | 541 | """file object for the revlog's data file""" |
|
539 | 542 | return self.opener(self.datafile, mode=mode) |
|
540 | 543 | |
|
541 | 544 | @contextlib.contextmanager |
|
542 | 545 | def _datareadfp(self, existingfp=None): |
|
543 | 546 | """file object suitable to read data""" |
|
544 | 547 | # Use explicit file handle, if given. |
|
545 | 548 | if existingfp is not None: |
|
546 | 549 | yield existingfp |
|
547 | 550 | |
|
548 | 551 | # Use a file handle being actively used for writes, if available. |
|
549 | 552 | # There is some danger to doing this because reads will seek the |
|
550 | 553 | # file. However, _writeentry() performs a SEEK_END before all writes, |
|
551 | 554 | # so we should be safe. |
|
552 | 555 | elif self._writinghandles: |
|
553 | 556 | if self._inline: |
|
554 | 557 | yield self._writinghandles[0] |
|
555 | 558 | else: |
|
556 | 559 | yield self._writinghandles[1] |
|
557 | 560 | |
|
558 | 561 | # Otherwise open a new file handle. |
|
559 | 562 | else: |
|
560 | 563 | if self._inline: |
|
561 | 564 | func = self._indexfp |
|
562 | 565 | else: |
|
563 | 566 | func = self._datafp |
|
564 | 567 | with func() as fp: |
|
565 | 568 | yield fp |
|
566 | 569 | |
|
567 | 570 | def tip(self): |
|
568 | 571 | return self.node(len(self.index) - 1) |
|
569 | 572 | def __contains__(self, rev): |
|
570 | 573 | return 0 <= rev < len(self) |
|
571 | 574 | def __len__(self): |
|
572 | 575 | return len(self.index) |
|
573 | 576 | def __iter__(self): |
|
574 | 577 | return iter(pycompat.xrange(len(self))) |
|
575 | 578 | def revs(self, start=0, stop=None): |
|
576 | 579 | """iterate over all rev in this revlog (from start to stop)""" |
|
577 | 580 | return storageutil.iterrevs(len(self), start=start, stop=stop) |
|
578 | 581 | |
|
579 | 582 | @util.propertycache |
|
580 | 583 | def nodemap(self): |
|
581 | 584 | if self.index: |
|
582 | 585 | # populate mapping down to the initial node |
|
583 | 586 | node0 = self.index[0][7] # get around changelog filtering |
|
584 | 587 | self.rev(node0) |
|
585 | 588 | return self._nodecache |
|
586 | 589 | |
|
587 | 590 | def hasnode(self, node): |
|
588 | 591 | try: |
|
589 | 592 | self.rev(node) |
|
590 | 593 | return True |
|
591 | 594 | except KeyError: |
|
592 | 595 | return False |
|
593 | 596 | |
|
594 | 597 | def candelta(self, baserev, rev): |
|
595 | 598 | """whether two revisions (baserev, rev) can be delta-ed or not""" |
|
596 | 599 | # Disable delta if either rev requires a content-changing flag |
|
597 | 600 | # processor (ex. LFS). This is because such flag processor can alter |
|
598 | 601 | # the rawtext content that the delta will be based on, and two clients |
|
599 | 602 | # could have a same revlog node with different flags (i.e. different |
|
600 | 603 | # rawtext contents) and the delta could be incompatible. |
|
601 | 604 | if ((self.flags(baserev) & REVIDX_RAWTEXT_CHANGING_FLAGS) |
|
602 | 605 | or (self.flags(rev) & REVIDX_RAWTEXT_CHANGING_FLAGS)): |
|
603 | 606 | return False |
|
604 | 607 | return True |
|
605 | 608 | |
|
606 | 609 | def clearcaches(self): |
|
607 | 610 | self._revisioncache = None |
|
608 | 611 | self._chainbasecache.clear() |
|
609 | 612 | self._chunkcache = (0, '') |
|
610 | 613 | self._pcache = {} |
|
611 | 614 | |
|
612 | 615 | try: |
|
613 | 616 | # If we are using the native C version, you are in a fun case |
|
614 | 617 | # where self.index, self.nodemap and self._nodecaches is the same |
|
615 | 618 | # object. |
|
616 | 619 | self._nodecache.clearcaches() |
|
617 | 620 | except AttributeError: |
|
618 | 621 | self._nodecache = {nullid: nullrev} |
|
619 | 622 | self._nodepos = None |
|
620 | 623 | |
|
621 | 624 | def rev(self, node): |
|
622 | 625 | try: |
|
623 | 626 | return self._nodecache[node] |
|
624 | 627 | except TypeError: |
|
625 | 628 | raise |
|
626 | 629 | except error.RevlogError: |
|
627 | 630 | # parsers.c radix tree lookup failed |
|
628 | 631 | if node == wdirid or node in wdirfilenodeids: |
|
629 | 632 | raise error.WdirUnsupported |
|
630 | 633 | raise error.LookupError(node, self.indexfile, _('no node')) |
|
631 | 634 | except KeyError: |
|
632 | 635 | # pure python cache lookup failed |
|
633 | 636 | n = self._nodecache |
|
634 | 637 | i = self.index |
|
635 | 638 | p = self._nodepos |
|
636 | 639 | if p is None: |
|
637 | 640 | p = len(i) - 1 |
|
638 | 641 | else: |
|
639 | 642 | assert p < len(i) |
|
640 | 643 | for r in pycompat.xrange(p, -1, -1): |
|
641 | 644 | v = i[r][7] |
|
642 | 645 | n[v] = r |
|
643 | 646 | if v == node: |
|
644 | 647 | self._nodepos = r - 1 |
|
645 | 648 | return r |
|
646 | 649 | if node == wdirid or node in wdirfilenodeids: |
|
647 | 650 | raise error.WdirUnsupported |
|
648 | 651 | raise error.LookupError(node, self.indexfile, _('no node')) |
|
649 | 652 | |
|
650 | 653 | # Accessors for index entries. |
|
651 | 654 | |
|
652 | 655 | # First tuple entry is 8 bytes. First 6 bytes are offset. Last 2 bytes |
|
653 | 656 | # are flags. |
|
654 | 657 | def start(self, rev): |
|
655 | 658 | return int(self.index[rev][0] >> 16) |
|
656 | 659 | |
|
657 | 660 | def flags(self, rev): |
|
658 | 661 | return self.index[rev][0] & 0xFFFF |
|
659 | 662 | |
|
660 | 663 | def length(self, rev): |
|
661 | 664 | return self.index[rev][1] |
|
662 | 665 | |
|
663 | 666 | def rawsize(self, rev): |
|
664 | 667 | """return the length of the uncompressed text for a given revision""" |
|
665 | 668 | l = self.index[rev][2] |
|
666 | 669 | if l >= 0: |
|
667 | 670 | return l |
|
668 | 671 | |
|
669 | 672 | t = self.revision(rev, raw=True) |
|
670 | 673 | return len(t) |
|
671 | 674 | |
|
672 | 675 | def size(self, rev): |
|
673 | 676 | """length of non-raw text (processed by a "read" flag processor)""" |
|
674 | 677 | # fast path: if no "read" flag processor could change the content, |
|
675 | 678 | # size is rawsize. note: ELLIPSIS is known to not change the content. |
|
676 | 679 | flags = self.flags(rev) |
|
677 | 680 | if flags & (REVIDX_KNOWN_FLAGS ^ REVIDX_ELLIPSIS) == 0: |
|
678 | 681 | return self.rawsize(rev) |
|
679 | 682 | |
|
680 | 683 | return len(self.revision(rev, raw=False)) |
|
681 | 684 | |
|
682 | 685 | def chainbase(self, rev): |
|
683 | 686 | base = self._chainbasecache.get(rev) |
|
684 | 687 | if base is not None: |
|
685 | 688 | return base |
|
686 | 689 | |
|
687 | 690 | index = self.index |
|
688 | 691 | iterrev = rev |
|
689 | 692 | base = index[iterrev][3] |
|
690 | 693 | while base != iterrev: |
|
691 | 694 | iterrev = base |
|
692 | 695 | base = index[iterrev][3] |
|
693 | 696 | |
|
694 | 697 | self._chainbasecache[rev] = base |
|
695 | 698 | return base |
|
696 | 699 | |
|
697 | 700 | def linkrev(self, rev): |
|
698 | 701 | return self.index[rev][4] |
|
699 | 702 | |
|
700 | 703 | def parentrevs(self, rev): |
|
701 | 704 | try: |
|
702 | 705 | entry = self.index[rev] |
|
703 | 706 | except IndexError: |
|
704 | 707 | if rev == wdirrev: |
|
705 | 708 | raise error.WdirUnsupported |
|
706 | 709 | raise |
|
707 | 710 | |
|
708 | 711 | return entry[5], entry[6] |
|
709 | 712 | |
|
710 | 713 | # fast parentrevs(rev) where rev isn't filtered |
|
711 | 714 | _uncheckedparentrevs = parentrevs |
|
712 | 715 | |
|
713 | 716 | def node(self, rev): |
|
714 | 717 | try: |
|
715 | 718 | return self.index[rev][7] |
|
716 | 719 | except IndexError: |
|
717 | 720 | if rev == wdirrev: |
|
718 | 721 | raise error.WdirUnsupported |
|
719 | 722 | raise |
|
720 | 723 | |
|
721 | 724 | # Derived from index values. |
|
722 | 725 | |
|
723 | 726 | def end(self, rev): |
|
724 | 727 | return self.start(rev) + self.length(rev) |
|
725 | 728 | |
|
726 | 729 | def parents(self, node): |
|
727 | 730 | i = self.index |
|
728 | 731 | d = i[self.rev(node)] |
|
729 | 732 | return i[d[5]][7], i[d[6]][7] # map revisions to nodes inline |
|
730 | 733 | |
|
731 | 734 | def chainlen(self, rev): |
|
732 | 735 | return self._chaininfo(rev)[0] |
|
733 | 736 | |
|
734 | 737 | def _chaininfo(self, rev): |
|
735 | 738 | chaininfocache = self._chaininfocache |
|
736 | 739 | if rev in chaininfocache: |
|
737 | 740 | return chaininfocache[rev] |
|
738 | 741 | index = self.index |
|
739 | 742 | generaldelta = self._generaldelta |
|
740 | 743 | iterrev = rev |
|
741 | 744 | e = index[iterrev] |
|
742 | 745 | clen = 0 |
|
743 | 746 | compresseddeltalen = 0 |
|
744 | 747 | while iterrev != e[3]: |
|
745 | 748 | clen += 1 |
|
746 | 749 | compresseddeltalen += e[1] |
|
747 | 750 | if generaldelta: |
|
748 | 751 | iterrev = e[3] |
|
749 | 752 | else: |
|
750 | 753 | iterrev -= 1 |
|
751 | 754 | if iterrev in chaininfocache: |
|
752 | 755 | t = chaininfocache[iterrev] |
|
753 | 756 | clen += t[0] |
|
754 | 757 | compresseddeltalen += t[1] |
|
755 | 758 | break |
|
756 | 759 | e = index[iterrev] |
|
757 | 760 | else: |
|
758 | 761 | # Add text length of base since decompressing that also takes |
|
759 | 762 | # work. For cache hits the length is already included. |
|
760 | 763 | compresseddeltalen += e[1] |
|
761 | 764 | r = (clen, compresseddeltalen) |
|
762 | 765 | chaininfocache[rev] = r |
|
763 | 766 | return r |
|
764 | 767 | |
|
765 | 768 | def _deltachain(self, rev, stoprev=None): |
|
766 | 769 | """Obtain the delta chain for a revision. |
|
767 | 770 | |
|
768 | 771 | ``stoprev`` specifies a revision to stop at. If not specified, we |
|
769 | 772 | stop at the base of the chain. |
|
770 | 773 | |
|
771 | 774 | Returns a 2-tuple of (chain, stopped) where ``chain`` is a list of |
|
772 | 775 | revs in ascending order and ``stopped`` is a bool indicating whether |
|
773 | 776 | ``stoprev`` was hit. |
|
774 | 777 | """ |
|
775 | 778 | # Try C implementation. |
|
776 | 779 | try: |
|
777 | 780 | return self.index.deltachain(rev, stoprev, self._generaldelta) |
|
778 | 781 | except AttributeError: |
|
779 | 782 | pass |
|
780 | 783 | |
|
781 | 784 | chain = [] |
|
782 | 785 | |
|
783 | 786 | # Alias to prevent attribute lookup in tight loop. |
|
784 | 787 | index = self.index |
|
785 | 788 | generaldelta = self._generaldelta |
|
786 | 789 | |
|
787 | 790 | iterrev = rev |
|
788 | 791 | e = index[iterrev] |
|
789 | 792 | while iterrev != e[3] and iterrev != stoprev: |
|
790 | 793 | chain.append(iterrev) |
|
791 | 794 | if generaldelta: |
|
792 | 795 | iterrev = e[3] |
|
793 | 796 | else: |
|
794 | 797 | iterrev -= 1 |
|
795 | 798 | e = index[iterrev] |
|
796 | 799 | |
|
797 | 800 | if iterrev == stoprev: |
|
798 | 801 | stopped = True |
|
799 | 802 | else: |
|
800 | 803 | chain.append(iterrev) |
|
801 | 804 | stopped = False |
|
802 | 805 | |
|
803 | 806 | chain.reverse() |
|
804 | 807 | return chain, stopped |
|
805 | 808 | |
|
806 | 809 | def ancestors(self, revs, stoprev=0, inclusive=False): |
|
807 | 810 | """Generate the ancestors of 'revs' in reverse revision order. |
|
808 | 811 | Does not generate revs lower than stoprev. |
|
809 | 812 | |
|
810 | 813 | See the documentation for ancestor.lazyancestors for more details.""" |
|
811 | 814 | |
|
812 | 815 | # first, make sure start revisions aren't filtered |
|
813 | 816 | revs = list(revs) |
|
814 | 817 | checkrev = self.node |
|
815 | 818 | for r in revs: |
|
816 | 819 | checkrev(r) |
|
817 | 820 | # and we're sure ancestors aren't filtered as well |
|
818 | 821 | |
|
819 | 822 | if rustext is not None: |
|
820 | 823 | lazyancestors = rustext.ancestor.LazyAncestors |
|
821 | 824 | arg = self.index |
|
822 | 825 | elif util.safehasattr(parsers, 'rustlazyancestors'): |
|
823 | 826 | lazyancestors = ancestor.rustlazyancestors |
|
824 | 827 | arg = self.index |
|
825 | 828 | else: |
|
826 | 829 | lazyancestors = ancestor.lazyancestors |
|
827 | 830 | arg = self._uncheckedparentrevs |
|
828 | 831 | return lazyancestors(arg, revs, stoprev=stoprev, inclusive=inclusive) |
|
829 | 832 | |
|
830 | 833 | def descendants(self, revs): |
|
831 | 834 | return dagop.descendantrevs(revs, self.revs, self.parentrevs) |
|
832 | 835 | |
|
833 | 836 | def findcommonmissing(self, common=None, heads=None): |
|
834 | 837 | """Return a tuple of the ancestors of common and the ancestors of heads |
|
835 | 838 | that are not ancestors of common. In revset terminology, we return the |
|
836 | 839 | tuple: |
|
837 | 840 | |
|
838 | 841 | ::common, (::heads) - (::common) |
|
839 | 842 | |
|
840 | 843 | The list is sorted by revision number, meaning it is |
|
841 | 844 | topologically sorted. |
|
842 | 845 | |
|
843 | 846 | 'heads' and 'common' are both lists of node IDs. If heads is |
|
844 | 847 | not supplied, uses all of the revlog's heads. If common is not |
|
845 | 848 | supplied, uses nullid.""" |
|
846 | 849 | if common is None: |
|
847 | 850 | common = [nullid] |
|
848 | 851 | if heads is None: |
|
849 | 852 | heads = self.heads() |
|
850 | 853 | |
|
851 | 854 | common = [self.rev(n) for n in common] |
|
852 | 855 | heads = [self.rev(n) for n in heads] |
|
853 | 856 | |
|
854 | 857 | # we want the ancestors, but inclusive |
|
855 | 858 | class lazyset(object): |
|
856 | 859 | def __init__(self, lazyvalues): |
|
857 | 860 | self.addedvalues = set() |
|
858 | 861 | self.lazyvalues = lazyvalues |
|
859 | 862 | |
|
860 | 863 | def __contains__(self, value): |
|
861 | 864 | return value in self.addedvalues or value in self.lazyvalues |
|
862 | 865 | |
|
863 | 866 | def __iter__(self): |
|
864 | 867 | added = self.addedvalues |
|
865 | 868 | for r in added: |
|
866 | 869 | yield r |
|
867 | 870 | for r in self.lazyvalues: |
|
868 | 871 | if not r in added: |
|
869 | 872 | yield r |
|
870 | 873 | |
|
871 | 874 | def add(self, value): |
|
872 | 875 | self.addedvalues.add(value) |
|
873 | 876 | |
|
874 | 877 | def update(self, values): |
|
875 | 878 | self.addedvalues.update(values) |
|
876 | 879 | |
|
877 | 880 | has = lazyset(self.ancestors(common)) |
|
878 | 881 | has.add(nullrev) |
|
879 | 882 | has.update(common) |
|
880 | 883 | |
|
881 | 884 | # take all ancestors from heads that aren't in has |
|
882 | 885 | missing = set() |
|
883 | 886 | visit = collections.deque(r for r in heads if r not in has) |
|
884 | 887 | while visit: |
|
885 | 888 | r = visit.popleft() |
|
886 | 889 | if r in missing: |
|
887 | 890 | continue |
|
888 | 891 | else: |
|
889 | 892 | missing.add(r) |
|
890 | 893 | for p in self.parentrevs(r): |
|
891 | 894 | if p not in has: |
|
892 | 895 | visit.append(p) |
|
893 | 896 | missing = list(missing) |
|
894 | 897 | missing.sort() |
|
895 | 898 | return has, [self.node(miss) for miss in missing] |
|
896 | 899 | |
|
897 | 900 | def incrementalmissingrevs(self, common=None): |
|
898 | 901 | """Return an object that can be used to incrementally compute the |
|
899 | 902 | revision numbers of the ancestors of arbitrary sets that are not |
|
900 | 903 | ancestors of common. This is an ancestor.incrementalmissingancestors |
|
901 | 904 | object. |
|
902 | 905 | |
|
903 | 906 | 'common' is a list of revision numbers. If common is not supplied, uses |
|
904 | 907 | nullrev. |
|
905 | 908 | """ |
|
906 | 909 | if common is None: |
|
907 | 910 | common = [nullrev] |
|
908 | 911 | |
|
909 | 912 | if rustext is not None: |
|
910 | 913 | return rustext.ancestor.MissingAncestors(self.index, common) |
|
911 | 914 | return ancestor.incrementalmissingancestors(self.parentrevs, common) |
|
912 | 915 | |
|
913 | 916 | def findmissingrevs(self, common=None, heads=None): |
|
914 | 917 | """Return the revision numbers of the ancestors of heads that |
|
915 | 918 | are not ancestors of common. |
|
916 | 919 | |
|
917 | 920 | More specifically, return a list of revision numbers corresponding to |
|
918 | 921 | nodes N such that every N satisfies the following constraints: |
|
919 | 922 | |
|
920 | 923 | 1. N is an ancestor of some node in 'heads' |
|
921 | 924 | 2. N is not an ancestor of any node in 'common' |
|
922 | 925 | |
|
923 | 926 | The list is sorted by revision number, meaning it is |
|
924 | 927 | topologically sorted. |
|
925 | 928 | |
|
926 | 929 | 'heads' and 'common' are both lists of revision numbers. If heads is |
|
927 | 930 | not supplied, uses all of the revlog's heads. If common is not |
|
928 | 931 | supplied, uses nullid.""" |
|
929 | 932 | if common is None: |
|
930 | 933 | common = [nullrev] |
|
931 | 934 | if heads is None: |
|
932 | 935 | heads = self.headrevs() |
|
933 | 936 | |
|
934 | 937 | inc = self.incrementalmissingrevs(common=common) |
|
935 | 938 | return inc.missingancestors(heads) |
|
936 | 939 | |
|
937 | 940 | def findmissing(self, common=None, heads=None): |
|
938 | 941 | """Return the ancestors of heads that are not ancestors of common. |
|
939 | 942 | |
|
940 | 943 | More specifically, return a list of nodes N such that every N |
|
941 | 944 | satisfies the following constraints: |
|
942 | 945 | |
|
943 | 946 | 1. N is an ancestor of some node in 'heads' |
|
944 | 947 | 2. N is not an ancestor of any node in 'common' |
|
945 | 948 | |
|
946 | 949 | The list is sorted by revision number, meaning it is |
|
947 | 950 | topologically sorted. |
|
948 | 951 | |
|
949 | 952 | 'heads' and 'common' are both lists of node IDs. If heads is |
|
950 | 953 | not supplied, uses all of the revlog's heads. If common is not |
|
951 | 954 | supplied, uses nullid.""" |
|
952 | 955 | if common is None: |
|
953 | 956 | common = [nullid] |
|
954 | 957 | if heads is None: |
|
955 | 958 | heads = self.heads() |
|
956 | 959 | |
|
957 | 960 | common = [self.rev(n) for n in common] |
|
958 | 961 | heads = [self.rev(n) for n in heads] |
|
959 | 962 | |
|
960 | 963 | inc = self.incrementalmissingrevs(common=common) |
|
961 | 964 | return [self.node(r) for r in inc.missingancestors(heads)] |
|
962 | 965 | |
|
963 | 966 | def nodesbetween(self, roots=None, heads=None): |
|
964 | 967 | """Return a topological path from 'roots' to 'heads'. |
|
965 | 968 | |
|
966 | 969 | Return a tuple (nodes, outroots, outheads) where 'nodes' is a |
|
967 | 970 | topologically sorted list of all nodes N that satisfy both of |
|
968 | 971 | these constraints: |
|
969 | 972 | |
|
970 | 973 | 1. N is a descendant of some node in 'roots' |
|
971 | 974 | 2. N is an ancestor of some node in 'heads' |
|
972 | 975 | |
|
973 | 976 | Every node is considered to be both a descendant and an ancestor |
|
974 | 977 | of itself, so every reachable node in 'roots' and 'heads' will be |
|
975 | 978 | included in 'nodes'. |
|
976 | 979 | |
|
977 | 980 | 'outroots' is the list of reachable nodes in 'roots', i.e., the |
|
978 | 981 | subset of 'roots' that is returned in 'nodes'. Likewise, |
|
979 | 982 | 'outheads' is the subset of 'heads' that is also in 'nodes'. |
|
980 | 983 | |
|
981 | 984 | 'roots' and 'heads' are both lists of node IDs. If 'roots' is |
|
982 | 985 | unspecified, uses nullid as the only root. If 'heads' is |
|
983 | 986 | unspecified, uses list of all of the revlog's heads.""" |
|
984 | 987 | nonodes = ([], [], []) |
|
985 | 988 | if roots is not None: |
|
986 | 989 | roots = list(roots) |
|
987 | 990 | if not roots: |
|
988 | 991 | return nonodes |
|
989 | 992 | lowestrev = min([self.rev(n) for n in roots]) |
|
990 | 993 | else: |
|
991 | 994 | roots = [nullid] # Everybody's a descendant of nullid |
|
992 | 995 | lowestrev = nullrev |
|
993 | 996 | if (lowestrev == nullrev) and (heads is None): |
|
994 | 997 | # We want _all_ the nodes! |
|
995 | 998 | return ([self.node(r) for r in self], [nullid], list(self.heads())) |
|
996 | 999 | if heads is None: |
|
997 | 1000 | # All nodes are ancestors, so the latest ancestor is the last |
|
998 | 1001 | # node. |
|
999 | 1002 | highestrev = len(self) - 1 |
|
1000 | 1003 | # Set ancestors to None to signal that every node is an ancestor. |
|
1001 | 1004 | ancestors = None |
|
1002 | 1005 | # Set heads to an empty dictionary for later discovery of heads |
|
1003 | 1006 | heads = {} |
|
1004 | 1007 | else: |
|
1005 | 1008 | heads = list(heads) |
|
1006 | 1009 | if not heads: |
|
1007 | 1010 | return nonodes |
|
1008 | 1011 | ancestors = set() |
|
1009 | 1012 | # Turn heads into a dictionary so we can remove 'fake' heads. |
|
1010 | 1013 | # Also, later we will be using it to filter out the heads we can't |
|
1011 | 1014 | # find from roots. |
|
1012 | 1015 | heads = dict.fromkeys(heads, False) |
|
1013 | 1016 | # Start at the top and keep marking parents until we're done. |
|
1014 | 1017 | nodestotag = set(heads) |
|
1015 | 1018 | # Remember where the top was so we can use it as a limit later. |
|
1016 | 1019 | highestrev = max([self.rev(n) for n in nodestotag]) |
|
1017 | 1020 | while nodestotag: |
|
1018 | 1021 | # grab a node to tag |
|
1019 | 1022 | n = nodestotag.pop() |
|
1020 | 1023 | # Never tag nullid |
|
1021 | 1024 | if n == nullid: |
|
1022 | 1025 | continue |
|
1023 | 1026 | # A node's revision number represents its place in a |
|
1024 | 1027 | # topologically sorted list of nodes. |
|
1025 | 1028 | r = self.rev(n) |
|
1026 | 1029 | if r >= lowestrev: |
|
1027 | 1030 | if n not in ancestors: |
|
1028 | 1031 | # If we are possibly a descendant of one of the roots |
|
1029 | 1032 | # and we haven't already been marked as an ancestor |
|
1030 | 1033 | ancestors.add(n) # Mark as ancestor |
|
1031 | 1034 | # Add non-nullid parents to list of nodes to tag. |
|
1032 | 1035 | nodestotag.update([p for p in self.parents(n) if |
|
1033 | 1036 | p != nullid]) |
|
1034 | 1037 | elif n in heads: # We've seen it before, is it a fake head? |
|
1035 | 1038 | # So it is, real heads should not be the ancestors of |
|
1036 | 1039 | # any other heads. |
|
1037 | 1040 | heads.pop(n) |
|
1038 | 1041 | if not ancestors: |
|
1039 | 1042 | return nonodes |
|
1040 | 1043 | # Now that we have our set of ancestors, we want to remove any |
|
1041 | 1044 | # roots that are not ancestors. |
|
1042 | 1045 | |
|
1043 | 1046 | # If one of the roots was nullid, everything is included anyway. |
|
1044 | 1047 | if lowestrev > nullrev: |
|
1045 | 1048 | # But, since we weren't, let's recompute the lowest rev to not |
|
1046 | 1049 | # include roots that aren't ancestors. |
|
1047 | 1050 | |
|
1048 | 1051 | # Filter out roots that aren't ancestors of heads |
|
1049 | 1052 | roots = [root for root in roots if root in ancestors] |
|
1050 | 1053 | # Recompute the lowest revision |
|
1051 | 1054 | if roots: |
|
1052 | 1055 | lowestrev = min([self.rev(root) for root in roots]) |
|
1053 | 1056 | else: |
|
1054 | 1057 | # No more roots? Return empty list |
|
1055 | 1058 | return nonodes |
|
1056 | 1059 | else: |
|
1057 | 1060 | # We are descending from nullid, and don't need to care about |
|
1058 | 1061 | # any other roots. |
|
1059 | 1062 | lowestrev = nullrev |
|
1060 | 1063 | roots = [nullid] |
|
1061 | 1064 | # Transform our roots list into a set. |
|
1062 | 1065 | descendants = set(roots) |
|
1063 | 1066 | # Also, keep the original roots so we can filter out roots that aren't |
|
1064 | 1067 | # 'real' roots (i.e. are descended from other roots). |
|
1065 | 1068 | roots = descendants.copy() |
|
1066 | 1069 | # Our topologically sorted list of output nodes. |
|
1067 | 1070 | orderedout = [] |
|
1068 | 1071 | # Don't start at nullid since we don't want nullid in our output list, |
|
1069 | 1072 | # and if nullid shows up in descendants, empty parents will look like |
|
1070 | 1073 | # they're descendants. |
|
1071 | 1074 | for r in self.revs(start=max(lowestrev, 0), stop=highestrev + 1): |
|
1072 | 1075 | n = self.node(r) |
|
1073 | 1076 | isdescendant = False |
|
1074 | 1077 | if lowestrev == nullrev: # Everybody is a descendant of nullid |
|
1075 | 1078 | isdescendant = True |
|
1076 | 1079 | elif n in descendants: |
|
1077 | 1080 | # n is already a descendant |
|
1078 | 1081 | isdescendant = True |
|
1079 | 1082 | # This check only needs to be done here because all the roots |
|
1080 | 1083 | # will start being marked is descendants before the loop. |
|
1081 | 1084 | if n in roots: |
|
1082 | 1085 | # If n was a root, check if it's a 'real' root. |
|
1083 | 1086 | p = tuple(self.parents(n)) |
|
1084 | 1087 | # If any of its parents are descendants, it's not a root. |
|
1085 | 1088 | if (p[0] in descendants) or (p[1] in descendants): |
|
1086 | 1089 | roots.remove(n) |
|
1087 | 1090 | else: |
|
1088 | 1091 | p = tuple(self.parents(n)) |
|
1089 | 1092 | # A node is a descendant if either of its parents are |
|
1090 | 1093 | # descendants. (We seeded the dependents list with the roots |
|
1091 | 1094 | # up there, remember?) |
|
1092 | 1095 | if (p[0] in descendants) or (p[1] in descendants): |
|
1093 | 1096 | descendants.add(n) |
|
1094 | 1097 | isdescendant = True |
|
1095 | 1098 | if isdescendant and ((ancestors is None) or (n in ancestors)): |
|
1096 | 1099 | # Only include nodes that are both descendants and ancestors. |
|
1097 | 1100 | orderedout.append(n) |
|
1098 | 1101 | if (ancestors is not None) and (n in heads): |
|
1099 | 1102 | # We're trying to figure out which heads are reachable |
|
1100 | 1103 | # from roots. |
|
1101 | 1104 | # Mark this head as having been reached |
|
1102 | 1105 | heads[n] = True |
|
1103 | 1106 | elif ancestors is None: |
|
1104 | 1107 | # Otherwise, we're trying to discover the heads. |
|
1105 | 1108 | # Assume this is a head because if it isn't, the next step |
|
1106 | 1109 | # will eventually remove it. |
|
1107 | 1110 | heads[n] = True |
|
1108 | 1111 | # But, obviously its parents aren't. |
|
1109 | 1112 | for p in self.parents(n): |
|
1110 | 1113 | heads.pop(p, None) |
|
1111 | 1114 | heads = [head for head, flag in heads.iteritems() if flag] |
|
1112 | 1115 | roots = list(roots) |
|
1113 | 1116 | assert orderedout |
|
1114 | 1117 | assert roots |
|
1115 | 1118 | assert heads |
|
1116 | 1119 | return (orderedout, roots, heads) |
|
1117 | 1120 | |
|
1118 | 1121 | def headrevs(self, revs=None): |
|
1119 | 1122 | if revs is None: |
|
1120 | 1123 | try: |
|
1121 | 1124 | return self.index.headrevs() |
|
1122 | 1125 | except AttributeError: |
|
1123 | 1126 | return self._headrevs() |
|
1124 | 1127 | if rustext is not None: |
|
1125 | 1128 | return rustext.dagop.headrevs(self.index, revs) |
|
1126 | 1129 | return dagop.headrevs(revs, self._uncheckedparentrevs) |
|
1127 | 1130 | |
|
1128 | 1131 | def computephases(self, roots): |
|
1129 | 1132 | return self.index.computephasesmapsets(roots) |
|
1130 | 1133 | |
|
1131 | 1134 | def _headrevs(self): |
|
1132 | 1135 | count = len(self) |
|
1133 | 1136 | if not count: |
|
1134 | 1137 | return [nullrev] |
|
1135 | 1138 | # we won't iter over filtered rev so nobody is a head at start |
|
1136 | 1139 | ishead = [0] * (count + 1) |
|
1137 | 1140 | index = self.index |
|
1138 | 1141 | for r in self: |
|
1139 | 1142 | ishead[r] = 1 # I may be an head |
|
1140 | 1143 | e = index[r] |
|
1141 | 1144 | ishead[e[5]] = ishead[e[6]] = 0 # my parent are not |
|
1142 | 1145 | return [r for r, val in enumerate(ishead) if val] |
|
1143 | 1146 | |
|
1144 | 1147 | def heads(self, start=None, stop=None): |
|
1145 | 1148 | """return the list of all nodes that have no children |
|
1146 | 1149 | |
|
1147 | 1150 | if start is specified, only heads that are descendants of |
|
1148 | 1151 | start will be returned |
|
1149 | 1152 | if stop is specified, it will consider all the revs from stop |
|
1150 | 1153 | as if they had no children |
|
1151 | 1154 | """ |
|
1152 | 1155 | if start is None and stop is None: |
|
1153 | 1156 | if not len(self): |
|
1154 | 1157 | return [nullid] |
|
1155 | 1158 | return [self.node(r) for r in self.headrevs()] |
|
1156 | 1159 | |
|
1157 | 1160 | if start is None: |
|
1158 | 1161 | start = nullrev |
|
1159 | 1162 | else: |
|
1160 | 1163 | start = self.rev(start) |
|
1161 | 1164 | |
|
1162 | 1165 | stoprevs = set(self.rev(n) for n in stop or []) |
|
1163 | 1166 | |
|
1164 | 1167 | revs = dagop.headrevssubset(self.revs, self.parentrevs, startrev=start, |
|
1165 | 1168 | stoprevs=stoprevs) |
|
1166 | 1169 | |
|
1167 | 1170 | return [self.node(rev) for rev in revs] |
|
1168 | 1171 | |
|
1169 | 1172 | def children(self, node): |
|
1170 | 1173 | """find the children of a given node""" |
|
1171 | 1174 | c = [] |
|
1172 | 1175 | p = self.rev(node) |
|
1173 | 1176 | for r in self.revs(start=p + 1): |
|
1174 | 1177 | prevs = [pr for pr in self.parentrevs(r) if pr != nullrev] |
|
1175 | 1178 | if prevs: |
|
1176 | 1179 | for pr in prevs: |
|
1177 | 1180 | if pr == p: |
|
1178 | 1181 | c.append(self.node(r)) |
|
1179 | 1182 | elif p == nullrev: |
|
1180 | 1183 | c.append(self.node(r)) |
|
1181 | 1184 | return c |
|
1182 | 1185 | |
|
1183 | 1186 | def commonancestorsheads(self, a, b): |
|
1184 | 1187 | """calculate all the heads of the common ancestors of nodes a and b""" |
|
1185 | 1188 | a, b = self.rev(a), self.rev(b) |
|
1186 | 1189 | ancs = self._commonancestorsheads(a, b) |
|
1187 | 1190 | return pycompat.maplist(self.node, ancs) |
|
1188 | 1191 | |
|
1189 | 1192 | def _commonancestorsheads(self, *revs): |
|
1190 | 1193 | """calculate all the heads of the common ancestors of revs""" |
|
1191 | 1194 | try: |
|
1192 | 1195 | ancs = self.index.commonancestorsheads(*revs) |
|
1193 | 1196 | except (AttributeError, OverflowError): # C implementation failed |
|
1194 | 1197 | ancs = ancestor.commonancestorsheads(self.parentrevs, *revs) |
|
1195 | 1198 | return ancs |
|
1196 | 1199 | |
|
1197 | 1200 | def isancestor(self, a, b): |
|
1198 | 1201 | """return True if node a is an ancestor of node b |
|
1199 | 1202 | |
|
1200 | 1203 | A revision is considered an ancestor of itself.""" |
|
1201 | 1204 | a, b = self.rev(a), self.rev(b) |
|
1202 | 1205 | return self.isancestorrev(a, b) |
|
1203 | 1206 | |
|
1204 | 1207 | def isancestorrev(self, a, b): |
|
1205 | 1208 | """return True if revision a is an ancestor of revision b |
|
1206 | 1209 | |
|
1207 | 1210 | A revision is considered an ancestor of itself. |
|
1208 | 1211 | |
|
1209 | 1212 | The implementation of this is trivial but the use of |
|
1210 | 1213 | commonancestorsheads is not.""" |
|
1211 | 1214 | if a == nullrev: |
|
1212 | 1215 | return True |
|
1213 | 1216 | elif a == b: |
|
1214 | 1217 | return True |
|
1215 | 1218 | elif a > b: |
|
1216 | 1219 | return False |
|
1217 | 1220 | return a in self._commonancestorsheads(a, b) |
|
1218 | 1221 | |
|
1219 | 1222 | def ancestor(self, a, b): |
|
1220 | 1223 | """calculate the "best" common ancestor of nodes a and b""" |
|
1221 | 1224 | |
|
1222 | 1225 | a, b = self.rev(a), self.rev(b) |
|
1223 | 1226 | try: |
|
1224 | 1227 | ancs = self.index.ancestors(a, b) |
|
1225 | 1228 | except (AttributeError, OverflowError): |
|
1226 | 1229 | ancs = ancestor.ancestors(self.parentrevs, a, b) |
|
1227 | 1230 | if ancs: |
|
1228 | 1231 | # choose a consistent winner when there's a tie |
|
1229 | 1232 | return min(map(self.node, ancs)) |
|
1230 | 1233 | return nullid |
|
1231 | 1234 | |
|
1232 | 1235 | def _match(self, id): |
|
1233 | 1236 | if isinstance(id, int): |
|
1234 | 1237 | # rev |
|
1235 | 1238 | return self.node(id) |
|
1236 | 1239 | if len(id) == 20: |
|
1237 | 1240 | # possibly a binary node |
|
1238 | 1241 | # odds of a binary node being all hex in ASCII are 1 in 10**25 |
|
1239 | 1242 | try: |
|
1240 | 1243 | node = id |
|
1241 | 1244 | self.rev(node) # quick search the index |
|
1242 | 1245 | return node |
|
1243 | 1246 | except error.LookupError: |
|
1244 | 1247 | pass # may be partial hex id |
|
1245 | 1248 | try: |
|
1246 | 1249 | # str(rev) |
|
1247 | 1250 | rev = int(id) |
|
1248 | 1251 | if "%d" % rev != id: |
|
1249 | 1252 | raise ValueError |
|
1250 | 1253 | if rev < 0: |
|
1251 | 1254 | rev = len(self) + rev |
|
1252 | 1255 | if rev < 0 or rev >= len(self): |
|
1253 | 1256 | raise ValueError |
|
1254 | 1257 | return self.node(rev) |
|
1255 | 1258 | except (ValueError, OverflowError): |
|
1256 | 1259 | pass |
|
1257 | 1260 | if len(id) == 40: |
|
1258 | 1261 | try: |
|
1259 | 1262 | # a full hex nodeid? |
|
1260 | 1263 | node = bin(id) |
|
1261 | 1264 | self.rev(node) |
|
1262 | 1265 | return node |
|
1263 | 1266 | except (TypeError, error.LookupError): |
|
1264 | 1267 | pass |
|
1265 | 1268 | |
|
1266 | 1269 | def _partialmatch(self, id): |
|
1267 | 1270 | # we don't care wdirfilenodeids as they should be always full hash |
|
1268 | 1271 | maybewdir = wdirhex.startswith(id) |
|
1269 | 1272 | try: |
|
1270 | 1273 | partial = self.index.partialmatch(id) |
|
1271 | 1274 | if partial and self.hasnode(partial): |
|
1272 | 1275 | if maybewdir: |
|
1273 | 1276 | # single 'ff...' match in radix tree, ambiguous with wdir |
|
1274 | 1277 | raise error.RevlogError |
|
1275 | 1278 | return partial |
|
1276 | 1279 | if maybewdir: |
|
1277 | 1280 | # no 'ff...' match in radix tree, wdir identified |
|
1278 | 1281 | raise error.WdirUnsupported |
|
1279 | 1282 | return None |
|
1280 | 1283 | except error.RevlogError: |
|
1281 | 1284 | # parsers.c radix tree lookup gave multiple matches |
|
1282 | 1285 | # fast path: for unfiltered changelog, radix tree is accurate |
|
1283 | 1286 | if not getattr(self, 'filteredrevs', None): |
|
1284 | 1287 | raise error.AmbiguousPrefixLookupError( |
|
1285 | 1288 | id, self.indexfile, _('ambiguous identifier')) |
|
1286 | 1289 | # fall through to slow path that filters hidden revisions |
|
1287 | 1290 | except (AttributeError, ValueError): |
|
1288 | 1291 | # we are pure python, or key was too short to search radix tree |
|
1289 | 1292 | pass |
|
1290 | 1293 | |
|
1291 | 1294 | if id in self._pcache: |
|
1292 | 1295 | return self._pcache[id] |
|
1293 | 1296 | |
|
1294 | 1297 | if len(id) <= 40: |
|
1295 | 1298 | try: |
|
1296 | 1299 | # hex(node)[:...] |
|
1297 | 1300 | l = len(id) // 2 # grab an even number of digits |
|
1298 | 1301 | prefix = bin(id[:l * 2]) |
|
1299 | 1302 | nl = [e[7] for e in self.index if e[7].startswith(prefix)] |
|
1300 | 1303 | nl = [n for n in nl if hex(n).startswith(id) and |
|
1301 | 1304 | self.hasnode(n)] |
|
1302 | 1305 | if nullhex.startswith(id): |
|
1303 | 1306 | nl.append(nullid) |
|
1304 | 1307 | if len(nl) > 0: |
|
1305 | 1308 | if len(nl) == 1 and not maybewdir: |
|
1306 | 1309 | self._pcache[id] = nl[0] |
|
1307 | 1310 | return nl[0] |
|
1308 | 1311 | raise error.AmbiguousPrefixLookupError( |
|
1309 | 1312 | id, self.indexfile, _('ambiguous identifier')) |
|
1310 | 1313 | if maybewdir: |
|
1311 | 1314 | raise error.WdirUnsupported |
|
1312 | 1315 | return None |
|
1313 | 1316 | except TypeError: |
|
1314 | 1317 | pass |
|
1315 | 1318 | |
|
1316 | 1319 | def lookup(self, id): |
|
1317 | 1320 | """locate a node based on: |
|
1318 | 1321 | - revision number or str(revision number) |
|
1319 | 1322 | - nodeid or subset of hex nodeid |
|
1320 | 1323 | """ |
|
1321 | 1324 | n = self._match(id) |
|
1322 | 1325 | if n is not None: |
|
1323 | 1326 | return n |
|
1324 | 1327 | n = self._partialmatch(id) |
|
1325 | 1328 | if n: |
|
1326 | 1329 | return n |
|
1327 | 1330 | |
|
1328 | 1331 | raise error.LookupError(id, self.indexfile, _('no match found')) |
|
1329 | 1332 | |
|
1330 | 1333 | def shortest(self, node, minlength=1): |
|
1331 | 1334 | """Find the shortest unambiguous prefix that matches node.""" |
|
1332 | 1335 | def isvalid(prefix): |
|
1333 | 1336 | try: |
|
1334 | 1337 | node = self._partialmatch(prefix) |
|
1335 | 1338 | except error.AmbiguousPrefixLookupError: |
|
1336 | 1339 | return False |
|
1337 | 1340 | except error.WdirUnsupported: |
|
1338 | 1341 | # single 'ff...' match |
|
1339 | 1342 | return True |
|
1340 | 1343 | if node is None: |
|
1341 | 1344 | raise error.LookupError(node, self.indexfile, _('no node')) |
|
1342 | 1345 | return True |
|
1343 | 1346 | |
|
1344 | 1347 | def maybewdir(prefix): |
|
1345 | 1348 | return all(c == 'f' for c in pycompat.iterbytestr(prefix)) |
|
1346 | 1349 | |
|
1347 | 1350 | hexnode = hex(node) |
|
1348 | 1351 | |
|
1349 | 1352 | def disambiguate(hexnode, minlength): |
|
1350 | 1353 | """Disambiguate against wdirid.""" |
|
1351 | 1354 | for length in range(minlength, 41): |
|
1352 | 1355 | prefix = hexnode[:length] |
|
1353 | 1356 | if not maybewdir(prefix): |
|
1354 | 1357 | return prefix |
|
1355 | 1358 | |
|
1356 | 1359 | if not getattr(self, 'filteredrevs', None): |
|
1357 | 1360 | try: |
|
1358 | 1361 | length = max(self.index.shortest(node), minlength) |
|
1359 | 1362 | return disambiguate(hexnode, length) |
|
1360 | 1363 | except error.RevlogError: |
|
1361 | 1364 | if node != wdirid: |
|
1362 | 1365 | raise error.LookupError(node, self.indexfile, _('no node')) |
|
1363 | 1366 | except AttributeError: |
|
1364 | 1367 | # Fall through to pure code |
|
1365 | 1368 | pass |
|
1366 | 1369 | |
|
1367 | 1370 | if node == wdirid: |
|
1368 | 1371 | for length in range(minlength, 41): |
|
1369 | 1372 | prefix = hexnode[:length] |
|
1370 | 1373 | if isvalid(prefix): |
|
1371 | 1374 | return prefix |
|
1372 | 1375 | |
|
1373 | 1376 | for length in range(minlength, 41): |
|
1374 | 1377 | prefix = hexnode[:length] |
|
1375 | 1378 | if isvalid(prefix): |
|
1376 | 1379 | return disambiguate(hexnode, length) |
|
1377 | 1380 | |
|
1378 | 1381 | def cmp(self, node, text): |
|
1379 | 1382 | """compare text with a given file revision |
|
1380 | 1383 | |
|
1381 | 1384 | returns True if text is different than what is stored. |
|
1382 | 1385 | """ |
|
1383 | 1386 | p1, p2 = self.parents(node) |
|
1384 | 1387 | return storageutil.hashrevisionsha1(text, p1, p2) != node |
|
1385 | 1388 | |
|
1386 | 1389 | def _cachesegment(self, offset, data): |
|
1387 | 1390 | """Add a segment to the revlog cache. |
|
1388 | 1391 | |
|
1389 | 1392 | Accepts an absolute offset and the data that is at that location. |
|
1390 | 1393 | """ |
|
1391 | 1394 | o, d = self._chunkcache |
|
1392 | 1395 | # try to add to existing cache |
|
1393 | 1396 | if o + len(d) == offset and len(d) + len(data) < _chunksize: |
|
1394 | 1397 | self._chunkcache = o, d + data |
|
1395 | 1398 | else: |
|
1396 | 1399 | self._chunkcache = offset, data |
|
1397 | 1400 | |
|
1398 | 1401 | def _readsegment(self, offset, length, df=None): |
|
1399 | 1402 | """Load a segment of raw data from the revlog. |
|
1400 | 1403 | |
|
1401 | 1404 | Accepts an absolute offset, length to read, and an optional existing |
|
1402 | 1405 | file handle to read from. |
|
1403 | 1406 | |
|
1404 | 1407 | If an existing file handle is passed, it will be seeked and the |
|
1405 | 1408 | original seek position will NOT be restored. |
|
1406 | 1409 | |
|
1407 | 1410 | Returns a str or buffer of raw byte data. |
|
1408 | 1411 | |
|
1409 | 1412 | Raises if the requested number of bytes could not be read. |
|
1410 | 1413 | """ |
|
1411 | 1414 | # Cache data both forward and backward around the requested |
|
1412 | 1415 | # data, in a fixed size window. This helps speed up operations |
|
1413 | 1416 | # involving reading the revlog backwards. |
|
1414 | 1417 | cachesize = self._chunkcachesize |
|
1415 | 1418 | realoffset = offset & ~(cachesize - 1) |
|
1416 | 1419 | reallength = (((offset + length + cachesize) & ~(cachesize - 1)) |
|
1417 | 1420 | - realoffset) |
|
1418 | 1421 | with self._datareadfp(df) as df: |
|
1419 | 1422 | df.seek(realoffset) |
|
1420 | 1423 | d = df.read(reallength) |
|
1421 | 1424 | |
|
1422 | 1425 | self._cachesegment(realoffset, d) |
|
1423 | 1426 | if offset != realoffset or reallength != length: |
|
1424 | 1427 | startoffset = offset - realoffset |
|
1425 | 1428 | if len(d) - startoffset < length: |
|
1426 | 1429 | raise error.RevlogError( |
|
1427 | 1430 | _('partial read of revlog %s; expected %d bytes from ' |
|
1428 | 1431 | 'offset %d, got %d') % |
|
1429 | 1432 | (self.indexfile if self._inline else self.datafile, |
|
1430 | 1433 | length, realoffset, len(d) - startoffset)) |
|
1431 | 1434 | |
|
1432 | 1435 | return util.buffer(d, startoffset, length) |
|
1433 | 1436 | |
|
1434 | 1437 | if len(d) < length: |
|
1435 | 1438 | raise error.RevlogError( |
|
1436 | 1439 | _('partial read of revlog %s; expected %d bytes from offset ' |
|
1437 | 1440 | '%d, got %d') % |
|
1438 | 1441 | (self.indexfile if self._inline else self.datafile, |
|
1439 | 1442 | length, offset, len(d))) |
|
1440 | 1443 | |
|
1441 | 1444 | return d |
|
1442 | 1445 | |
|
1443 | 1446 | def _getsegment(self, offset, length, df=None): |
|
1444 | 1447 | """Obtain a segment of raw data from the revlog. |
|
1445 | 1448 | |
|
1446 | 1449 | Accepts an absolute offset, length of bytes to obtain, and an |
|
1447 | 1450 | optional file handle to the already-opened revlog. If the file |
|
1448 | 1451 | handle is used, it's original seek position will not be preserved. |
|
1449 | 1452 | |
|
1450 | 1453 | Requests for data may be returned from a cache. |
|
1451 | 1454 | |
|
1452 | 1455 | Returns a str or a buffer instance of raw byte data. |
|
1453 | 1456 | """ |
|
1454 | 1457 | o, d = self._chunkcache |
|
1455 | 1458 | l = len(d) |
|
1456 | 1459 | |
|
1457 | 1460 | # is it in the cache? |
|
1458 | 1461 | cachestart = offset - o |
|
1459 | 1462 | cacheend = cachestart + length |
|
1460 | 1463 | if cachestart >= 0 and cacheend <= l: |
|
1461 | 1464 | if cachestart == 0 and cacheend == l: |
|
1462 | 1465 | return d # avoid a copy |
|
1463 | 1466 | return util.buffer(d, cachestart, cacheend - cachestart) |
|
1464 | 1467 | |
|
1465 | 1468 | return self._readsegment(offset, length, df=df) |
|
1466 | 1469 | |
|
1467 | 1470 | def _getsegmentforrevs(self, startrev, endrev, df=None): |
|
1468 | 1471 | """Obtain a segment of raw data corresponding to a range of revisions. |
|
1469 | 1472 | |
|
1470 | 1473 | Accepts the start and end revisions and an optional already-open |
|
1471 | 1474 | file handle to be used for reading. If the file handle is read, its |
|
1472 | 1475 | seek position will not be preserved. |
|
1473 | 1476 | |
|
1474 | 1477 | Requests for data may be satisfied by a cache. |
|
1475 | 1478 | |
|
1476 | 1479 | Returns a 2-tuple of (offset, data) for the requested range of |
|
1477 | 1480 | revisions. Offset is the integer offset from the beginning of the |
|
1478 | 1481 | revlog and data is a str or buffer of the raw byte data. |
|
1479 | 1482 | |
|
1480 | 1483 | Callers will need to call ``self.start(rev)`` and ``self.length(rev)`` |
|
1481 | 1484 | to determine where each revision's data begins and ends. |
|
1482 | 1485 | """ |
|
1483 | 1486 | # Inlined self.start(startrev) & self.end(endrev) for perf reasons |
|
1484 | 1487 | # (functions are expensive). |
|
1485 | 1488 | index = self.index |
|
1486 | 1489 | istart = index[startrev] |
|
1487 | 1490 | start = int(istart[0] >> 16) |
|
1488 | 1491 | if startrev == endrev: |
|
1489 | 1492 | end = start + istart[1] |
|
1490 | 1493 | else: |
|
1491 | 1494 | iend = index[endrev] |
|
1492 | 1495 | end = int(iend[0] >> 16) + iend[1] |
|
1493 | 1496 | |
|
1494 | 1497 | if self._inline: |
|
1495 | 1498 | start += (startrev + 1) * self._io.size |
|
1496 | 1499 | end += (endrev + 1) * self._io.size |
|
1497 | 1500 | length = end - start |
|
1498 | 1501 | |
|
1499 | 1502 | return start, self._getsegment(start, length, df=df) |
|
1500 | 1503 | |
|
1501 | 1504 | def _chunk(self, rev, df=None): |
|
1502 | 1505 | """Obtain a single decompressed chunk for a revision. |
|
1503 | 1506 | |
|
1504 | 1507 | Accepts an integer revision and an optional already-open file handle |
|
1505 | 1508 | to be used for reading. If used, the seek position of the file will not |
|
1506 | 1509 | be preserved. |
|
1507 | 1510 | |
|
1508 | 1511 | Returns a str holding uncompressed data for the requested revision. |
|
1509 | 1512 | """ |
|
1510 | 1513 | return self.decompress(self._getsegmentforrevs(rev, rev, df=df)[1]) |
|
1511 | 1514 | |
|
1512 | 1515 | def _chunks(self, revs, df=None, targetsize=None): |
|
1513 | 1516 | """Obtain decompressed chunks for the specified revisions. |
|
1514 | 1517 | |
|
1515 | 1518 | Accepts an iterable of numeric revisions that are assumed to be in |
|
1516 | 1519 | ascending order. Also accepts an optional already-open file handle |
|
1517 | 1520 | to be used for reading. If used, the seek position of the file will |
|
1518 | 1521 | not be preserved. |
|
1519 | 1522 | |
|
1520 | 1523 | This function is similar to calling ``self._chunk()`` multiple times, |
|
1521 | 1524 | but is faster. |
|
1522 | 1525 | |
|
1523 | 1526 | Returns a list with decompressed data for each requested revision. |
|
1524 | 1527 | """ |
|
1525 | 1528 | if not revs: |
|
1526 | 1529 | return [] |
|
1527 | 1530 | start = self.start |
|
1528 | 1531 | length = self.length |
|
1529 | 1532 | inline = self._inline |
|
1530 | 1533 | iosize = self._io.size |
|
1531 | 1534 | buffer = util.buffer |
|
1532 | 1535 | |
|
1533 | 1536 | l = [] |
|
1534 | 1537 | ladd = l.append |
|
1535 | 1538 | |
|
1536 | 1539 | if not self._withsparseread: |
|
1537 | 1540 | slicedchunks = (revs,) |
|
1538 | 1541 | else: |
|
1539 | 1542 | slicedchunks = deltautil.slicechunk(self, revs, |
|
1540 | 1543 | targetsize=targetsize) |
|
1541 | 1544 | |
|
1542 | 1545 | for revschunk in slicedchunks: |
|
1543 | 1546 | firstrev = revschunk[0] |
|
1544 | 1547 | # Skip trailing revisions with empty diff |
|
1545 | 1548 | for lastrev in revschunk[::-1]: |
|
1546 | 1549 | if length(lastrev) != 0: |
|
1547 | 1550 | break |
|
1548 | 1551 | |
|
1549 | 1552 | try: |
|
1550 | 1553 | offset, data = self._getsegmentforrevs(firstrev, lastrev, df=df) |
|
1551 | 1554 | except OverflowError: |
|
1552 | 1555 | # issue4215 - we can't cache a run of chunks greater than |
|
1553 | 1556 | # 2G on Windows |
|
1554 | 1557 | return [self._chunk(rev, df=df) for rev in revschunk] |
|
1555 | 1558 | |
|
1556 | 1559 | decomp = self.decompress |
|
1557 | 1560 | for rev in revschunk: |
|
1558 | 1561 | chunkstart = start(rev) |
|
1559 | 1562 | if inline: |
|
1560 | 1563 | chunkstart += (rev + 1) * iosize |
|
1561 | 1564 | chunklength = length(rev) |
|
1562 | 1565 | ladd(decomp(buffer(data, chunkstart - offset, chunklength))) |
|
1563 | 1566 | |
|
1564 | 1567 | return l |
|
1565 | 1568 | |
|
1566 | 1569 | def _chunkclear(self): |
|
1567 | 1570 | """Clear the raw chunk cache.""" |
|
1568 | 1571 | self._chunkcache = (0, '') |
|
1569 | 1572 | |
|
1570 | 1573 | def deltaparent(self, rev): |
|
1571 | 1574 | """return deltaparent of the given revision""" |
|
1572 | 1575 | base = self.index[rev][3] |
|
1573 | 1576 | if base == rev: |
|
1574 | 1577 | return nullrev |
|
1575 | 1578 | elif self._generaldelta: |
|
1576 | 1579 | return base |
|
1577 | 1580 | else: |
|
1578 | 1581 | return rev - 1 |
|
1579 | 1582 | |
|
1580 | 1583 | def issnapshot(self, rev): |
|
1581 | 1584 | """tells whether rev is a snapshot |
|
1582 | 1585 | """ |
|
1583 | 1586 | if not self._sparserevlog: |
|
1584 | 1587 | return self.deltaparent(rev) == nullrev |
|
1585 | 1588 | elif util.safehasattr(self.index, 'issnapshot'): |
|
1586 | 1589 | # directly assign the method to cache the testing and access |
|
1587 | 1590 | self.issnapshot = self.index.issnapshot |
|
1588 | 1591 | return self.issnapshot(rev) |
|
1589 | 1592 | if rev == nullrev: |
|
1590 | 1593 | return True |
|
1591 | 1594 | entry = self.index[rev] |
|
1592 | 1595 | base = entry[3] |
|
1593 | 1596 | if base == rev: |
|
1594 | 1597 | return True |
|
1595 | 1598 | if base == nullrev: |
|
1596 | 1599 | return True |
|
1597 | 1600 | p1 = entry[5] |
|
1598 | 1601 | p2 = entry[6] |
|
1599 | 1602 | if base == p1 or base == p2: |
|
1600 | 1603 | return False |
|
1601 | 1604 | return self.issnapshot(base) |
|
1602 | 1605 | |
|
1603 | 1606 | def snapshotdepth(self, rev): |
|
1604 | 1607 | """number of snapshot in the chain before this one""" |
|
1605 | 1608 | if not self.issnapshot(rev): |
|
1606 | 1609 | raise error.ProgrammingError('revision %d not a snapshot') |
|
1607 | 1610 | return len(self._deltachain(rev)[0]) - 1 |
|
1608 | 1611 | |
|
1609 | 1612 | def revdiff(self, rev1, rev2): |
|
1610 | 1613 | """return or calculate a delta between two revisions |
|
1611 | 1614 | |
|
1612 | 1615 | The delta calculated is in binary form and is intended to be written to |
|
1613 | 1616 | revlog data directly. So this function needs raw revision data. |
|
1614 | 1617 | """ |
|
1615 | 1618 | if rev1 != nullrev and self.deltaparent(rev2) == rev1: |
|
1616 | 1619 | return bytes(self._chunk(rev2)) |
|
1617 | 1620 | |
|
1618 | 1621 | return mdiff.textdiff(self.revision(rev1, raw=True), |
|
1619 | 1622 | self.revision(rev2, raw=True)) |
|
1620 | 1623 | |
|
1621 | 1624 | def revision(self, nodeorrev, _df=None, raw=False): |
|
1622 | 1625 | """return an uncompressed revision of a given node or revision |
|
1623 | 1626 | number. |
|
1624 | 1627 | |
|
1625 | 1628 | _df - an existing file handle to read from. (internal-only) |
|
1626 | 1629 | raw - an optional argument specifying if the revision data is to be |
|
1627 | 1630 | treated as raw data when applying flag transforms. 'raw' should be set |
|
1628 | 1631 | to True when generating changegroups or in debug commands. |
|
1629 | 1632 | """ |
|
1630 | 1633 | if isinstance(nodeorrev, int): |
|
1631 | 1634 | rev = nodeorrev |
|
1632 | 1635 | node = self.node(rev) |
|
1633 | 1636 | else: |
|
1634 | 1637 | node = nodeorrev |
|
1635 | 1638 | rev = None |
|
1636 | 1639 | |
|
1637 | 1640 | cachedrev = None |
|
1638 | 1641 | flags = None |
|
1639 | 1642 | rawtext = None |
|
1640 | 1643 | if node == nullid: |
|
1641 | 1644 | return "" |
|
1642 | 1645 | if self._revisioncache: |
|
1643 | 1646 | if self._revisioncache[0] == node: |
|
1644 | 1647 | # _cache only stores rawtext |
|
1645 | 1648 | if raw: |
|
1646 | 1649 | return self._revisioncache[2] |
|
1647 | 1650 | # duplicated, but good for perf |
|
1648 | 1651 | if rev is None: |
|
1649 | 1652 | rev = self.rev(node) |
|
1650 | 1653 | if flags is None: |
|
1651 | 1654 | flags = self.flags(rev) |
|
1652 | 1655 | # no extra flags set, no flag processor runs, text = rawtext |
|
1653 | 1656 | if flags == REVIDX_DEFAULT_FLAGS: |
|
1654 | 1657 | return self._revisioncache[2] |
|
1655 | 1658 | # rawtext is reusable. need to run flag processor |
|
1656 | 1659 | rawtext = self._revisioncache[2] |
|
1657 | 1660 | |
|
1658 | 1661 | cachedrev = self._revisioncache[1] |
|
1659 | 1662 | |
|
1660 | 1663 | # look up what we need to read |
|
1661 | 1664 | if rawtext is None: |
|
1662 | 1665 | if rev is None: |
|
1663 | 1666 | rev = self.rev(node) |
|
1664 | 1667 | |
|
1665 | 1668 | chain, stopped = self._deltachain(rev, stoprev=cachedrev) |
|
1666 | 1669 | if stopped: |
|
1667 | 1670 | rawtext = self._revisioncache[2] |
|
1668 | 1671 | |
|
1669 | 1672 | # drop cache to save memory |
|
1670 | 1673 | self._revisioncache = None |
|
1671 | 1674 | |
|
1672 | 1675 | targetsize = None |
|
1673 | 1676 | rawsize = self.index[rev][2] |
|
1674 | 1677 | if 0 <= rawsize: |
|
1675 | 1678 | targetsize = 4 * rawsize |
|
1676 | 1679 | |
|
1677 | 1680 | bins = self._chunks(chain, df=_df, targetsize=targetsize) |
|
1678 | 1681 | if rawtext is None: |
|
1679 | 1682 | rawtext = bytes(bins[0]) |
|
1680 | 1683 | bins = bins[1:] |
|
1681 | 1684 | |
|
1682 | 1685 | rawtext = mdiff.patches(rawtext, bins) |
|
1683 | 1686 | self._revisioncache = (node, rev, rawtext) |
|
1684 | 1687 | |
|
1685 | 1688 | if flags is None: |
|
1686 | 1689 | if rev is None: |
|
1687 | 1690 | rev = self.rev(node) |
|
1688 | 1691 | flags = self.flags(rev) |
|
1689 | 1692 | |
|
1690 | 1693 | text, validatehash = self._processflags(rawtext, flags, 'read', raw=raw) |
|
1691 | 1694 | if validatehash: |
|
1692 | 1695 | self.checkhash(text, node, rev=rev) |
|
1693 | 1696 | |
|
1694 | 1697 | return text |
|
1695 | 1698 | |
|
1696 | 1699 | def hash(self, text, p1, p2): |
|
1697 | 1700 | """Compute a node hash. |
|
1698 | 1701 | |
|
1699 | 1702 | Available as a function so that subclasses can replace the hash |
|
1700 | 1703 | as needed. |
|
1701 | 1704 | """ |
|
1702 | 1705 | return storageutil.hashrevisionsha1(text, p1, p2) |
|
1703 | 1706 | |
|
1704 | 1707 | def _processflags(self, text, flags, operation, raw=False): |
|
1705 | 1708 | """Inspect revision data flags and applies transforms defined by |
|
1706 | 1709 | registered flag processors. |
|
1707 | 1710 | |
|
1708 | 1711 | ``text`` - the revision data to process |
|
1709 | 1712 | ``flags`` - the revision flags |
|
1710 | 1713 | ``operation`` - the operation being performed (read or write) |
|
1711 | 1714 | ``raw`` - an optional argument describing if the raw transform should be |
|
1712 | 1715 | applied. |
|
1713 | 1716 | |
|
1714 | 1717 | This method processes the flags in the order (or reverse order if |
|
1715 | 1718 | ``operation`` is 'write') defined by REVIDX_FLAGS_ORDER, applying the |
|
1716 | 1719 | flag processors registered for present flags. The order of flags defined |
|
1717 | 1720 | in REVIDX_FLAGS_ORDER needs to be stable to allow non-commutativity. |
|
1718 | 1721 | |
|
1719 | 1722 | Returns a 2-tuple of ``(text, validatehash)`` where ``text`` is the |
|
1720 | 1723 | processed text and ``validatehash`` is a bool indicating whether the |
|
1721 | 1724 | returned text should be checked for hash integrity. |
|
1722 | 1725 | |
|
1723 | 1726 | Note: If the ``raw`` argument is set, it has precedence over the |
|
1724 | 1727 | operation and will only update the value of ``validatehash``. |
|
1725 | 1728 | """ |
|
1726 | 1729 | # fast path: no flag processors will run |
|
1727 | 1730 | if flags == 0: |
|
1728 | 1731 | return text, True |
|
1729 | 1732 | if not operation in ('read', 'write'): |
|
1730 | 1733 | raise error.ProgrammingError(_("invalid '%s' operation") % |
|
1731 | 1734 | operation) |
|
1732 | 1735 | # Check all flags are known. |
|
1733 | 1736 | if flags & ~REVIDX_KNOWN_FLAGS: |
|
1734 | 1737 | raise error.RevlogError(_("incompatible revision flag '%#x'") % |
|
1735 | 1738 | (flags & ~REVIDX_KNOWN_FLAGS)) |
|
1736 | 1739 | validatehash = True |
|
1737 | 1740 | # Depending on the operation (read or write), the order might be |
|
1738 | 1741 | # reversed due to non-commutative transforms. |
|
1739 | 1742 | orderedflags = REVIDX_FLAGS_ORDER |
|
1740 | 1743 | if operation == 'write': |
|
1741 | 1744 | orderedflags = reversed(orderedflags) |
|
1742 | 1745 | |
|
1743 | 1746 | for flag in orderedflags: |
|
1744 | 1747 | # If a flagprocessor has been registered for a known flag, apply the |
|
1745 | 1748 | # related operation transform and update result tuple. |
|
1746 | 1749 | if flag & flags: |
|
1747 | 1750 | vhash = True |
|
1748 | 1751 | |
|
1749 | 1752 | if flag not in self._flagprocessors: |
|
1750 | 1753 | message = _("missing processor for flag '%#x'") % (flag) |
|
1751 | 1754 | raise error.RevlogError(message) |
|
1752 | 1755 | |
|
1753 | 1756 | processor = self._flagprocessors[flag] |
|
1754 | 1757 | if processor is not None: |
|
1755 | 1758 | readtransform, writetransform, rawtransform = processor |
|
1756 | 1759 | |
|
1757 | 1760 | if raw: |
|
1758 | 1761 | vhash = rawtransform(self, text) |
|
1759 | 1762 | elif operation == 'read': |
|
1760 | 1763 | text, vhash = readtransform(self, text) |
|
1761 | 1764 | else: # write operation |
|
1762 | 1765 | text, vhash = writetransform(self, text) |
|
1763 | 1766 | validatehash = validatehash and vhash |
|
1764 | 1767 | |
|
1765 | 1768 | return text, validatehash |
|
1766 | 1769 | |
|
1767 | 1770 | def checkhash(self, text, node, p1=None, p2=None, rev=None): |
|
1768 | 1771 | """Check node hash integrity. |
|
1769 | 1772 | |
|
1770 | 1773 | Available as a function so that subclasses can extend hash mismatch |
|
1771 | 1774 | behaviors as needed. |
|
1772 | 1775 | """ |
|
1773 | 1776 | try: |
|
1774 | 1777 | if p1 is None and p2 is None: |
|
1775 | 1778 | p1, p2 = self.parents(node) |
|
1776 | 1779 | if node != self.hash(text, p1, p2): |
|
1777 | 1780 | # Clear the revision cache on hash failure. The revision cache |
|
1778 | 1781 | # only stores the raw revision and clearing the cache does have |
|
1779 | 1782 | # the side-effect that we won't have a cache hit when the raw |
|
1780 | 1783 | # revision data is accessed. But this case should be rare and |
|
1781 | 1784 | # it is extra work to teach the cache about the hash |
|
1782 | 1785 | # verification state. |
|
1783 | 1786 | if self._revisioncache and self._revisioncache[0] == node: |
|
1784 | 1787 | self._revisioncache = None |
|
1785 | 1788 | |
|
1786 | 1789 | revornode = rev |
|
1787 | 1790 | if revornode is None: |
|
1788 | 1791 | revornode = templatefilters.short(hex(node)) |
|
1789 | 1792 | raise error.RevlogError(_("integrity check failed on %s:%s") |
|
1790 | 1793 | % (self.indexfile, pycompat.bytestr(revornode))) |
|
1791 | 1794 | except error.RevlogError: |
|
1792 | 1795 | if self._censorable and storageutil.iscensoredtext(text): |
|
1793 | 1796 | raise error.CensoredNodeError(self.indexfile, node, text) |
|
1794 | 1797 | raise |
|
1795 | 1798 | |
|
1796 | 1799 | def _enforceinlinesize(self, tr, fp=None): |
|
1797 | 1800 | """Check if the revlog is too big for inline and convert if so. |
|
1798 | 1801 | |
|
1799 | 1802 | This should be called after revisions are added to the revlog. If the |
|
1800 | 1803 | revlog has grown too large to be an inline revlog, it will convert it |
|
1801 | 1804 | to use multiple index and data files. |
|
1802 | 1805 | """ |
|
1803 | 1806 | tiprev = len(self) - 1 |
|
1804 | 1807 | if (not self._inline or |
|
1805 | 1808 | (self.start(tiprev) + self.length(tiprev)) < _maxinline): |
|
1806 | 1809 | return |
|
1807 | 1810 | |
|
1808 | 1811 | trinfo = tr.find(self.indexfile) |
|
1809 | 1812 | if trinfo is None: |
|
1810 | 1813 | raise error.RevlogError(_("%s not found in the transaction") |
|
1811 | 1814 | % self.indexfile) |
|
1812 | 1815 | |
|
1813 | 1816 | trindex = trinfo[2] |
|
1814 | 1817 | if trindex is not None: |
|
1815 | 1818 | dataoff = self.start(trindex) |
|
1816 | 1819 | else: |
|
1817 | 1820 | # revlog was stripped at start of transaction, use all leftover data |
|
1818 | 1821 | trindex = len(self) - 1 |
|
1819 | 1822 | dataoff = self.end(tiprev) |
|
1820 | 1823 | |
|
1821 | 1824 | tr.add(self.datafile, dataoff) |
|
1822 | 1825 | |
|
1823 | 1826 | if fp: |
|
1824 | 1827 | fp.flush() |
|
1825 | 1828 | fp.close() |
|
1826 | 1829 | # We can't use the cached file handle after close(). So prevent |
|
1827 | 1830 | # its usage. |
|
1828 | 1831 | self._writinghandles = None |
|
1829 | 1832 | |
|
1830 | 1833 | with self._indexfp('r') as ifh, self._datafp('w') as dfh: |
|
1831 | 1834 | for r in self: |
|
1832 | 1835 | dfh.write(self._getsegmentforrevs(r, r, df=ifh)[1]) |
|
1833 | 1836 | |
|
1834 | 1837 | with self._indexfp('w') as fp: |
|
1835 | 1838 | self.version &= ~FLAG_INLINE_DATA |
|
1836 | 1839 | self._inline = False |
|
1837 | 1840 | io = self._io |
|
1838 | 1841 | for i in self: |
|
1839 | 1842 | e = io.packentry(self.index[i], self.node, self.version, i) |
|
1840 | 1843 | fp.write(e) |
|
1841 | 1844 | |
|
1842 | 1845 | # the temp file replace the real index when we exit the context |
|
1843 | 1846 | # manager |
|
1844 | 1847 | |
|
1845 | 1848 | tr.replace(self.indexfile, trindex * self._io.size) |
|
1846 | 1849 | self._chunkclear() |
|
1847 | 1850 | |
|
1848 | 1851 | def _nodeduplicatecallback(self, transaction, node): |
|
1849 | 1852 | """called when trying to add a node already stored. |
|
1850 | 1853 | """ |
|
1851 | 1854 | |
|
1852 | 1855 | def addrevision(self, text, transaction, link, p1, p2, cachedelta=None, |
|
1853 | 1856 | node=None, flags=REVIDX_DEFAULT_FLAGS, deltacomputer=None): |
|
1854 | 1857 | """add a revision to the log |
|
1855 | 1858 | |
|
1856 | 1859 | text - the revision data to add |
|
1857 | 1860 | transaction - the transaction object used for rollback |
|
1858 | 1861 | link - the linkrev data to add |
|
1859 | 1862 | p1, p2 - the parent nodeids of the revision |
|
1860 | 1863 | cachedelta - an optional precomputed delta |
|
1861 | 1864 | node - nodeid of revision; typically node is not specified, and it is |
|
1862 | 1865 | computed by default as hash(text, p1, p2), however subclasses might |
|
1863 | 1866 | use different hashing method (and override checkhash() in such case) |
|
1864 | 1867 | flags - the known flags to set on the revision |
|
1865 | 1868 | deltacomputer - an optional deltacomputer instance shared between |
|
1866 | 1869 | multiple calls |
|
1867 | 1870 | """ |
|
1868 | 1871 | if link == nullrev: |
|
1869 | 1872 | raise error.RevlogError(_("attempted to add linkrev -1 to %s") |
|
1870 | 1873 | % self.indexfile) |
|
1871 | 1874 | |
|
1872 | 1875 | if flags: |
|
1873 | 1876 | node = node or self.hash(text, p1, p2) |
|
1874 | 1877 | |
|
1875 | 1878 | rawtext, validatehash = self._processflags(text, flags, 'write') |
|
1876 | 1879 | |
|
1877 | 1880 | # If the flag processor modifies the revision data, ignore any provided |
|
1878 | 1881 | # cachedelta. |
|
1879 | 1882 | if rawtext != text: |
|
1880 | 1883 | cachedelta = None |
|
1881 | 1884 | |
|
1882 | 1885 | if len(rawtext) > _maxentrysize: |
|
1883 | 1886 | raise error.RevlogError( |
|
1884 | 1887 | _("%s: size of %d bytes exceeds maximum revlog storage of 2GiB") |
|
1885 | 1888 | % (self.indexfile, len(rawtext))) |
|
1886 | 1889 | |
|
1887 | 1890 | node = node or self.hash(rawtext, p1, p2) |
|
1888 | 1891 | if node in self.nodemap: |
|
1889 | 1892 | return node |
|
1890 | 1893 | |
|
1891 | 1894 | if validatehash: |
|
1892 | 1895 | self.checkhash(rawtext, node, p1=p1, p2=p2) |
|
1893 | 1896 | |
|
1894 | 1897 | return self.addrawrevision(rawtext, transaction, link, p1, p2, node, |
|
1895 | 1898 | flags, cachedelta=cachedelta, |
|
1896 | 1899 | deltacomputer=deltacomputer) |
|
1897 | 1900 | |
|
1898 | 1901 | def addrawrevision(self, rawtext, transaction, link, p1, p2, node, flags, |
|
1899 | 1902 | cachedelta=None, deltacomputer=None): |
|
1900 | 1903 | """add a raw revision with known flags, node and parents |
|
1901 | 1904 | useful when reusing a revision not stored in this revlog (ex: received |
|
1902 | 1905 | over wire, or read from an external bundle). |
|
1903 | 1906 | """ |
|
1904 | 1907 | dfh = None |
|
1905 | 1908 | if not self._inline: |
|
1906 | 1909 | dfh = self._datafp("a+") |
|
1907 | 1910 | ifh = self._indexfp("a+") |
|
1908 | 1911 | try: |
|
1909 | 1912 | return self._addrevision(node, rawtext, transaction, link, p1, p2, |
|
1910 | 1913 | flags, cachedelta, ifh, dfh, |
|
1911 | 1914 | deltacomputer=deltacomputer) |
|
1912 | 1915 | finally: |
|
1913 | 1916 | if dfh: |
|
1914 | 1917 | dfh.close() |
|
1915 | 1918 | ifh.close() |
|
1916 | 1919 | |
|
1917 | 1920 | def compress(self, data): |
|
1918 | 1921 | """Generate a possibly-compressed representation of data.""" |
|
1919 | 1922 | if not data: |
|
1920 | 1923 | return '', data |
|
1921 | 1924 | |
|
1922 | 1925 | compressed = self._compressor.compress(data) |
|
1923 | 1926 | |
|
1924 | 1927 | if compressed: |
|
1925 | 1928 | # The revlog compressor added the header in the returned data. |
|
1926 | 1929 | return '', compressed |
|
1927 | 1930 | |
|
1928 | 1931 | if data[0:1] == '\0': |
|
1929 | 1932 | return '', data |
|
1930 | 1933 | return 'u', data |
|
1931 | 1934 | |
|
1932 | 1935 | def decompress(self, data): |
|
1933 | 1936 | """Decompress a revlog chunk. |
|
1934 | 1937 | |
|
1935 | 1938 | The chunk is expected to begin with a header identifying the |
|
1936 | 1939 | format type so it can be routed to an appropriate decompressor. |
|
1937 | 1940 | """ |
|
1938 | 1941 | if not data: |
|
1939 | 1942 | return data |
|
1940 | 1943 | |
|
1941 | 1944 | # Revlogs are read much more frequently than they are written and many |
|
1942 | 1945 | # chunks only take microseconds to decompress, so performance is |
|
1943 | 1946 | # important here. |
|
1944 | 1947 | # |
|
1945 | 1948 | # We can make a few assumptions about revlogs: |
|
1946 | 1949 | # |
|
1947 | 1950 | # 1) the majority of chunks will be compressed (as opposed to inline |
|
1948 | 1951 | # raw data). |
|
1949 | 1952 | # 2) decompressing *any* data will likely by at least 10x slower than |
|
1950 | 1953 | # returning raw inline data. |
|
1951 | 1954 | # 3) we want to prioritize common and officially supported compression |
|
1952 | 1955 | # engines |
|
1953 | 1956 | # |
|
1954 | 1957 | # It follows that we want to optimize for "decompress compressed data |
|
1955 | 1958 | # when encoded with common and officially supported compression engines" |
|
1956 | 1959 | # case over "raw data" and "data encoded by less common or non-official |
|
1957 | 1960 | # compression engines." That is why we have the inline lookup first |
|
1958 | 1961 | # followed by the compengines lookup. |
|
1959 | 1962 | # |
|
1960 | 1963 | # According to `hg perfrevlogchunks`, this is ~0.5% faster for zlib |
|
1961 | 1964 | # compressed chunks. And this matters for changelog and manifest reads. |
|
1962 | 1965 | t = data[0:1] |
|
1963 | 1966 | |
|
1964 | 1967 | if t == 'x': |
|
1965 | 1968 | try: |
|
1966 | 1969 | return _zlibdecompress(data) |
|
1967 | 1970 | except zlib.error as e: |
|
1968 | 1971 | raise error.RevlogError(_('revlog decompress error: %s') % |
|
1969 | 1972 | stringutil.forcebytestr(e)) |
|
1970 | 1973 | # '\0' is more common than 'u' so it goes first. |
|
1971 | 1974 | elif t == '\0': |
|
1972 | 1975 | return data |
|
1973 | 1976 | elif t == 'u': |
|
1974 | 1977 | return util.buffer(data, 1) |
|
1975 | 1978 | |
|
1976 | 1979 | try: |
|
1977 | 1980 | compressor = self._decompressors[t] |
|
1978 | 1981 | except KeyError: |
|
1979 | 1982 | try: |
|
1980 | 1983 | engine = util.compengines.forrevlogheader(t) |
|
1981 | 1984 | compressor = engine.revlogcompressor() |
|
1982 | 1985 | self._decompressors[t] = compressor |
|
1983 | 1986 | except KeyError: |
|
1984 | 1987 | raise error.RevlogError(_('unknown compression type %r') % t) |
|
1985 | 1988 | |
|
1986 | 1989 | return compressor.decompress(data) |
|
1987 | 1990 | |
|
1988 | 1991 | def _addrevision(self, node, rawtext, transaction, link, p1, p2, flags, |
|
1989 | 1992 | cachedelta, ifh, dfh, alwayscache=False, |
|
1990 | 1993 | deltacomputer=None): |
|
1991 | 1994 | """internal function to add revisions to the log |
|
1992 | 1995 | |
|
1993 | 1996 | see addrevision for argument descriptions. |
|
1994 | 1997 | |
|
1995 | 1998 | note: "addrevision" takes non-raw text, "_addrevision" takes raw text. |
|
1996 | 1999 | |
|
1997 | 2000 | if "deltacomputer" is not provided or None, a defaultdeltacomputer will |
|
1998 | 2001 | be used. |
|
1999 | 2002 | |
|
2000 | 2003 | invariants: |
|
2001 | 2004 | - rawtext is optional (can be None); if not set, cachedelta must be set. |
|
2002 | 2005 | if both are set, they must correspond to each other. |
|
2003 | 2006 | """ |
|
2004 | 2007 | if node == nullid: |
|
2005 | 2008 | raise error.RevlogError(_("%s: attempt to add null revision") % |
|
2006 | 2009 | self.indexfile) |
|
2007 | 2010 | if node == wdirid or node in wdirfilenodeids: |
|
2008 | 2011 | raise error.RevlogError(_("%s: attempt to add wdir revision") % |
|
2009 | 2012 | self.indexfile) |
|
2010 | 2013 | |
|
2011 | 2014 | if self._inline: |
|
2012 | 2015 | fh = ifh |
|
2013 | 2016 | else: |
|
2014 | 2017 | fh = dfh |
|
2015 | 2018 | |
|
2016 | 2019 | btext = [rawtext] |
|
2017 | 2020 | |
|
2018 | 2021 | curr = len(self) |
|
2019 | 2022 | prev = curr - 1 |
|
2020 | 2023 | offset = self.end(prev) |
|
2021 | 2024 | p1r, p2r = self.rev(p1), self.rev(p2) |
|
2022 | 2025 | |
|
2023 | 2026 | # full versions are inserted when the needed deltas |
|
2024 | 2027 | # become comparable to the uncompressed text |
|
2025 | 2028 | if rawtext is None: |
|
2026 | 2029 | # need rawtext size, before changed by flag processors, which is |
|
2027 | 2030 | # the non-raw size. use revlog explicitly to avoid filelog's extra |
|
2028 | 2031 | # logic that might remove metadata size. |
|
2029 | 2032 | textlen = mdiff.patchedsize(revlog.size(self, cachedelta[0]), |
|
2030 | 2033 | cachedelta[1]) |
|
2031 | 2034 | else: |
|
2032 | 2035 | textlen = len(rawtext) |
|
2033 | 2036 | |
|
2034 | 2037 | if deltacomputer is None: |
|
2035 | 2038 | deltacomputer = deltautil.deltacomputer(self) |
|
2036 | 2039 | |
|
2037 | 2040 | revinfo = _revisioninfo(node, p1, p2, btext, textlen, cachedelta, flags) |
|
2038 | 2041 | |
|
2039 | 2042 | deltainfo = deltacomputer.finddeltainfo(revinfo, fh) |
|
2040 | 2043 | |
|
2041 | 2044 | e = (offset_type(offset, flags), deltainfo.deltalen, textlen, |
|
2042 | 2045 | deltainfo.base, link, p1r, p2r, node) |
|
2043 | 2046 | self.index.append(e) |
|
2044 | 2047 | self.nodemap[node] = curr |
|
2045 | 2048 | |
|
2046 | 2049 | # Reset the pure node cache start lookup offset to account for new |
|
2047 | 2050 | # revision. |
|
2048 | 2051 | if self._nodepos is not None: |
|
2049 | 2052 | self._nodepos = curr |
|
2050 | 2053 | |
|
2051 | 2054 | entry = self._io.packentry(e, self.node, self.version, curr) |
|
2052 | 2055 | self._writeentry(transaction, ifh, dfh, entry, deltainfo.data, |
|
2053 | 2056 | link, offset) |
|
2054 | 2057 | |
|
2055 | 2058 | rawtext = btext[0] |
|
2056 | 2059 | |
|
2057 | 2060 | if alwayscache and rawtext is None: |
|
2058 | 2061 | rawtext = deltacomputer.buildtext(revinfo, fh) |
|
2059 | 2062 | |
|
2060 | 2063 | if type(rawtext) == bytes: # only accept immutable objects |
|
2061 | 2064 | self._revisioncache = (node, curr, rawtext) |
|
2062 | 2065 | self._chainbasecache[curr] = deltainfo.chainbase |
|
2063 | 2066 | return node |
|
2064 | 2067 | |
|
2065 | 2068 | def _writeentry(self, transaction, ifh, dfh, entry, data, link, offset): |
|
2066 | 2069 | # Files opened in a+ mode have inconsistent behavior on various |
|
2067 | 2070 | # platforms. Windows requires that a file positioning call be made |
|
2068 | 2071 | # when the file handle transitions between reads and writes. See |
|
2069 | 2072 | # 3686fa2b8eee and the mixedfilemodewrapper in windows.py. On other |
|
2070 | 2073 | # platforms, Python or the platform itself can be buggy. Some versions |
|
2071 | 2074 | # of Solaris have been observed to not append at the end of the file |
|
2072 | 2075 | # if the file was seeked to before the end. See issue4943 for more. |
|
2073 | 2076 | # |
|
2074 | 2077 | # We work around this issue by inserting a seek() before writing. |
|
2075 | 2078 | # Note: This is likely not necessary on Python 3. However, because |
|
2076 | 2079 | # the file handle is reused for reads and may be seeked there, we need |
|
2077 | 2080 | # to be careful before changing this. |
|
2078 | 2081 | ifh.seek(0, os.SEEK_END) |
|
2079 | 2082 | if dfh: |
|
2080 | 2083 | dfh.seek(0, os.SEEK_END) |
|
2081 | 2084 | |
|
2082 | 2085 | curr = len(self) - 1 |
|
2083 | 2086 | if not self._inline: |
|
2084 | 2087 | transaction.add(self.datafile, offset) |
|
2085 | 2088 | transaction.add(self.indexfile, curr * len(entry)) |
|
2086 | 2089 | if data[0]: |
|
2087 | 2090 | dfh.write(data[0]) |
|
2088 | 2091 | dfh.write(data[1]) |
|
2089 | 2092 | ifh.write(entry) |
|
2090 | 2093 | else: |
|
2091 | 2094 | offset += curr * self._io.size |
|
2092 | 2095 | transaction.add(self.indexfile, offset, curr) |
|
2093 | 2096 | ifh.write(entry) |
|
2094 | 2097 | ifh.write(data[0]) |
|
2095 | 2098 | ifh.write(data[1]) |
|
2096 | 2099 | self._enforceinlinesize(transaction, ifh) |
|
2097 | 2100 | |
|
2098 | 2101 | def addgroup(self, deltas, linkmapper, transaction, addrevisioncb=None): |
|
2099 | 2102 | """ |
|
2100 | 2103 | add a delta group |
|
2101 | 2104 | |
|
2102 | 2105 | given a set of deltas, add them to the revision log. the |
|
2103 | 2106 | first delta is against its parent, which should be in our |
|
2104 | 2107 | log, the rest are against the previous delta. |
|
2105 | 2108 | |
|
2106 | 2109 | If ``addrevisioncb`` is defined, it will be called with arguments of |
|
2107 | 2110 | this revlog and the node that was added. |
|
2108 | 2111 | """ |
|
2109 | 2112 | |
|
2110 | 2113 | if self._writinghandles: |
|
2111 | 2114 | raise error.ProgrammingError('cannot nest addgroup() calls') |
|
2112 | 2115 | |
|
2113 | 2116 | nodes = [] |
|
2114 | 2117 | |
|
2115 | 2118 | r = len(self) |
|
2116 | 2119 | end = 0 |
|
2117 | 2120 | if r: |
|
2118 | 2121 | end = self.end(r - 1) |
|
2119 | 2122 | ifh = self._indexfp("a+") |
|
2120 | 2123 | isize = r * self._io.size |
|
2121 | 2124 | if self._inline: |
|
2122 | 2125 | transaction.add(self.indexfile, end + isize, r) |
|
2123 | 2126 | dfh = None |
|
2124 | 2127 | else: |
|
2125 | 2128 | transaction.add(self.indexfile, isize, r) |
|
2126 | 2129 | transaction.add(self.datafile, end) |
|
2127 | 2130 | dfh = self._datafp("a+") |
|
2128 | 2131 | def flush(): |
|
2129 | 2132 | if dfh: |
|
2130 | 2133 | dfh.flush() |
|
2131 | 2134 | ifh.flush() |
|
2132 | 2135 | |
|
2133 | 2136 | self._writinghandles = (ifh, dfh) |
|
2134 | 2137 | |
|
2135 | 2138 | try: |
|
2136 | 2139 | deltacomputer = deltautil.deltacomputer(self) |
|
2137 | 2140 | # loop through our set of deltas |
|
2138 | 2141 | for data in deltas: |
|
2139 | 2142 | node, p1, p2, linknode, deltabase, delta, flags = data |
|
2140 | 2143 | link = linkmapper(linknode) |
|
2141 | 2144 | flags = flags or REVIDX_DEFAULT_FLAGS |
|
2142 | 2145 | |
|
2143 | 2146 | nodes.append(node) |
|
2144 | 2147 | |
|
2145 | 2148 | if node in self.nodemap: |
|
2146 | 2149 | self._nodeduplicatecallback(transaction, node) |
|
2147 | 2150 | # this can happen if two branches make the same change |
|
2148 | 2151 | continue |
|
2149 | 2152 | |
|
2150 | 2153 | for p in (p1, p2): |
|
2151 | 2154 | if p not in self.nodemap: |
|
2152 | 2155 | raise error.LookupError(p, self.indexfile, |
|
2153 | 2156 | _('unknown parent')) |
|
2154 | 2157 | |
|
2155 | 2158 | if deltabase not in self.nodemap: |
|
2156 | 2159 | raise error.LookupError(deltabase, self.indexfile, |
|
2157 | 2160 | _('unknown delta base')) |
|
2158 | 2161 | |
|
2159 | 2162 | baserev = self.rev(deltabase) |
|
2160 | 2163 | |
|
2161 | 2164 | if baserev != nullrev and self.iscensored(baserev): |
|
2162 | 2165 | # if base is censored, delta must be full replacement in a |
|
2163 | 2166 | # single patch operation |
|
2164 | 2167 | hlen = struct.calcsize(">lll") |
|
2165 | 2168 | oldlen = self.rawsize(baserev) |
|
2166 | 2169 | newlen = len(delta) - hlen |
|
2167 | 2170 | if delta[:hlen] != mdiff.replacediffheader(oldlen, newlen): |
|
2168 | 2171 | raise error.CensoredBaseError(self.indexfile, |
|
2169 | 2172 | self.node(baserev)) |
|
2170 | 2173 | |
|
2171 | 2174 | if not flags and self._peek_iscensored(baserev, delta, flush): |
|
2172 | 2175 | flags |= REVIDX_ISCENSORED |
|
2173 | 2176 | |
|
2174 | 2177 | # We assume consumers of addrevisioncb will want to retrieve |
|
2175 | 2178 | # the added revision, which will require a call to |
|
2176 | 2179 | # revision(). revision() will fast path if there is a cache |
|
2177 | 2180 | # hit. So, we tell _addrevision() to always cache in this case. |
|
2178 | 2181 | # We're only using addgroup() in the context of changegroup |
|
2179 | 2182 | # generation so the revision data can always be handled as raw |
|
2180 | 2183 | # by the flagprocessor. |
|
2181 | 2184 | self._addrevision(node, None, transaction, link, |
|
2182 | 2185 | p1, p2, flags, (baserev, delta), |
|
2183 | 2186 | ifh, dfh, |
|
2184 | 2187 | alwayscache=bool(addrevisioncb), |
|
2185 | 2188 | deltacomputer=deltacomputer) |
|
2186 | 2189 | |
|
2187 | 2190 | if addrevisioncb: |
|
2188 | 2191 | addrevisioncb(self, node) |
|
2189 | 2192 | |
|
2190 | 2193 | if not dfh and not self._inline: |
|
2191 | 2194 | # addrevision switched from inline to conventional |
|
2192 | 2195 | # reopen the index |
|
2193 | 2196 | ifh.close() |
|
2194 | 2197 | dfh = self._datafp("a+") |
|
2195 | 2198 | ifh = self._indexfp("a+") |
|
2196 | 2199 | self._writinghandles = (ifh, dfh) |
|
2197 | 2200 | finally: |
|
2198 | 2201 | self._writinghandles = None |
|
2199 | 2202 | |
|
2200 | 2203 | if dfh: |
|
2201 | 2204 | dfh.close() |
|
2202 | 2205 | ifh.close() |
|
2203 | 2206 | |
|
2204 | 2207 | return nodes |
|
2205 | 2208 | |
|
2206 | 2209 | def iscensored(self, rev): |
|
2207 | 2210 | """Check if a file revision is censored.""" |
|
2208 | 2211 | if not self._censorable: |
|
2209 | 2212 | return False |
|
2210 | 2213 | |
|
2211 | 2214 | return self.flags(rev) & REVIDX_ISCENSORED |
|
2212 | 2215 | |
|
2213 | 2216 | def _peek_iscensored(self, baserev, delta, flush): |
|
2214 | 2217 | """Quickly check if a delta produces a censored revision.""" |
|
2215 | 2218 | if not self._censorable: |
|
2216 | 2219 | return False |
|
2217 | 2220 | |
|
2218 | 2221 | return storageutil.deltaiscensored(delta, baserev, self.rawsize) |
|
2219 | 2222 | |
|
2220 | 2223 | def getstrippoint(self, minlink): |
|
2221 | 2224 | """find the minimum rev that must be stripped to strip the linkrev |
|
2222 | 2225 | |
|
2223 | 2226 | Returns a tuple containing the minimum rev and a set of all revs that |
|
2224 | 2227 | have linkrevs that will be broken by this strip. |
|
2225 | 2228 | """ |
|
2226 | 2229 | return storageutil.resolvestripinfo(minlink, len(self) - 1, |
|
2227 | 2230 | self.headrevs(), |
|
2228 | 2231 | self.linkrev, self.parentrevs) |
|
2229 | 2232 | |
|
2230 | 2233 | def strip(self, minlink, transaction): |
|
2231 | 2234 | """truncate the revlog on the first revision with a linkrev >= minlink |
|
2232 | 2235 | |
|
2233 | 2236 | This function is called when we're stripping revision minlink and |
|
2234 | 2237 | its descendants from the repository. |
|
2235 | 2238 | |
|
2236 | 2239 | We have to remove all revisions with linkrev >= minlink, because |
|
2237 | 2240 | the equivalent changelog revisions will be renumbered after the |
|
2238 | 2241 | strip. |
|
2239 | 2242 | |
|
2240 | 2243 | So we truncate the revlog on the first of these revisions, and |
|
2241 | 2244 | trust that the caller has saved the revisions that shouldn't be |
|
2242 | 2245 | removed and that it'll re-add them after this truncation. |
|
2243 | 2246 | """ |
|
2244 | 2247 | if len(self) == 0: |
|
2245 | 2248 | return |
|
2246 | 2249 | |
|
2247 | 2250 | rev, _ = self.getstrippoint(minlink) |
|
2248 | 2251 | if rev == len(self): |
|
2249 | 2252 | return |
|
2250 | 2253 | |
|
2251 | 2254 | # first truncate the files on disk |
|
2252 | 2255 | end = self.start(rev) |
|
2253 | 2256 | if not self._inline: |
|
2254 | 2257 | transaction.add(self.datafile, end) |
|
2255 | 2258 | end = rev * self._io.size |
|
2256 | 2259 | else: |
|
2257 | 2260 | end += rev * self._io.size |
|
2258 | 2261 | |
|
2259 | 2262 | transaction.add(self.indexfile, end) |
|
2260 | 2263 | |
|
2261 | 2264 | # then reset internal state in memory to forget those revisions |
|
2262 | 2265 | self._revisioncache = None |
|
2263 | 2266 | self._chaininfocache = {} |
|
2264 | 2267 | self._chunkclear() |
|
2265 | 2268 | for x in pycompat.xrange(rev, len(self)): |
|
2266 | 2269 | del self.nodemap[self.node(x)] |
|
2267 | 2270 | |
|
2268 | 2271 | del self.index[rev:-1] |
|
2269 | 2272 | self._nodepos = None |
|
2270 | 2273 | |
|
2271 | 2274 | def checksize(self): |
|
2272 | 2275 | expected = 0 |
|
2273 | 2276 | if len(self): |
|
2274 | 2277 | expected = max(0, self.end(len(self) - 1)) |
|
2275 | 2278 | |
|
2276 | 2279 | try: |
|
2277 | 2280 | with self._datafp() as f: |
|
2278 | 2281 | f.seek(0, 2) |
|
2279 | 2282 | actual = f.tell() |
|
2280 | 2283 | dd = actual - expected |
|
2281 | 2284 | except IOError as inst: |
|
2282 | 2285 | if inst.errno != errno.ENOENT: |
|
2283 | 2286 | raise |
|
2284 | 2287 | dd = 0 |
|
2285 | 2288 | |
|
2286 | 2289 | try: |
|
2287 | 2290 | f = self.opener(self.indexfile) |
|
2288 | 2291 | f.seek(0, 2) |
|
2289 | 2292 | actual = f.tell() |
|
2290 | 2293 | f.close() |
|
2291 | 2294 | s = self._io.size |
|
2292 | 2295 | i = max(0, actual // s) |
|
2293 | 2296 | di = actual - (i * s) |
|
2294 | 2297 | if self._inline: |
|
2295 | 2298 | databytes = 0 |
|
2296 | 2299 | for r in self: |
|
2297 | 2300 | databytes += max(0, self.length(r)) |
|
2298 | 2301 | dd = 0 |
|
2299 | 2302 | di = actual - len(self) * s - databytes |
|
2300 | 2303 | except IOError as inst: |
|
2301 | 2304 | if inst.errno != errno.ENOENT: |
|
2302 | 2305 | raise |
|
2303 | 2306 | di = 0 |
|
2304 | 2307 | |
|
2305 | 2308 | return (dd, di) |
|
2306 | 2309 | |
|
2307 | 2310 | def files(self): |
|
2308 | 2311 | res = [self.indexfile] |
|
2309 | 2312 | if not self._inline: |
|
2310 | 2313 | res.append(self.datafile) |
|
2311 | 2314 | return res |
|
2312 | 2315 | |
|
2313 | 2316 | def emitrevisions(self, nodes, nodesorder=None, revisiondata=False, |
|
2314 | 2317 | assumehaveparentrevisions=False, |
|
2315 | 2318 | deltamode=repository.CG_DELTAMODE_STD): |
|
2316 | 2319 | if nodesorder not in ('nodes', 'storage', 'linear', None): |
|
2317 | 2320 | raise error.ProgrammingError('unhandled value for nodesorder: %s' % |
|
2318 | 2321 | nodesorder) |
|
2319 | 2322 | |
|
2320 | 2323 | if nodesorder is None and not self._generaldelta: |
|
2321 | 2324 | nodesorder = 'storage' |
|
2322 | 2325 | |
|
2323 | 2326 | if (not self._storedeltachains and |
|
2324 | 2327 | deltamode != repository.CG_DELTAMODE_PREV): |
|
2325 | 2328 | deltamode = repository.CG_DELTAMODE_FULL |
|
2326 | 2329 | |
|
2327 | 2330 | return storageutil.emitrevisions( |
|
2328 | 2331 | self, nodes, nodesorder, revlogrevisiondelta, |
|
2329 | 2332 | deltaparentfn=self.deltaparent, |
|
2330 | 2333 | candeltafn=self.candelta, |
|
2331 | 2334 | rawsizefn=self.rawsize, |
|
2332 | 2335 | revdifffn=self.revdiff, |
|
2333 | 2336 | flagsfn=self.flags, |
|
2334 | 2337 | deltamode=deltamode, |
|
2335 | 2338 | revisiondata=revisiondata, |
|
2336 | 2339 | assumehaveparentrevisions=assumehaveparentrevisions) |
|
2337 | 2340 | |
|
2338 | 2341 | DELTAREUSEALWAYS = 'always' |
|
2339 | 2342 | DELTAREUSESAMEREVS = 'samerevs' |
|
2340 | 2343 | DELTAREUSENEVER = 'never' |
|
2341 | 2344 | |
|
2342 | 2345 | DELTAREUSEFULLADD = 'fulladd' |
|
2343 | 2346 | |
|
2344 | 2347 | DELTAREUSEALL = {'always', 'samerevs', 'never', 'fulladd'} |
|
2345 | 2348 | |
|
2346 | 2349 | def clone(self, tr, destrevlog, addrevisioncb=None, |
|
2347 | 2350 | deltareuse=DELTAREUSESAMEREVS, forcedeltabothparents=None): |
|
2348 | 2351 | """Copy this revlog to another, possibly with format changes. |
|
2349 | 2352 | |
|
2350 | 2353 | The destination revlog will contain the same revisions and nodes. |
|
2351 | 2354 | However, it may not be bit-for-bit identical due to e.g. delta encoding |
|
2352 | 2355 | differences. |
|
2353 | 2356 | |
|
2354 | 2357 | The ``deltareuse`` argument control how deltas from the existing revlog |
|
2355 | 2358 | are preserved in the destination revlog. The argument can have the |
|
2356 | 2359 | following values: |
|
2357 | 2360 | |
|
2358 | 2361 | DELTAREUSEALWAYS |
|
2359 | 2362 | Deltas will always be reused (if possible), even if the destination |
|
2360 | 2363 | revlog would not select the same revisions for the delta. This is the |
|
2361 | 2364 | fastest mode of operation. |
|
2362 | 2365 | DELTAREUSESAMEREVS |
|
2363 | 2366 | Deltas will be reused if the destination revlog would pick the same |
|
2364 | 2367 | revisions for the delta. This mode strikes a balance between speed |
|
2365 | 2368 | and optimization. |
|
2366 | 2369 | DELTAREUSENEVER |
|
2367 | 2370 | Deltas will never be reused. This is the slowest mode of execution. |
|
2368 | 2371 | This mode can be used to recompute deltas (e.g. if the diff/delta |
|
2369 | 2372 | algorithm changes). |
|
2370 | 2373 | |
|
2371 | 2374 | Delta computation can be slow, so the choice of delta reuse policy can |
|
2372 | 2375 | significantly affect run time. |
|
2373 | 2376 | |
|
2374 | 2377 | The default policy (``DELTAREUSESAMEREVS``) strikes a balance between |
|
2375 | 2378 | two extremes. Deltas will be reused if they are appropriate. But if the |
|
2376 | 2379 | delta could choose a better revision, it will do so. This means if you |
|
2377 | 2380 | are converting a non-generaldelta revlog to a generaldelta revlog, |
|
2378 | 2381 | deltas will be recomputed if the delta's parent isn't a parent of the |
|
2379 | 2382 | revision. |
|
2380 | 2383 | |
|
2381 | 2384 | In addition to the delta policy, the ``forcedeltabothparents`` |
|
2382 | 2385 | argument controls whether to force compute deltas against both parents |
|
2383 | 2386 | for merges. By default, the current default is used. |
|
2384 | 2387 | """ |
|
2385 | 2388 | if deltareuse not in self.DELTAREUSEALL: |
|
2386 | 2389 | raise ValueError(_('value for deltareuse invalid: %s') % deltareuse) |
|
2387 | 2390 | |
|
2388 | 2391 | if len(destrevlog): |
|
2389 | 2392 | raise ValueError(_('destination revlog is not empty')) |
|
2390 | 2393 | |
|
2391 | 2394 | if getattr(self, 'filteredrevs', None): |
|
2392 | 2395 | raise ValueError(_('source revlog has filtered revisions')) |
|
2393 | 2396 | if getattr(destrevlog, 'filteredrevs', None): |
|
2394 | 2397 | raise ValueError(_('destination revlog has filtered revisions')) |
|
2395 | 2398 | |
|
2396 | 2399 | # lazydeltabase controls whether to reuse a cached delta, if possible. |
|
2397 | 2400 | oldlazydeltabase = destrevlog._lazydeltabase |
|
2398 | 2401 | oldamd = destrevlog._deltabothparents |
|
2399 | 2402 | |
|
2400 | 2403 | try: |
|
2401 | 2404 | if deltareuse == self.DELTAREUSEALWAYS: |
|
2402 | 2405 | destrevlog._lazydeltabase = True |
|
2403 | 2406 | elif deltareuse == self.DELTAREUSESAMEREVS: |
|
2404 | 2407 | destrevlog._lazydeltabase = False |
|
2405 | 2408 | |
|
2406 | 2409 | destrevlog._deltabothparents = forcedeltabothparents or oldamd |
|
2407 | 2410 | |
|
2408 | 2411 | populatecachedelta = deltareuse in (self.DELTAREUSEALWAYS, |
|
2409 | 2412 | self.DELTAREUSESAMEREVS) |
|
2410 | 2413 | |
|
2411 | 2414 | deltacomputer = deltautil.deltacomputer(destrevlog) |
|
2412 | 2415 | index = self.index |
|
2413 | 2416 | for rev in self: |
|
2414 | 2417 | entry = index[rev] |
|
2415 | 2418 | |
|
2416 | 2419 | # Some classes override linkrev to take filtered revs into |
|
2417 | 2420 | # account. Use raw entry from index. |
|
2418 | 2421 | flags = entry[0] & 0xffff |
|
2419 | 2422 | linkrev = entry[4] |
|
2420 | 2423 | p1 = index[entry[5]][7] |
|
2421 | 2424 | p2 = index[entry[6]][7] |
|
2422 | 2425 | node = entry[7] |
|
2423 | 2426 | |
|
2424 | 2427 | # (Possibly) reuse the delta from the revlog if allowed and |
|
2425 | 2428 | # the revlog chunk is a delta. |
|
2426 | 2429 | cachedelta = None |
|
2427 | 2430 | rawtext = None |
|
2428 | 2431 | if populatecachedelta: |
|
2429 | 2432 | dp = self.deltaparent(rev) |
|
2430 | 2433 | if dp != nullrev: |
|
2431 | 2434 | cachedelta = (dp, bytes(self._chunk(rev))) |
|
2432 | 2435 | |
|
2433 | 2436 | if not cachedelta: |
|
2434 | 2437 | rawtext = self.revision(rev, raw=True) |
|
2435 | 2438 | |
|
2436 | 2439 | |
|
2437 | 2440 | if deltareuse == self.DELTAREUSEFULLADD: |
|
2438 | 2441 | destrevlog.addrevision(rawtext, tr, linkrev, p1, p2, |
|
2439 | 2442 | cachedelta=cachedelta, |
|
2440 | 2443 | node=node, flags=flags, |
|
2441 | 2444 | deltacomputer=deltacomputer) |
|
2442 | 2445 | else: |
|
2443 | 2446 | ifh = destrevlog.opener(destrevlog.indexfile, 'a+', |
|
2444 | 2447 | checkambig=False) |
|
2445 | 2448 | dfh = None |
|
2446 | 2449 | if not destrevlog._inline: |
|
2447 | 2450 | dfh = destrevlog.opener(destrevlog.datafile, 'a+') |
|
2448 | 2451 | try: |
|
2449 | 2452 | destrevlog._addrevision(node, rawtext, tr, linkrev, p1, |
|
2450 | 2453 | p2, flags, cachedelta, ifh, dfh, |
|
2451 | 2454 | deltacomputer=deltacomputer) |
|
2452 | 2455 | finally: |
|
2453 | 2456 | if dfh: |
|
2454 | 2457 | dfh.close() |
|
2455 | 2458 | ifh.close() |
|
2456 | 2459 | |
|
2457 | 2460 | if addrevisioncb: |
|
2458 | 2461 | addrevisioncb(self, rev, node) |
|
2459 | 2462 | finally: |
|
2460 | 2463 | destrevlog._lazydeltabase = oldlazydeltabase |
|
2461 | 2464 | destrevlog._deltabothparents = oldamd |
|
2462 | 2465 | |
|
2463 | 2466 | def censorrevision(self, tr, censornode, tombstone=b''): |
|
2464 | 2467 | if (self.version & 0xFFFF) == REVLOGV0: |
|
2465 | 2468 | raise error.RevlogError(_('cannot censor with version %d revlogs') % |
|
2466 | 2469 | self.version) |
|
2467 | 2470 | |
|
2468 | 2471 | censorrev = self.rev(censornode) |
|
2469 | 2472 | tombstone = storageutil.packmeta({b'censored': tombstone}, b'') |
|
2470 | 2473 | |
|
2471 | 2474 | if len(tombstone) > self.rawsize(censorrev): |
|
2472 | 2475 | raise error.Abort(_('censor tombstone must be no longer than ' |
|
2473 | 2476 | 'censored data')) |
|
2474 | 2477 | |
|
2475 | 2478 | # Rewriting the revlog in place is hard. Our strategy for censoring is |
|
2476 | 2479 | # to create a new revlog, copy all revisions to it, then replace the |
|
2477 | 2480 | # revlogs on transaction close. |
|
2478 | 2481 | |
|
2479 | 2482 | newindexfile = self.indexfile + b'.tmpcensored' |
|
2480 | 2483 | newdatafile = self.datafile + b'.tmpcensored' |
|
2481 | 2484 | |
|
2482 | 2485 | # This is a bit dangerous. We could easily have a mismatch of state. |
|
2483 | 2486 | newrl = revlog(self.opener, newindexfile, newdatafile, |
|
2484 | 2487 | censorable=True) |
|
2485 | 2488 | newrl.version = self.version |
|
2486 | 2489 | newrl._generaldelta = self._generaldelta |
|
2487 | 2490 | newrl._io = self._io |
|
2488 | 2491 | |
|
2489 | 2492 | for rev in self.revs(): |
|
2490 | 2493 | node = self.node(rev) |
|
2491 | 2494 | p1, p2 = self.parents(node) |
|
2492 | 2495 | |
|
2493 | 2496 | if rev == censorrev: |
|
2494 | 2497 | newrl.addrawrevision(tombstone, tr, self.linkrev(censorrev), |
|
2495 | 2498 | p1, p2, censornode, REVIDX_ISCENSORED) |
|
2496 | 2499 | |
|
2497 | 2500 | if newrl.deltaparent(rev) != nullrev: |
|
2498 | 2501 | raise error.Abort(_('censored revision stored as delta; ' |
|
2499 | 2502 | 'cannot censor'), |
|
2500 | 2503 | hint=_('censoring of revlogs is not ' |
|
2501 | 2504 | 'fully implemented; please report ' |
|
2502 | 2505 | 'this bug')) |
|
2503 | 2506 | continue |
|
2504 | 2507 | |
|
2505 | 2508 | if self.iscensored(rev): |
|
2506 | 2509 | if self.deltaparent(rev) != nullrev: |
|
2507 | 2510 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot censor due to censored ' |
|
2508 | 2511 | 'revision having delta stored')) |
|
2509 | 2512 | rawtext = self._chunk(rev) |
|
2510 | 2513 | else: |
|
2511 | 2514 | rawtext = self.revision(rev, raw=True) |
|
2512 | 2515 | |
|
2513 | 2516 | newrl.addrawrevision(rawtext, tr, self.linkrev(rev), p1, p2, node, |
|
2514 | 2517 | self.flags(rev)) |
|
2515 | 2518 | |
|
2516 | 2519 | tr.addbackup(self.indexfile, location='store') |
|
2517 | 2520 | if not self._inline: |
|
2518 | 2521 | tr.addbackup(self.datafile, location='store') |
|
2519 | 2522 | |
|
2520 | 2523 | self.opener.rename(newrl.indexfile, self.indexfile) |
|
2521 | 2524 | if not self._inline: |
|
2522 | 2525 | self.opener.rename(newrl.datafile, self.datafile) |
|
2523 | 2526 | |
|
2524 | 2527 | self.clearcaches() |
|
2525 | 2528 | self._loadindex() |
|
2526 | 2529 | |
|
2527 | 2530 | def verifyintegrity(self, state): |
|
2528 | 2531 | """Verifies the integrity of the revlog. |
|
2529 | 2532 | |
|
2530 | 2533 | Yields ``revlogproblem`` instances describing problems that are |
|
2531 | 2534 | found. |
|
2532 | 2535 | """ |
|
2533 | 2536 | dd, di = self.checksize() |
|
2534 | 2537 | if dd: |
|
2535 | 2538 | yield revlogproblem(error=_('data length off by %d bytes') % dd) |
|
2536 | 2539 | if di: |
|
2537 | 2540 | yield revlogproblem(error=_('index contains %d extra bytes') % di) |
|
2538 | 2541 | |
|
2539 | 2542 | version = self.version & 0xFFFF |
|
2540 | 2543 | |
|
2541 | 2544 | # The verifier tells us what version revlog we should be. |
|
2542 | 2545 | if version != state['expectedversion']: |
|
2543 | 2546 | yield revlogproblem( |
|
2544 | 2547 | warning=_("warning: '%s' uses revlog format %d; expected %d") % |
|
2545 | 2548 | (self.indexfile, version, state['expectedversion'])) |
|
2546 | 2549 | |
|
2547 | 2550 | state['skipread'] = set() |
|
2548 | 2551 | |
|
2549 | 2552 | for rev in self: |
|
2550 | 2553 | node = self.node(rev) |
|
2551 | 2554 | |
|
2552 | 2555 | # Verify contents. 4 cases to care about: |
|
2553 | 2556 | # |
|
2554 | 2557 | # common: the most common case |
|
2555 | 2558 | # rename: with a rename |
|
2556 | 2559 | # meta: file content starts with b'\1\n', the metadata |
|
2557 | 2560 | # header defined in filelog.py, but without a rename |
|
2558 | 2561 | # ext: content stored externally |
|
2559 | 2562 | # |
|
2560 | 2563 | # More formally, their differences are shown below: |
|
2561 | 2564 | # |
|
2562 | 2565 | # | common | rename | meta | ext |
|
2563 | 2566 | # ------------------------------------------------------- |
|
2564 | 2567 | # flags() | 0 | 0 | 0 | not 0 |
|
2565 | 2568 | # renamed() | False | True | False | ? |
|
2566 | 2569 | # rawtext[0:2]=='\1\n'| False | True | True | ? |
|
2567 | 2570 | # |
|
2568 | 2571 | # "rawtext" means the raw text stored in revlog data, which |
|
2569 | 2572 | # could be retrieved by "revision(rev, raw=True)". "text" |
|
2570 | 2573 | # mentioned below is "revision(rev, raw=False)". |
|
2571 | 2574 | # |
|
2572 | 2575 | # There are 3 different lengths stored physically: |
|
2573 | 2576 | # 1. L1: rawsize, stored in revlog index |
|
2574 | 2577 | # 2. L2: len(rawtext), stored in revlog data |
|
2575 | 2578 | # 3. L3: len(text), stored in revlog data if flags==0, or |
|
2576 | 2579 | # possibly somewhere else if flags!=0 |
|
2577 | 2580 | # |
|
2578 | 2581 | # L1 should be equal to L2. L3 could be different from them. |
|
2579 | 2582 | # "text" may or may not affect commit hash depending on flag |
|
2580 | 2583 | # processors (see revlog.addflagprocessor). |
|
2581 | 2584 | # |
|
2582 | 2585 | # | common | rename | meta | ext |
|
2583 | 2586 | # ------------------------------------------------- |
|
2584 | 2587 | # rawsize() | L1 | L1 | L1 | L1 |
|
2585 | 2588 | # size() | L1 | L2-LM | L1(*) | L1 (?) |
|
2586 | 2589 | # len(rawtext) | L2 | L2 | L2 | L2 |
|
2587 | 2590 | # len(text) | L2 | L2 | L2 | L3 |
|
2588 | 2591 | # len(read()) | L2 | L2-LM | L2-LM | L3 (?) |
|
2589 | 2592 | # |
|
2590 | 2593 | # LM: length of metadata, depending on rawtext |
|
2591 | 2594 | # (*): not ideal, see comment in filelog.size |
|
2592 | 2595 | # (?): could be "- len(meta)" if the resolved content has |
|
2593 | 2596 | # rename metadata |
|
2594 | 2597 | # |
|
2595 | 2598 | # Checks needed to be done: |
|
2596 | 2599 | # 1. length check: L1 == L2, in all cases. |
|
2597 | 2600 | # 2. hash check: depending on flag processor, we may need to |
|
2598 | 2601 | # use either "text" (external), or "rawtext" (in revlog). |
|
2599 | 2602 | |
|
2600 | 2603 | try: |
|
2601 | 2604 | skipflags = state.get('skipflags', 0) |
|
2602 | 2605 | if skipflags: |
|
2603 | 2606 | skipflags &= self.flags(rev) |
|
2604 | 2607 | |
|
2605 | 2608 | if skipflags: |
|
2606 | 2609 | state['skipread'].add(node) |
|
2607 | 2610 | else: |
|
2608 | 2611 | # Side-effect: read content and verify hash. |
|
2609 | 2612 | self.revision(node) |
|
2610 | 2613 | |
|
2611 | 2614 | l1 = self.rawsize(rev) |
|
2612 | 2615 | l2 = len(self.revision(node, raw=True)) |
|
2613 | 2616 | |
|
2614 | 2617 | if l1 != l2: |
|
2615 | 2618 | yield revlogproblem( |
|
2616 | 2619 | error=_('unpacked size is %d, %d expected') % (l2, l1), |
|
2617 | 2620 | node=node) |
|
2618 | 2621 | |
|
2619 | 2622 | except error.CensoredNodeError: |
|
2620 | 2623 | if state['erroroncensored']: |
|
2621 | 2624 | yield revlogproblem(error=_('censored file data'), |
|
2622 | 2625 | node=node) |
|
2623 | 2626 | state['skipread'].add(node) |
|
2624 | 2627 | except Exception as e: |
|
2625 | 2628 | yield revlogproblem( |
|
2626 | 2629 | error=_('unpacking %s: %s') % (short(node), |
|
2627 | 2630 | stringutil.forcebytestr(e)), |
|
2628 | 2631 | node=node) |
|
2629 | 2632 | state['skipread'].add(node) |
|
2630 | 2633 | |
|
2631 | 2634 | def storageinfo(self, exclusivefiles=False, sharedfiles=False, |
|
2632 | 2635 | revisionscount=False, trackedsize=False, |
|
2633 | 2636 | storedsize=False): |
|
2634 | 2637 | d = {} |
|
2635 | 2638 | |
|
2636 | 2639 | if exclusivefiles: |
|
2637 | 2640 | d['exclusivefiles'] = [(self.opener, self.indexfile)] |
|
2638 | 2641 | if not self._inline: |
|
2639 | 2642 | d['exclusivefiles'].append((self.opener, self.datafile)) |
|
2640 | 2643 | |
|
2641 | 2644 | if sharedfiles: |
|
2642 | 2645 | d['sharedfiles'] = [] |
|
2643 | 2646 | |
|
2644 | 2647 | if revisionscount: |
|
2645 | 2648 | d['revisionscount'] = len(self) |
|
2646 | 2649 | |
|
2647 | 2650 | if trackedsize: |
|
2648 | 2651 | d['trackedsize'] = sum(map(self.rawsize, iter(self))) |
|
2649 | 2652 | |
|
2650 | 2653 | if storedsize: |
|
2651 | 2654 | d['storedsize'] = sum(self.opener.stat(path).st_size |
|
2652 | 2655 | for path in self.files()) |
|
2653 | 2656 | |
|
2654 | 2657 | return d |
@@ -1,1016 +1,1016 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | # revlogdeltas.py - Logic around delta computation for revlog |
|
2 | 2 | # |
|
3 | 3 | # Copyright 2005-2007 Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> |
|
4 | 4 | # Copyright 2018 Octobus <contact@octobus.net> |
|
5 | 5 | # |
|
6 | 6 | # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the |
|
7 | 7 | # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version. |
|
8 | 8 | """Helper class to compute deltas stored inside revlogs""" |
|
9 | 9 | |
|
10 | 10 | from __future__ import absolute_import |
|
11 | 11 | |
|
12 | 12 | import collections |
|
13 | 13 | import struct |
|
14 | 14 | |
|
15 | 15 | # import stuff from node for others to import from revlog |
|
16 | 16 | from ..node import ( |
|
17 | 17 | nullrev, |
|
18 | 18 | ) |
|
19 | 19 | from ..i18n import _ |
|
20 | 20 | |
|
21 | 21 | from .constants import ( |
|
22 | 22 | REVIDX_ISCENSORED, |
|
23 | 23 | REVIDX_RAWTEXT_CHANGING_FLAGS, |
|
24 | 24 | ) |
|
25 | 25 | |
|
26 | 26 | from ..thirdparty import ( |
|
27 | 27 | attr, |
|
28 | 28 | ) |
|
29 | 29 | |
|
30 | 30 | from .. import ( |
|
31 | 31 | error, |
|
32 | 32 | mdiff, |
|
33 | 33 | util, |
|
34 | 34 | ) |
|
35 | 35 | |
|
36 | 36 | # maximum <delta-chain-data>/<revision-text-length> ratio |
|
37 | 37 | LIMIT_DELTA2TEXT = 2 |
|
38 | 38 | |
|
39 | 39 | class _testrevlog(object): |
|
40 | 40 | """minimalist fake revlog to use in doctests""" |
|
41 | 41 | |
|
42 | 42 | def __init__(self, data, density=0.5, mingap=0, snapshot=()): |
|
43 | 43 | """data is an list of revision payload boundaries""" |
|
44 | 44 | self._data = data |
|
45 | 45 | self._srdensitythreshold = density |
|
46 | 46 | self._srmingapsize = mingap |
|
47 | 47 | self._snapshot = set(snapshot) |
|
48 | 48 | self.index = None |
|
49 | 49 | |
|
50 | 50 | def start(self, rev): |
|
51 | 51 | if rev == nullrev: |
|
52 | 52 | return 0 |
|
53 | 53 | if rev == 0: |
|
54 | 54 | return 0 |
|
55 | 55 | return self._data[rev - 1] |
|
56 | 56 | |
|
57 | 57 | def end(self, rev): |
|
58 | 58 | if rev == nullrev: |
|
59 | 59 | return 0 |
|
60 | 60 | return self._data[rev] |
|
61 | 61 | |
|
62 | 62 | def length(self, rev): |
|
63 | 63 | return self.end(rev) - self.start(rev) |
|
64 | 64 | |
|
65 | 65 | def __len__(self): |
|
66 | 66 | return len(self._data) |
|
67 | 67 | |
|
68 | 68 | def issnapshot(self, rev): |
|
69 | 69 | if rev == nullrev: |
|
70 | 70 | return True |
|
71 | 71 | return rev in self._snapshot |
|
72 | 72 | |
|
73 | 73 | def slicechunk(revlog, revs, targetsize=None): |
|
74 | 74 | """slice revs to reduce the amount of unrelated data to be read from disk. |
|
75 | 75 | |
|
76 | 76 | ``revs`` is sliced into groups that should be read in one time. |
|
77 | 77 | Assume that revs are sorted. |
|
78 | 78 | |
|
79 | 79 | The initial chunk is sliced until the overall density (payload/chunks-span |
|
80 | 80 | ratio) is above `revlog._srdensitythreshold`. No gap smaller than |
|
81 | 81 | `revlog._srmingapsize` is skipped. |
|
82 | 82 | |
|
83 | 83 | If `targetsize` is set, no chunk larger than `targetsize` will be yield. |
|
84 | 84 | For consistency with other slicing choice, this limit won't go lower than |
|
85 | 85 | `revlog._srmingapsize`. |
|
86 | 86 | |
|
87 | 87 | If individual revisions chunk are larger than this limit, they will still |
|
88 | 88 | be raised individually. |
|
89 | 89 | |
|
90 | 90 | >>> data = [ |
|
91 | 91 | ... 5, #00 (5) |
|
92 | 92 | ... 10, #01 (5) |
|
93 | 93 | ... 12, #02 (2) |
|
94 | 94 | ... 12, #03 (empty) |
|
95 | 95 | ... 27, #04 (15) |
|
96 | 96 | ... 31, #05 (4) |
|
97 | 97 | ... 31, #06 (empty) |
|
98 | 98 | ... 42, #07 (11) |
|
99 | 99 | ... 47, #08 (5) |
|
100 | 100 | ... 47, #09 (empty) |
|
101 | 101 | ... 48, #10 (1) |
|
102 | 102 | ... 51, #11 (3) |
|
103 | 103 | ... 74, #12 (23) |
|
104 | 104 | ... 85, #13 (11) |
|
105 | 105 | ... 86, #14 (1) |
|
106 | 106 | ... 91, #15 (5) |
|
107 | 107 | ... ] |
|
108 | 108 | >>> revlog = _testrevlog(data, snapshot=range(16)) |
|
109 | 109 | |
|
110 | 110 | >>> list(slicechunk(revlog, list(range(16)))) |
|
111 | 111 | [[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15]] |
|
112 | 112 | >>> list(slicechunk(revlog, [0, 15])) |
|
113 | 113 | [[0], [15]] |
|
114 | 114 | >>> list(slicechunk(revlog, [0, 11, 15])) |
|
115 | 115 | [[0], [11], [15]] |
|
116 | 116 | >>> list(slicechunk(revlog, [0, 11, 13, 15])) |
|
117 | 117 | [[0], [11, 13, 15]] |
|
118 | 118 | >>> list(slicechunk(revlog, [1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 11, 14])) |
|
119 | 119 | [[1, 2], [5, 8, 10, 11], [14]] |
|
120 | 120 | |
|
121 | 121 | Slicing with a maximum chunk size |
|
122 | 122 | >>> list(slicechunk(revlog, [0, 11, 13, 15], targetsize=15)) |
|
123 | 123 | [[0], [11], [13], [15]] |
|
124 | 124 | >>> list(slicechunk(revlog, [0, 11, 13, 15], targetsize=20)) |
|
125 | 125 | [[0], [11], [13, 15]] |
|
126 | 126 | |
|
127 | 127 | Slicing involving nullrev |
|
128 | 128 | >>> list(slicechunk(revlog, [-1, 0, 11, 13, 15], targetsize=20)) |
|
129 | 129 | [[-1, 0], [11], [13, 15]] |
|
130 | 130 | >>> list(slicechunk(revlog, [-1, 13, 15], targetsize=5)) |
|
131 | 131 | [[-1], [13], [15]] |
|
132 | 132 | """ |
|
133 | 133 | if targetsize is not None: |
|
134 | 134 | targetsize = max(targetsize, revlog._srmingapsize) |
|
135 | 135 | # targetsize should not be specified when evaluating delta candidates: |
|
136 | 136 | # * targetsize is used to ensure we stay within specification when reading, |
|
137 | 137 | densityslicing = getattr(revlog.index, 'slicechunktodensity', None) |
|
138 | 138 | if densityslicing is None: |
|
139 | 139 | densityslicing = lambda x, y, z: _slicechunktodensity(revlog, x, y, z) |
|
140 | 140 | for chunk in densityslicing(revs, |
|
141 | 141 | revlog._srdensitythreshold, |
|
142 | 142 | revlog._srmingapsize): |
|
143 | 143 | for subchunk in _slicechunktosize(revlog, chunk, targetsize): |
|
144 | 144 | yield subchunk |
|
145 | 145 | |
|
146 | 146 | def _slicechunktosize(revlog, revs, targetsize=None): |
|
147 | 147 | """slice revs to match the target size |
|
148 | 148 | |
|
149 | 149 | This is intended to be used on chunk that density slicing selected by that |
|
150 | 150 | are still too large compared to the read garantee of revlog. This might |
|
151 | 151 | happens when "minimal gap size" interrupted the slicing or when chain are |
|
152 | 152 | built in a way that create large blocks next to each other. |
|
153 | 153 | |
|
154 | 154 | >>> data = [ |
|
155 | 155 | ... 3, #0 (3) |
|
156 | 156 | ... 5, #1 (2) |
|
157 | 157 | ... 6, #2 (1) |
|
158 | 158 | ... 8, #3 (2) |
|
159 | 159 | ... 8, #4 (empty) |
|
160 | 160 | ... 11, #5 (3) |
|
161 | 161 | ... 12, #6 (1) |
|
162 | 162 | ... 13, #7 (1) |
|
163 | 163 | ... 14, #8 (1) |
|
164 | 164 | ... ] |
|
165 | 165 | |
|
166 | 166 | == All snapshots cases == |
|
167 | 167 | >>> revlog = _testrevlog(data, snapshot=range(9)) |
|
168 | 168 | |
|
169 | 169 | Cases where chunk is already small enough |
|
170 | 170 | >>> list(_slicechunktosize(revlog, [0], 3)) |
|
171 | 171 | [[0]] |
|
172 | 172 | >>> list(_slicechunktosize(revlog, [6, 7], 3)) |
|
173 | 173 | [[6, 7]] |
|
174 | 174 | >>> list(_slicechunktosize(revlog, [0], None)) |
|
175 | 175 | [[0]] |
|
176 | 176 | >>> list(_slicechunktosize(revlog, [6, 7], None)) |
|
177 | 177 | [[6, 7]] |
|
178 | 178 | |
|
179 | 179 | cases where we need actual slicing |
|
180 | 180 | >>> list(_slicechunktosize(revlog, [0, 1], 3)) |
|
181 | 181 | [[0], [1]] |
|
182 | 182 | >>> list(_slicechunktosize(revlog, [1, 3], 3)) |
|
183 | 183 | [[1], [3]] |
|
184 | 184 | >>> list(_slicechunktosize(revlog, [1, 2, 3], 3)) |
|
185 | 185 | [[1, 2], [3]] |
|
186 | 186 | >>> list(_slicechunktosize(revlog, [3, 5], 3)) |
|
187 | 187 | [[3], [5]] |
|
188 | 188 | >>> list(_slicechunktosize(revlog, [3, 4, 5], 3)) |
|
189 | 189 | [[3], [5]] |
|
190 | 190 | >>> list(_slicechunktosize(revlog, [5, 6, 7, 8], 3)) |
|
191 | 191 | [[5], [6, 7, 8]] |
|
192 | 192 | >>> list(_slicechunktosize(revlog, [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8], 3)) |
|
193 | 193 | [[0], [1, 2], [3], [5], [6, 7, 8]] |
|
194 | 194 | |
|
195 | 195 | Case with too large individual chunk (must return valid chunk) |
|
196 | 196 | >>> list(_slicechunktosize(revlog, [0, 1], 2)) |
|
197 | 197 | [[0], [1]] |
|
198 | 198 | >>> list(_slicechunktosize(revlog, [1, 3], 1)) |
|
199 | 199 | [[1], [3]] |
|
200 | 200 | >>> list(_slicechunktosize(revlog, [3, 4, 5], 2)) |
|
201 | 201 | [[3], [5]] |
|
202 | 202 | |
|
203 | 203 | == No Snapshot cases == |
|
204 | 204 | >>> revlog = _testrevlog(data) |
|
205 | 205 | |
|
206 | 206 | Cases where chunk is already small enough |
|
207 | 207 | >>> list(_slicechunktosize(revlog, [0], 3)) |
|
208 | 208 | [[0]] |
|
209 | 209 | >>> list(_slicechunktosize(revlog, [6, 7], 3)) |
|
210 | 210 | [[6, 7]] |
|
211 | 211 | >>> list(_slicechunktosize(revlog, [0], None)) |
|
212 | 212 | [[0]] |
|
213 | 213 | >>> list(_slicechunktosize(revlog, [6, 7], None)) |
|
214 | 214 | [[6, 7]] |
|
215 | 215 | |
|
216 | 216 | cases where we need actual slicing |
|
217 | 217 | >>> list(_slicechunktosize(revlog, [0, 1], 3)) |
|
218 | 218 | [[0], [1]] |
|
219 | 219 | >>> list(_slicechunktosize(revlog, [1, 3], 3)) |
|
220 | 220 | [[1], [3]] |
|
221 | 221 | >>> list(_slicechunktosize(revlog, [1, 2, 3], 3)) |
|
222 | 222 | [[1], [2, 3]] |
|
223 | 223 | >>> list(_slicechunktosize(revlog, [3, 5], 3)) |
|
224 | 224 | [[3], [5]] |
|
225 | 225 | >>> list(_slicechunktosize(revlog, [3, 4, 5], 3)) |
|
226 | 226 | [[3], [4, 5]] |
|
227 | 227 | >>> list(_slicechunktosize(revlog, [5, 6, 7, 8], 3)) |
|
228 | 228 | [[5], [6, 7, 8]] |
|
229 | 229 | >>> list(_slicechunktosize(revlog, [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8], 3)) |
|
230 | 230 | [[0], [1, 2], [3], [5], [6, 7, 8]] |
|
231 | 231 | |
|
232 | 232 | Case with too large individual chunk (must return valid chunk) |
|
233 | 233 | >>> list(_slicechunktosize(revlog, [0, 1], 2)) |
|
234 | 234 | [[0], [1]] |
|
235 | 235 | >>> list(_slicechunktosize(revlog, [1, 3], 1)) |
|
236 | 236 | [[1], [3]] |
|
237 | 237 | >>> list(_slicechunktosize(revlog, [3, 4, 5], 2)) |
|
238 | 238 | [[3], [5]] |
|
239 | 239 | |
|
240 | 240 | == mixed case == |
|
241 | 241 | >>> revlog = _testrevlog(data, snapshot=[0, 1, 2]) |
|
242 | 242 | >>> list(_slicechunktosize(revlog, list(range(9)), 5)) |
|
243 | 243 | [[0, 1], [2], [3, 4, 5], [6, 7, 8]] |
|
244 | 244 | """ |
|
245 | 245 | assert targetsize is None or 0 <= targetsize |
|
246 | 246 | startdata = revlog.start(revs[0]) |
|
247 | 247 | enddata = revlog.end(revs[-1]) |
|
248 | 248 | fullspan = enddata - startdata |
|
249 | 249 | if targetsize is None or fullspan <= targetsize: |
|
250 | 250 | yield revs |
|
251 | 251 | return |
|
252 | 252 | |
|
253 | 253 | startrevidx = 0 |
|
254 | 254 | endrevidx = 1 |
|
255 | 255 | iterrevs = enumerate(revs) |
|
256 | 256 | next(iterrevs) # skip first rev. |
|
257 | 257 | # first step: get snapshots out of the way |
|
258 | 258 | for idx, r in iterrevs: |
|
259 | 259 | span = revlog.end(r) - startdata |
|
260 | 260 | snapshot = revlog.issnapshot(r) |
|
261 | 261 | if span <= targetsize and snapshot: |
|
262 | 262 | endrevidx = idx + 1 |
|
263 | 263 | else: |
|
264 | 264 | chunk = _trimchunk(revlog, revs, startrevidx, endrevidx) |
|
265 | 265 | if chunk: |
|
266 | 266 | yield chunk |
|
267 | 267 | startrevidx = idx |
|
268 | 268 | startdata = revlog.start(r) |
|
269 | 269 | endrevidx = idx + 1 |
|
270 | 270 | if not snapshot: |
|
271 | 271 | break |
|
272 | 272 | |
|
273 | 273 | # for the others, we use binary slicing to quickly converge toward valid |
|
274 | 274 | # chunks (otherwise, we might end up looking for start/end of many |
|
275 | 275 | # revisions). This logic is not looking for the perfect slicing point, it |
|
276 | 276 | # focuses on quickly converging toward valid chunks. |
|
277 | 277 | nbitem = len(revs) |
|
278 | 278 | while (enddata - startdata) > targetsize: |
|
279 | 279 | endrevidx = nbitem |
|
280 | 280 | if nbitem - startrevidx <= 1: |
|
281 | 281 | break # protect against individual chunk larger than limit |
|
282 | 282 | localenddata = revlog.end(revs[endrevidx - 1]) |
|
283 | 283 | span = localenddata - startdata |
|
284 | 284 | while span > targetsize: |
|
285 | 285 | if endrevidx - startrevidx <= 1: |
|
286 | 286 | break # protect against individual chunk larger than limit |
|
287 | 287 | endrevidx -= (endrevidx - startrevidx) // 2 |
|
288 | 288 | localenddata = revlog.end(revs[endrevidx - 1]) |
|
289 | 289 | span = localenddata - startdata |
|
290 | 290 | chunk = _trimchunk(revlog, revs, startrevidx, endrevidx) |
|
291 | 291 | if chunk: |
|
292 | 292 | yield chunk |
|
293 | 293 | startrevidx = endrevidx |
|
294 | 294 | startdata = revlog.start(revs[startrevidx]) |
|
295 | 295 | |
|
296 | 296 | chunk = _trimchunk(revlog, revs, startrevidx) |
|
297 | 297 | if chunk: |
|
298 | 298 | yield chunk |
|
299 | 299 | |
|
300 | 300 | def _slicechunktodensity(revlog, revs, targetdensity=0.5, |
|
301 | 301 | mingapsize=0): |
|
302 | 302 | """slice revs to reduce the amount of unrelated data to be read from disk. |
|
303 | 303 | |
|
304 | 304 | ``revs`` is sliced into groups that should be read in one time. |
|
305 | 305 | Assume that revs are sorted. |
|
306 | 306 | |
|
307 | 307 | The initial chunk is sliced until the overall density (payload/chunks-span |
|
308 | 308 | ratio) is above `targetdensity`. No gap smaller than `mingapsize` is |
|
309 | 309 | skipped. |
|
310 | 310 | |
|
311 | 311 | >>> revlog = _testrevlog([ |
|
312 | 312 | ... 5, #00 (5) |
|
313 | 313 | ... 10, #01 (5) |
|
314 | 314 | ... 12, #02 (2) |
|
315 | 315 | ... 12, #03 (empty) |
|
316 | 316 | ... 27, #04 (15) |
|
317 | 317 | ... 31, #05 (4) |
|
318 | 318 | ... 31, #06 (empty) |
|
319 | 319 | ... 42, #07 (11) |
|
320 | 320 | ... 47, #08 (5) |
|
321 | 321 | ... 47, #09 (empty) |
|
322 | 322 | ... 48, #10 (1) |
|
323 | 323 | ... 51, #11 (3) |
|
324 | 324 | ... 74, #12 (23) |
|
325 | 325 | ... 85, #13 (11) |
|
326 | 326 | ... 86, #14 (1) |
|
327 | 327 | ... 91, #15 (5) |
|
328 | 328 | ... ]) |
|
329 | 329 | |
|
330 | 330 | >>> list(_slicechunktodensity(revlog, list(range(16)))) |
|
331 | 331 | [[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15]] |
|
332 | 332 | >>> list(_slicechunktodensity(revlog, [0, 15])) |
|
333 | 333 | [[0], [15]] |
|
334 | 334 | >>> list(_slicechunktodensity(revlog, [0, 11, 15])) |
|
335 | 335 | [[0], [11], [15]] |
|
336 | 336 | >>> list(_slicechunktodensity(revlog, [0, 11, 13, 15])) |
|
337 | 337 | [[0], [11, 13, 15]] |
|
338 | 338 | >>> list(_slicechunktodensity(revlog, [1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 11, 14])) |
|
339 | 339 | [[1, 2], [5, 8, 10, 11], [14]] |
|
340 | 340 | >>> list(_slicechunktodensity(revlog, [1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 11, 14], |
|
341 | 341 | ... mingapsize=20)) |
|
342 | 342 | [[1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 11], [14]] |
|
343 | 343 | >>> list(_slicechunktodensity(revlog, [1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 11, 14], |
|
344 | 344 | ... targetdensity=0.95)) |
|
345 | 345 | [[1, 2], [5], [8, 10, 11], [14]] |
|
346 | 346 | >>> list(_slicechunktodensity(revlog, [1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 11, 14], |
|
347 | 347 | ... targetdensity=0.95, mingapsize=12)) |
|
348 | 348 | [[1, 2], [5, 8, 10, 11], [14]] |
|
349 | 349 | """ |
|
350 | 350 | start = revlog.start |
|
351 | 351 | length = revlog.length |
|
352 | 352 | |
|
353 | 353 | if len(revs) <= 1: |
|
354 | 354 | yield revs |
|
355 | 355 | return |
|
356 | 356 | |
|
357 | 357 | deltachainspan = segmentspan(revlog, revs) |
|
358 | 358 | |
|
359 | 359 | if deltachainspan < mingapsize: |
|
360 | 360 | yield revs |
|
361 | 361 | return |
|
362 | 362 | |
|
363 | 363 | readdata = deltachainspan |
|
364 | 364 | chainpayload = sum(length(r) for r in revs) |
|
365 | 365 | |
|
366 | 366 | if deltachainspan: |
|
367 | 367 | density = chainpayload / float(deltachainspan) |
|
368 | 368 | else: |
|
369 | 369 | density = 1.0 |
|
370 | 370 | |
|
371 | 371 | if density >= targetdensity: |
|
372 | 372 | yield revs |
|
373 | 373 | return |
|
374 | 374 | |
|
375 | 375 | # Store the gaps in a heap to have them sorted by decreasing size |
|
376 | 376 | gaps = [] |
|
377 | 377 | prevend = None |
|
378 | 378 | for i, rev in enumerate(revs): |
|
379 | 379 | revstart = start(rev) |
|
380 | 380 | revlen = length(rev) |
|
381 | 381 | |
|
382 | 382 | # Skip empty revisions to form larger holes |
|
383 | 383 | if revlen == 0: |
|
384 | 384 | continue |
|
385 | 385 | |
|
386 | 386 | if prevend is not None: |
|
387 | 387 | gapsize = revstart - prevend |
|
388 | 388 | # only consider holes that are large enough |
|
389 | 389 | if gapsize > mingapsize: |
|
390 | 390 | gaps.append((gapsize, i)) |
|
391 | 391 | |
|
392 | 392 | prevend = revstart + revlen |
|
393 | 393 | # sort the gaps to pop them from largest to small |
|
394 | 394 | gaps.sort() |
|
395 | 395 | |
|
396 | 396 | # Collect the indices of the largest holes until the density is acceptable |
|
397 | 397 | selected = [] |
|
398 | 398 | while gaps and density < targetdensity: |
|
399 | 399 | gapsize, gapidx = gaps.pop() |
|
400 | 400 | |
|
401 | 401 | selected.append(gapidx) |
|
402 | 402 | |
|
403 | 403 | # the gap sizes are stored as negatives to be sorted decreasingly |
|
404 | 404 | # by the heap |
|
405 | 405 | readdata -= gapsize |
|
406 | 406 | if readdata > 0: |
|
407 | 407 | density = chainpayload / float(readdata) |
|
408 | 408 | else: |
|
409 | 409 | density = 1.0 |
|
410 | 410 | selected.sort() |
|
411 | 411 | |
|
412 | 412 | # Cut the revs at collected indices |
|
413 | 413 | previdx = 0 |
|
414 | 414 | for idx in selected: |
|
415 | 415 | |
|
416 | 416 | chunk = _trimchunk(revlog, revs, previdx, idx) |
|
417 | 417 | if chunk: |
|
418 | 418 | yield chunk |
|
419 | 419 | |
|
420 | 420 | previdx = idx |
|
421 | 421 | |
|
422 | 422 | chunk = _trimchunk(revlog, revs, previdx) |
|
423 | 423 | if chunk: |
|
424 | 424 | yield chunk |
|
425 | 425 | |
|
426 | 426 | def _trimchunk(revlog, revs, startidx, endidx=None): |
|
427 | 427 | """returns revs[startidx:endidx] without empty trailing revs |
|
428 | 428 | |
|
429 | 429 | Doctest Setup |
|
430 | 430 | >>> revlog = _testrevlog([ |
|
431 | 431 | ... 5, #0 |
|
432 | 432 | ... 10, #1 |
|
433 | 433 | ... 12, #2 |
|
434 | 434 | ... 12, #3 (empty) |
|
435 | 435 | ... 17, #4 |
|
436 | 436 | ... 21, #5 |
|
437 | 437 | ... 21, #6 (empty) |
|
438 | 438 | ... ]) |
|
439 | 439 | |
|
440 | 440 | Contiguous cases: |
|
441 | 441 | >>> _trimchunk(revlog, [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6], 0) |
|
442 | 442 | [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5] |
|
443 | 443 | >>> _trimchunk(revlog, [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6], 0, 5) |
|
444 | 444 | [0, 1, 2, 3, 4] |
|
445 | 445 | >>> _trimchunk(revlog, [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6], 0, 4) |
|
446 | 446 | [0, 1, 2] |
|
447 | 447 | >>> _trimchunk(revlog, [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6], 2, 4) |
|
448 | 448 | [2] |
|
449 | 449 | >>> _trimchunk(revlog, [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6], 3) |
|
450 | 450 | [3, 4, 5] |
|
451 | 451 | >>> _trimchunk(revlog, [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6], 3, 5) |
|
452 | 452 | [3, 4] |
|
453 | 453 | |
|
454 | 454 | Discontiguous cases: |
|
455 | 455 | >>> _trimchunk(revlog, [1, 3, 5, 6], 0) |
|
456 | 456 | [1, 3, 5] |
|
457 | 457 | >>> _trimchunk(revlog, [1, 3, 5, 6], 0, 2) |
|
458 | 458 | [1] |
|
459 | 459 | >>> _trimchunk(revlog, [1, 3, 5, 6], 1, 3) |
|
460 | 460 | [3, 5] |
|
461 | 461 | >>> _trimchunk(revlog, [1, 3, 5, 6], 1) |
|
462 | 462 | [3, 5] |
|
463 | 463 | """ |
|
464 | 464 | length = revlog.length |
|
465 | 465 | |
|
466 | 466 | if endidx is None: |
|
467 | 467 | endidx = len(revs) |
|
468 | 468 | |
|
469 | 469 | # If we have a non-emtpy delta candidate, there are nothing to trim |
|
470 | 470 | if revs[endidx - 1] < len(revlog): |
|
471 | 471 | # Trim empty revs at the end, except the very first revision of a chain |
|
472 | 472 | while (endidx > 1 |
|
473 | 473 | and endidx > startidx |
|
474 | 474 | and length(revs[endidx - 1]) == 0): |
|
475 | 475 | endidx -= 1 |
|
476 | 476 | |
|
477 | 477 | return revs[startidx:endidx] |
|
478 | 478 | |
|
479 | 479 | def segmentspan(revlog, revs): |
|
480 | 480 | """Get the byte span of a segment of revisions |
|
481 | 481 | |
|
482 | 482 | revs is a sorted array of revision numbers |
|
483 | 483 | |
|
484 | 484 | >>> revlog = _testrevlog([ |
|
485 | 485 | ... 5, #0 |
|
486 | 486 | ... 10, #1 |
|
487 | 487 | ... 12, #2 |
|
488 | 488 | ... 12, #3 (empty) |
|
489 | 489 | ... 17, #4 |
|
490 | 490 | ... ]) |
|
491 | 491 | |
|
492 | 492 | >>> segmentspan(revlog, [0, 1, 2, 3, 4]) |
|
493 | 493 | 17 |
|
494 | 494 | >>> segmentspan(revlog, [0, 4]) |
|
495 | 495 | 17 |
|
496 | 496 | >>> segmentspan(revlog, [3, 4]) |
|
497 | 497 | 5 |
|
498 | 498 | >>> segmentspan(revlog, [1, 2, 3,]) |
|
499 | 499 | 7 |
|
500 | 500 | >>> segmentspan(revlog, [1, 3]) |
|
501 | 501 | 7 |
|
502 | 502 | """ |
|
503 | 503 | if not revs: |
|
504 | 504 | return 0 |
|
505 | 505 | end = revlog.end(revs[-1]) |
|
506 | 506 | return end - revlog.start(revs[0]) |
|
507 | 507 | |
|
508 | 508 | def _textfromdelta(fh, revlog, baserev, delta, p1, p2, flags, expectednode): |
|
509 | 509 | """build full text from a (base, delta) pair and other metadata""" |
|
510 | 510 | # special case deltas which replace entire base; no need to decode |
|
511 | 511 | # base revision. this neatly avoids censored bases, which throw when |
|
512 | 512 | # they're decoded. |
|
513 | 513 | hlen = struct.calcsize(">lll") |
|
514 | 514 | if delta[:hlen] == mdiff.replacediffheader(revlog.rawsize(baserev), |
|
515 | 515 | len(delta) - hlen): |
|
516 | 516 | fulltext = delta[hlen:] |
|
517 | 517 | else: |
|
518 | 518 | # deltabase is rawtext before changed by flag processors, which is |
|
519 | 519 | # equivalent to non-raw text |
|
520 | 520 | basetext = revlog.revision(baserev, _df=fh, raw=False) |
|
521 | 521 | fulltext = mdiff.patch(basetext, delta) |
|
522 | 522 | |
|
523 | 523 | try: |
|
524 | 524 | res = revlog._processflags(fulltext, flags, 'read', raw=True) |
|
525 | 525 | fulltext, validatehash = res |
|
526 | 526 | if validatehash: |
|
527 | 527 | revlog.checkhash(fulltext, expectednode, p1=p1, p2=p2) |
|
528 | 528 | if flags & REVIDX_ISCENSORED: |
|
529 | 529 | raise error.StorageError(_('node %s is not censored') % |
|
530 | 530 | expectednode) |
|
531 | 531 | except error.CensoredNodeError: |
|
532 | 532 | # must pass the censored index flag to add censored revisions |
|
533 | 533 | if not flags & REVIDX_ISCENSORED: |
|
534 | 534 | raise |
|
535 | 535 | return fulltext |
|
536 | 536 | |
|
537 | 537 | @attr.s(slots=True, frozen=True) |
|
538 | 538 | class _deltainfo(object): |
|
539 | 539 | distance = attr.ib() |
|
540 | 540 | deltalen = attr.ib() |
|
541 | 541 | data = attr.ib() |
|
542 | 542 | base = attr.ib() |
|
543 | 543 | chainbase = attr.ib() |
|
544 | 544 | chainlen = attr.ib() |
|
545 | 545 | compresseddeltalen = attr.ib() |
|
546 | 546 | snapshotdepth = attr.ib() |
|
547 | 547 | |
|
548 | 548 | def isgooddeltainfo(revlog, deltainfo, revinfo): |
|
549 | 549 | """Returns True if the given delta is good. Good means that it is within |
|
550 | 550 | the disk span, disk size, and chain length bounds that we know to be |
|
551 | 551 | performant.""" |
|
552 | 552 | if deltainfo is None: |
|
553 | 553 | return False |
|
554 | 554 | |
|
555 | 555 | # - 'deltainfo.distance' is the distance from the base revision -- |
|
556 | 556 | # bounding it limits the amount of I/O we need to do. |
|
557 | 557 | # - 'deltainfo.compresseddeltalen' is the sum of the total size of |
|
558 | 558 | # deltas we need to apply -- bounding it limits the amount of CPU |
|
559 | 559 | # we consume. |
|
560 | 560 | |
|
561 | 561 | textlen = revinfo.textlen |
|
562 | 562 | defaultmax = textlen * 4 |
|
563 | 563 | maxdist = revlog._maxdeltachainspan |
|
564 | 564 | if not maxdist: |
|
565 | 565 | maxdist = deltainfo.distance # ensure the conditional pass |
|
566 | 566 | maxdist = max(maxdist, defaultmax) |
|
567 | 567 | |
|
568 | 568 | # Bad delta from read span: |
|
569 | 569 | # |
|
570 | 570 | # If the span of data read is larger than the maximum allowed. |
|
571 | 571 | # |
|
572 | 572 | # In the sparse-revlog case, we rely on the associated "sparse reading" |
|
573 | 573 | # to avoid issue related to the span of data. In theory, it would be |
|
574 | 574 | # possible to build pathological revlog where delta pattern would lead |
|
575 | 575 | # to too many reads. However, they do not happen in practice at all. So |
|
576 | 576 | # we skip the span check entirely. |
|
577 | 577 | if not revlog._sparserevlog and maxdist < deltainfo.distance: |
|
578 | 578 | return False |
|
579 | 579 | |
|
580 | 580 | # Bad delta from new delta size: |
|
581 | 581 | # |
|
582 | 582 | # If the delta size is larger than the target text, storing the |
|
583 | 583 | # delta will be inefficient. |
|
584 | 584 | if textlen < deltainfo.deltalen: |
|
585 | 585 | return False |
|
586 | 586 | |
|
587 | 587 | # Bad delta from cumulated payload size: |
|
588 | 588 | # |
|
589 | 589 | # If the sum of delta get larger than K * target text length. |
|
590 | 590 | if textlen * LIMIT_DELTA2TEXT < deltainfo.compresseddeltalen: |
|
591 | 591 | return False |
|
592 | 592 | |
|
593 | 593 | # Bad delta from chain length: |
|
594 | 594 | # |
|
595 | 595 | # If the number of delta in the chain gets too high. |
|
596 | 596 | if (revlog._maxchainlen |
|
597 | 597 | and revlog._maxchainlen < deltainfo.chainlen): |
|
598 | 598 | return False |
|
599 | 599 | |
|
600 | 600 | # bad delta from intermediate snapshot size limit |
|
601 | 601 | # |
|
602 | 602 | # If an intermediate snapshot size is higher than the limit. The |
|
603 | 603 | # limit exist to prevent endless chain of intermediate delta to be |
|
604 | 604 | # created. |
|
605 | 605 | if (deltainfo.snapshotdepth is not None and |
|
606 | 606 | (textlen >> deltainfo.snapshotdepth) < deltainfo.deltalen): |
|
607 | 607 | return False |
|
608 | 608 | |
|
609 | 609 | # bad delta if new intermediate snapshot is larger than the previous |
|
610 | 610 | # snapshot |
|
611 | 611 | if (deltainfo.snapshotdepth |
|
612 | 612 | and revlog.length(deltainfo.base) < deltainfo.deltalen): |
|
613 | 613 | return False |
|
614 | 614 | |
|
615 | 615 | return True |
|
616 | 616 | |
|
617 | 617 | # If a revision's full text is that much bigger than a base candidate full |
|
618 | 618 | # text's, it is very unlikely that it will produce a valid delta. We no longer |
|
619 | 619 | # consider these candidates. |
|
620 | 620 | LIMIT_BASE2TEXT = 500 |
|
621 | 621 | |
|
622 | 622 | def _candidategroups(revlog, textlen, p1, p2, cachedelta): |
|
623 | 623 | """Provides group of revision to be tested as delta base |
|
624 | 624 | |
|
625 | 625 | This top level function focus on emitting groups with unique and worthwhile |
|
626 | 626 | content. See _raw_candidate_groups for details about the group order. |
|
627 | 627 | """ |
|
628 | 628 | # should we try to build a delta? |
|
629 | 629 | if not (len(revlog) and revlog._storedeltachains): |
|
630 | 630 | yield None |
|
631 | 631 | return |
|
632 | 632 | |
|
633 | 633 | deltalength = revlog.length |
|
634 | 634 | deltaparent = revlog.deltaparent |
|
635 | 635 | sparse = revlog._sparserevlog |
|
636 | 636 | good = None |
|
637 | 637 | |
|
638 | 638 | deltas_limit = textlen * LIMIT_DELTA2TEXT |
|
639 | 639 | |
|
640 | 640 | tested = set([nullrev]) |
|
641 | 641 | candidates = _refinedgroups(revlog, p1, p2, cachedelta) |
|
642 | 642 | while True: |
|
643 | 643 | temptative = candidates.send(good) |
|
644 | 644 | if temptative is None: |
|
645 | 645 | break |
|
646 | 646 | group = [] |
|
647 | 647 | for rev in temptative: |
|
648 | 648 | # skip over empty delta (no need to include them in a chain) |
|
649 | 649 | while (revlog._generaldelta |
|
650 | 650 | and not (rev == nullrev |
|
651 | 651 | or rev in tested |
|
652 | 652 | or deltalength(rev))): |
|
653 | 653 | tested.add(rev) |
|
654 | 654 | rev = deltaparent(rev) |
|
655 | 655 | # no need to try a delta against nullrev, this will be done as a |
|
656 | 656 | # last resort. |
|
657 | 657 | if rev == nullrev: |
|
658 | 658 | continue |
|
659 | 659 | # filter out revision we tested already |
|
660 | 660 | if rev in tested: |
|
661 | 661 | continue |
|
662 | 662 | tested.add(rev) |
|
663 | 663 | # filter out delta base that will never produce good delta |
|
664 | 664 | if deltas_limit < revlog.length(rev): |
|
665 | 665 | continue |
|
666 | 666 | if sparse and revlog.rawsize(rev) < (textlen // LIMIT_BASE2TEXT): |
|
667 | 667 | continue |
|
668 | 668 | # no delta for rawtext-changing revs (see "candelta" for why) |
|
669 | 669 | if revlog.flags(rev) & REVIDX_RAWTEXT_CHANGING_FLAGS: |
|
670 | 670 | continue |
|
671 | 671 | # If we reach here, we are about to build and test a delta. |
|
672 | 672 | # The delta building process will compute the chaininfo in all |
|
673 | 673 | # case, since that computation is cached, it is fine to access it |
|
674 | 674 | # here too. |
|
675 | 675 | chainlen, chainsize = revlog._chaininfo(rev) |
|
676 | 676 | # if chain will be too long, skip base |
|
677 | 677 | if revlog._maxchainlen and chainlen >= revlog._maxchainlen: |
|
678 | 678 | continue |
|
679 | 679 | # if chain already have too much data, skip base |
|
680 | 680 | if deltas_limit < chainsize: |
|
681 | 681 | continue |
|
682 | 682 | group.append(rev) |
|
683 | 683 | if group: |
|
684 | 684 | # XXX: in the sparse revlog case, group can become large, |
|
685 | 685 | # impacting performances. Some bounding or slicing mecanism |
|
686 | 686 | # would help to reduce this impact. |
|
687 | 687 | good = yield tuple(group) |
|
688 | 688 | yield None |
|
689 | 689 | |
|
690 | 690 | def _findsnapshots(revlog, cache, start_rev): |
|
691 | 691 | """find snapshot from start_rev to tip""" |
|
692 | 692 | if util.safehasattr(revlog.index, 'findsnapshots'): |
|
693 | 693 | revlog.index.findsnapshots(cache, start_rev) |
|
694 | 694 | else: |
|
695 | 695 | deltaparent = revlog.deltaparent |
|
696 | 696 | issnapshot = revlog.issnapshot |
|
697 | 697 | for rev in revlog.revs(start_rev): |
|
698 | 698 | if issnapshot(rev): |
|
699 | 699 | cache[deltaparent(rev)].append(rev) |
|
700 | 700 | |
|
701 | 701 | def _refinedgroups(revlog, p1, p2, cachedelta): |
|
702 | 702 | good = None |
|
703 | 703 | # First we try to reuse a the delta contained in the bundle. |
|
704 | 704 | # (or from the source revlog) |
|
705 | 705 | # |
|
706 | 706 | # This logic only applies to general delta repositories and can be disabled |
|
707 | 707 | # through configuration. Disabling reuse source delta is useful when |
|
708 | 708 | # we want to make sure we recomputed "optimal" deltas. |
|
709 | 709 | if cachedelta and revlog._generaldelta and revlog._lazydeltabase: |
|
710 | 710 | # Assume what we received from the server is a good choice |
|
711 | 711 | # build delta will reuse the cache |
|
712 | 712 | good = yield (cachedelta[0],) |
|
713 | 713 | if good is not None: |
|
714 | 714 | yield None |
|
715 | 715 | return |
|
716 | 716 | snapshots = collections.defaultdict(list) |
|
717 | 717 | for candidates in _rawgroups(revlog, p1, p2, cachedelta, snapshots): |
|
718 | 718 | good = yield candidates |
|
719 | 719 | if good is not None: |
|
720 | 720 | break |
|
721 | 721 | |
|
722 | 722 | # If sparse revlog is enabled, we can try to refine the available deltas |
|
723 | 723 | if not revlog._sparserevlog: |
|
724 | 724 | yield None |
|
725 | 725 | return |
|
726 | 726 | |
|
727 | 727 | # if we have a refinable value, try to refine it |
|
728 | 728 | if good is not None and good not in (p1, p2) and revlog.issnapshot(good): |
|
729 | 729 | # refine snapshot down |
|
730 | 730 | previous = None |
|
731 | 731 | while previous != good: |
|
732 | 732 | previous = good |
|
733 | 733 | base = revlog.deltaparent(good) |
|
734 | 734 | if base == nullrev: |
|
735 | 735 | break |
|
736 | 736 | good = yield (base,) |
|
737 | 737 | # refine snapshot up |
|
738 | 738 | if not snapshots: |
|
739 | 739 | _findsnapshots(revlog, snapshots, good + 1) |
|
740 | 740 | previous = None |
|
741 | 741 | while good != previous: |
|
742 | 742 | previous = good |
|
743 | 743 | children = tuple(sorted(c for c in snapshots[good])) |
|
744 | 744 | good = yield children |
|
745 | 745 | |
|
746 | 746 | # we have found nothing |
|
747 | 747 | yield None |
|
748 | 748 | |
|
749 | 749 | def _rawgroups(revlog, p1, p2, cachedelta, snapshots=None): |
|
750 | 750 | """Provides group of revision to be tested as delta base |
|
751 | 751 | |
|
752 | 752 | This lower level function focus on emitting delta theorically interresting |
|
753 | 753 | without looking it any practical details. |
|
754 | 754 | |
|
755 | 755 | The group order aims at providing fast or small candidates first. |
|
756 | 756 | """ |
|
757 | 757 | gdelta = revlog._generaldelta |
|
758 | 758 | # gate sparse behind general-delta because of issue6056 |
|
759 | 759 | sparse = gdelta and revlog._sparserevlog |
|
760 | 760 | curr = len(revlog) |
|
761 | 761 | prev = curr - 1 |
|
762 | 762 | deltachain = lambda rev: revlog._deltachain(rev)[0] |
|
763 | 763 | |
|
764 | 764 | if gdelta: |
|
765 | 765 | # exclude already lazy tested base if any |
|
766 | 766 | parents = [p for p in (p1, p2) if p != nullrev] |
|
767 | 767 | |
|
768 | 768 | if not revlog._deltabothparents and len(parents) == 2: |
|
769 | 769 | parents.sort() |
|
770 | 770 | # To minimize the chance of having to build a fulltext, |
|
771 | 771 | # pick first whichever parent is closest to us (max rev) |
|
772 | 772 | yield (parents[1],) |
|
773 | 773 | # then the other one (min rev) if the first did not fit |
|
774 | 774 | yield (parents[0],) |
|
775 | 775 | elif len(parents) > 0: |
|
776 | 776 | # Test all parents (1 or 2), and keep the best candidate |
|
777 | 777 | yield parents |
|
778 | 778 | |
|
779 | 779 | if sparse and parents: |
|
780 | 780 | if snapshots is None: |
|
781 | 781 | # map: base-rev: snapshot-rev |
|
782 | 782 | snapshots = collections.defaultdict(list) |
|
783 | 783 | # See if we can use an existing snapshot in the parent chains to use as |
|
784 | 784 | # a base for a new intermediate-snapshot |
|
785 | 785 | # |
|
786 | 786 | # search for snapshot in parents delta chain |
|
787 | 787 | # map: snapshot-level: snapshot-rev |
|
788 | 788 | parents_snaps = collections.defaultdict(set) |
|
789 | 789 | candidate_chains = [deltachain(p) for p in parents] |
|
790 | 790 | for chain in candidate_chains: |
|
791 | 791 | for idx, s in enumerate(chain): |
|
792 | 792 | if not revlog.issnapshot(s): |
|
793 | 793 | break |
|
794 | 794 | parents_snaps[idx].add(s) |
|
795 | 795 | snapfloor = min(parents_snaps[0]) + 1 |
|
796 | 796 | _findsnapshots(revlog, snapshots, snapfloor) |
|
797 | 797 | # search for the highest "unrelated" revision |
|
798 | 798 | # |
|
799 | 799 | # Adding snapshots used by "unrelated" revision increase the odd we |
|
800 | 800 | # reuse an independant, yet better snapshot chain. |
|
801 | 801 | # |
|
802 | 802 | # XXX instead of building a set of revisions, we could lazily enumerate |
|
803 | 803 | # over the chains. That would be more efficient, however we stick to |
|
804 | 804 | # simple code for now. |
|
805 | 805 | all_revs = set() |
|
806 | 806 | for chain in candidate_chains: |
|
807 | 807 | all_revs.update(chain) |
|
808 | 808 | other = None |
|
809 | 809 | for r in revlog.revs(prev, snapfloor): |
|
810 | 810 | if r not in all_revs: |
|
811 | 811 | other = r |
|
812 | 812 | break |
|
813 | 813 | if other is not None: |
|
814 | 814 | # To avoid unfair competition, we won't use unrelated intermediate |
|
815 | 815 | # snapshot that are deeper than the ones from the parent delta |
|
816 | 816 | # chain. |
|
817 | 817 | max_depth = max(parents_snaps.keys()) |
|
818 | 818 | chain = deltachain(other) |
|
819 | 819 | for idx, s in enumerate(chain): |
|
820 | 820 | if s < snapfloor: |
|
821 | 821 | continue |
|
822 | 822 | if max_depth < idx: |
|
823 | 823 | break |
|
824 | 824 | if not revlog.issnapshot(s): |
|
825 | 825 | break |
|
826 | 826 | parents_snaps[idx].add(s) |
|
827 | 827 | # Test them as possible intermediate snapshot base |
|
828 | 828 | # We test them from highest to lowest level. High level one are more |
|
829 | 829 | # likely to result in small delta |
|
830 | 830 | floor = None |
|
831 | 831 | for idx, snaps in sorted(parents_snaps.items(), reverse=True): |
|
832 | 832 | siblings = set() |
|
833 | 833 | for s in snaps: |
|
834 | 834 | siblings.update(snapshots[s]) |
|
835 | 835 | # Before considering making a new intermediate snapshot, we check |
|
836 | 836 | # if an existing snapshot, children of base we consider, would be |
|
837 | 837 | # suitable. |
|
838 | 838 | # |
|
839 | 839 | # It give a change to reuse a delta chain "unrelated" to the |
|
840 | 840 | # current revision instead of starting our own. Without such |
|
841 | 841 | # re-use, topological branches would keep reopening new chains. |
|
842 | 842 | # Creating more and more snapshot as the repository grow. |
|
843 | 843 | |
|
844 | 844 | if floor is not None: |
|
845 | 845 | # We only do this for siblings created after the one in our |
|
846 | 846 | # parent's delta chain. Those created before has less chances |
|
847 | 847 | # to be valid base since our ancestors had to create a new |
|
848 | 848 | # snapshot. |
|
849 | 849 | siblings = [r for r in siblings if floor < r] |
|
850 | 850 | yield tuple(sorted(siblings)) |
|
851 | 851 | # then test the base from our parent's delta chain. |
|
852 | 852 | yield tuple(sorted(snaps)) |
|
853 | 853 | floor = min(snaps) |
|
854 | 854 | # No suitable base found in the parent chain, search if any full |
|
855 | 855 | # snapshots emitted since parent's base would be a suitable base for an |
|
856 | 856 | # intermediate snapshot. |
|
857 | 857 | # |
|
858 | 858 | # It give a chance to reuse a delta chain unrelated to the current |
|
859 | 859 | # revisions instead of starting our own. Without such re-use, |
|
860 | 860 | # topological branches would keep reopening new full chains. Creating |
|
861 | 861 | # more and more snapshot as the repository grow. |
|
862 | 862 | yield tuple(snapshots[nullrev]) |
|
863 | 863 | |
|
864 | 864 | if not sparse: |
|
865 | 865 | # other approach failed try against prev to hopefully save us a |
|
866 | 866 | # fulltext. |
|
867 | 867 | yield (prev,) |
|
868 | 868 | |
|
869 | 869 | class deltacomputer(object): |
|
870 | 870 | def __init__(self, revlog): |
|
871 | 871 | self.revlog = revlog |
|
872 | 872 | |
|
873 | 873 | def buildtext(self, revinfo, fh): |
|
874 | 874 | """Builds a fulltext version of a revision |
|
875 | 875 | |
|
876 | 876 | revinfo: _revisioninfo instance that contains all needed info |
|
877 | 877 | fh: file handle to either the .i or the .d revlog file, |
|
878 | 878 | depending on whether it is inlined or not |
|
879 | 879 | """ |
|
880 | 880 | btext = revinfo.btext |
|
881 | 881 | if btext[0] is not None: |
|
882 | 882 | return btext[0] |
|
883 | 883 | |
|
884 | 884 | revlog = self.revlog |
|
885 | 885 | cachedelta = revinfo.cachedelta |
|
886 | 886 | baserev = cachedelta[0] |
|
887 | 887 | delta = cachedelta[1] |
|
888 | 888 | |
|
889 | 889 | fulltext = btext[0] = _textfromdelta(fh, revlog, baserev, delta, |
|
890 | 890 | revinfo.p1, revinfo.p2, |
|
891 | 891 | revinfo.flags, revinfo.node) |
|
892 | 892 | return fulltext |
|
893 | 893 | |
|
894 | 894 | def _builddeltadiff(self, base, revinfo, fh): |
|
895 | 895 | revlog = self.revlog |
|
896 | 896 | t = self.buildtext(revinfo, fh) |
|
897 | 897 | if revlog.iscensored(base): |
|
898 | 898 | # deltas based on a censored revision must replace the |
|
899 | 899 | # full content in one patch, so delta works everywhere |
|
900 | 900 | header = mdiff.replacediffheader(revlog.rawsize(base), len(t)) |
|
901 | 901 | delta = header + t |
|
902 | 902 | else: |
|
903 | 903 | ptext = revlog.revision(base, _df=fh, raw=True) |
|
904 | 904 | delta = mdiff.textdiff(ptext, t) |
|
905 | 905 | |
|
906 | 906 | return delta |
|
907 | 907 | |
|
908 | 908 | def _builddeltainfo(self, revinfo, base, fh): |
|
909 | 909 | # can we use the cached delta? |
|
910 | 910 | delta = None |
|
911 | 911 | if revinfo.cachedelta: |
|
912 | 912 | cachebase, cachediff = revinfo.cachedelta |
|
913 | 913 | #check if the diff still apply |
|
914 | 914 | currentbase = cachebase |
|
915 | 915 | while (currentbase != nullrev |
|
916 | 916 | and currentbase != base |
|
917 | 917 | and self.revlog.length(currentbase) == 0): |
|
918 | 918 | currentbase = self.revlog.deltaparent(currentbase) |
|
919 | if currentbase == base: | |
|
919 | if self.revlog._lazydelta and currentbase == base: | |
|
920 | 920 | delta = revinfo.cachedelta[1] |
|
921 | 921 | if delta is None: |
|
922 | 922 | delta = self._builddeltadiff(base, revinfo, fh) |
|
923 | 923 | revlog = self.revlog |
|
924 | 924 | header, data = revlog.compress(delta) |
|
925 | 925 | deltalen = len(header) + len(data) |
|
926 | 926 | chainbase = revlog.chainbase(base) |
|
927 | 927 | offset = revlog.end(len(revlog) - 1) |
|
928 | 928 | dist = deltalen + offset - revlog.start(chainbase) |
|
929 | 929 | if revlog._generaldelta: |
|
930 | 930 | deltabase = base |
|
931 | 931 | else: |
|
932 | 932 | deltabase = chainbase |
|
933 | 933 | chainlen, compresseddeltalen = revlog._chaininfo(base) |
|
934 | 934 | chainlen += 1 |
|
935 | 935 | compresseddeltalen += deltalen |
|
936 | 936 | |
|
937 | 937 | revlog = self.revlog |
|
938 | 938 | snapshotdepth = None |
|
939 | 939 | if deltabase == nullrev: |
|
940 | 940 | snapshotdepth = 0 |
|
941 | 941 | elif revlog._sparserevlog and revlog.issnapshot(deltabase): |
|
942 | 942 | # A delta chain should always be one full snapshot, |
|
943 | 943 | # zero or more semi-snapshots, and zero or more deltas |
|
944 | 944 | p1, p2 = revlog.rev(revinfo.p1), revlog.rev(revinfo.p2) |
|
945 | 945 | if deltabase not in (p1, p2) and revlog.issnapshot(deltabase): |
|
946 | 946 | snapshotdepth = len(revlog._deltachain(deltabase)[0]) |
|
947 | 947 | |
|
948 | 948 | return _deltainfo(dist, deltalen, (header, data), deltabase, |
|
949 | 949 | chainbase, chainlen, compresseddeltalen, |
|
950 | 950 | snapshotdepth) |
|
951 | 951 | |
|
952 | 952 | def _fullsnapshotinfo(self, fh, revinfo): |
|
953 | 953 | curr = len(self.revlog) |
|
954 | 954 | rawtext = self.buildtext(revinfo, fh) |
|
955 | 955 | data = self.revlog.compress(rawtext) |
|
956 | 956 | compresseddeltalen = deltalen = dist = len(data[1]) + len(data[0]) |
|
957 | 957 | deltabase = chainbase = curr |
|
958 | 958 | snapshotdepth = 0 |
|
959 | 959 | chainlen = 1 |
|
960 | 960 | |
|
961 | 961 | return _deltainfo(dist, deltalen, data, deltabase, |
|
962 | 962 | chainbase, chainlen, compresseddeltalen, |
|
963 | 963 | snapshotdepth) |
|
964 | 964 | |
|
965 | 965 | def finddeltainfo(self, revinfo, fh): |
|
966 | 966 | """Find an acceptable delta against a candidate revision |
|
967 | 967 | |
|
968 | 968 | revinfo: information about the revision (instance of _revisioninfo) |
|
969 | 969 | fh: file handle to either the .i or the .d revlog file, |
|
970 | 970 | depending on whether it is inlined or not |
|
971 | 971 | |
|
972 | 972 | Returns the first acceptable candidate revision, as ordered by |
|
973 | 973 | _candidategroups |
|
974 | 974 | |
|
975 | 975 | If no suitable deltabase is found, we return delta info for a full |
|
976 | 976 | snapshot. |
|
977 | 977 | """ |
|
978 | 978 | if not revinfo.textlen: |
|
979 | 979 | return self._fullsnapshotinfo(fh, revinfo) |
|
980 | 980 | |
|
981 | 981 | # no delta for flag processor revision (see "candelta" for why) |
|
982 | 982 | # not calling candelta since only one revision needs test, also to |
|
983 | 983 | # avoid overhead fetching flags again. |
|
984 | 984 | if revinfo.flags & REVIDX_RAWTEXT_CHANGING_FLAGS: |
|
985 | 985 | return self._fullsnapshotinfo(fh, revinfo) |
|
986 | 986 | |
|
987 | 987 | cachedelta = revinfo.cachedelta |
|
988 | 988 | p1 = revinfo.p1 |
|
989 | 989 | p2 = revinfo.p2 |
|
990 | 990 | revlog = self.revlog |
|
991 | 991 | |
|
992 | 992 | deltainfo = None |
|
993 | 993 | p1r, p2r = revlog.rev(p1), revlog.rev(p2) |
|
994 | 994 | groups = _candidategroups(self.revlog, revinfo.textlen, |
|
995 | 995 | p1r, p2r, cachedelta) |
|
996 | 996 | candidaterevs = next(groups) |
|
997 | 997 | while candidaterevs is not None: |
|
998 | 998 | nominateddeltas = [] |
|
999 | 999 | if deltainfo is not None: |
|
1000 | 1000 | # if we already found a good delta, |
|
1001 | 1001 | # challenge it against refined candidates |
|
1002 | 1002 | nominateddeltas.append(deltainfo) |
|
1003 | 1003 | for candidaterev in candidaterevs: |
|
1004 | 1004 | candidatedelta = self._builddeltainfo(revinfo, candidaterev, fh) |
|
1005 | 1005 | if isgooddeltainfo(self.revlog, candidatedelta, revinfo): |
|
1006 | 1006 | nominateddeltas.append(candidatedelta) |
|
1007 | 1007 | if nominateddeltas: |
|
1008 | 1008 | deltainfo = min(nominateddeltas, key=lambda x: x.deltalen) |
|
1009 | 1009 | if deltainfo is not None: |
|
1010 | 1010 | candidaterevs = groups.send(deltainfo.base) |
|
1011 | 1011 | else: |
|
1012 | 1012 | candidaterevs = next(groups) |
|
1013 | 1013 | |
|
1014 | 1014 | if deltainfo is None: |
|
1015 | 1015 | deltainfo = self._fullsnapshotinfo(fh, revinfo) |
|
1016 | 1016 | return deltainfo |
@@ -1,147 +1,147 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | ==================================== |
|
2 | 2 | Test delta choice with sparse revlog |
|
3 | 3 | ==================================== |
|
4 | 4 | |
|
5 | 5 | Sparse-revlog usually shows the most gain on Manifest. However, it is simpler |
|
6 | 6 | to general an appropriate file, so we test with a single file instead. The |
|
7 | 7 | goal is to observe intermediate snapshot being created. |
|
8 | 8 | |
|
9 | 9 | We need a large enough file. Part of the content needs to be replaced |
|
10 | 10 | repeatedly while some of it changes rarely. |
|
11 | 11 | |
|
12 | 12 | $ bundlepath="$TESTDIR/artifacts/cache/big-file-churn.hg" |
|
13 | 13 | |
|
14 | 14 | $ expectedhash=`cat "$bundlepath".md5` |
|
15 | 15 | |
|
16 | 16 | #if slow |
|
17 | 17 | |
|
18 | 18 | $ if [ ! -f "$bundlepath" ]; then |
|
19 | 19 | > "$TESTDIR"/artifacts/scripts/generate-churning-bundle.py > /dev/null |
|
20 | 20 | > fi |
|
21 | 21 | |
|
22 | 22 | #else |
|
23 | 23 | |
|
24 | 24 | $ if [ ! -f "$bundlepath" ]; then |
|
25 | 25 | > echo 'skipped: missing artifact, run "'"$TESTDIR"'/artifacts/scripts/generate-churning-bundle.py"' |
|
26 | 26 | > exit 80 |
|
27 | 27 | > fi |
|
28 | 28 | |
|
29 | 29 | #endif |
|
30 | 30 | |
|
31 | 31 | $ currenthash=`f -M "$bundlepath" | cut -d = -f 2` |
|
32 | 32 | $ if [ "$currenthash" != "$expectedhash" ]; then |
|
33 | 33 | > echo 'skipped: outdated artifact, md5 "'"$currenthash"'" expected "'"$expectedhash"'" run "'"$TESTDIR"'/artifacts/scripts/generate-churning-bundle.py"' |
|
34 | 34 | > exit 80 |
|
35 | 35 | > fi |
|
36 | 36 | |
|
37 | 37 | $ cat >> $HGRCPATH << EOF |
|
38 | 38 | > [format] |
|
39 | 39 | > sparse-revlog = yes |
|
40 | 40 | > maxchainlen = 15 |
|
41 | 41 | > [storage] |
|
42 | 42 | > revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice = yes |
|
43 |
> revlog.reuse-external-delta |
|
|
43 | > revlog.reuse-external-delta = no | |
|
44 | 44 | > EOF |
|
45 | 45 | $ hg init sparse-repo |
|
46 | 46 | $ cd sparse-repo |
|
47 | 47 | $ hg unbundle $bundlepath |
|
48 | 48 | adding changesets |
|
49 | 49 | adding manifests |
|
50 | 50 | adding file changes |
|
51 | 51 | added 5001 changesets with 5001 changes to 1 files (+89 heads) |
|
52 | 52 | new changesets 9706f5af64f4:d9032adc8114 (5001 drafts) |
|
53 | 53 | (run 'hg heads' to see heads, 'hg merge' to merge) |
|
54 | 54 | $ hg up |
|
55 | 55 | 1 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 0 files unresolved |
|
56 | 56 | updated to "d9032adc8114: commit #5000" |
|
57 | 57 | 89 other heads for branch "default" |
|
58 | 58 | |
|
59 | 59 | $ hg log --stat -r 0:3 |
|
60 | 60 | changeset: 0:9706f5af64f4 |
|
61 | 61 | user: test |
|
62 | 62 | date: Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 |
|
63 | 63 | summary: initial commit |
|
64 | 64 | |
|
65 | 65 | SPARSE-REVLOG-TEST-FILE | 10500 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ |
|
66 | 66 | 1 files changed, 10500 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) |
|
67 | 67 | |
|
68 | 68 | changeset: 1:724907deaa5e |
|
69 | 69 | user: test |
|
70 | 70 | date: Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 |
|
71 | 71 | summary: commit #1 |
|
72 | 72 | |
|
73 | 73 | SPARSE-REVLOG-TEST-FILE | 1068 +++++++++++++++++++++++----------------------- |
|
74 | 74 | 1 files changed, 534 insertions(+), 534 deletions(-) |
|
75 | 75 | |
|
76 | 76 | changeset: 2:62c41bce3e5d |
|
77 | 77 | user: test |
|
78 | 78 | date: Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 |
|
79 | 79 | summary: commit #2 |
|
80 | 80 | |
|
81 | 81 | SPARSE-REVLOG-TEST-FILE | 1068 +++++++++++++++++++++++----------------------- |
|
82 | 82 | 1 files changed, 534 insertions(+), 534 deletions(-) |
|
83 | 83 | |
|
84 | 84 | changeset: 3:348a9cbd6959 |
|
85 | 85 | user: test |
|
86 | 86 | date: Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 |
|
87 | 87 | summary: commit #3 |
|
88 | 88 | |
|
89 | 89 | SPARSE-REVLOG-TEST-FILE | 1068 +++++++++++++++++++++++----------------------- |
|
90 | 90 | 1 files changed, 534 insertions(+), 534 deletions(-) |
|
91 | 91 | |
|
92 | 92 | |
|
93 | 93 | $ f -s .hg/store/data/*.d |
|
94 | 94 | .hg/store/data/_s_p_a_r_s_e-_r_e_v_l_o_g-_t_e_s_t-_f_i_l_e.d: size=63327412 |
|
95 | 95 | $ hg debugrevlog * |
|
96 | 96 | format : 1 |
|
97 | 97 | flags : generaldelta |
|
98 | 98 | |
|
99 | 99 | revisions : 5001 |
|
100 | 100 | merges : 625 (12.50%) |
|
101 | 101 | normal : 4376 (87.50%) |
|
102 | 102 | revisions : 5001 |
|
103 | 103 | empty : 0 ( 0.00%) |
|
104 | 104 | text : 0 (100.00%) |
|
105 | 105 | delta : 0 (100.00%) |
|
106 | 106 | snapshot : 383 ( 7.66%) |
|
107 | 107 | lvl-0 : 3 ( 0.06%) |
|
108 | 108 | lvl-1 : 20 ( 0.40%) |
|
109 | 109 | lvl-2 : 68 ( 1.36%) |
|
110 | 110 | lvl-3 : 112 ( 2.24%) |
|
111 | 111 | lvl-4 : 180 ( 3.60%) |
|
112 | 112 | deltas : 4618 (92.34%) |
|
113 | 113 | revision size : 63327412 |
|
114 | 114 | snapshot : 9886710 (15.61%) |
|
115 | 115 | lvl-0 : 603104 ( 0.95%) |
|
116 | 116 | lvl-1 : 1559991 ( 2.46%) |
|
117 | 117 | lvl-2 : 2295592 ( 3.62%) |
|
118 | 118 | lvl-3 : 2531199 ( 4.00%) |
|
119 | 119 | lvl-4 : 2896824 ( 4.57%) |
|
120 | 120 | deltas : 53440702 (84.39%) |
|
121 | 121 | |
|
122 | 122 | chunks : 5001 |
|
123 | 123 | 0x78 (x) : 5001 (100.00%) |
|
124 | 124 | chunks size : 63327412 |
|
125 | 125 | 0x78 (x) : 63327412 (100.00%) |
|
126 | 126 | |
|
127 | 127 | avg chain length : 9 |
|
128 | 128 | max chain length : 15 |
|
129 | 129 | max chain reach : 28248745 |
|
130 | 130 | compression ratio : 27 |
|
131 | 131 | |
|
132 | 132 | uncompressed data size (min/max/avg) : 346468 / 346472 / 346471 |
|
133 | 133 | full revision size (min/max/avg) : 201008 / 201050 / 201034 |
|
134 | 134 | inter-snapshot size (min/max/avg) : 11596 / 168150 / 24430 |
|
135 | 135 | level-1 (min/max/avg) : 16653 / 168150 / 77999 |
|
136 | 136 | level-2 (min/max/avg) : 12951 / 85595 / 33758 |
|
137 | 137 | level-3 (min/max/avg) : 11608 / 43029 / 22599 |
|
138 | 138 | level-4 (min/max/avg) : 11596 / 21632 / 16093 |
|
139 | 139 | delta size (min/max/avg) : 10649 / 107163 / 11572 |
|
140 | 140 | |
|
141 | 141 | deltas against prev : 3910 (84.67%) |
|
142 | 142 | where prev = p1 : 3910 (100.00%) |
|
143 | 143 | where prev = p2 : 0 ( 0.00%) |
|
144 | 144 | other : 0 ( 0.00%) |
|
145 | 145 | deltas against p1 : 648 (14.03%) |
|
146 | 146 | deltas against p2 : 60 ( 1.30%) |
|
147 | 147 | deltas against other : 0 ( 0.00%) |
General Comments 0
You need to be logged in to leave comments.
Login now